University of Rhode Island DigitalCommons@URI

URI Course Catalogs University Archives

1985

URI Graduate School Course Catalog 1985-1986

University of Rhode Island

Follow this and additional works at: https://digitalcommons.uri.edu/course-catalogs

Recommended Citation University of Rhode Island, "URI Graduate School Course Catalog 1985-1986" (1985). URI Course Catalogs. Book 32. https://digitalcommons.uri.edu/course-catalogs/32https://digitalcommons.uri.edu/course-catalogs/32

This Book is brought to you for free and open access by the University Archives at DigitalCommons@URI. It has been accepted for inclusion in URI Course Catalogs by an authorized administrator of DigitalCommons@URI. For more information, please contact [email protected]. 1985-86 Bulletin of The University of Rhode Island 1985-86 Bulletin of The University of Rhode Island Graduate School Contents Calendar September 17, Tuesday Final date for adding courses. _ Final date for pass/fail options and audit tequests. Fees will NOT be adjusted downward for courses dropped after this date. September 20, Friday 4 Th,e University IMPORTANT NOTE: Request for Final date for students to add College of Con­ 12 Degree Requirements scheduling examinations must be submit­ tinuing Education courses. Final date for pass/fail options and audit re­ 15 Admission and Registration ted to the Graduate School Office at least ten working days prior to the date(s) re­ quests at College of Continuing Education. 18 Fees and Financial Aid quested. Oral and written examinations, September 27, Friday 22 Graduate Programs including qualifying and comprehensive Final date for January master's degree candi­ 102 Personnel examinations and defenses of theses, will dates and May doctoral degree candi­ 111 Index not be scheduled during periods when dates to submit thesis proposals. Final date for nominations for January 113 Application Forms the University is in recess. During the winter intersession and summer session, graduation. such examinations will be scheduled only October 14, Monday at the convenience of the faculty mem­ Holiday, Columbus Day. Classes will not bers involved and depending upon the meet. availability of the candidate's program October 22, Tuesday committee and additional qualified ex­ Mid-semester. aminers. Students wishing to take any Final date for dropping courses without grad­ such examinations during these sessions ing and to change from pass/fail option should first check as to the availability to grade. and convenience of the faculty members. Each faculty member must initial the re­ October 28, Monday Mid-semester, College of Continuing Education. quest for scheduling the exanti,nation to Final date to drop College of Continuing Edu- indicate willingness to serve. If they are cation courses and to change from not registered for coursework or research pass/fail option to grade. during the summer sessions, students wishing to take examinations must regis­ October 28 - November 1 ter for continuous registration. Please Preregistration for 1986 spring semester. note that persons on continuous registra­ November 11, Monday tion do not have the privil~ges of consult- · Holiday, Veterans' Day. Classes will not meet. ing regularly with professors on research November 13, Wednesday or thesis preparation, nor ol using the Monday classes meet. laboratory, computer or other educa­ tional facilities of the University (except November 28, Thursday for the Libraries) . Thanksgiving recess begins, 8:00 a.m. December 2, Monday Classes resume, 8:00 a.m. Final date for nominations from departments Fall Semester 1985 for tuition scholarships for spring semes­ ter. Nominations must be accompanied August 26 - September 14 by a statement of financial need. Registration period, College of Continuing December 11, Wednesday Education Classes end, Kingston campus. September 3, Tuesday December 12, 14, 15 . Graduate registration, 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m.• Reading days, Kingston campus. Keaney Gymnasium. Fees must be paid at the time of registration. There is a $15 December 13, Friday late registration fee for continuing stu­ Programs of study due for students admitted dents who register between September 4-6. Volume 81, Number 4 for fall 1985. October 1985 September 4, Wednesday December 13, 16-20 ' Classes begin, 8:00 a.m., Kingston campus. Final examinations, Kingston campus. Bulletin of the University of Rhode Island (USPS 077-740). Published ~our times a year in September 9, Monday December 20, Friday April, August, September, and October by the Classes begin, College of Continuing Education. -Final date for January candidates to submit University of Rhode Island, Kingston, Rhode There is a $50 late registration fee for continu- completed master's and doctoral thesis in Island 02881. Second-class postage paid at ing students who register on September 9 a form acceptable for examination pur­ Wakefield, Rhode Island 02880. or thereafter. poses along with the request for oral de­ fense of thesis. NO EXTENSIONS OF 9/85/24M URI Publications Office TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Theses must be submitted at least ten days prior to the February 21, Friday May 25, Sunday date requested for oral defense. Selection Final date for nominations from departments Commencement. of date should allow sufficient time for for URI fellowships. necessary revisions and retyping before submission in final form. See deadline be­ March 5, Wednesday low and note at the beginning of this Mid-semester. calendar regarding scheduling examina­ Final date for dropping Kingston courses with­ Summer Session 1986 tions during the winter intersession. out grading and to change from pass/fail option to grade. December 21, Saturday NOTE: All courses taken by graduate stu­ College of Continuing Education classes and March 10, Monday dents during summer sessions are subject to examinations end. Spring recess begins, 8:00 a.m. the same regulations regarding inclusion in programs of study and calculation of overall December 23, Monday March 17, Monday Classes resume, 8:00 a.m. academic average, etc., as are courses taken Final grades due in Registrar's Office, 4:00 p.m. during the regular academic year. Students March24-28 wishing to take directed studies or special Preregistration for 1986 fall semester, Kingston problems courses during smmer sessions must campus courses only. obtain individual approval for these courses Spring Semester 1986 from the Summer Session Office unless the March 31, Monday specific offering is listed in the Summer Ses­ Final date for August master's degree and January 6-18 sion Bulletin for that year. Students wishing to January doctoral degree candidates to enroll for thesis or dissertation research during Registration period, College of Continuing - submit thesis proposals. Education. summer sessions must ascertain first that their April 16, Wednesday major professors and/or members of their the­ January 13, Monday Final date for May degree candidates to sub­ sis or dissertation committees will be available Graduate registration, 8:00 a.'m. to 5:00 p.m., mit completed master's and doctoral and are willing to provide the necessary super­ Keaney Gymnasium. Fees must be paid theses in a form acceptable for examina­ vision. See also the important note at the be­ at the time of registration. There is a $15 tion purposes, along with the request for ginning of this calendar regarding scheduling late registration fee for continuing stu­ oral defense of thesis, 9:00 a.m. NO EX­ of examinations, including defenses of theses, dents who register between January 14-17. TENSIONS OF TIME WILL BE during summer session. See Summer Session GRANTED. Thesis must be submitted at Bulletin available at the Summer Session January 14, Tuesday ,, Office. Classes begin, 8:00 a.m., Kingston campus least ten days prior to the date requested and College of Continuing Education. for the oral defense. Selection of date June 6, Friday Final date for January degree candidates to should allow sufficient time for necessary Final date for nominations for August submit master's and doctoral theses, revisions and retyping before submission graduation. which have been successfully defended, in final form. See deadline below. July 28, Monday in final form, 9:00 a.m. NO EXTEN­ April 25, Friday SIONS OF TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Final date for all August degree candidates to Final date for nominations from departments submit completed master's and doctoral January 17, Friday . for tuition scholarships for the 1986-87 theses in a form acceptable for examina­ Final date for May master's degree candidates academic year. Nominations must be tion purposes, along with the request for and August doctoral degree candidates to accompanied by a statement of financial oral defense of the thesis. NO EXTEN­ submit thesis proposals. need. SIONS OF TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Final date for nominations for May April 30, Wednesday Theses must be submitted at least ten graduation. Last day of classes, Kingston campus. days prior to the date requested for the Final date for submission of annual review of oral defense. Selection of date should al­ doctoral candidates. May 1, 3, 4 low sufficient time for necessary revisions Reading days, Kingston campus. and retyping before submission in final January 20, Monday form. See deadline below. Holiday, Martin Luther King's Birthday. May 2, Friday Classes will not meet. Programs of study due for students admitted August 18, Monday There is a $50 late registration fee for continu­ in January 1986. Final date for all August degree candidates to ing students who register on January 20 submit master's and doctoral theses, or thereafter. May 2, 5-9 which have been successfully defended, Final examinations, Kingston campus. in final form, 9:00 a.m. NO EXTEN­ January 22, Wednesday SIONS OF TIME WILL BE GRANTED. Monday classes meet. May 10, Saturday College of Continuing Education classes and January 28, Tuesday examinations end. Final date for adding courses. Final date for pass/fail options and audit requests. May 12, Monday Fees will not be adjusted downward for Final date for all May degree candidates to courses dropped after this date. submit master's and doctoral theses, which have been successfully defended, February 17, Monday in final form, 9:00 a.m. NO EXTEN­ HoliQay, Washington's Birthday. No classes SIONS OF TIME WILL BE GRANTED. meet. Final grades due in Registrar's Office, 4:00 p.m. February 18, Tuesday Monday classes meet, Kingston campus only. 4 The University

The University

The University of Rhode Island is a handsome old granite buildings sur­ ministration was first awarded. Today, medium-sized state university located in rounded by newer academic buildings, the master's degree is offered in over 60 the southern part of Rhode Island in the student residence halls, and fraternity areas of study and the doctorate in 31 areas. village of Kingston. As a land-grant college and sorority houses. On the plain below The Dean of the Graduate School has since its founding in 1892, it emphasizes Kingston Hill are gymnasiums, athletic primary responsibility for administering preparation for earning a living and for fields, tennis courts and agricultural fields. the policies and procedures relating to responsible citizenship, carries on re­ In addition to the Kingston campus, advanced study at the University of . search, and takes its expertise to the the University has three other campuses. Rhode Island. Graduate School policy is community through its extension pro­ Six miles to the east, the 165-acre Narra­ made by the Graduate Faculty, acting grams. In part because of its unique loca­ gansett Bay Campus, overlooking the west through its delegate body, the Graduate tion near the ocean and six miles from passage of the Bay, is the site of the · Council, which includes student mem­ Narragansett Bay, the University has de­ Graduate School of Oceanography wit_h bers. Only the dean or the Graduate veloped strong marine programs and has academic and research buildings, and Council may grant exceptions to the reg­ been designate,d one of the national Sea docks for research vessels. The Rhode Island ulations for graduate study, which are Grant colleges. _ Nuclear Reactor and several federal explained in detail in the Graduate Stu­ The University enrolls about 11,000 laboratories devoted to marine sciences dent Manual. students on its Kingston campus, and an­ are also located there. The College of The University graduate programs of other 3,000 in credit courses throughout Continuing Education, with main offices study are listed below. Work in a com­ the state. There are about 11,000 under­ at 199 Promenade Street in Providence, bination of special areas is usually possi­ graduate students, about 2,500 graduate offers courses throughout the state. The ble. Graduate-level coursework appli­ students, and a full-time teaching faculty W. Alton Jones Campus is in the western cable to a number of these programs is of about 750. Approximately 950 gradu­ section of the state , 20 miles from Kingston. offered in several locations throughout ate students are in full-time residence. Its 2,300 acres of woods, fields, streams, the state by the College of Continuing The University has nine colleges and and ponds is the site of environmental Education. In most cases, however, a three schools: the Colleges of Arts and education, research, and conference portion of the coursework will have to be Sciences, Business Administration, Con­ facilities. taken on the Kingston Campus. tinuing Education, Engineering, Human In addition, two graduate certificate Science and Services, Nursing, Pharmacy, programs are available to supplement Resource Development, University Col­ Graduate Study specific master's degrees. The graduate lege, the Graduate School, the Graduate certificates, which are not degrees, are School of Library and Information Graduate study at the University was awarded by the Dean of the Graduate Studies and the Graduate School of inaugurated in 1907 with the Master of ~chool to attest to a specific, supple­ Oceanography. Science degrees in chemistry and in en­ mental competence in Commercial Fish­ gineering. The Master of Arts degree was eries (see Marine Affairs, p. 64) or in The Campus. The University has a spacious first awarded in 1951, and in 1960 the International Development Studies (see rural campus 30 miles south of Provi­ University awarded its first Doctor of International Studies, p. 59). A post­ dence in the northeastern metropolitan Philosophy degree. Graduate work for master's diploma is available in Ad­ corridor between New .York and Boston. professional degrees was initiated in 1962 vanced Librarianship (see Library and In­ The center of campus is a quadrangle of when the degree of Master of Public Ad- formation Studies, p. 62). The University 5

Graduate Degree Programs

Master of Arts Home Economics Education Biological Sciences • Biochemistry-Biophysics Audiolozy Human Development, Counseling and Family Studies •Botany Comparative Literature •Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology •_Human Development and Family Studies •Food Science and Nutrition Economics •Marriage and Family Therapy •Counseling • Microbiology Education •Natural Resources •Education Research Industrial Engineering • Plant Pathology •Elementary Education Labor Relations and Labor Studies • Plant Science •Reading Education •Zoology •Science Education Mathematics Chemical Engineering •Secondary Education Mechanical Engineering and Applied • Adult Education Mechanics Chemistry English Medicinal Chemistry Civil and Environmental Engineering French Microbiology Economics-Marine Resources Geography Natural Reso~rces Electrical Engineering • Biomedical Engineering History Nursing English Marine Affairs Ocean Engineering Mathematics PhilosophY: Oceanography Mechanical Engineering and Applied Political Science Pharmaceutics • International Relations Mechanics Pharmacognosy Spanish Nursing Pharmacology and Toxicology Speech-Language Pathology Ocean Engineering Pharmacy Administration Oceanography Physical Education Pharmaceutical Sciences Physics • Medicinal Chemistry Master of Science • Pharmaceutics Plant Science Accounting ·• Pharmacognosy Plant Pathology-Entomology •Pharmacology and Toxicology Animal and Veterinary "Science Psychology (school) Physics Audiology Resource Economics Psychology Biochemistry-Biophysics Speech-Language Pathology Botany Statistics Chemical Engineering Textiles, Clothing and Related Art Chemistry Professional Degrees Zoology Civil and Environmental Engineering Master of Business Administration (M.B.A.l Computer Science Master of Community Planning (M.C.P .l Electrical Engineering Doctor of Philosophy Master of Library and Information Environmental Health Sciences Studies (M.L.I.S.l Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology Applied Mathematical Sciences • Applied Mathematics Diploma in Advanced Librarianship Food Science and Nutrition •Computer Science (D.A.L.l . Geology •Operations Research M&ster of Marine Affairs (M.M.A.l • Statistics Master of Music (M.M.l • Applied Probability Doctor of Pharmacy (Pharm .D.) Master of Public Administration (M.P.A.l 6 The University

Research out-of-print material from other libraries Campus. The College of Engineering has through the Interlibrary Loan Office in a Digital VAX 11/780 minicomputer with Within Rhode Island's system of higher the University Library. terminals in all engineering buildings and education, the University has the major linked to the Academic Computer responsibility for graduate study which is The Academic Computer Center. The Center's system. The Department of closely associated with a strong program Academic Computer Center has a Na­ Electrical Engineering has two Data of research. Specialized marine research, tional Advanced System AS 7000N Main­ General Eclipse and several microcomputer education, and public service projects are frame Computer (IBM Compatible) and ·systems. A Nova 4/S computer with a 16-channel A to D converter, Versatec carried on in many departments. Active two Prime 850 super minicomputers. printer-plotter, a videographic terminal, research throughout the University is Over 350 interactive terminals may be at­ and a hard disk system are located in the supported by a total of approximately tached simultaneously to these systems. Department of Ocean Engineering. It has $25 million per year. Support comes from Access to Academic Computer Center fa­ a microprocessor interface and a mag­ foundations, commercial firms, federal cilities as well as to remote independent netic tape input/output system. A Tectro­ and state government, and the Univer­ computers is provided by a MICOM Port Selector. The mainframe uses IBM's nix 4051 minicomputer with a digitizer sity. The University ranks .among the top and a bed plotter, and a T.I. FS990/4 100 institutions in federal research dol­ OS/MVS operating system providing batch processing as well as full function microcomputer with a 64-channel A-D lars received. converter are also available. The Depart­ The Director of Research signs, on be­ timesharing through TSO. The mini­ computers provide interactive research ment of Chemistry has a VAX 730 com­ half of the University, applications for re­ puter, FTIR (Fourier Transform Infrared search grants, maintains files of fT,mding and instructional computing using the PRIMOS operating system. Both systems Spectrometer 60SX), Dec PDP 11-34A agencies, keeps a current facilities inven­ computer, and a Data General Eclipse tory, and is liaison for the president, the have a full complement of programming · languages and packages. The Center has 130 computer. business manager, the academic deans, Other equipment includes major lab­ the Research Committee, and the faculty a CALCOMP 1051/906 plotter with extensive display and preview facilities oratories for digital pattern recognition in matters pertaining to general research and digital image processing, computer policy. for hardcopy graphics output. Graphics software packages include SYMAP, automation ("robotics"), optical proper­ SYMVU,CALFORM, ASPEX, SAS/GRAPH ties of materials and microelectronics, and FORTRAN callable subroutines. and materials research, a mechanical Research Resources Interactive graphic facilities using Tektro­ properties testing facility, including an nix color graphics terminals are pro­ Instron 1125 and a MTS Series 810 test­ vided. Various types of hard copy and ing machine and a NETZSCH 40916 The University Libraries. The library thermal analyzer, a field station for radio­ collection of over 813,694 bound volumes video display terminals for interactive use or remote job entry are located on the propagation research, reverberant and and 873,964 volume-equivalent micro­ anechoic rooms for airborne acoustics campus in most of the science and engi­ forms is housed in the University Library work, a low speed wind tunnel for fluid neering departments as well as the Col­ in Kingston, at the College of Continuing mechanics studies, a zoom transfer lege of Business Administration, the Col­ Education in Providence, and the scope, digital planimeter and radial plot­ lege of Continuing Education, the Col­ Claiborne Pell Marine Science Library on ter for applied remote sensing, instrumen­ lege of Pharmacy, the University Library, the Narragansett Bay Campus. The latter tation including atomic absorption, emis­ was designated the National Sea Grant and the Graduate School of Oceanogra­ sion, infrared, mass, nuclear magnetic Depository in 1971. . phy. Two computer classrooms, each resonance (H~l, C-13), Raman X-ray The University Library, which holds with twenty terminals are available. The diffraction/fluorescence and ultraviolet the bulk of the collection, has open Dennis Callaghan Microcomputer Labora­ spectrometers, gas and liquid chromato­ sta_ckswith direct access to books, peri­ tory in the College of Business Adminis­ graphs, gas chromatograph-mass spectro­ odicals, documents, maps, microforms, tration provides public access microcom­ graph, electron microscopes, scanning and audiovisual materials. The Special puter facilities. electron microscopes, metallographs, nu­ Collections Department collects and The staff develops and maintains pro­ clear counting equipment, and mul­ maintains rare books, manuscripts, the gramming systems and applications pro­ tichannel analyzers. l!ni~ersity archives, and a variety of spe­ grams, conducts short courses and work­ Equipment available for marine re­ cial mterest materials. Service hours at shops, prepares user documentation, and search includes chambers for leak testing the other libraries vary, but the Univer­ provides consultation on the facilities equipment prior to deep-sea use, triaxial sity Library provides full reference, bib­ and their use. They also provide as­ test chambers for soil and sediment test­ liographic, and circulation services dur­ sistance in the purchase, rental, main­ ing, X-ray radiographs, a gamma-ray ing most of the 90 hours per week it is tenance, and installation of personal ~ore scanner, a rotating basin for study­ open. Terminals linked i:o the Academic computers and telecommunications mg basic problems in'oceanographic Computer Center are available in the li­ equipment. hydrodynamics, a wave and towing tank, brary during the hours both facilites are underwater acoustics test facilities, a ma­ operating. A computer-based biblio­ Other Research Facilities. A PRIME 400 rine experimental aquarium, a marine graphic system makes most books availa­ minicomputer which supports timeshar­ ecosystem research laboratory, and an ble to users one week after their receipt. ing and intermediate-speed remote batch oceanographic remote sensing laboratory Arrangements can be made to borrow input is installed at the Narragansett Bay which processes satellite sea surface data. The University 7

The University's research vessel, En­ Center for Atmospheric Chemistry The Institute of Human Science and deavor,i>peratedby the Graduate School Studies (CACS). The center is a focal Services. The institute sponsors research of Ocea\\ography, is a 177-foot ship capa­ point for the development of a broad and support activities in the hutnan ble of working in all parts of the world's scale research effort in atmospheric sciences and services, particularly in the oceans. It can carry a scientific party of sciences at the University, provides a re­ areas of evaluation, measurement, survey 14. The R.V. Edson Schock, a 65-foot source in atmospheric chemistry and air research, curriculum development, train­ ocean engineering research vessel, and pollution research for the state of Rhode ing and human services policy and the Dulcinea, a 40-foot dragger are part Island, and provides direction and leader­ management. Institute activities focus on of the permanent fleet. A number of ship for several of multi-institutional, areas including education, human de­ small vessels are also available. multi-national research programs ex­ velopment, the farnily,.gerontology, exer­ Students of the University have a re­ amining global-scale problems in at­ cise science, consumer affairs, counsel­ search reactor and associated facilities mospheric chemistry. ing, and public policy. The institute is an available to them at the Rhode Island integral part of the College of Human Nuclear Science Center, located on the Center for Energy Studies. The center Science and Services and draws its pro­ Narragansett Bay Campus. Constructed brings together and expands energy­ fessional staff from all departments of the and operated by the state of Rhode Island, related research at the University and College'. The institute maintains close this critical reactor is extensively used for . supports the energy activities of state liaison with human service agencies such research by many departments of the agencies, commercial establishments, as the Rhode Island Department of University. The reactor, designed for and individual citizens of the state. It Education, Rhode Island Social and 5MW is now operating at 2MW. Hot coordinates campus programs and offers Rehabilitative Services and the Rhode I;land laboratories, counting equipment, neu­ technical advice and educational pro­ Institute of Mental Health, Rehabilitation tron spectrometers (including a unique grams on the subject of energy con­ and Hospitals. polarized-beam, small angle instrument), servation. and multichannel analyzers are also Div,ision of Marine Resources. The pur­ available. pose of this division is to develop, pack­ The Speech and Hearing Center has Center for Ocean Management Studies (COMS). The center was established in · age, and deliver information, technology, one-way vision and listening facilities and and research results which can be used diagnostic equipment for speech and lan­ 1976 to help develop new resource man­ agement concepts for the coastal and ma­ by the marine community of the state, guage testing. Sound-treated testing region, and nation. The division's rooms meeting ANSI standards and audi­ rine environment through an inter­ disciplinary approach. The center iden­ broadly-based services are provided to ometric equipment provide for audiologic units of government at all levels, business evaluation and research. tifies ocean management issues, holds workshops and conferences to discuss and industry, and the general public. It them, and develops recommendations conducts specialized applied research in­ and research programs to resolve them. vestigations in cooperation with URI re­ Research Units A steering committee is 'chaired by the search faculty who participate in the divi­ Provost for Marine Affairs. sion's activities on a project-by-project In addition to the research in various basis. The division is the umbrella unit departments, the following special re­ for the Marine Advisory Service, the Child Development Center. The center search agencies have been established. Coastal Resources Center, and the Na­ does qualitative and quantitative re­ tional Sea Grant Depository. search with preschool children in a Agricultural Experiment Station. The specially-designed campus-based day care Marine Advisory Service.The service pro­ station within the College of Resource facility. Graduate students and faculty vides field specialists and information to Development is the designated Rhode Is­ are involved with the children and their the marine community of the state and land/USDA partnership organization for parents during the calendar year. All, region under the public service respon­ research in the agricultural sciences. Ba­ aspects of development are available £or sibility of the URI Sea Grant Program. sic and applied investigations in natural investigation, with a particular opportu- . Projects include work with commercial and human resources are carried on by nity to observe socialization skills and fishermen, marina and boatyard opera­ 54 senior scientists assigned to college processes. tors, local and state governments, departments. The research aims at con­ elementary and secondary schools, sea­ servation 'and management of resources; Core Facility. A center of expertise in food processors, and individuals and bus­ improvement of the quality of environ­ the design and fielding new deep­ inesses interested in the management, ment, enhancement of home life, and o# ocean sampling technology, it provides a use, development, or understanding of support of resource-using business and wide range of services to an international marine resources. industry. A strong orientation to es­ tuarine and marine problems and an in­ user community in the area of equipment Coastal ResourcesCenter (CRC). CRC terdisciplinary approach to resource re­ development as well as supporting the offers technical assistance in the form of search are station characteristics. The traditional geological sampling require­ studies and surveys aimed at solving ma­ progress of research and complete results ments of the marine community. It main­ rine and coastal management problems, of inclividual projects are issued in station tains a collection of historical geological It is a primary resource for the state's bulletins. All are available to Rhode Island samples, accessible to qualified investi­ Coastal Resources Management Council. residents upon request. gators. It cooperates with departments through- 8 The University

out the University to produce reports nology topics in the various departments Health and Recreation offers measure­ and publications, and to sponsor re­ of the University at the graduate and un­ ment and exercise counseling services to search. dergraduate level. It is administered in local, state, and regional agencies, indus­ the College of Resource Development by trial corporations, established exercise National Sea Grant Depository. Housed in a steering committee with a chairman programs, athletic teams,' and individuals the Claiborne Pell Marine Science Li­ selected from the college. with medical referrals. It is concerned brary, the depository was established in with the total person and with the in­ 1971 to ensure that materials published dividual's response to the demands of under sea grant auspices would b~ availa­ The Chester H. Kirk Applied En­ gineering Laboratory. The new filtra­ physical evaluation and participation. ble at a single location. Its subject matter The laboratory has facilities for exercise touches such widely diverse areas as tion research laboratory at the University of Rhode Island is one of a few laborato- · stress evaluation, medical examinations, aquaculture, law, medicine, geology, chemical analyses of expired and blood chemistry, biology, engineering, mathe­ ries nationwide studying filtration gases, lectures and demonstrations. matical modeling, food technology, in­ processes from a fundamental .point of formation retrieval, recreation, coastal view. At the heart of this center is a zone management, and market research. generous donation of equipment made International Center for Marine Re­ The NSGD publishes an annual by the Fram Corporation, a division of source Development UCMRD). The computer-produced index, makes availa­ the Allied Corporation. This includes a center in the College of Resource De­ ble loan copies of documents, and con­ two-channel computer-controlled laser velopment exists to help-other countries ducts literature searches. anemometer system, a PDP 1134 com­ solve their marine resource -problems puter and two Apollo computers, a low through education, research, and ex­ turbulence level wind tunnel, a water Marriage and Family Therapy Clinic. tension programs, and to provide edu­ channel, extensive instrumentation for cational experiences for international stu­ This is an integral part of the graduate the generation and analysis of aerosols, training program in Marriage and Family dents and guests. Its major sponsor is the and numerous other instrumentation and Therapy in the Department of Human U.S. Agency for International Develop­ equipment. The laboratory is housed in Development, Counseling and Family ment (AID). Current AID-sponsored the college's new applied engineering Studies. Established in 1982, it is located projects aim to improve the small-scale building, has associated faculty from the at the Transition Center on Lower Col­ fisheries in less-developed countries, to Mechanical and Chemical Engineering lege Road. The Marriage and Family combat food shortages, and assist the departments and can ca,ll on other exper­ Therapy Clinic provides counseling ser­ new University of the Azores with fisher­ tise within the College of Engineering · vices to families and clinical supervision ~ ies and rural extension services. An AID­ to graduate students, and it creates re­ and the University, as needed. The funded Strengthening Grant gives faculty search opportunities for both graduate laboratory excells in its focus on develop­ and graduate students opportunities to students and faculty members in family ing a basic scientific understanding of participate in the center's overseas pro­ interaction and family systems. Variius filtration/sep;iration processes, and in its grams. Its subsidiary is the Consortium data-gathering devices are used to give intention to maintain close ties with the for the Development of Technology feedback to families served and to grado­ industrial applications for its work. (CODOT) which has four member ate student therapists, and to produce a Planned research projects include universities working in several Latin data base for ongoing research. the clinic detailed studies of the physics of particle American countries. promotes the use of its facilities by local capture by fibers, investigations of two­ families and accepts referrals from the and three-dimensional flows about cylin­ Labor Research Center. The Labor Re­ Rhode Island Family Court, school sys­ der arrays, and the development of a ra­ search Center is a tri-partite, inde­ tems, clergy, and health personnel: tional theory of flow and particle extrac­ pendent, multi-disciplinary unit devoted tion in porous media. to the study and teaching of subjects The Biotechnology Center. This center broadly defined as labor studies and la - was established to coordinate and foster Historic Costume and Textiles Callee- ' bor relations. The center is concerned interdicipfuiary research in the agricul­ tion. An historic costume and textile col­ with research and service as well as the tural, medical, marine, and food sciences lection of over 13,000 items is housed in administration of the graduate program and their supporting basic science dis­ the Department of Textiles, Clothing and leading to the M.S. degree in Labor ciplines. It provides a structure to en­ Related Art. The collection, of national Studies and Labor Relations. More than courage interaction between the aca­ significance, features 18th and 19th cen­ 50 full-time University faculty members demic, governmental, and industrial sec­ tury costumes, Weaver Rose Collection, from 4 colleges and 13 departments are tors of the state economy. The center early American quilts, shawls, and many associated with the center in either a identifies new research opportunities in international costumes. A full-time cura­ teaching or research capacity. Labor, hu­ biotechnology and organizes seminars tor and faculty are available to assist man resource management, and neutral and workshops on topics in biotechnol­ scholars and museum professionals with external advisory committees work with ogy. Participation in the activities of the problems of classification, identification, the center's director and faculty in help­ center is open to all members of the restoration and storage of textile items. ing to define research and program needs university community whose research and interests. touches upon biotechnology. While not Human Performance Laboratory. The an academic unit of the university, the Human Performance Laboratory in the center identifies study areas on biotech- Department of Physical Education, The University 9

Laboratories for Scientific Criminal In­ ' ':. ::.. vestigation. These laboratories in the ...... ~ ... ·: ...... ;: .. .. Department of Pharmacology and Toxi­ ... ····· cology provide instruction, research, and ' service in the field of scientific criminal . '·'~. ····· ~ ..·. investigation. The laboratory staff works closely with the Rhode Island Attorney General's Office and also provides tech,­ nical consultation for various law en­ forcement agencies, and special instruc­ tion and research in criminalistics, in which faculty members of various depart­ ments participate. The program sponsors a special course for police and law en­ forcement agencies.

Laboratories for Textile Performance Testing. These laboratories in the De­ partment of Textiles, Fashion Merchin­ dising and Design are concerned with textile performance evaluation, fiber identification, and quality control. The laboratory staff works closely with state Science Foundation (NSF) provicl°~da sig­ and University purchasing agents, Rhode ministration in accounting, business law, , Islan.d Attorney General's Office, and economics, finance, insurance, manage­ nificant level of long-term funding. In 1980, the Industrial participation Pro­ also provides technical assistance to in­ ment science, marketing management gram was initiated which consists of dustry. Equipment is available for per­ and industrial relations , and production companies involved both in the produc­ forming a wide range of tests recom­ and operations management. The center · tion of robots and in their employment in mended by the American Society for publishes The Northeast Journal-ofBusiness the production process. The NSF Testing Materials, American Society for & Economicsfocusing on issues of con­ provided further funding in April 1982 by Quality Control, American Association of cern to New England. establishing the only NSF University/ Textile Chemists and Colorists as well as Industry Cooperative Research Center in mandatory tests required by federal Rhode Island Water Resources Center. Robotics . The Center is housed in the agencies. 'This is the state center for research and training in all phases of water resources. new applied engineering laboratry buildings. Landsat Remote Sensing Lab. The lab Similar centers in each of the 50 states at the University of Rhode Island is a and Guam, Puerto Rico, the Virgin Islands, cooperative effort between the Graduate and the District of Columbia were estab­ School of Oceanography and the Depart­ lished by law in 1964 and work coopera­ Accreditation ment of Geography and Marine Affairs tively with the federal government in an and was established to utjlize satellite re­ effort ''to assist in assuring the nation at The accrediting agencies which have mote sensing for terrestrial, coastal, near all times of a supply of water sufficient in approved the quality of the course offer­ shore applications. Considerable empha­ quantity and quality to meet the re­ ings of the University of Rhode Island in­ sis is placed on the application of remote quirements of its expanding population.'' clude the American Association of sensing techniques to the solution of Principal investigators of projects need Universities, the American Assembly of problems faced in both the public and not be employed at the University. Collegiate Schools of Business, the private sectors . Academic training and American Chemical Society, the Amer­ research concerning the classification of Robotics Research Center. The center ican Council on Pharmaceutical Educa­ Landsat remote sensing data are impor­ involves-undergraduates, M.S. and Ph.D. tion, the American Library Association, tant functions of the lab where in­ graduate students, staff, visiting en­ the Accreditation Board for Engineering dividuals with differing research interests gineers, and faculty in the Departments and Technology, the National League for are provided opportunities to work to­ of Electrical, Mechanical, and Industrial Nursing, the New England Association gether utilizing state-of-the-art technol­ and Manufacturing Engineering. Their of Colleges and Secondary Schools, and ogy. The lab is staffed by professionals research deals with the application of ad­ the State University of New York. with in-depth background in satellite re­ vanced sensor-based systems, including · The University is also an approved mote sensing. robots, to flexible manufacturing work­ member institution of the American As­ stations that deal with parts and compo­ sociation of University Women, the Research Center in Business and Eco­ nents of a scale that can be normally Council of Graduate Schools in the nomics. The center initiates, conducts, handled by humans . Research in robotics United States, the National Association and services the research activities of the began at the University in 1971 and was of Schools of Music, the North American faculty of the College of Business Ad- expanded in 1975 when the National Association of Summer Sessions, and the 10 The University

National University Extension Associa­ selors, Taft Hall, Catholic Center, and The Dean of the Graduate School, the tion. The Doctor of Philosophy programs Hillel House; Student Financial Aid Of­ Director of Career Services, the Director in clinical and school psychology are ac­ fice, Roosevelt Hall. of Counseling, and the Director of the credited by the American Psychological (undergraduate) Special Program for Tal­ Association. Health Services. University health ser­ ent Development cooperate to provide vices are available to all students who information and guidance for economi­ have paid the health fee. These services cally and socially disadvantaged individ­ Graduate Life include special clinics in gynecology, - uals seeking opportunities for graduate birth control, internal medicine, surgery, study at the University. Inquiries may be wart removal, allergy, nutrition, and directed to any of these offices. The main campus of the University of mental health as well as generalist and Most buildings on campus are architec­ Rhode Island is located in the quiet his­ nursing care, laboratory, X-ray, and phar­ turally available to the handicapped and toric village of Kingston. Cultural variety macy. Allergy injections are given, pro­ provision is made to .insure that no stu­ and compact size are combined in the vided the vaccines are supplied. dent is prevented from pursuing a course state of Rhode Island, and other cultural Outpatient services during the aca­ of study because of restricted access to centers are easily acce;~sible. Boston is 80 demic year are available seven days a buildings. miles to the north and New York City week, 24 hours a day. Physicians are Special counseling for physically, psy­ 160 miles southwest. Bus service to these available Monday through Friday from 8 chologically, or vogitionally handicapped cities, as well as to Providence, Newport, a.m. to 8 p.m., and for a weekend clinic. individuals is available from the Counsel­ and Cape Cod, is available from the Physicians are on call at other times. ing Center. campus. There is also a local bus service. Nurses are on duty at all times. Special-­ Inquiries concerning compliance with The Kingston station of Amtrak is two ists are available only at specified times. anti-discrimination laws should be ad­ miles away. · Hospital care is available in the local dressed to the Affirmative Action Officer, community. All medical expenses in­ President's Office, Administration Bldg., Services. The recreational and cultural curred outside the University's Health Tel. 792-2442; or to· the Director, Offic.e facilities of the campus are open to Services are the responsibility of the stu­ for Civil Rights, Department of Educa­ graduate students and include use of the dent. Therefore, you are encouraged to tion, Region I. Questions regarding pro­ Memorial Union building. Facilities there have adequate insurance coverage (see visions for the handicapped should be include meeting and conference rooms, Health Services brochure, To Your directed to the Coordinator of Handi­ lounges, browsing room, study rooms, Health). Students who choose their own capped Services in the Office of Student_ dark rooms, student video center, radio private physician must assume responsi­ Life, 332 Memorial Union, Tel. 792-2101. station, campus newspapers, games bility for expenses incurred. room, offices for student organizations, The Health Promotion Department of Graduate Student Association, This or­ student technical services, cafeteria., Health Services in Roosevelt Hall is con­ ganization is interested in both the aca­ snack bar, restaurant, pub, private dining cerned with teaching students to take demic and social aspects of graduate life. rooms, ballroom, and party room. Serv­ care of themselves and to become in­ Officers and representatives of the associ­ ices include a bank, credit union, travel formed consumers of health care ation are elected annually from the entire agency, unisex hair salon, clothing store, services. graduate student body and the associa­ flower shop, nut shop, and a center tion is represented on the Graduate where copying facilities and typewriters Affirmative Action and Non-Discrinii­ Council. The G.S.A. offices are located in are available. Student cooperatives under nation. The University of Rhode Island the Memorial Union. the direction of the Student Senate in­ prohibits discrimination on the basis of There are also organizations for spouses clude a record shop, photography lab, race, sex, religion, age, color, national of graduate students and for students housing directory, book exchange, and a origin, or handicap, and discrimination from foreign countries. student hostel. There are substantial fa­ against disabled and Vietnam era vete­ cilities for commuting students. rans, in the recruitment, admission, or Housing. The Graduate Village and sev­ Every effort is made to provide grad­ treatment of students; the recruitment, eral other buildings provide 140 units of uate students with opportunities for con­ hiring, or treatment of faculty and staff, unfurnished apartments for graduate stu­ sultation and advice on matters of con­ and the operation of its activities and dents. There is a waiting list for these; in­ cern to them in their academic, extra­ programs. This is in compfymce with terested students should write to the curricular, and personal lives. state and federal laws, including Titles VI University Housing Office for applica­ Descriptions of available services and fa- · and VII of the Civil Rights Act of 1964 as tions and for additional information. The cilities, 'including those associated with amended, Title IX of the 1972 Education majority of off-campus housing, located religious life, may be found in the Under­ Amendments to the Higher Education in nearby resort areas, is available only graduate Bulletin. Of particular interest to Act, Executive Order 11246, as amended, on a seasonal basis, fr9m September to graduate students are the following: Ca­ Sections 503/504 of the Rehabilitation June. Since most of these rentals are five reer Services and Counseling Services, Act of 1973, and Section 402 of the Viet­ miles or more from campus, people with­ Roosevelt Hall; Healt.h Services, Potter nam Era Readjustment Assistance Act of out cars shoulq also investigate the avail­ Building; International Student Services, 1974. ability of public transportation. A local International House; Religious Coun- bus service connects the shopping and serviceareas in Wakefieldwith the · The University 11

University. Some of the outlying resort ~g the rules and regulations developed nied admission to the University, or areas, including Narragansett Pier, Scar­ by the University community for the those who were offered admission but borough, and Galilee are also included in good of the total membership. did not enroll. the bus routes. The University expects that all course Some records not available to students • Housing information may be obtained papers, theses, and dissertations will be are: letters of recommendation obtained from the University Housing Office and prepared, and all examinations taken, in or prepared before January 1, 1975; let­ from advertisements in the Narragansett conformance with accepted standards of ters of recommendation which the stu­ Times, a weekly local newspaper. In addi­ academic integrity. This includes the dent has waived his or her right to in­ tion to providing information and appli­ proper citation and attribution of all ma­ spect; employment records of students as cations for University housing, the Hous­ terial which is not the original product of University employees; clinical, medical, ing Office has available maps, bus sched­ the writer. It is the graduate student's counseling, or psychiatric records; par­ ules, rental booklets, and a graduate responsibility to determine the appropri­ ents' financial aid records; and campus roommate file. A list of off-campus ate style used in his or her discipline for law enforcement records. rooms, apartments, and houses available presentation of material derived from A student may challenge the factual to graduate students is maintained in the other sources and to adhere to it and objective elements of the content of commuter lounge at the Memorial scrupulously in all written presentations. student records, but not the qualitative Union. Where no special disciplinary style exists, and subjective elements of grading. If the Housing arrangements should be made tha(given in Kate L. Turabian's A Man­ student objects to certain ite;ms included as early as possible. Th~ Housing Office ual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, and in his or her personal records, a griev­ is located in the Roger Williams Complex Dissertations, published by the University ance procedure has been established. (telephone 401-792-2215). of Chicago Press, should be used. Ultimately, a Hearing Board on Student Confidential Records could render a de­ Dining Services. Dining services are University Ombudsman. The ombuds- cision . available for graduate students and their . man investigates complaints from stu­ Third parties do not have access to per­ guests at any of the University dining dents, faculty, and administrative per­ sonally identifiable records or inform­ halls. The Ram's Den in the Memorial sonnel that they have been unfairly dealt ation pertaining to students without the Union provides additional services. At with in the normal channels of adminis­ written consent of students who specify present, resident students have a choice trative process. An opportunity is thus the records to be released. Federal law of a 10-meal per week plan (two meals a provided for a personal appeal to an im­ requires that parents be con~idered third day, Monday through Friday), a 15-meal partial official with broad perspective parties. per week (Monday through Friday) con­ who has ready access at all levels to those Detailed guidelines for the release and tract, or a 20-meal per week (Monday involved in a grievance. The ombudsman · disclosure of information from student through Sunday) plari. Semester rates is always available to receive complaints, records are available from the Office of and weekly and monthly rates for com- . inquire into the matters involved, and Student Life in the Memorial Union. muters as well as guest rates and other mediate or otherwise resolve the prob­ They comply with the legal requirements lem. However, the ombudsman does not information may be obtained from the of the Family Educational Rights and become involved with the normal opera­ Dining Services Office, Lippitt Hall. Privacy Act of 1974. tions of established procedures as out­ lined in the Graduate Student Manual, ex­ . Army ROTC. A two-year program has cept where they are not functioning as been designed to fill the needs of gradu­ intended. Notice of Change ate students who have not taken Army ROTC during their undergraduate years. Rules, regulations, dates, tuition, fees, The United States Army offers the oppor­ the availability and titles of programs.and tunity to earn commissions as second Confidentiality of areas of specialization, their admin­ lieutenants after two years of on-campus Student Records istrative location, and courses set forth in ROTC training. The student attends a this catalog are subject to change without six-week basic summer camp and com­ Procedures for the release and dis­ notice. Where a change in program re­ pletes the advanced ROTC course while closure of student records maintained by attendin'g graduate school. quirements is made while a graduate stu­ the University are in large measure dent is currently enrolled, the student governed by state and federal laws. may elect to complete the program under Academic and Social Codes. Each stu­ Where the law is silent, the University is the requirements in effect at the time of dent is a member of the University com­ guided by the principle that the privacy matriculation, or to shift entirely to the of an individual is of great weight and munity with all the rights, privileges, and new requirements, but may not choose that as much information in a student's responsibilities that go with such mem­ parts of each set. As a result of the ongo­ files as possible should be disclosed to bership. The rights and privileges include ing reviews of all graduate programs, cer­ the stude[!t upon request. A current or full use of the educational opportunities tain offerings and specializations may be former student has _the right to inspect or and facilities offered on the campus. The deleted or restructured between editions responsibilities include those of making review official records, files, and data of the Graduate School Bulletin. proper use of these facilities in order to directly related to him or her. This right progress educationally, respecting the does not extend to applicants, those de- rights of others, and knowing and obey- 12 Degree Requirements

Degree ·Requirements

Each advanced degree awarded by the Program of Studies ates, but may, with approval and to a University requires as a minimum the limited extent, be accepted toward meet- . successful completion of a specified num­ All. degree candidates are required to ing degree requirements at the master's ber of approved credits of graduate study prepare a program of studies with the level. For doctoral candidates who have at the University and the passing of guidance of their major professors (for completed the master's degree in the prescribed examinations. Credit hours master's degree programs) or of their same field or one closely related, all pro­ for a master's or doctoral degree may in­ program committees (for doctoral pro­ gram work must be at the 500 or 600 clude formal coursework, independent grams) in accordance with..the guidelines level. study, research, preparation of a thesis or in the Graduate Student Manual. After the dissertation, and such other scholarly ac­ program has been approved by the major tivities as are approved by the candi­ professor for master's degree candidates Scholastic Standing date's program committee and the Dean or program committee for doctoral candi­ of the Graduate School. dates as specified in the manual, the pro­ Graduate work is evaluated by letter It is the student's responsibilityto know gram of studies is to be submitted for ap­ grades. All grades earned will remain on the calendar, regulationsand pertinent proval to the Dean of the Graduate the student's record and, unless the proceduresof the Graduate Schooland to School. The purpose of the program of studies courses were approved for no program meet its standards and requirements.These credit prior to registration, all unaccept­ are set forth in this bulletin, the is to ensure that students, at an early Graduate able grades will be included in calculating Student Manual, the Statement on Thesis stage in their graduate study, organize coherent, individualized plans for their the student's scholasti<; average. Only Preparation, and other publications, all of grades of B- (2.67) or better carry gradu­ which are available to graduate students coursework and research activities. It is expected that the successful completion ate credit for courses below the 500 level. at the Graduate School Office. In 500- and 600-level graduate courses These documents govern both master's of the students' programs of studies along with collateral readings, research, only grades of C (2.00) or better will be and doctoral degree programs. The man­ credited toward the degree. · ual gives detailed information on respon­ etc., will enable them to demonstrate that they have achieved the high level of A grade of C+ (2.33) or lower in sibilities of major professors and program courses numbered below the 500' level is committees, examination procedures, competence required of graduate stu­ dents in their respective fields. considered a failing grade. In such cases preparation of theses and dissertations, of failure the course must either be academic standards, and the Graduate repeated, if it is a required course, or else Student Academic Appeals System. replaced by another course approved by The requirements immediately-fol­ Course Numbering System the candidate's program committee and lowing are general requirementsfor all the Dean of the Graduate School. When graduate students. Specificrequirements All regular graduate courses are num­ students receive more than one grade of for individual programs are itemized in bered at the 500 and 600 levels. 900-level C+ (2.33) or lower in courses below the the section on Graduate Programs. courses are special types of graduate 500 level, their graduate status is subject courses for which no graduate program to review by the Dean of the Graduate credit is given. Courses numbered at the School. 400 level are for advanced undergradu- Degree Requirements 13

Grades of C-, D and F are failing grades in 500- and 600-level courses and require immediate review of the stu­ dent's stat.us. Courses failed at this level must be repeated, if they are required courses, or else replaced by another course approved by the candidate's pro­ gram committee and the Dean of the Graduate School. The grades S (satisfactory) and U (un­ satisfactory) will be used for courses of study involving research undertaken for the thesis or dissertation and for certain courses and ·seminars so designated. The letter I (incomplete) is used for excused unfinished work. Incomplete grades as­ signed to graduate students may be re­ moved within one calendar year. If the grade of I (incomplete) is not removed within one calendar year, it will remain on the transcript but may not be used for program credit. Grades of S, U and I are not included in the academic average. To qualify for continuation in degree Candidates must take at least 80 percent (3) Registration in one course which re­ candidate status and for graduation, a of the credits required for the degree at quires a substantial paper involving sig­ cumulative average of B (3.0 on a 4.0 the University of Rhode Island. nificant independent study. (4) The passing scale) in all work is required, except for Some departments offer both a thesis of a written comprehensive examination courses meeting entrance deficiencies or and a non-thesis option while others of­ toward the end of the coursework. Some approved for no program credit prior to fer only one plan. Please refer to the departments may also require a final oral registration in the course. At any time chapter on Graduate Programs for examination. when the academic record indicates un­ specific information on each program. satisfactory performance, the student's The general requirements for these op­ status is subject to review. A student who tions are as follows. Language. Although a language is not fails to maintain a satisfactory grade normally required· for the master's degree, point average or to make acceptable pro­ Thesis Option. The minimum require­ a student's major professor or thesis committee may require proficiency in a gress towards the degree may be dis­ ments for a master's degree are: (1) The missed as a graduate student. successful completion of 30 credits, in­ foreign language where appropriate for cluding 6 thesis research credits. (2) At ti?,esubject chosen. the discretion of the department, the Master's Degree Requirements passing of written comprehensive exami­ nations toward the end of the course­ Professional Degree work. (3) The submission of an accept­ There are no major or minor area re­ Requirements quirements for the master's degree. able thesis and the passing of an oral ex­ However, no degree can be awarded for amination in defense of the thesis. Four copies of the thesis prepared in accor­ Students should refer to 'the specific the accumulation of credits without a program requirements for professional planned program of study. Courses for dance with Graduate School require­ ments must be submitted to the Gradu­ degrees and consult with the appropriate the degree are expected to be concen­ dean or director. trated in the candidate's field of interest ate School Office. A statement on prepa­ and related areas to produce a well­ ration of theses is available from that developed and coherent program which office. will meet his or her special objectives. Doctor of Philosophy Requirements for the master's degree Non-Thesis Option. Depending upon Degree Requirements must be completed within a period of departmental requirements, some four calendar years, or seven calendar master's degrees may be earned without The Doctor of Philosophy degree must years with special permission of the a thesis. The minimum requirements for be completed within seven years of the 'department and the Dean of the Gradu­ a non-thesis master's degree program date when the student is first enrolled as ate School if the study is done on a part­ are: (1) The successful completion of a . a candidate. time basis. The master's degree may be minimum of 30 credits. (2) Registration The requirements for the doctor's de­ earned either through full- or part-time in advanced seminars, practicums, in­ gree are: (1) The completion of a mini­ study or by a combination of the two. ternships, or other experiences useful to mum of 72 credit hours of graduate study the student's future professional career. beyond the baccalaureate degree, of 14 Degree Requirements

which a minimum of 42 credit hours formal courses stipulated in the program Theses and Dissertations must be taken at the University of Rhode of study. The examination is designed to Island. (2) Satisfying the residence re­ assess the student's intellectual capacity At least ten working days prior to the quirement that the student must main­ and adequacy of training for scholarly re- proposed defense, sufficient completed tain full-time residence for at least two search . · copies of the thesis or dissertation for consecutive semesters while acquiring the The comprehensive .examination con­ members of the examining committee in last 42 credits for the degree, but prior to sists of two parts: written, requiring a acceptable form must be submitted to the taking the doctoral comprehensive ex­ minimum of eight hours; and oral, re­ Graduate School. At that time an. addi­ aminations. Residence is interpreted as quiring not more than two hours. The tional copy must be placed on file in the full-time attendance (9 credits or more) student, with the approval of his pro­ Reserve Book Room of the Library. on campus or in the College of Continu­ gram committee, applies to the Graduate For the oral defense, a sufficient num­ ing Education ·during a regularly sched­ School to take the examination. The oral ber of completed copies of the thesis or uled semester . Full-time ·registration for examination committee includes the stu­ dissertation, ac~eptable in form arid sub­ both terms of a summer session counts as dent's committee and two additional stance to each member of the examining one semester of residence. With the ex­ members of the Graduate Faculty ap­ committee and the Dean of the Graduate ception of graduate assistants, instruc­ pointed by the Dean of the Graduate School, is required. Following a success­ tors, research assistants, or equivalent, School. One of the additional members ful defense and after all changes and cor­ no candidate for the doctorate may count represents a field of study allied to that rections have been made, four copies part-time study toward satisfying this of the student's major. The candidate's prepared in accordance with Graduate residence requirement unless a specific major professor arranges for and chairs School and Library requirements must be request for an exception, outlining the the examination. Unanimous approval by submitted to the Graduate School Office. reasons and alternate method of satis­ the examining committee is required for Ph.D. candidates must submit an addi­ fying the requirement, is approved by the passing the comprehensive examination. tional abstract, not exceeding 350 words. candidate's doctoral committee and sub­ A candidate whose performance fails to Students are advised to consult the mitted together with the candidate's pro­ receive unanimous approval of either ex­ Statement on ThesisPreparation ·and In­ gram of studies for the approval of the amining committee may, upon the com­ structionsfor TbesisDefense available in Dean of the Graduate School. (3) If re­ mittee's recommendation, be permitted the Graduate School Office and the most quired by the department, proficiency in one reexamination in the part or parts recent edition of Kate L. Turabian's A one or more foreign languages and/or in failed, to be taken no sooner than ten Manual for Writers of Term Papers, Theses, an approved research tool. (4) The pass­ weeks and no later than one year after and Dissertationspublished by the ing of a qualifying examination. (5) The the initial examinations. University of Chicago Press. passing of a comprehensive examination. (6) The completion of a satisfactory dis­ Final Oral Examination. This examina­ sertation. (7) The passing of a final oral tion is a defense of the dissertation and is examination in defense of the disserta­ open to all members of the faculty and, tion. The department in which the stu­ generally, to all students. The examina­ dent studies for the doctor's degree may tion, usually two hours long, is con­ or may not require a master's degree ducted by an examining committee com­ preliminary to, or as part of, the regular prised of the candidate's program com­ course of study. mittee and two additional Graduate Faculty members appointed by the Dean Qualifying Examination. This exam­ of the Graduate School. One of the ap­ ination is intended to assess a student's pointed members will be designated by potential to perform satisfactorily at the the dean to chair the examination. doctoral level, and is not a review of Unanimous·approval of the examining courses taken. A student without a committee is required for passing. If the master's degree who is accepted as a doc­ candidate does not perform satisfactorily, toral candidate is expected to take a the committee may recommend one reex­ qualifying examination, usually after amination under stated conditions. 24-30 credits of coursework have been completed. A student who holds a Research Tool. Each department, in master's degree in the same or a closely cooperation with the Graduate School, is related field is normally not required to authorized to formulate and to amend its take the examination. If an examination own requirements and methods of test­ is to be required, it will be stipulated in ing for competency in research tools such the letter of admission. as computer science, foreign language(s) or statistics. The department may, in Comprehensive Examination. Each turn, delegate this responsibility to the doctoral candidate shall take comprehen­ program committee for each individual sive examinations at or near but not later doctoral candidate. than 12 months after completion of the Admission and Registration 15

Admission and Registration

Admission cision on admission to the doctoral pro­ immigrant visas, housing, etc.,should be gram untµ at least a substantial portion sent to the Office of International Stu­ Persons holding the baccalaureate de­ of the master's work has been com- dent Services. gree and wishing to take graduate-level pleted. · courses at the University may do so All applications must be accompanied Transfer Credit. Transfer credit may be through admission to the Graduate by a $15 non-refundable application fee. re·quested for graduate work taken at School as degree candidates, or may pur­ Simultaneous application to more than othe~ accredited institutions of higher sue postbaccalaureate work as non­ one department requires duplicate appli­ learning. Such credits may not exceed 20 matriculated students. Admission to the cations and credentials and separate ap­ percent of the total credits required for Graduate School is based upon academic plication fees. the program. Ph.D. candidates holding a qualifications and potential without re­ General deadlines for receipt of appli­ master's degree in the same or a closely gard to age, race, religion, sex, national cations and all supporting documents are related area may request up to 30 credits. April 15 for September or summer ses­ origin, or handicap, or discrimination The transfer work must have been taken sion admission, and· November 15 for against disabled and Vietnam era '' at the graduate level (equivalent to the January admissidn. As is indicated in the veterans: 500 level or higher in the University of A set of applicationmaterials is appended Graduate Programs section of this bulle­ tin, certain programs admit students only Rhode Island course numbering system) to this catalog.Additional application and a passing grade earned at that insti­ forms may be obtaineq from the Gradu­ for September and/or have earlier dead­ lines. There is no assurance that applica­ _tution. It must have been completed not ate Admissions Office, The University of more than five years prior to the date of Rhode ~sland, Kingston, Rhode Island tions completed after these dates will be request fo!-"transfer into a master's pro­ 02881. Zip code should be included in processed in time for enrollment in the gram (ten years fot the doctoral program) the applicant's return aqdress. Inquiries desired semester. Admission is offered and must have clear and unquestiqned concerning particular degree programs or for a specific entrance da,te only, and a: relevance to the student's program of courses of instruction should be ad­ must be reconsidered if a postponement dressed to the appropriate department is subsequently requested. · study. The request for transfer credit chairperson. must have the approval of the stud~nt's Applications and credentials are to be International Applicants. Applicants major professor and the Dean of the submitted to the Graduate Admissions from foreign countries must complete the Graduate Schqol. If transfer credit. is Office. Final decision rests with the Dean Test of English as a Foreign Language desired for work taken elsewhere after a of the Graduate School who, after ob­ (TOEFL) with minimum scores of 500 for graduate stµdent is enrolled at this taining the recommendation of the students applying for science programs University, prior approvalmust be ob­ department concerned, notifies the ap- and 550 for non-science programs, unless tained from the Dean of the Graduate plicant. . a different minimum is listed under the School. Where admission to a doctoral program admission requirements for the specific is possible for those holding the · program. International application forms Degree Candidates. Applicants must bachelor's degree and meeting other re­ may be obtained from the Graduate forward to the Graduate Admissions Of­ quirements, the Graduate School reserves Admissions Office. Inquiries from inter­ fice two complet~d application forms, the right to offer admission only to the national students concerning non- two official copies of transcripts of all master's program while postponing a de- previous college work sent directly by the 16 Admission and Registration

issuing institutions, three letters of matriculating status. Normally, to take P\!riod, according to the announced in­ recommendation, and scores in the ap­ courses for personal satisfaction or structions. propriate nationally administered tests. professional advancement, post-baccalau­ New and .transfer students will be in­ Tests required for specific programs may reate students enroll through the College structed concerning registration pro­ be found in the Graduate Program sec­ of Continuing Education . However, if cedures. tion of this bulletin. · the work is being taken to provide a basis To be accepted as a graduate degee for later consideration for admission to Payment of Fees. Arrangements must be candidate, applicants must maintain an degree status it may be advisable to apply made with the Bursar for complete pay­ average of approximately B (3.0 on a 4.0 for non-degree status. Applicants for this ment of tuition and/or fees by the due scale) in their undergraduate work and . status must file regular applications with date . Class programs will be issued only have satisfactory scores on the approi;,ri­ statements of purpose and submit the re­ for those students who have registered ate nationally administered test. Appli­ quired transcripts. However, letters of for course selections, and satisfied pay­ cants with undergraduate averages below recommendation or scores on nationally ment requirements with the Bursar. the B level may be admitted upon the administered tests are not required. Ad­ submission of other evidence of academic mission to non-degree status will.estab­ Class Programs. Students may not at­ · potential, i.e., satisfactory'performance lish a permanent file in the Graduate tend classes without class programs. in postbaccalaureate work, professional School Office and in the department and These are issued prior to the first day of experience as evidenced by publications permit advising of the student. Non­ classes according to instructions from the or letters of recommendation, and/or matriculating students follow the same Office of the Registrar. high scores in the standardized test re­ registration procedure as degree candi­ ferred to above. All students are ex­ dates. If non-matriculating students later Drop and Add. Students are permitted pected to maintain a cumulative average wish to be admitted to a degree program to add courses and to drop courses with of B (3.0) or better. Students who do not they must complete ·the regular admis­ subsequent reassessment of fees (see page maintain a cumulative B (3.0) average sion procedure. 19) during the first two weeks of classes. will have their status reviewed and may Non-matriculating students do not The final day to drop courses without a be placed on provisional status, be sus­ have the privileges regularly enjoyed by grade is midsemester. However, fees are pended, or be dismissed. A student degree candidates . For example, they not reassessed beyond the second week placed on provisional status must achieve may not preregister and their enrollment of classes. a cumulative B (3.0) average within one is subject to the accomodation of degree candidates wishing to take these courses. semester (or nine credits, if part time) or Change of Address. It is the responsi­ be subject to suspension or dismissal. In addition, there is a limit to the num­ ber of courses taken in this status that bility of the student to complete a change may be used as advanced standing to of address form in the Office of the Advanced Standing. A maximum of 12 satisfy degree requirements. Non-matric­ Registrar whenever a change is made in credit hours of work taken at the Uni­ ulated students are not eligible for finan- the local, campus, or mailing address. versity of Rhode Island in non-degree sta­ cial aid. · tus may be applied toward degree re­ Summer Session. Although many quirements if the student is later admit­ graduate-level courses are offered during ted to a degree program, but only upon the summer session, the University does recommendation of the student's pro­ Registration not guarantee that any particular course gram committee and with the approval of will be offered. The availability of in­ the Dean of the Graduate School. Ad­ The responsibility for being properly dividual faculty members to supervise re­ vanced standing for work taken at an­ registered rests with the student. Stu­ search or to participate in comprehensive other institution, or obtained by exami ­ dents must register and _complete their examinations and examinations in de-. nation or equivalency must also be in- registration within the time period an­ fense of theses or dissertations during the cluded within this limit. . nounced by the University. The chair­ summer session varies from year to year. In certain cases, applicants who have person of the student's major department - During the summer session, special ar­ been denied admission may be advised to will assign an adviser to assist the new rangements must be made with both the take several courses in non-degree status graduate student in planning a program . Graduate School and the department for (see below) to provide a basis for later Registration for each semester consists scheduling comprehensive examinations reconsideration of their applications. In of three separate procedures: registering and thesis or dissertation defenses. such cases, these courses are usually for course selections, payment of fees, Graduate students must make prior in­ regarded as though they were entrance and obtaining a class program. dividual arrangements for taking directed deficiencies and are not accepted for ad­ studies or special problems courses. vanced standing within minimum-credit Registering for Course Selections. Stu­ programs of study. dents must obtain registration materials Time Limit and Continuous Registra­ at the announced time and place. Cur­ tion. Graduate students are expected to Non-Matriculating (Non-Degree) Sta­ rently enrolled students preregister in complete their coursework and research tus. People holding a bachelor's degree October for the spring semester and in within the four-year time limit prescribed who are not candidates for an advanced March for the fall semester . Completed for the master's degree and the seven­ degree may take courses during the aca­ registration materials are submitted to year time limit for the doctorate. Gradu- demic year or· in the summer in non- the Registrar during the reg~tration Admission and Registration 17

j

ate students are expected to remain con­ School, based on extraordinary circum­ mum of eight credit hours, including any tinuously enrolled, except for summer stances. Credits in excess of 15 will be taken as a master's candidate, by the sessions which are optional, until they billed at the per-credit rate. Full-time. Ph.D. candidate. have completed all requirements and registration is required of all interna­ have received their degree. Students who tional students and of all students hold­ Credit by Examination or Equivalent. do not register for coursework or re­ ing fellowships, assistantships, full In master's programs only, a maximum search and who do not comply with the scholarships and traineeships admin­ of six credits may be allowed for com­ regulations governing leaves of absence istered by the University. Students who petency based on experience outside the or withdrawal must pay the continuous do not meet the minimum full-time regis­ traditional academic setting and demon­ registration fee each semester until the tration requirement are considered part­ strated by examination or equivalent. degree has been awarded. Upon applica­ time students. tion to the Dean of the Graduate School, This maximum of six credits must fit credits the time limit for a degree program may within an overall maximum of 12 Off-campus Activity. Students who wish including program credit allowed for ad­ be extended for such legitimate reasons to register for credits to be counted to­ as military service or serious illness. This vanced Standing and transfer credit, if ward a degree, and who will be earning request requires the endorsement of the any. See the Graduate Student Manual, these credits through off-campus activi­ student's major professor or department Section 7.30, for details of this ties such as research or independent chairperson. . procedure. study at a national laboratory, are re­ See the Graduate Student Manual, Sec­ quired to obtain prior approval of the tion 4, for regulations regarding leaves of Audit. Courses may be audited with the absence, notification requirements, and Dean of the Graduate School and to have approval of individual course instructors circumstances under which graduate stu­ these activities listed as part of their pro­ and by presenting an auditor's card se­ dents will be assumed to have withdrawn grams of study. cured from the Registrar. An auditor from the University. •. receives no course grade; consequently, A student who does not register for a Intellectual Opportunity Plan (Pass/ an audited course does not count as part semester, or obtain approval for a leave Fail Option). To allow graduate students of the student's course load for registra­ of absence, will be considered as volun­ to venture into new areas of knowledge tion purposes, and cannot count as work tarily withdrawn. ,, without fear that their scholastic average taken toward completion of residence re­ will suffer, the Graduate Council has ap­ quirements. A student must be enrolled Full-time and Part-time Students. The proved the Intellectual Opportunity Plan. in at least one other course to be per­ normal full-time registration is 12 credit To be eligible for this option, the stu­ mitted to audit a course. hours of study during a regular semester. dent's major professor or adviser must Minimum full-time registration is nine certify that the course or courses are out­ credit hours during a regular semester side the student's major field of study, and six credit hours during a summer are not entrance deficiencies, and are not term. Maximum registration of 15 credit specific requirements of, but are relevant hours during a regular semester may not . to: the student's program. A maximum be exceeded without prior written per­ of four credit hours may be taken by the mission of the Dean of the Graduate master's degree candidate and a maxi- 18 Fees and Financial Aid

Fees and Financial Aid

<2hargesand fees set forth in this bulletin are The student must apply through the his/her full-time schedule per semester subject to changewithout notice. Graduate School and the specific pro­ for study at one of the other public insti­ gram must be one which is not ~vailable tutions at no additional expense. Each at the student's home-state university. institution will determine and maintain Tuition and fees vary according to They also must file a certificate of resi­ the integrity of the degree to be awarded. whether or not the student is a legal resi­ dence signed by the clerk of the city or Students will be subject to the course dent of.the state of Rhode Island and ac­ town where they claim legal residence. selection process applicable at the receiv­ cording to full-time or part-time en­ These forms are available from the ing insti,tution. Summer session and con­ rollment. All charges are payable by the Graduate School Office. If a student tinuing education registrants are not co­ semester anq are due and payable upon transfers to another program, the vered under this program._ Students in­ receipt of the bill or by the due date indi­ regional student status is automatically terested in this arrangement should cated on the bill. terminated. Where appropriate, the stu­ contact the Registrar's Office. The Dean of the Graduate School clas­ dent may apply for regional student sta­ sifies each student admitted to the . tus in the new program .. Tuition Waiver for Senior Citizens at University as a resident or nonresident Normally, these programs are listed in Public Institutions of Higher Educa­ student on the basis of all relevant infor­ the New England Regional Student Pro­ tion. Any Rhode Island resident senior mation available to him. A Residency Af­ gram graduate level booklet. In cases citizen who submits evidence of being 60 fidavit is included in this catalog along where an apparently similar program of years of age, pr over, will be allowed to with the application for admission. It study is available at both institutions in­ take courses at any public institution of must be filed by residents of Rhode Island volved, residents of another New England higher education in the state with the tui­ and other New England states; failure to , state must obtain certification from the tion waived. Admission into particular file the affidavit will result in automatic dean of the Graduate School of their courses will be granted upon a space­ classification as an outstate student. home-state university that the program available basis and is at the discretion of Forms for reclassification as a Rhode Is­ of study is not available there. This cer­ the receiving institution. All other costs land resident student are available in the tification will normally take the form of a of attendance are to be borne by the Graduate School Office. A student may statement by the chairperson of the rele­ student. appeal the decision to the Board of Resi­ vant department endorsed by the gradu­ dence Review. ate dean. Inquiries and requests for fur­ ther information may be directed to the Schedule of Fees. This schedule of fees is effective for the 1985-86 academic New Eng1and. Regional Student Pro­ Dean of the Graduate School at The • year. The University re~erves the right to gram. Under the provisions o~ the New University of Rhode Island or to the New revise its schedule of tuition and fees England Regional Student Program for England Board of Higher Education, 45 without notice. graduate students administered by the Temple St., Boston, MA 02111. New England Board of Higher'Educa­ tion, the University charges a regional Rhode Island Inter-Institutional Ex­ Fuli-time, One Academic Year student rate (125% of Rhode Island resi­ change. Any full-time student matricu­ Students registered for 9 to 15 credits, dent tuition) to residents of another New lated at one of the public institutions of graduate research assistants, and gradu­ England state who are matriculated higher education in Rhode Island may ate assistants are considered full-time graduate students in certain programs. enroll for a maximum of 7 credit' hours of and are charged the following fees: Fees and Financial Aid 19

Tuition Tuition, per credit hour dents appointed to partial assistantships Rhode Island residents $1,556.00 Rhode Island residents $87.00 will be prorated for the period of the Regional students 1,946.00 Regional students 109.00 appointment. The student will be respon­ Out-of state residents 3,564.00 Out-of-state residents 198.00 sible for the remainder of the full-time Registration fee 20.00 Registration fee 10.00 tuition and fees. Graduate student assessment 10.00 Graduate student assessment 1.00 Memorial Union fee 115.50 Memorial Union fee, 5-8 credits 14.50 Refunds. Refunds of payments made or Health Services fee 164.50 1 to 4 credits 7.25 credits against amounts due to the Medical Insurance fee 140.00 University shall be made to students who Credits in excess of 15 will be billed at Reassessment of Fees. Students are al­ officially withdraw or take a leave of ab­ the per credit rate listed for part-time lowed to drop and add credits during the sence from the University according to registration. Enrollment at Kingston and first two weeks of each semester (add the following scale: first two weeks, 80%; CCE locations is combined when deter­ period). Fees are reassessed and adjusted third week, 60%; fourth week, 40%; fifth mining these fees. Dropping overl9ad according to the credit enrollment and/or week, 20%; after five weeks, no refund. credit after the end of the add period student status resulting from drop/add The attendance period in which with­ does not reduce term bills. transactions as processed by the Registrar drawal occurs is counted from the first during the add period. Subsequent to the day of registration and includes Kingston and CCE Enrollment add period, term bills are only reassessed weekends and holidays. Coverage under All students who are full-time because for part-time students who add credits. the University Sickness and Accident In­ of combined enrollment at both the Col­ The dropping of credits after the add surance Policy terminates upon with­ lege of Continuing Education and the period does not reduce term bills. drawal of the student for any reason Kingston campus (9 credits and over) are other than graduation or incapacitating assessed the following fees at the stan­ Application Fee. Fifteen dollars ($15) disability. Students whose coverage has terminated for reason of withdrawal may dard full-time rate when enrolled in at must accompany each application for ad­ request a pro-rata refund of premium least 5 credits on the Kingston campus: mission. See page 15 for application from the insurance company. (For fur­ Memorial Union fee, Student Activity procedure. ther information refer to the current Stu­ tax, Accident and Sickness insurance, dent Sickness and Accident Insurance Additional Fees. Students may be asked Student Health fee. Students whose en­ brochure.) rollment at the Kingston campus is less to make key deposits and to cover lab­ than 5 credits are charged the fees at the oratory and other incidental expenses for part-time rate. Dropping courses at either specific courses. Students taking perfor­ location after the end of the add period mance courses in music are charged an Financial Aid does not reduce term bills. additional applied music fee each semes­ ter of $60 for MUS 050, $80 for MUS There are several forms of financial as­ Health ServiceFees 251, 451, and 551, and $120 for MUS sistance available to graduate students. . All full-time graduate students, all 261, 461, and 561 to cover the private To be eligible for any form of assistance, international students and their spouses, lessons associated with these courses. the student must first be admitted to the and all graduate assistants and graduate Master's degree candidates must pay a Graduate School. Detailed information research assistants are required to parti­ · thesis-binding fee of $18, and doctoral (stipends, allowances, tenure, etc.) on cipate in the University Health Services candidates must pay dissertation-binding the fellowships, scholarships, and as­ plan and accompanying Medical Insur­ and microfilming fees of $58. These fees sistantships described below is available ance plan. With the exception of interna­ are due before candidates submit their from the Graduate School Office and is tional students and their spouses, the dissertations for approval by the Gradu­ included in the Graduate Student Manual. Medical Insurance fee may be waived if ate School. Fellowships and scholarships are evidence of comparable coverage in an­ awarded by the Dean of the Graduate other plan is provided and the student Late Fees. A late registration fee of $15 School to students selected from completes, signs, and returns a waiver for the first week during which regis­ nominees submitted by department card to the Bursar's Office by the an­ tration falls, and $50 thereafter, is · chairpersons. Students are advised to re­ nounced term bill due date. Part-time charged unless excused by the Registrar. quest nomination for these awards by the students and spouses of students are chairperson of the department in which eligible to participate in the health and Remission of Fees. Tuition and the they plan to study or are currently en­ insurance plan on an optional basis. registration fee are paid from University rolled at the University. or grant funds for holders of tuition Part-time, One Semester scholarships, graduate assistantships, and Fellowships. Fellowships are awarded to Students registered for 8 credits or less graduate research assistantships (12 graduate students in recognition of are charged the fees below. Students credits maximum per semester), and achievement and promise as scholars. maintaining continuous enrollment and most fellowships. The students are re­ They are intended to enable students to registered for no credit (CRG 999) are re­ quired to pay all·other fees including the pursue graduate studies and research quired to pay a fee of $50 per semester. health services and medical insurance without rendering any service to the fees, Memorial Union fee, and the gradu­ University. A fellow's stipend is not con­ ate student assessment. Tuition for stu- sidered compensation, but a gift. Grad- 20 Fees and Financial Aid

and the registration fee (12 credits maxi­ mum) are paid from University funds for each semester of the academic year of the appointment. The student is responsible for the remaining fees. Additional remuneration is given for any work done during the summer, although such work cannot be guaranteed. Stipends and tui­ tion remissions for students appointed to partial assistantships will be prorated for the period of the appointment. The student will be responsible for the remainder of the full-time tuition and fees. The same policy applies to assistantships termi­ nated during the academic year. Graduate ResearchAssistants are as­ signed to individual research projects sponsored either by the University or by an outside agency. On supported re­ search contracts and grants, the graduate research assistants are judged to be em­ ployed on a half-time basis (based on a 40-hour week) . For this they normally re­ ceive a stipend ranging from $5,600 to $6,400 for nine months. In addition, tui­ tion (12 credits maximum) and registra­ tion fee are paid in each semester of the academic year of the appointment. The student is responsible for the remaining fees. Additional remuneration is given for any work done during the summer months. Stipends and tuition remissions for students appointed to partial as­ sistantships will be prorated for the period of the appointment. The student will be responsible for the remainder of the full-time tuition and fees. Tuition-Scholarships,which cover tuition and registration fee, are awarded by the uate fellows are required to be full-time Graduate Assistantships and Dean of the Graduate School from students and may not engage in addi­ Graduate Research Assistantships. As­ University funds. These scholarships are tional remunerative work without the sistantships are awarded to full-time awarded to qualilied students demon­ specific advance approval of the Dean of graduate students to provide them with strating need of financial assistance. Ap­ the Graduate School. teaching and research training. Assistants plication forms are available in the Special Fellowshipsare supported by may be required to provide service for up Graduate School Office. various indu1!trial firms, private foun­ to 20 hours per week. Appointments are dations, and individuals, and are usually initiated by department chairpersons. To Other Sources of Aid restricted to students in particular areas be eligible for such an appointment, stu­ of study and research. The stipends and dents must first be admitted to the There are many additional sources of supplemental allowances of these fellow­ Graduate School. Their applications for financial aid available to students who ships are not uniform. the assistantships should be submitted to qualify: scholarships from private organ­ A limited number of Universityof Rhode the department chairperson by February izations, clubs, labor unions, fraternities, Island Graduate Fellowshipsis awarded 15. Appointments are announced about sororities, and businesses; Vocational Re­ each year to promising students in doc­ April 1. habilitation financial support; Veterans toral programs . URI Fellows receive a sti­ Graduate Assistants assist, under super­ Administration benefits, including sur­ pend of $5,600 for the academic year and vision, with instructional and/or research vivor benefits; and Social Security have _tuition and the registration fee paid activities of a department. Not more benefits . Students should apply directly from University funds. URI Fellows are than ten hours per week will be in class­ to the source if they believe they qualify. responsible for the remaining fees. Those room contact. Graduate assistant sti­ The Graduate School Office has a copy of wishing to be considered for fellowships pends for the 1985-86 academic year the current Grants Register for use within should have their applications completed range from $5,600 to $6,400, depending the office. by February 1. upon qualifications . In addition, tuition .. Fees and Financial Aid 21

In addition, limited amounts of aid . Plus Loans for Higher Education. plete requirements. Two summer terms from federal and state sources are avail­ Graduate students may borrow loans totaling at least five credits will be con­ able through the Student Financial Aid with annual interest of 12%. Repayment sidered one part-time semester; two sum­ Office in Roosevelt Ha)l. This office dis­ must begin within 60 days after the loan mer terms totaling nine credits will be tributes money from various sources to is received. Additional information may considered one full-time semester. Doc­ help students with financial need. Need be obtained from local lending insti­ toral degree candidates have 14 semesters is defined as the difference between what tutions. in which to complete their degrees, it costs to attend URI and what the stu­ regardless of whether they matriculate dent and family can contribute from their University Aid. Regular Student Employ­ with an earned master's degree. financial resources, including all other ment. Jobs funded by the University are Master and doctoral students who have sources of assistance. The student is ex­ available to several hundred students, completed all course requirements in­ pected to earn a portion of these and are listed in the Student Financial cluding thesis research shall be consid­ resources. Only citizens, nationals, or Aid Office, ered to be making satisfactory progress at permanent residents who have been ac­ University Loans from $10 to $100 are least at the half-time rate if they are reg­ cepted and are enrolled as URI graduate available to full-time students . These istered for at least one thesis credit or students are eligible. Special students and, loans are short-term in nature (14-90 continuous registration . All students are students attending only during the sum­ days), and can be made only when there required to be enrolled for consecutive mer sessions are ineligible. The Graduate are means of repayment. Application semesters until graduation unless an offi­ Student Financial Aid Application should forms are available at the Student Finan­ cial leave of absence or interruption of be submitted to the Financial Aid Office· cial Aid Office. sty_dy has ~een approved. If students ex­ by March 15 and the Financial Aid Form ercise neither the leave of absence nor in­ (FAF) should be submitted to the College terruption of study option and fail to reg­ Scholarship Service in Princeton after Veterans' Benefits. Information may be obtained from the Veterans' Liaison Offi­ ister, they are considered to have volun­ january 1, but prior to March 15. For tarily withdrawn. further information or copies of the cer in the Registrar's Office. All students receiving veterans' benefits are required For futher information, see the Gradu­ forms, contact the Financial Aid Office in ate Student Manual or cons~lt the Student Roosevelt Hall ·at (401) 792-2314. to report to the Veterans' Liaison Office upon withdrawing from or dropping any Financial Aid Office (792-2314). Federal Aid. National Direct Student course, or upon withdrawal from the Loan. Graduate students may borrow up University. Failure to do so will result in to $12,000, including any undergraduate the termination of veterans' benefits. loans. These loans have a simple interest rate of 5 percent annually. Interest does Policy on Satisfactory Academic not accrue until six months after gradua­ Progress tion or withdrawal. Minimum payments of $30 per month are required, and the The Education Amendments of 1980, P.L. 96-374, October 3, 1980, state that repayment period may extend up to ten ••a student is eligible to receive funds years. from federal student financial aid pro­ College Work-Study Program provides grams at an institution of higher educa­ part-time employment during the school · tion if the student is maintaining satisfac­ term and full-time employment during . tory progress in the course of study he or the vacation periods. The jobs may be ei­ ther with University departments or with she is pursuing according to the stan­ off-campus, non-profit, non-sectarian, dards and practices of that institution." To maintain satisfactory progress as a non-political agencies. Other institution­ ally funded employment is also available. graduate student at The University of Rhode Island for federal financial aid A list of these jobs is availabie in the Stu­ dent Financial Aid Office. (Limited fund­ purposes, the student must be enrolled in a degree-granting program on at least a ing could curtail the summer employ­ half-time basis (i.e. five credits) for each ment program.) semester aid is received. the courses must Guaranteed Student Loan Program. Stu­ be graduate level and applicable to the dents may apply for loans through local student's approved program of study. lending institutions. Interest on loans, Master's degree ~ndidates have eight until six months after graduation or with­ drawal, will be paid by the federal gov­ semesters to complete degree require­ ments on a full- or part-time basis. Stu­ ernment . A simple interest rate, varying dents who are not in residence during from 7 to 9 percent annually, is charged the academic year terms and who have once the repayment period begins. received special permission from the Graduate students .may borrow up to Dean of the Graduate School have 14 $5,000 a year, with a maximum of summer session terms in which to com- $25,000, including undergraduate loans. 22 Graduate Programs

Graduate Programs

Course Codes ACC - Accounting FSN - Food Science and Technology , NES - New England Studies ADE - Adult and Extension Education Nutrition and Dietetics NUE - Nuclear Engineering AM - African and Afro-American Studies FRN - French _ NUR - Nursing AVS - Animal and Veterinary Science GMA- Geography and Marine Affairs OCE - Ocean Engineering APG - Anthropology GEL - Geology OCG - Oceanography AMS - Applied Mathematical Sciences GER- German PHC • Pharmaceutics ASP - Aquacultural Science and Pathology GRK - Greek PCG - Pharmacognosy ART - Art HIS - History PCL - Pharmacology and Toxicology AST - Astronomy HED - Home Economics Education PHP - Pharmacy Practice BCP - Biochemistry and Biophysics HCF - Human Development, Counseling, PHL - Philosophy BOT - Botany and Family Studies PED - Physical Education BSL - Business Law !ME - Industrial and Manufacturing En- PHY - Physics CHE - Chemical Engineering gineering PLP - Plant Pathology-Entomology CHM - Chemistry INS - Insurance PLS - Plant Science CVE - Civil and Environmental Engineering !TL - Italian PSC - Political Science CMD - Communicative Disorders JOR - Journalism PSY - Psychology CPL - Community Planning LAS - Labor Studies RCR - Recreation CLS - Comparative Literature Studies LAT - Latin ROE - Resource Development Education CSC - Computer Science LSC - Library Science REN - Resource Economics CNS - Consumer Studies LIN - Lingu~tics REM - Resource Mechanics DHY - Dental Hygiene MGT - Management RTH - Respiratory Therapy ECN - Economics MGS - Management Science RUS - Russian EDC - Education MKT - Marketing SOC - Sociology ELE - Electrical Engineering MTH - Mathematics SPA - Spanish ENG - English MCE- Mechanical Engineering and Ap- TMD- Textiles, Fashion Merchandising EHS - Environmental Health Science plied Mechanics and Design EST - Experimental Statistics MCH- Medicinal Chemistry THE - Theatre FIN - Finance MIC - Microbiology URB - Urban Affairs FMT - Fisheries and Marine Technology MUS - Music WRT - Writing NRS - Natural Resources Science ZOO - Zoology Accounting 23

This section must be read in conjunction that they are combined with appropriate moti­ prior education in business will need to spend with the preceding sections on Degree Re­ vation and initiative . Options available to stu­ two years in full-time study . The course of quirements and on Admission and Registra­ dents vary from the traditional liberal edu ­ study is divided into two parts . Part one is a tion. The specific admission and program re­ cation to programs which are heavily profes­ foundation in business and accounting that is quirements listed below are included within sionally oriented. Successful completion of any required for all students without-a bachelor's the general requirements set forth in the course of study at the University, however, degree in business . The student's undergradu­ preceding sections , and do not reduce those does not guarantee that the student will find ate record is evaluated and foundation courses general requirements . For example , scores on either a specific kind or level of employment. are waived when a student has undergraduate the Verbal and Quantitative Aptitude Tests of Students who are interested in the career op­ equivalents . The second phase of the program the Graduate Record Examination IGRE) are portunities related to particular programs of allows the students to build on their account ­ required of all applicants unless another study are encouraged to discuss their interests ing foundation and develop a high level of nationally-administered test such as Graduate with the appropriate department chairperson theoretical knowledge and a sound under­ Management Admission Test IGMAT) or the or director of graduate studies as listed in this standing of accounting principles and tech­ Miller Analogies Test !MAT) is specified be­ bulletin , with the deans of the Graduate niques. During the second part of the program low. Scores on the GRE Advanced (subject School, and/or with the staff of the Office of the student selects an area in which to spe­ matter ) Tests are required only where speci­ Career Services. Students who are uncertain cialize . The following areas are available : pro­ fied below . about their career choice are invited to inquire fessional accountancy, tax accounting, man­ Please note that the specific program re­ about the services offered by the Counseling agement accounting and controllership . quirements given on the following pages are Center. Admission requirements : Undergraduate grade minimum requirements. For example , addi­ point average of approximately B or above tional course credits may be required for indi­ and a score at the 50th percentile or above on vidual candidates whose academic background the GMAT Examination are expected. The is insufficient. Accounting GMAT score and the undergraduate quality All graduate-level courses are also described point average are not the sole criteria for ad­ in this chapter. Undergraduate courses num­ M.S. mission. However, those with undergraduate bered at the 400 level, permitted for graduate quality point averages of less than B or with credit in some cases , are described in the Un­ Graduate Faculty lower than 50th percentile scores on the dergraduate Catalog and are listed here for GMAT have a reduced probability of admis­ reference only . Courses at the 500 level com ­ Chairperson and director of graduate studies : As­ sion. Applicants for whom English is not the prise the majority of coursework between the sociate Professor Henry R. Schwarzbach, native language will be expected to demon­ bachelor's and the master's degrees. Those at D.B .A., 1976, University of Colorado; strate proficiency in written and oral commu­ the 600 level are advanced graduate courses. C.P.A. nications !TOEFL score of 575 or above) , or The 900-level courses are special types of Professor Spencer J. Martin, Ph.D. , 1970, they may be required to correct deficiencies by graduate courses for which no degree credit is University of Illinois; C.P .A. taking selected courses for no program credit . given. They include courses offered to remedy Professor Joseph P. Matoney, Jr. , Ph.D., 1973, Program requirements: From 30 to 60 credits , deficiencies as well as workshops, institutes , Pennsylvania State University ; C.P.A. depending upon undergraduate program. A and courses offered one time only by visiting (Rhode Island) written comprehensive examination is re­ faculty. Professor Richard Vangermeersch, Ph.D ., quired in the non-thesis option. Courses with two numbers, e.g . ASP 501, University of Florida; C.P.A., C.M.A . Assistant Professor Scott N. Cairns, Ph.D., 502 indicate a year's sequence and the first Master of Business Administration course is either a prerequisite for the second 1983, University of Illinois; C.P.A. or at least the two cannot be taken in reverse Assistant Professor Charles T. Hamilton, M.S., See Business Administration program, p. 28. order without special permission. Parentheses 1973, University of Illinois; C.P.A. (Illinois) All 500- and 600-level courses offered by the after a course number enclose either the old Assistant Professor David Humphreys, departments in the College of Business Ad­ course number or, in cases of multiple listings, M.B.A., 1978, Case Western Reserve Uni­ ministration are open to matriculated graduate the departments and numbers under which versity students only . the course is also offered . Assistant Professor Daniel J. Looney, Jr., J.D., The roman numeral indicates the semester 1971, Suffolk University ; C.P.A. !Rhode ACC Courses Island) the course will normally be offered ; some Accounting courses, however, are offered only in alternate Assistant Professor Laurence Paquette , Ph.D ., years and a few less frequently. The Schedule of 1985, University of Massachusetts 413 Contemporary Accounting Issues m,3 ) Courses issued by the Registrar at the October Assistant Professor James Rebele, Ph .D., 1984, 415 Accounting-Computer Systems (I and II, 3! and March registration period must therefore Indiana University 431 Advanced Accounting II, 3! be consulted to determine which courses will 443 Federal Tax Accounting (![, 3! be offered in the following semester. The Master of Science 461 Auditing II, 3! arabic numeral indicates the credit hours; dis­ 535 Advanced Problems in Accounting tribution of class hours each week is in paren­ The program leading to the Master of (JI, 3f General and specialized accounting theses. The instructor 's name follows the Science in accounting is designed to meet the problems that constitute the subject matter of course description. educational requirements for entry into the ac­ CPA examinat/ons . !Lee. 3) Pre: 431. Staff counting profession and for advanced study The availability of programs of study and areas for students with an undergraduate degree in 544 Taxation of Corporations and Share­ of specialization set forth in this section, as well accounting. holders m, 3! Examination of the tax laws af­ as their administrative location, requirements, The University of Rhode Island master's de­ fecting corporations and shareholders . In­ and titles, are subject to change without notice. gree program in accounting is designed for cludes law governing corporate formation, li­ The University experience is designed to students with a variety of educational back­ quidating and nonliquidating distributions , provide the successful student with a range of grounds and professional interests. Applicants reorganizations , taxes on corporation accumu ­ knowledge and skills which can be utilized in with a bachelor's degree in accounting from lations and planning of transactions for tax a variety of ways after graduation provided an accredited institution can complete the pro­ compliance and minimization. !Lee. 3! Pre: 443 gram of study in one year. Applicants with no or permission of instructor. Matoney or Cairns 24 Graduate Programs

548 Accounting for Non-Commercial Enti­ 646 Seminar in Tax Research, Policy and Specializations ties m,3) Principles and practices of fund ac­ Planning m,3) Examination of the methodol­ counting as applied to municipalities, educa­ ogy of tax research, the principles and pro­ Animal physiology, endocrinology, nutri­ tional institutions, hospitals, and similar or­ cedures involved in tax planning, and the pro­ tion, behavior, and health. The most active ganizations, with particular emphasis upon cedures involved in dealing with the IRS. areas of departmental research are directed to­ municipal records and statements. (Lee. 3) Pre: (Sem.) Pre: 641 or equivalent. Cairns or ward laboratory animal programs. permission of instructor. Staff Matoney Interdisciplinary programs with other departments may be designed to meet specific 562 (662) Advanced Auditing m,3) State­ 661 Seminar in Auditing (I, 3) Readings and student interests. Research is a cooperative ef­ ments on auditing standards, auditing elec­ discussions on auditing standards, procedures, fort supported by the Rhode Island Agricul­ tronic systems, auditor's reports, statistical programs, working papers, internal control, tural Experiment Station and private granting • sampling in auditing, regulations of SEC, and and current auditing topics. (Lee. 3) Pre: 311 agencies. Research laboratories and animal fa­ cases in auditing. (Lee. 3) Pre: 461. Staff and enrollment in the M.S. program in accounting. cilities are maintained in the Animal and Staff . 610 Financial Accounting (I and II, 4) Veterinary Science Center at Peckham Farm. Covers basic accounting principles, accounting 681 Accounting Policy (II, 3) Development systems design, and financial statement analy­ of accounting policy with respect to manager­ Master of Science sis. Includes principles of responsibility ac­ ial planning and control. Emphasis on analyti­ counting and budgeting. (Lee. 4) Pre: cal evaluation of cases with major research Admission requirements: GRE. A bachelor's mathematics or statistics, ECN 590, MGS 520 project. (Lee. 3) Pre: 618, graduate standing and degree in agriculture or biological science is and 530. Staff completion of all foundation courses. Staff preferred with a major in animal science, biol­ ogy, microbiology, zoology, or allied fields. A 611 Managerial Accounting (I or II, 3) Deter­ 691, 692 Directed Study in Accounting background in animal physiology, nutrition, mination of accounting information for the (I and II, 1-3) Advanced work under the super­ genetics, and/or health is desirable. purposes of decision-making, control, and vision of a member of the staff and arranged Program requirements: animal-related re­ evaluation with emphasis on decision models to suit the individual requirements of the stu­ search, thesis, and oral defense of thesis. A using accounting information. (Lee. 3) Pre: 610, dent. (Lee. 1-3) Pre: permission of instructor. minimum of 24 coursework credits (exclusive MGS 520 and 530. Staff Staff of a minimum of 6 thesis credits) are required 618 Current Accounting Theory a, 3) Criti­ 693, 694 Internship in Accounting (I and II, 3 and are determined by student interests and cal examination of accounting theory and each) Participation in management and/or background with the approval of the major practice to develop research techniques with problem solving under the supervision and professor. Enrollment in two semesters of emphasis on financial accounting. (Lee. 3) Pre: guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalu­ graduate seminar is required and attendance 311, 312. Staff . ation by the College .of Business Administra­ at the departmental graduate seminar is tion. Pre: proposal acceptanceby College of Busi­ mandatory. 619 Current Accounting Theory (II, 3)-Criti­ cal examination of accounting theory and ness Administration, no previous internship practice with respect to cost and managerial credit, graduate standing. SIU credit. Staff AVS Courses ,. accounting., (Lee. 3) Pre: 321. Staff Animal and Veterinary Science

641 Federal Taxation Seminar (II, 3) Exami­ 412 Animal Nutrition (II, 3) nation and discussion of the laws and ration­ Animal Pathology 415 Physiology of Lactation (I, 3) ale affecting the federal taxation of individuals 420 Animal Breeding and Genetics (II, 3) as well as an introduction to research in taxa­ See Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology on 432 Biology of the Fowl m,3) tion. (Lee. 3) Pre: 311 and enrollment in the M.S. p. 50 . . 462 Laboratory Animal Techniques (II, 3) program in accounting. Staff 463 Animal Veterinary Technology (II, 3) 643 Federal Taxes and Business Decisions 472 Physiology of Reproduction (II, 3) m,3) The course focuses on tax law and its ef­ 491, 492 Special Projects (I and II, 1 each) fect on business decisions. Cases are employed Animal and Veterinary 501, 502 Graduate Seminar (I and II, 1) and primary emphasis is on income tax plan­ Science Preparation and presentation of papers on ning although estate and gift taxes are ex­ scientific topics based on research investiga­ plored. Pre: 610. Staff .M.S. tions or literature surveys of selected subjects 644 Partnership, Estate and Gift Taxation in animal and veterinary science. (Lee. 1) Pre: graduate standing. Staff a, 3) Examination of the tax- laws affecting Graduate Faculty partnerships, estates, and gifts. Includes in­ 510 Recent Advances in Domestic Animal come and wealth taxation with an emphasis Acting Chairperson: Professor Thomas L. Physiology (II, 2) Reading of current papers on tax avoidance through effective planning. Meade, Ph.D., 1953, University of Florida and preparation of written and oral reports in (Lee. 3) Pre: 641. Matoney or Cairns · Professor Pei Wen Chang, Ph.D., 1965, Yale 1 endocrine, reproductive, and general physiolo­ 645 Advanced Topics in Federal Taxation University gy. Emp_hasis on applied resea,rch in domestic (ll, 3) Examination of tax· iaws governing sales Professor Gerald A. Donovan, Ph.D., 1955, animals. (Lee, 2) Pre: a senior I.Weiphysiology and exchanges, accounting methods, account­ Iowa State University ·• courseor equivalent. May be repeated; maximum ing changes, deferred compensation, tax Associate Professor H. Glenn Gray, Ph.D., of 4 credits. Gray and Rhodes shelters, and.recent developments in the tax 1966, Cornell University Associate Professor Richard I. Millar, M.S., 512 Advanced Animal Nutrition (II, 3) laws. (Lee. 3) Pre: 641 or 443. Matoney, Cairns Digestion and metabolism of protein, carbo­ or Looney 1959, University of Rhode Island Associate Professor Mum M. Nippo, Ph.D., hydrate, and fat by ruminant and nonrumi­ 1976, University of Rhode Island nant animals. Role of vitamins and minerals in Assistant Professor Richard C. Rhodes, Ph.D., metabolism. Experimental methods in animal 1980, Texas A&M University nutrition. Emphasis on the ruminant animal. Professor Emeritus VanceJ Yates, Ph.D., 1960, University of Wisconsin Animal and Veterinary Science/Biochemistry and Biophysics 25

!Lee. 2, Lab. 2! Pre:412, CHM 124 or BCP 581 Professor Warren F. Rogers, Ph.D., 1971, Stan­ principally for people who have a roaster's and pennission of department. In alternate years, ford University degree. Special efforts are made to accommodate next offered1985-86. Staff Professor Emilio 0. Roxin, Ph.D., 1959, people who are employed on a full-time basis. University of Buenos Aires Programrequirements: dissertation, 54 course 542 Advances in Animal Virology !I and II, Professor Oved Shisha, Ph.D., 1958, Hebrew credits beyond the bachelor's degree including 2 each! Scientific literature in animal virology University MTH 437, 438 (or 435, 436), two courses will be critically reviewed and discussed. A se­ Professor Robert C. Sine, Ph.D., 1962, University selected from MTH 462, 513, 515, 535, 545, ries of articles will be assigned, and written of Illinois · 561, and 641, and three core courses in each and oral presentations made. !Lee. 2) Pre: ASP Professor E. Ramnath Suryanarayan, Ph.D.,. · of two of the following areas: applied 534, 538 and pennission of instructor.May be 1961, University of Michigan mathematics, basic analysis, numerical analy­ repeated;maximum of 4 credits. Chang Professor Donald W. Tufts, Sc.D., 1969, Mas­ sis, computer science, operations research, 591, 592 Research Problems !I and II, 3 each) sachusetts Institute of Technology statistics, and applied probability. (A maxi­ Research problems to meet individual needs of Professor Ghasi Ram Verma, Ph.D., 1957, mum of 30 credits may be granted for a graduate and honors students in the field of Rajasthan University · master's degree in a closely related area.) animal breeding, nutrition, or physiology and Associate Professor Leonard J. Bass, Ph.D., Comprehensive examination in core areas and food science. !Lab. 6, TBA! Pre: permissionof 1970, Purdue University reading proficiency in one foreign language. department. Staff Associate Professor Frank M. Carrano, Ph.D., The Ph.D. qualifying examination is required 599 Masters Thesis Research !I and IIJ Num­ 1969, Syracuse University of students admitted without the master's ber of credits is determined each semester ir). Associate Professor Norman J. Finizio, Ph.D., degree. consultation with the major professor or pro­ 1972, Courant Institute of Mathematical gram committee. S/U credit. Sciences, New York University AMS Courses Associate Professor R. Choudary Hanumara, Applied Mathematical Sciences Ph.D., 1968, Florida State University Associate Professor James F. Heltshe, Ph.D., 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research !I and IIJ Applied Mathematical 1973, Kansas State Univ,ersity · Number of credits is determined each semes­ Associate Professor Edmund A. Lamagna, · ter in consultation with the major professor or Sciences Ph.D., 1975, Brown University program committee. SIU credit. Ph.D. UnterdepartmentaU Associate Professor William D. Lawing, Jr., Ph.D., 1965, Iowa State University Associate Professor Roger G. -Marshall, Ph.D., This interdepartmental program is spon­ -1974, University of Nebraska Audiology sored by the Departments of Computer Associate Professor Lewis J. Pakula, Ph.D., Science and Experimental Statistics, Industrial 1972, Massachusetts Institute of Technology M.A.,M.S. Engineering, Management Science, and Associate Professor David M. Shao, Ph.D., Mathematics. It is administered by a coor­ 1970, State University of New York, Buffalo See Speech-Language Pathology on p. 95. dinating committee selected from the Gradu­ Associate Professor Jin W. Soh, Ph.D, 1974, ate Faculty. Northwestern University Associate Professor Nelson H. Weiderman, Coordinating Committee:William D. Lawing Ph.D., 1971, Cornell University Biochemistry and Biophysics (Chairperson), R. Choudary Hanumara, Associate Professor David Wood, Ph.D., 1972, Seetharama Narasimhan, Charles D. Nash, University of Rhode Island M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) David Wood Professor Emeritus William J. Hemmerle, Ph.D., 1963, Iowa State University Graduate Faculty Graduate Faculty Professor Emeritus Peter F. Merenda, Ph.D., 1957, University of Wisconsin Chairperson:Professor George C. Tremblay, Professor Edward J. Carney, Ph.D., 1967, Ph.D., 1965, St. Louis University Iowa State University Specializations Professor Joel A. Dair,J.,Ph.D., 1957, Cornell Professor Rodney D. Driver, Ph.D., 1960, University · University of Minnesota Applied mathematics, computer science, Professor Karl A. Hartman, Jr., Ph.D., 1962, Professor Jeffrey E. Jarrett, Ph.D., 1967, New operations research, statistics, and applied Massachusetts Institute of Technology York University probability. Professor Harold W. Fisher, Ph.D., 1959, Uni- Professor Russell C. Koza, Ph.D., 1968, versity of Colorado ' Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Doctor of Philosophy Assistant Professor John J. Dougherty, Ph.D., Professor Gerasimos Ladas, Ph.D., 1968, New 1978, University of Wisconsin York University Admission requirements:GRE with advanced Assistant Professor Dennis E. Rhoads, Ph.D., Professor James T. Lewis, Ph.p., 1969, Brown test in undergraduate field, bachelor's degree • 1982, University of Cincinnati · University in computer science, engineering, mathematics, Professor Pan-Tai Liu, Ph.D., 1968, State management science, physical sciences, statis­ Specializations University of New York, Stony Brook tics, or equivalent. With permission, GMAT Professor Dennis W. McLeavey, D.B.A., 1972, may be substituted for GRE by applicants with Neurochemistry; action of peptide hormones Indiana University; C.P.I.M. (Fellow) _ business background. Applicants with en­ on neuromodulation; biochemistry of olfac­ Professor Richard Mojena, Ph.D., 1971, trance deficiencies may be accepted subject to tion; non-enzymatic glycosylation of proteins; University of Cincinnati taking certain undergraduate courses in addi­ glycolipid metabolism; structure and.function Professor Seetharama Narasimhan, Ph.D., tion to the graduate program requirements. of hormone receptors; protein phosphoryla­ 1973, Ohio State University Although a person with a bachelor's degree tion; mammalian cell culture; electron Professor Charles D. Nash, Ph.D., 1959, Ohio may be admitted, this program is designed microscopy of nucleic acid and protein com­ State University plexes; computerized infrared spectroscopy; Professor Edward Nichols, Ph.D., 1958, Pur­ structure and functions of nucleic acids, pro- due University 26 Graduate Programs

teins and viruses; metabo~m of nitrogenous 541, 542 Laboratory Techniques in Bio­ Botany constituents in mammain tissues; regulation chemistry (I and II, 3 each) Biochemical tech­ of metabolism. niques of enzyme preparation and puri­ M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences} fication, cell fractionation, ion-exchange and Master of Science paper chromatography, manometry, fluorom­ Graduate Faculty etry, polarography , radioactive tracer. As­ Admission requirements:GRE (advanced test signed research on advanced level using tech­ Chairperson:Professor Roger,D. Goos, Ph.D., in chemistry or biology) and a bachelor's de­ niques. (Lab. 9) Pre: permissionof department. 1958, University of Iowa gree in some field of science or engineering in­ Dougherty and Hartman Professor Luke S. Albert, Ph.D., 1958, Rutgers cluding 2 semesters each in organic chemistry - The State University 5 72 Plant Biochemistry Professor Carl H. Beckman, Ph.D., 1953, with laboratory, biological sciences, and calcu­ See Plant Science 572. lus, and 1 semester in physics. Student may be University of Wisconsin accepted with deficiencies which must be 581, 582 General Biochemistry a, II, 3 each) Professor Marilyn Harlin, Ph.D., 1971, made up without program credit. Systematic treatment of the principles of bio­ University of Washington Programrequirements for all candidates:BCP chemistry_ Basic course dealing with chemistry Professor Richard L. Hauke, Ph.D., 1960, 435, 521, 541, 581, 582, and 3 credits in a of biological substances and transformations University of Michigan 600-level course exclusive of seminar, special in living organisms. (Lee.3) Pre: CHM 228, Professor Theodore J. Smayda, Dr. Philos., topics, or research. Thesis option: a minµnum 229. St4ff 1967, University of Oslo of 24 credits (exclusive of thesis credits) in­ 595, 596' Seminar in Biochemistry and Bio­ Professqr Elijah Swift V, Pp..D., 1967, The cluding the above requirements and a thesis. physics a,II, 1 each) Presentation of papers on Johns Hopkins University Non-thesis option: a minimum of 36 credits selected subjects in biochemistry and bio­ Associate Professor Paul E. Hargraves, Ph.D., including the above requirements and BCP physics. (Lee. 1) Staff 1968, College of William and Mary 542, 595, 596, and the written master's exam­ Associate Professor Keith T. Killingbeck, ination. BCP 542 will require a substantial pa­ 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and Jl) Num­ Ph,D., 1976, University of North Dakota per involving significant independent research. ber of credits is determined each semester in Associate Professor Richard E. Koske, Ph.D., consultation with the major professor or pro­ 1971, University of British Columbia gram committee. SIU credit. Associate Professor John P. Mottinger, Ph.D., Doctor of Philosophy 1968, Indiana University· (Biological Sciences) 601 Enzymes (1, 3) Factors affecting the rate of catalysis in enzymic reactions. Thermo­ Associate Professor Robert G. Sheath, Ph.D., Admission requirements:same as for master's dynamic and kinetic characteristic of enzymes' 1977, University of Toronto degree; M.S. degree not required to enroll in profiles. (Lee. 1½, Lab. 8) Pre: 581, 582, and/or Adjunct Assistant Professor Paulette Peckol, Ph.D. program. Qualifying examination re­ permissionof department. In alternate years, next Ph.D., 1980, Duke University ' quired of all Ph.D. candidates. offered1985-86. Dain and Dougherty Adjunct Assistant Professor Richard Steele, Programrequirements: BCP 435, 521, 541, Ph.D., 1967, University of Washington 611 Metabolism a,3) Intensive study of 581, 582, 595, 596 and at least 6 credits of metabolic pathways of carbohydrates, lipids, BCP at the 600 level exclusive of 651, 652 and and nitrogenous compounds, their interrela­ Specializations 699. tionships. Effects of hormonal and nutritional Aquatic botany (marine and freshwater), cell status on activity of these pathways. (Lee.3) BCP Courses biology, genetics and cytogenetics, mycology, Pre: 581, 582, and/or permissionof department. phycology, plant development, plant ecology, Bioche~try and Biophysics In alternate years. Dain plant physiology, plant taxonomy (M.S. only), 401 (or MIC 401) Quantitative Cell Culture 612 Biochemical Regulation of Cellular Me- plant ultrastructure. (I, 3) •tabolism (II, 3) Biochemical regulatory 403 (or MIC 403) Introduction to Electron mechanisms of cellular metabolism in micro­ Master of Science Microscopy (I, 2) organisms and mammalian systems, at the 405 (or MIC 405) Electron Microscopy level of the genome, protein synthesis, and en­ Admission requirements:GRE including ad­ Laboratory (I, 2) · zyme catalysis. (Lee.3) Pre: 581, 582, and/or vanced test and undergraduate major in the 411 Biochemistry Laboratory (I[, 3) permissionof department. In alternate years. sciences. Candidates lacking undergraduate 421 (or MIC 421) Cell Biology and Cancer (I, 3) Tremblay courses in organic chemistry, physics, mathe­ 435 Physical Chemistry for Life Sciences (I, 3) 622 Advanced Electron Microscopy matics through introductory calculus, and fun­ 491, 492 Research in Biochemistry and Bio- See Microbiology 62?. damental courses in biological sciences may be physics (I and II, 1-6) required to make up deficiencies without 624 Advanced Electron Microscopy graduate credit. 521 Physical Biochemistry (II, 3) The use of Laboratory . Applications should be completed by April 15. diffusion, sedimentation, viscosity, electro­ See Microbiology 624. Programrequirements: thesis and BOT 581,582. phoresis, isoelectric focusing, chromatog­ raphy, and spectroscopy, (including linear and 651, 652 Research in Biochemistry and Bio­ circular dichroism) to determine the size, physics a, II, 3 each) Student is required to Doctor of Philosophy shape, structure, interactions and molecular outline a research problem, conduct necessary (Biological Sciences) weight of biological macromolecules. (Lee. 3) literature survey and experimental work and Pre: ~35 or equivalent. Hartman present the observations and conclusions in a Admission requirements:same as for master's report. (Lab. 6) Pre:graduate standing. Staff degree, which is normally required. Qualifying 523, 524 Special Topics in Biochemistry examination required for those accepted with- 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I, II) and Biophysics (I and II, 1-3 each)Advanced out the master's degree. · Number of credits is determined each semes­ work arranged to suit the individual needs of Applications should be completed by April 15. the student. Lecture and/or laboratory accord­ ter in consultation with the major professor or ing to the nature of the problem. Credits not program committee. S/U credit. to exceed a total of 12. Pre: permissionof department. SIU creditfor 524. Staff Botany 27

Programrequirements: dissertation, one for­ 540 Experimental Mycology III, 3! Growth 591, 592 Botanical Problems II and II, 1-3 eign language (to be passed before taki.!1gcom­ and reproduction of fungi as affected by nu­ each) Special work arranged to meet the needs prehensive examination); BOT 581, 582. Com­ tritional, environmental, and genetic factors, of individual students who are prepared for prehensive examination will require com­ with emphasis on experimental methods. /Lee.1, and desire advanced work in botany. /Lee. 1-3, petency in major areas of botany. Lab. 4) Pre: 432 and MIC 201 or 211 or permis­ Lab. 2-6) Offeredonly by arrangementwith staff. sion of instructor. In alternate years, next offered Staff 1985-86. Goos BOT Courses 593, 594 Botanical Problems II and II, 1-3 Botany 542 Medical Mycology III, 3) Fungi patho, each) Similar to 591, 592, but arranged to meet genie for humans and animals. /Lee. 1, Lab. 4) needs of students desiring further advanced 418 Marine Botany III, 3! Pre: 432 or MIC 201 or 211 or permissionof in­ work in botany. /Lee. 1-3, Lab. 2-5) Offeredonly 419 Freshwater Botany II, 3) structor. In alternate years, next offered1986-87. by arrangementwith staff. Staff 424 Plant Ecology III, 3! Goos 432 Mycology: Introduction to the Fungi II, 4! 599 Masters Thesis Research II and II! 433 Field Mycology II, 3! 545 Phytochrome and Photomorphogene­ Number of credits is determined each semes­ 446 Plant Stress Physiology III, 3! sis II, 2) Photocontrol cif development from ter in consultation with the major professor or 453 (or MIC 453) Cell Biology III, 3! the light stimulus required to the characteris­ program committee. S/U credit. 454 Genetics Laboratory II, 3) tics of the responses evoked. /Lee. 2) Pre: 245, 640 Advanced Mycology Seminar II and II, 1 455 (or ZOO 455) Marine Ecology II, 3! BCP 311 or equivalent. Albert each! Specialized and advanced treatment of 457 (or ZOO 457) Marine Ecology Labora- 551 Seminar in Aquatic Botany II, 1) Read­ biology and research in the major groups of tory I, 1J ings and discussion on current research involv­ the fungi, including systematics, physiology, 465 (355) Phycology: An Introduction to ing algae and other aquatic plants. /Lee. 1) and ecology. /Lee. 1JMay be repeated.Pre: per­ the Algae III, 3) May be repeated.Pre: permissionof instructor. mission of instructor. Goos, Koske 490 Modern Techniques in Botanical Harlin, Sheath , Sciences II and II, 2) 659 Seminar in Physiological Ecology of 554 Cytogenetics II, 4) Comparisons of vari­ Macroalgae III, 1J Readings and discussion of 511 Developmental Plant Anatomy II, 3) ous types of crossing-over, chromosomal aber­ specialized and advanced research, stressing Ontogeny of plant structures is studied from rations and their effects, mutation, and other mechanism of environmental adaptation. (Lee.1J zygote through seed production with emphasis cytogenetic phenomena in fungi and higher May be repeated.Pre: 559 or permissionof in­ on recent experimental studies which elucidate organisms. Laboratory studies of meiosis in structor. Harlin the morphogenic mechanisms. Ecological maize, identification of chromosomes, and in­ 661 Phytoplankton Taxonomy anatomy is included. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 311 duced rearrangements. /Lee. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: See Oceanography 661. . or equivalent. In alternate years, next offered 352, 453, or permissionof instructor. Mottinger 1986-87. Hauke 663 Phytoplankton Physiology 555 Algal Cell Biology III, 3! Fine structure See Oceanography 663. 512 Morphology of Vascular Plants II, 3! and metabolism of various algal taxa. Empha­ Comparative survey of development, form, sis on carbon metabolism, nuclear and cell di­ 664 Phytoplankton Ecology and anatomy of extinct and extant vascular vision, reproduction and motility. Project re­ See Oceanography 664. plants and modem interpretation of evidence quired. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 355 and 453 or 667, 668, 669 Advanced Phytoplankton concerning their interrelationships. /Lee. 2, equivalent, or permissionof instructor. Alternate Lab. 2) Pre: 311 or equivalent. In alternate years. Seminars years. Sheath See Oceanography 667, 668, 669. Hauke 559 Physiological Ecology of Marine Mac­ 691, 692 Botanical Problems II and II, 1-6 521 Recent Advances in Cell Biology roalgae II, 3) Comparative studies designed to each) Special work to meet needs of individual See Microbiology 521. investigate those environmental factors students who are prepared to undertake spe- 524 Methods in Plant Ecology III, 3! regulating distribution, physiology, and de­ . cial problems. (Lee. 3 or Lab. 6) Pre: permission Methods in analysis of vegetation and micro­ velopment of macroalgae through field, of department. Staff environments. Emphasis on quantitative tech­ laboratory, and library research. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) 693, 694 Research in Botany (I and II, 3 niques in analysis of vegetation, soil, and Pre: 418 or equiva,lent,or permissionof instruc­ each) Assigned research, subject matter of microclimate; techniques in physiological ecol­ tor. In alternate years. Harlin which is to be arranged with a member of ogy. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 111 and 424 or equiva­ 562 Seminar in Plant Ecology III, 2) Recent department and with the approval of the head. lent; EST 412 desirable.In alternate years, next topics and investigations pertinent to plant of the department. (Lab. 6) Staff offered1985-86. Killingbeck ecology. Library research, oral presentation of 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research II and II! 534 Physiology of the Fungi III, 3) Life pro­ reports, and group discussions. /Lee. 2) May be Number of credits is determined each semes­ cesses of fungi with particular emphasis on repeated.Pre: 424 or equivalent, and permission ter in consultation with the major professor or chemical composition, organic and mineral of instructor. Killingbeck program committee. S/U credit. nutrition, toxic and stimulating agencies, and 579 Advanced Genetics Seminar metabolism. Also stresses phenomena of vari­ See Zoology 579. ation of growth and sporulation as affected by various environmental factors. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) 581, 582 Botany Seminar II and II, 1 each) Pre: 432, or permissionof instructor. In alternate Preparation and presentation of papers on years, next offered1986-87. Koske subjects in selected areas relating to botany. /Lee. 1JPre: requiredof graduate students major­ 538 Ecology of Fungi (II, 3) Itlteractions of ing in botany. SIU credit. Staff fungi with plants, animals, and the environ­ ment, with emphasis on the role of fungi in 590 Botanical Techniques II, 1) Current re­ the ecosystem. Individual project required. search techniques in the botanical sciences. In­ (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre:432 or permissionof instruc­ cludes short-temi participation in several on-_ tor. In alternate years. Koske going research programs and an overnight, weekend field trip. /Lab. 3) Pre:graduate status or approval of instructor. Staff 28 Gr~duate Programs

Business Administration Professor Charles T. Schmidt, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, Specializations Michigan State University M.B.A. Professor Clay V. Sink, Ph.D ., 1968, Ohio Accounting, finance, insurance, manage­ ment science, marketing, organizational State University management,· international management, Graduate Faculty Associate Professor Richard W. Scholl, Ph.D ., 1980, University of California, Irvine health care administration . . Dean, Collegeof BusinessAdministration: Assistant Professor C.N. Hetzner, Ph.D., Robert P. Clagett, M.S., 1967, Mas­ 1985, · University of Massachusetts Master of Business Administration sachusetts Institute of Technology Assistant Professor Judith Hunt, M.B.A., Associate Dean and Director of M.B.A. ·program: 1980, Fairleigh Dickinson University The Master of Business Adminstration pro­ Professor Dennis W. McLeavey, D.B.A., David Beretta, Chairman of the Board, Uni­ gram prepares students for executive and 1972, Indiana University; C.P.I.M. (Fellow) royal, Inc. (retired); B.S. 1949, University of administrative positions in business, govern­ Rhode Island: Executive in Residence ment, and nonprofit organizations . The pro­ Accounting gram is offered on the Kingston campus for Chairperson:Associate Professor Henry R. Management Science full-time and part-time students, and in the Schwarzbach, D.B.A., 1976, University of Chairperson:Professor Jeffrey E. Jarrett, evening through the College of Continuing Colorado: C.P.A . Ph.D., 1967, New York University Education in Providence for part-time stu­ . Professor Spencer J. Martin, Ph.D., 1970, Professor Charles P. Armstrong, Ph.D ., 1973, dents. Candidates may begin the program in University of Illinois; C.P.A. University of Arizona June, September, or January of each year. Professor Joseph P. Matoney, Jr., Ph.D., 1973, Professor Frank S. Budnick, D.B.A., 1973, (n addition, an M.B.A. for Executives may Pennsylvania State University: C.P.A. University of Maryland be completed in 23 months by participating in (Rhode Island) Professor Chai Kim, Ph.D., 1973, University a program which meets on Fridays and Satur­ Professor Richard Vangermeersch, Ph.D., of Pittsburgh days at the W. Alton Jones Campus. A group 1970, University of Florida; C.P.A. (Rhode Professor Russell C. Koza, Ph.D., 1968, of 20 to 25 experienced managers (7 to 10 Island) Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute years of management experience) follows a Assistant Professor Scott N. Cairns, Ph.D., Professor Richard Mojena, Ph.D., 1971, curriculum which emphasizes computer appli­ 1983, University of Illinois; C.P.A. University of Cincinnati cations, human relations, organizational be­ Assistant Professor David S. Humphreys, Professor Seetharama Narasimhan, Ph.D., havior, financial analysis and other areas use­ M.B.A., 1979, Case Western University 1973, Ohio State University · ful to the effective manager. Applications to Assistant Professor Lawrence R. Paquette, Professor Warren F. Rogers, Ph.D., 1971, the Dean of the Graduate School should Ph.D ., 1985, University of Massachusetts Stanford University specify the M.B.A. program and indicate on Assistant Professor James Rebele, Ph.D., 1984, Professor Randolph F. C. Shen, Ph.D., 1964, which campus study is to be undertaken. Indiana University University of Illinois Associate Professor Roy Ageloff, Ph.D., 1975, Admission requirements:The Graduate Business Law University of Massachusetts Management Admissions Test (GMAT), a Associate Professor Andrew Laviano, J.D., Associate Professor Alan B. Humphrey, Ph.D., statement of purpose, three letters of recom­ 1965, New York University School of Law 1965, North Carolina $tate University mendation, and transcripts of all previous Assistant Professor John Dunn, J.D., 1977, Associate Professor Paul M. Mangiameli, undergraduate or postbaccalaureate work are -Boston College Law School Ph.D., 1979, Ohio State University required. Work experience is valued. Appli­ Assistant Professor Charles Hickox, J.D., Assistant Professor Maling Ebrahimpour, cants for whom English is not the native lan­ 1979, Washington University M.B.A ., 1980, Kearney State College guage will be expected to score 575 or above on the TOEFL. The GMAT score and under­ Financ11and Insurance Assistant Professor Stuart Westin, Ph.D., 1983, University of Massachusetts graduate quality point average are not the sole Chairperson:Associate Professor Blair M. criteria for admission. However, those with Lord, Ph.D., 1975, University of California Marketing undergraduate quality point averages of less Associate Professor Gordon H. Dash, Jr., Chairperson:Professor Robert W. Nason, than B or those with less than 50th percentile D.B.A., 1978, University of Colorado Ph.D., 1968, Michigan State University scores on the GMAT have a low probability of Associate Professor S. Ghon Rhee, Ph.D., Professor Aaron J. Alton, Ph.D., 1956, Ohio admission. 1978, Ohio State University State University Assistant Professor George Briden, Ph.D., Professor Albert J. Della Bitta, Ph.D ., 1971, Programrequirements: The non-thesis pro ­ 1982, Brown University University of Massachusetts gram normally requires a maximum of 54 Assistant Professor Severin C. Carlson, Professor Nikhilesh Dholakia, Ph.D., 1975, credit hours. Of these, 9 credit hours are D.B.A., 1979, Indiana University Northwestern University designated "prerequisite courses" and are Assistant Professor Rosita P .. Chang, Ph.D ., Professor Ruby Dholakia, Ph.D., 1976, North ­ necessary to provide the basic tools for suc­ 1981, University of Pittsburgh western University cessful graduate study in administration : ECN Assistant Professor Dean Leistikow, M.A., Professor Conrad Hill, Ph.D., 1964, State 590, MGS 520, and MGS 530. These courses 1981, Brown University University of Iowa would ordinarily be waived based on previous Assistant Professor Roger Severns, M.A., Professor Eugene M. Johnson, D.B.A ., 1969, college-level study (as approved by the pro­ 1977, University of Nebraska, Lincoln Washington University gram director in consultation with the depart­ Professor Richard R. Weeks, D.B.A., 1966, ments). If MGS 520 or MGS 530 is waived, the Management student must take an elective in place of the Chairperson:Professor George deLodzia, Washington Univyrsity- Associate Professor Steven J. Lysonski, Ph.D., waived course. If ECN 590 is waived, the pro­ Ph.D., 1969, Syracuse University gram is reduced by 3 credits. The 51-credit­ Professor Norman Coates, Ph.D., 1967, Cornell 1980, Syracuse University Associate Professor Daniel Seymour, Ph.D ., hour standard program is composed of 33 University credit hours of required courses: ACC 610: Professor Robert A. Comerford, Ph.D., 1976, 1981, University of Oregon Assistant Professor Greg J. Lessne, Ph.D., BSL 600: FIN 601, 660; MGS 500, 600, 620, University of Massachusetts 640: MGT 630, 681: MKT 601: plus 18 credit Professor Craig E. Overton, Ph.D., 1971, 1983, University of North Carolina, Chapel Hill . hours of electives. Of the required courses, the University of Massachusetts following may be waived (upon the recom- ijusiness Administration 29

mendation of the appropriate department and General Information 540 Theory of Finance II or II, 2! Uses of the MBA program director, and the approval financial instruments, problems of capital of the Dean of the Graduate School) based on The Callaghan Memorial Laboratory in the financing, financial expansion and reorgani­ significant prior college-level study in the College of Business has 16 IBM Personal Com­ zation, operations of specialized financial in­ appropriate field (usually multiple courses in puters which are networked on two hard disks. stitutions. /Lee. 2! Pre: ACC 610, ECN 590, the field from an AACSB-accredited program): These computers are available for graduate MGS 520, and 530. Staff ACC 610; BSL 600; FIN 601; MGS 500, 600, student use six days a week along with a large assortment of microcomputer software. 601 Financial Management II and II, 4) 620, 640; MGT 630; and MKT 601. Of the 18 Functions and responsibilities of financial credit hours of electives, at least 9 hours must Accounting Courses managers. Examination of financial issues , be in a single field designated as the speciali­ both internal to firm and arising from inter­ zation. See listing under Accounting, p. 23. action with financial system. Financial state­ For the specializations listed below, the ment analy~is. structure, valuation, markets, courses indicated are eigher required or Business Education Courses capital budgeting, working capital. /Lee. 4) Pre: recommended, in addition to the requiredMBA ACC 610, ECN 590, MGS 520, and 530. Staff courses: See listing under Education, p. 44.~ Finance. (Coordinator: Associate Professor S. 602 Advanced Financial Management II or Ghon Rhee) Appropriately chosen courses of II, 3) Case studies and selected readings em­ study may be arranged to focus on general BSL Courses phasizing the application of financial theory corporate finance, retail financial services, in­ Business Law and analytical techniques to financial manage­ stitutional investment, international finance, ment. /Lee. 3! Pre: 601 or equivalent. Staff 442 Property Interest III, 3) etc. Departures from these requirements are 450 Consumer Law Legislation II, 3) 622 Security and Investment Analysis II or possible, but are subject to approval by the II, 3! Analysis of the problems of investing coordinator of the program and the MBA 501 Law and Accounting II, 3) Introduction funds and managing investments. Use of the director. Required: FIN 641 and a minimum to CPA law exam, question and answer tech­ latest investment theories and their implemen­ of 9 credits from the following: FIN 420, 602, niques, coverage of most accounting-related tation via quantitative techniques will be ex­ 622, 625, 632, 633, 652, 671, and 693-694. legal subjects currently included on CPA plored. /Lee. 3! Pre: 601 or equivalent. Staff International Management. (Coordinator: exam. /Lee. 3! Pre: 600 or permissionof depart- Professor Norman Coates) Recommended: 18 ment. Staff ., 625 Advanced Portfolio Theory and Secu­ rity Analysis II or II, 3) An examination of ad­ credits including MGT 655, LRS 521, MKT 600 Legal Environment of Business II and 651, FIN 652, and two of the following: ECN vanced theories and practices in portfolio II, 3) Introduction to legal and court system as building and maintenance. Issues related to 538, HIS 502 or 503, 505, 588 or 589, PSC 523, it relates to business: Coverage includes both REN 430, 595, and a language course at the ' security price behavior are also examined. substantive rules and procedural rules of law /Lee. 3! Pre: 540 or 601 or equivalent. Staff 400 level or above. Students with little or no in the civil and administrative law fields with background in foreign languages will be asked . emphasis on business, regulation, social is­ 632 Financial System and Markets II or II, 3) to take 6 credits of 100- 200- or 300-level lan­ sues, and ethics. /Lee. 3! Pre:MGT 530, gradu­ An analysis of the effects of the financial sys­ guage courses for no program credit. ate students only. Laviano tem on individual financial markets. Emphasis Marketing. (Coordinator: Associate Professor placed on examination of the behavior of Steven Lysonski) Co1,IrSesfrom the list below 691, 692 Directed Study in Business Law money, stock, bond, and mortgage markets. may be combin~ to form a tailored program. II and II, 1-3! Advanced work under the super­ /Lee, 3) Pre: 601 or equivalent. Staff Advice may be sought from the coordinator. vision of a member of the staff and arranged 633 Depository Institutions and Financial Recommended: a minimum of 9 credits from to suit the individual requirements of the stu­ MKT 611, 615, 631,,651, 661, 691-692, dent. /Lee. 1-3! Pre: permissionof instructor. Management II or II, 3) Study of the financial decisions facing the management of deposi­ 693-694, 695-696. Staff tory institutions. Current financial practices For students with a B.S.B.A. degree from an 693, 694 Internship in Business Law II and arid problems explored. Models for bank AACSB-accredited program, the M.B.A. pro­ II, 3 each) Participation in management and/or managers will be considered. /Lee. 3) Pre: 601 gram of study will comprise a maximum ~f 14 problem solving under the supervision and or equivalent. Staff guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalua­ courses and a minimum of 36 credit hours. 641 Advanced Financial Theory II and II, 3! Ordinarily, this will be achieved through the tion by the College of Business Administra­ tion. Pre: proposalacceptance by Collegeof Busi­ Role of the financial manager in analysis, waiving of sufficient courses and credit hours profit planning and control activities. Em­ from the 27 credit hours previously described ness Administration; no previous internship credit;graduate standing. SIU credit. Staff phasis on goals, basic concepts and tools of as waivable (subject to the review process decision-making as applied to working capital described). For students with a B.S.B.A. from management, capital budgeting and capital an accredited program not having sufficient FIN Courses structure decisions. /Lee. 3) Pre:540 or equiva­ required courses and credit hours waived, Finance lent. Staff elective courses will be appropriately reduced (subject to review and approval). • 401 Advanced Financial Management II or 652 Advanced International Financial II, 3! Management II or II, 3) Analysis of issues rele­ All 500- and 600- level courses offered ·by 420 Speculative Markets II or II, 3! vant to the international financial manager. departments in the College of Business Ad­ • 425 Portfolio Theory and Management II or The financial operations of multinational en­ ministration are open to matriculated graduate II, 3! terprises are examined through both the theo­ students only. • 431 Advanced Financial Institutions and retical and case approach. Pre: 601 or equiva­ Capital Markets II or II, 3) lent. Staff • 433 Bank Financial Management II or II, 3) Doctor of Philosophy • 442 Real Estate Finance II or II, 3) The Department of Management Science is a • 452 Multinational Finance II or II, 3) sponsor of the Ph.D. program in Applied • 460 Managerial Economics II or II, 3) • These courses may not be taken for graduate credit '491, 492 Directed Study II and II, 3 each! by students in the College of Business Mathematical Sciences (seep. 25). Administration. 30 Graduate Programs

660 Managerial Economics (I and II, 3) The 691, 692 Directed Study in Insurance (I and 640 Compensation Administration (I and applications of economic theory and method­ II, 1-3) Advanced work under the supervision II, 3) Compensation and performance ap­ ology to business problems. (Lee. 3) Pre: 601, of a member of the staff and arranged to suit praisal systems. Theory and techniques used MGS 600, 620, and 640. Staff the individual requirements of the student. to determine job worth. Special issues in com­ (Lee. .1-3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff pensation manangement, such as relating pay 671 Seminar in Finance (I and II, 3) In­ to performance through appraisal techniques dependent research. Individual topics based 693, 694 Internship in Insurance (I and II, 3 and pay compression. (Lee.3) Pre: 630. Staff on readings and research interests of the stu­ eacb) Participation in management and/or dents. (Lee.3) Pre: 601. Staff problem solving under the supervision and 641 Human Resource Development (I and guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalua­ II, 3) Techniques used in procurement and de­ 685 Health: Financial Management and In­ tion by the College of Business Administra­ velopment of huinan resource. Planning surance tion. Pre: proposal acceptanceby Collegeof Busi­ through recruitment, selection, and placement See Management Science 685. ness Administration; no previous internsbip to training and d~elopment. Integration of 686 Public Policy Issues in the Health credit;graduate standing. SIU credit. Staff HRD process with organizational strategic System plans. (Lee.3) Pre: 630. Staff See Management Science 686. MGTCourses 655 International Business Management 691, 692 Directed Study in Finance (I and Management ([, 3) Examines the problems and character­ II, 1-3) Advanced work under the supervision istics of international management by focusing of a member of the staff and arranged to suit 407 Organization and Management Theory on the role of the multinational corporation in the individual requirements of the student. (I and II, 3) a cross-cultural setting. (Lee. 3) Pre: 530 or (Lee. 1-3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff 408 Organization Development and equivalent. Staff Change (I or II, 3) 693, 694 Internship in Finance (I and II, 3 410 Business Policy (I and II, 3) 670 Business Environmental Analysis (II, 3) eacb) Participation in management and/or 422 Labor Law and Legislation m,3) . Advanced analysis of increasingly complex in­ problem solving under the supervision and 423 Labor Relations m,3) terrelationships between the business o_rga­ guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalua­ 431 Advanced Management Seminar (I or nization and its environment. Emphasis on tion by the College of Business Administra­ II, 3) conceptual foundations of business and the tion. Pre: proposalacceptance by Collegeof Busi­ 453 International Dimensions of Business impact of contemporary socio-political issues ness Administration; no previous internship (I, 3) on management decision-making. (Lee. 3) Pre: credit;graduate standing. SIU credit. Staff 480 Small Business Management (I and II, 3) 530 or equivalent. Staff 482 Entrepreneurship (II, 3) 681 Administrative Policy and Decision INS Courses 491, 492 Special Problems (I and II, 3 each) Making (I and II, 3) Review of the functional Insurance 530 Management Theory and Practice areas of marketing, production, finance, eco­ nomics, accounting, quantitative methods, 414 Advanced Commercial Property- (I and II, 2) Management applied to business; objectives, policies, organization staffing, and organizational theory, interpersonal relation­ Liability Insurance m,3) control; production; personnel; behavioral ships, control and motivation systems, and 433 Social Insurance (I, 3) communications. Includes the M.B.A. written 471 Topics in Insurance (II, 3) science applications; the role of quantitative methods. (Lee. 2) Staff · comprehensive examination according to 491, 492 Directed Study (I and II, 3J Graduate School requirements. (Lee. 3) Pre: all 510 Risk and Insurance (I, 3) Non-specula­ 626 Organizational Behavior (I and II, 3) In­ M.B.A. foundation coursesor undergraduate tive business and personal risks and their corporates the insights gleaned from the dis­ equivalentsand a minimum of 21 M.B.A. credits treatment through insurance. Discussions will ciplines of psychology, sociology, anthro­ at the 600 level which must include MKT 601, include the application of insurance to risks · pology, and the social sciences of politics: eco­ FIN 641, ACC 610. Staff arising from life, health, property, and liability nomics, and history in the study of the 691, 692 Directed Study in Management contingencies. (Lee.3) Fitzgerald and Lord behavior of organizations and of their princi­ pal actors. (Lee. 3) Pre: 530 or equivalent. Staff (I and II, 1-3) Advanced work under the super­ 560 Management of Insurance Enterprises vision of a member of the staff and arranged m,3) Functional analysis of the operations 627 Advanced Organization Theory and to suit the individual requirements of the stu­ and problems of stock and mutual insurance Behavior (I and II, 3) Previous knowledge of dent. (Lee. 1-3) Pre:permission of instructor. organizations in the life, property, and liability classical and traditional management thought Staff insurance industry . Emphasis is upon legal or­ used to provide concepts, analytical ap­ 693, 694 Internship in Management (I and ganization, management and control. and proaches, and skills for understanding how be­ II, 3 each) Participation in management and/or financial management of insurers. (Lee. 3) Pre: havioral sciences influence complex orga­ problem solving under the supervision and permissionof instructor. Fitzgerald nizational systems. (Lee.3) Pre: 626. Staff guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalua­ 5 70 Risk Management (II, 3) Analysis of na­ 630 Organizational Theory and Behavior tion by the College of Business Administra­ ture of risk, the identification, measurement, (I and II, 4) Management applied to business tion. Pre: proposalacceptance by Collegeof Busi­ and control of pure risk within firm and soci­ objectives, policies, organizational staffing and ness Administration; no previous internship ety. Teaching methodology includes lectures, control. Interpersonal dynamics in orga­ credit;graduate standing. SIU credit. Staff group discussion, and analysis of case prob­ nizational settings. Role of human resource lems. (Lee.3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff management. Emphasis on individual and structural factors affecting decision-making. MGS Courses 685 Health: Financial Management and In­ (Lee. 4) Pre:graduate standing. Staff Management Science surance See Management Science 685. 638, 639 Seminar in Industrial Manage­ 445 Managerial Application of Simulation ment (I and II, 3 each) Class discussion of typi­ (l[,3) 686 Public Policy Issues in the Health cal cases, original research work in the field of 450 Forecasting: Computer Applications (I or System industry with discussion of data collected and II, 3) See Management Science 686. analyzed by individual students. (Lee.3) Pre: 458 Integrated Production-Logistics Sys­ permissionof department. Staff tems (l[, 3) Business Administration 31

4 70 Managerial Decision Support Systems cision analysis, and other probabilistic models. between consumers and providers of health !II, 3! /Lee. 2 for one-half semester, 1st half! Pre: 500, care, and public and private prepayment and 4 75 Bayesian Statistics in Business II, 3) 520, 530 or equivalent. Staff insurance programs. /Lee. 3) Staff 483 Application Programming Using 630 Management Statistics with SAS and COBOL !I, 3! 686 (or FIN 686 or INS 686) Public Issues Personal Computer Software III, 3! Second 484 (486) Management Systems Analysis in the Health System III, 3) A systematic re­ course in statistical analysis for MBA students. view of the development and present status of and Design III. 3! Introduces SAS computer languages and per­ selected policy issues in the social and eco­ 485 Management of Databases II. 3) sonal software. Regression, business ex­ nomic status of the health and medical care 488 Business Software Development Pro- perimental designs, time series, business index system. !Lee. 3) Staff ject III, 3! numbers, decision theory. /Lee. 3) Pre: 530 or 691, 692 Directed Study in Management 491, 492 Special Problems II and II, 3 each) equivalent. Staff Science II and II. 1-3! Advanced work under 500 Computing for Management II and 640 Production and Operations Manage­ the supervision of a member of the staff and II, 2! Computer concepts and programming in ment II and II, 2! The management of arranged to suit the individual requirements of a high-level language such as BASIC, FOR­ manufacturing and service operations. Topics the student. /Lee. 1-3! Pre: permission of instruc­ TRAN, PASCAL. Emphasis on computing as include: flow processes, inventories, schedul­ tor. Staff an administrative and analytical tool for appli­ ing, capacity, and operations strategy. (Lee. 2 cations in management. Includes use of soft­ 693, 694 Internship in Management for one-half semester, 2nd half! Pre: 530 and 620 Science III and II, 3 each) Participation in ware packages. (Lee. 2 for one-half semester, 1st or permission of instructor. Staff half! Graduate creditfor non-MBA students only management and/or problem solving under if 600 is completed. Staff 663 Management Information Systems the supervision and guidance of a sponsoring III, 3) Concepts and problems associated with agency with evaluation by the College of Busi­ 520 Mathematical Methods for Manage­ the design. implementation, and management ness Administration. Pre: proposal acceptance ment II or II, 3! Fundamental mathematical of information systems. (Lee. 3! Pre: 500 or by Collegeof Business Administration; no previ­ methods applied to the understanding and equivalent or permission of instructor. Staff ous internship credit; graduate standing. SIU solution of managerial problems. Topics in­ credit. Staff clude the solution of systems of linear equa­ 664 Health Information Systems II or II, 3! tions, differential calculus, and related areas. Concepts associated with the design, imple­ 695 Seminar in Management Science II or (Lee. 3! Graduate creditfor matriculated M.B.A. · mentation, management, and evaluation of II, 3! Preparation and presentation of papers and M.S. in Accounting students only. Staff administrative and clinical health information on selected topics in management science. Pre: systems. (Lee. 3! Pre: 500 or equivalent or per­ 620 and permission of instructor. Staff 530 Statistical Methods for Management II or mission of instructor. Armstrong, Koza, II, 3) Introductory methods of statistics ap­ Humphrey MKT Courses plied to the understanding and solution of business problems.Topics include concepts of 671 Methods of Business Research (I and Marketing business decision parameters, classical and II, 3) An understanding of research method­ ology and the culmination of such method­ 405 Marketing Communications II,·2) subjective probability, probability distribution, 406 Product Management II, 2! inference, sample size problems, regression, ology into a term project. /Lee. 3) Pre: 530 or equivalent and permission of department. Staff 407 Cpannels of Distribution III, 2! and index numbers. (Lee. 3! Graduate creditfor 408 Pricing Decisions III, 2) matriculated M.B.A. and M.S. in Accounting 681 Operations Management in Service Or­ 409 M~keting Policy and Problems III, 3! students only. Staff ganizations (III, 3! Problems facing operations 415 Marketing Research III, 3! 600 Information System Concepts II and managers of service organizations are exam­ 416 Quantitative Marketing Management II, 2! Concepts. procedures, and managerial is­ ined. Topics include: flows through services III, 3! sues dealing with information and decision systems, forecasting service demand, capacity 433 Media Planning II, 3! support systems. Topics include hardware and planning for service organizations, and 434 Advertising Campaigns III, 3! software; business systems; systems analysis, scheduling service operations. /Lee. 3) Pre:640 442 Sales Management II, 3! design. and implementation. (Lee. 2 for one­ or permission of instructor. Staff 446 Industrial Marketing II, 3! half semester, 2nd half! Pre: 500 or equivalent. 683 Business Decision Theory II, 3! A 451 International Marketing III, 3! Staff statistical analysis of managerial decison­ 491, 492 Directed Study II and II, 1-3 each! 601, 602 Advanced Management Statistics making under uncertainty. Bayesian statistical 501 Marketing Theory and Practice II and (I and II, 3 each! Theory and application of inference and subjective probability are II, 2! Analytical approach to contemporary regression and correlation analysis, analysis of stressed. Comparisons between Bayesian theory and practice of marketing manage­ variance and experimental design, and other method and classical statistics are discussed ment. !Lee. 2) Not open to MBA students. Staff and applications to business problems are em­ multivariate data analyses. (Lee. 3! Pre: 530 or 601 Managerial Marketing II, 4) Analysis of permission of instructor. Staff phasized. /Lee. 3! Pre: 520, 530, or equivalent. marketing problems and determination of Staff 605 Business Microcomputer Applications marketing policies in product development, II, 3! Microcomputer technology and applica­ 684 Advanced Programming Methods in promotion, pricing, channel selection; legal tions in business. Hardware, software, selec­ Management Decisions III, 3! Introduction to aspects. !Lee. 4! Pre: ECN 590, MGS 520, MGS tion of microcomputer systems, and use of integer, nonlinear, and dynamic program­ 530 or equivalent or permission of instructor. commercial software packages. St1,1dent ming. Emphasis on application of modern Staff projects and microcomputer laboratory ses­ mathematical optimization techniques in 602 Marketing Management II, 3! Analysis sions required. (Lee. 3) Pre: 500. 520. 530, 600 single-stage and multiple-stage management of marketing problems and determination of or equivalent. Staff decision problems. !Lee. 3! Pre: 520 and 620 or marketing policies in product development, equivalent. Staff 620 Quantitative Methods for Management promotion, pricing, channel selection; legal II and II, 2! Survey of principal operations re­ 685 (or FIN 685 or INS 685) Health: Finan­ aspects. (Lee. 3! Pre: 501 or equivalent. Staff cial Management and Insurance II, 3! Finan­ search/management science models. Linear 611 Buyer Behavior II or II, 3! Analysis of programming, network, and other mathe­ cial and economic analysis of the interactions major factors influencing the behavior and de­ matical programming models; simulation, de- mand of consumers. Emphasis on using these 32 Graduate Programs

factor§ t;:,identify and segment target markets Professor George D. Shilling, Ph.D., 1950, 425 Process Dynamics and Control III, 3) and to assess the effects of these factors on University of Wisconsin 437 Materials Engineering II and II, 3) markets. /Lee. 3) Pre: 601 or permissionof in­ Assistant Professor Arijit Bose, Ph.D., 1981, 447 (or FSN 447) Food Engineering I II, 4) strilctor. Staff., University of Rochester 464 Industrial Reaction Kinetics II, 3) Associate Professor Richard Brown, Ph.D., 4 71 Analysis of Engineering Data II or II, 3) 615 Marketing Research II OT II, 3) Market­ 1977, University of Cambridge 501, 502 Graduate Seminar II and II, 1 each) ing information needs and appropriate means Assistant Professor Donald J. Gray, Ph.D., of providing the requisite information are ana­ Seminar discussions including the presentation 1980, University of Rhode Island of papers based on research or detailed litera­ lyzed. Several major marketing decision areas Assistant Professor Otto Gregory , Ph.D., and their research implications are examined ture surveys. /Lee. 1) Attendance is requiredof 1983, Brown University all students in graduate residence,but a maxi- in depth. /Lee. 3) Pre: 601, MGS 520 and 530, Adjunct Professor Richard D. Gonzalez, ECN 590, or permissionof instructor. Staff . mum of 1 credit per year is allowed, no more than Ph.D., 1965, The Johns Hopkins Univers\ty 2 creditsfor the entire period. SIU credit. Rose 631 Advertising Management II OT II, 3) A Adjunct Associate Professor A. Francis course oriented to managers responsible for DiMeglio, B.S., 1952, Providence College 513 Advanced Chemical Engineering Ther­ planning, appraising and administering ad­ Professor Emeritus Kenneth H. Mairs, M.S. modynamics II, 3) Applications of the first, vertising and promotion activities. /Lee. 3) Pre: Pennsylvania State University · second and third laws of thermodynamics and 601 or permissionof instructor. Staff Professor Emeritus A. Ralph Thompson, their relation to chemical engineering Ph.D., 1945, University of Pennsr.lvania processes. Emphasis on properties of fluids, 651 International Marketing Management chemical and physical equilibria and refrigera­ II and II, 3) Marketing policy making for the Professor Emeritus Ferdinand Votta, Jr., ,. . D.Eng., 1958, Yale University tion. /Lee. 3) Pre: 313, 314 or equivalent,gradu­ multinational firm; organizing for interna­ ate standing, or permissionof department chair­ tional marketing; its opportunities, pricing, person. In alternate years. Estrin channels, promotion, research. /Lee. 3) Pre: Specializations 601 or permissionof instructor. Staff 530 Polymer Chemistry II, 3) Polymer struc­ Biochemical and food engineering, materials ture, molecular forces, glass and crystalline 661 Product Management (I OT II, 3) De­ engineering, transport phenomena, reaction transitions, solution properties, polymeriza­ vefopment of product policies and strategies. kinetics, energy engineering, crystallization tion kinetics, molecular weight distribution, Emphasis on organizing the marketing func­ processes, mixing, surface phenomena. fractionation, viscoelastic properties, and tion to deal with various product-related ac­ transport processes. /Lee. 3) Pre: CHM 228 and tivities including new product development, CHE 332 or permissionof instructor. Staff life cycle strategies, and product deletion. Master of Science OT 532 Ceramic Engineering II, 3) Properties of (Lee. 3) Pre: 601, permissionof instructor. Admission requirements:GRE; bachelor's de­ Staff ceramic materials as related to starting gree in chemical engineering; candidates from ~ 691, 692 Directed Study in Marketing II and other engineering fields or from mathematics, materials and forming, densilication, and II, 1-3) Advanced work under the supervision biology, che,mistry, or physics may be ac- finishing processes. Emphasis on resulting of a member of the staff and arranged to suit cepted into the program with possible addi- phases and microstructure. Application of the individual requirements of the student. tion of prerequisite courses. physical and chemical principles to tailor (Lee. /Lee. 1-3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff Programrequirements: thesis option: CHE properties to engineering needs. 3) Pre: 437 or equivalent. Rockett and Gregory 693, 694 Internship in Marketing II and II, 501, 502. Non-thesis option for part-time stu­ 3 each)Participation in management and/or dents, with permission of the department; 533 Engineering Metallurgy III, 3) Struc­ problem solving under the supervision and master's examination and comprehensive re­ tures and properties of metals and alloys re­ guidance of a sponsoring agency with evalua­ port with oral examination. quired to meet typical engineering problems; tion by the College of Business Administra­ proper selection of tool materials; properties tion. Pre: proposalacceptance by Collegeof Busi­ Doctor of Philosophy of stainless steels; materials of special im por­ ness Administration; no previous internship tahce in nuclear fields, etc. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: credit;graduate standing. SIU credit. Staff Admission requirements:GRE and M.S. de­ 333 or consent of instructor. Brown gree in engineering (may be waived· for 695, 696 Seminar in Marketing II and II, 3 534 Corrosion and Corrosion Control University of Rhode Island graduate students See Ocean Engineering 534. eacb) Preparation and presentation of papers who pass qualifying examination with superior on selected topics in marketing. (Lee. 3) Pre: performance). 535 Advanced Course in Corrosion 601 or permissionof instructor. Staff Programrequirements: a candidate's program See Ocean Engineering 535. will be determined in consultation with his or 537 Advanced Materials Engineering III, 3) her committee and be based on his or her Engineering properties, molecular design and Chemical Engineering background and career goals. There is no applications of materials. Synthesis, fabrica- general language requirement but a student's tion and processing of materials. Effects of en­ M.S., Ph.D. committee may require a foreign language or vironment on materials, materials products, research tool which may be necessary for the devices, and systeil).s. (Lee. 3) Pre: 437 and PHY _ candidate's program. In addition to an ac­ 341. Gregory Graduate Faculty ceptable dissertation, a candidate must submit the manuscript of a paper, based on his or h~r 539 Electron and Light Microscopy of Chairperson:Professor Thomas J. Rockett, research, suitable for transmission to a techni­ Solids II, 3) Theory and physical principles Ph.D., 1963, Ohio State University cal journal; CHE 501,502. governing the design and use of light and elec­ Professor Stanley M. Barnett, Ph.D., 1963, tron optical systems in identification, analysis University of Pennsylvania CHE Courses and structural characterization of metals, cer­ Professor Joseph Estrin, Ph.D., 1960 Columbia amics, polymers, glasses, and composites. Em­ University Chemical Engineering phasis on polarized light and scanning elec­ Professor Harold N. Knickle, Ph.D., 1969, tron microscopy. (Lee. 3) Pre: 437 or equivalent. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute 403, 404 (or OCE 403,404) Introduction to Ocean Engineering· Processes I and II In alternate years. Rockett and Brown Professor Vincent C. Rose, Ph.D., 1964, Uni­ versity of Missouri II and II, 3 each! Chemical Engineering/Chemistry 33

540 Phase Equilibria (JJ, 3) Interpretation, 582 Radiological Health Physics 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and construction, and thermodynamics of one, See Nuclear Engineering 582. II) Number of credits is determined each se­ two, three to n-component phase diagrams 591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 1-6 each) mester in consultation with the major pro­ with examples of their use in chemical, ce­ Advanced work under the supervision of a fessor or program committee. SIU credit. ramic, metallurgical, and mineral engineering . member of the staff and arranged to suit the Pre: CHM 431 or equivalent. Ro~ett indivis:)ual requirements of the student. (Lee. NUECourses 541 Transport Phenomena I (I, 3) Analysis or Lab. accordingto nature of problem. Credits Nuclear Engineering of transport processes in fluids with emphasis not to exceeda total of 12.J Pre: permissionof on diffusion of matter. (Lee. 3) Pre: 347, 348 or department. Staff 581 (or CHE 581) Introduction to Nuclear equivalent, graduate standing, or permissionof Engineering (I and II, 3) Survey course em- . 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and IIJ Num­ department chairperson.Knickle phasizing the special application of principles ber of credits is determined each semester in learned in the several specialized branches of 548 (or FSN 548) Food Engineering II

Assistant Professor Richard R. Durand, Jr., 414 Instrumental Methods of Analysis kinetic rate laws, and mechanisms of gas Ph.D., 1983, California Institute of Tech­ Laboratory III, 21 phase reactions. !Lee. 3! Pre: 432 or permission nology 425 Qualitative Organic Analysis a, 2) of instructor. Yang Assistant Professor William B. Euler, Ph.D., 427 Intermediate Organic Chemistry (J, 3) 532 Advanced Physical Chemistry II III, 3! 1979, Florida State University 431, 432 Physical Chemistry (J and II, 3 each) Introduction to modern chemistry with em­ Assistant Research Professor William C. 501 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry I (J or phasis on quantum chemistry and statistical Johnson II, Ph.D., 1980, University of II, 3! Systematic analysis of bonding schemes thermodynamics. Includes development of Rhode Island and structural aspects of molecular systems quantum theory, applications of quantum the­ Assistant Professor Sze Cheng Yang, Ph.D., encountered in inorganic chemistry. Special ory, d_evelopment and application of statistical 1973, Columbia University emphasis on electron density distributions, distribution functions. !Lee. 3) Pre: 432 or per­ Adjunct Professor Richard D. Gonzalez, physical methods of analysis, and practical ap­ mission of instructor. Yang Ph.D., 1965, The Johns Hopkins University plications of quantum mechanics. !Lee. 3! Pre: 535 Chemical Applications of Group Theory Adjunct Professor George J. Kavarnos, Ph.D .. 401. Nelson 1968, University of Rhode Island (I, 3) Fundamental principles of group theory 502 Advanced Inorganic Chemistry II /II, 3) developed as used in simplifying problems of a Modern inorganic chemistry approached from chemical nature. Group theoretical approach Specializations experimental, theoretical and descriptive to several typical problems such as hybrid or­ Analytical chemistry: electrochemistry, vibra­ points of view. Includes electronic structure bitals, molecular orbitals, and molecular vibra­ tional spectroscopy, neutron activation analy­ and bonding in coordination chemistry, top­ tions. !Lee. 3! Pre: 432. Staff sis, high performance liquid chromatography, ology, thermodynamics of complex formation, 536 Molecular Spectroscopy and Structure laser spectroscopy. mechanisms, lanthanides and actinides. m, 3! Theory of molecular dynamics, inter­ Inorganic chemistry: light scattering, two­ !Lee. 3) Pre: 401 or equivalent. Kirschenbaum action of electromagnetic radiation with mat­ dimensional conductors, solution kinetics, or­ 504 Physical Methods of Inorganic Chemis­ ter. Absorption and emission spectra in in­ ganometallics, macrocyclic complexes, metal try III, 3! Theory and application of numerous frared, far-infrared, and microwave regions. oxidation states. experimental techniques used for the elucida­ Raman scattering in the visible region. Use of Organic chemistry: carbohydrates, hetero­ tion of molecular and electronic structure of spectral results in determining physical cycles, synthesis, electron transfer, reaction inorganic molecules. Primary emphasis is on properties and elucidating molecular struc­ dynamics, geochemistry, structural analysis. nuclear magnetic resonance, optical, infrared, tures will be emphasized. !Lee. 3! Pre: 535 or Physical chemistry: catalysis, molecular Raman, and electron paramagnetic resonance permission of instructor. Brown spectroscopy, theoretical chemistry, surface spectroscopies. !Lee. 3! Pre: 401 or permission of 544 Data Processing in Chemistry /II, 3! An chemistry, conducting polymers, statistical instructor. Euler mechanics. introduction to the use of computers for ac­ 511 Advanced Analytical Chemistry I (J, 3! quisition, storage, and analysis of chemical Principles of aqueous and non-aqueous titra­ data. Types of computer systems and software Master of Science tion. Theory of separations including distilla­ packages available to the chemist and their ef­ fective integration into chemistry-related Admission requirements: GRE, including ad­ tion, solvent extraction, and especially gas and vanced test. Preference is given to candidates liquid chromatography. Statistical treatment projects. !Lee. 2, Lab. 3! Pre: 431 arid a one­ with undergraduate majors in chemistry or of experimental data. !Lee. 3! Pre: 412 or per­ semester course in FORTRAN programming or equivalent. In alternate years, next offeredspring chemical engineering with mathematics mission of instructor. Durand through calculus. 5 12 Advanced Analytical Chemistry II 1986. Staff Program requirements: placement examination (JJ, 3) Continuation of 412 with emphasis on 551, 552 Non-Thesis Masters Research to determine specific program requirements, principles and recent developments in appli­ (I and II, 3 each! Research on original problem successful completion of master's qualifying cation of physiochemical phenomena to solu­ for fulfi11mentof research requirement of non­ examinations; for thesis option (30 credit tion of chemical problems. !Lee. 3! Pre: 412, thesis master· s degree. Literature survey, hours): 12 credit hours of graduate core PHY 340, and MTH 243. P. Brown laboratory work and detailed report required .. courses in at least three of the four areas of !Lab. 9! Pre: permission of department. 518 Radiochemistry !II, 3! Theory and prin­ chemistry, CHM 641 or 642 and thesis; for ciples of nuclear science as applied to the vari­ 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and JI) Num­ non-thesis option (36 credit hours): 18 credit ous fields of chemistry. Radioactivity. radia­ ber of credits is determined each semester in hours of graduate core courses, CHM 641 or tion detection and measurement. preparation consultation with the major professor or pro­ 642, CHM 551, 552, and written com­ and separation of radionuclides, emphasis on prehensive examination. gram committee. A minimum of six credits is solution of chemical and environmental re­ required of students who have chosen the the­ search problems with the techniques of nu­ sis option for the master's degree. SIU credit. Doctor of Philosophy clear chemistry. !Lee. 3! Pre: 432, PHY 214 or 602 The Transition Metals (I, 3! Ligand field permission of instructor. Fasching Admission requirements: same as for master's theory and its applications. Basic quantum degree. 521 Advanced Organic Chemistry I (J, 3) mechanical calculations involving thermo­ Program requirements: successful completion Emphasis on fundamental organic structure dynamical, spectral. and magnetic properties of qualifying examination; 18 credit hours of theory and reaction mechanisms. !Lee. 3) Pre: of transition metal compounds. !Lee. 3! Pre: graduate core courses, CHM 641-643 (3 credits), 226 and 228 or equivalent. Vittimberga 530. In alternate years, next offeredfall 1985. reading proficiency in one foreign language 522 Advanced Organic Chemistry II m, 3! Nelson (French, German, or Russian) or a research Modern synthetic reactions and their applica­ tool (computer science). 608 Inorganic Reaction Mechanisms (l or II, 3! tion to such areas as natural products. !Lee. 3! Kinetics and mechanisms of reactions in aque­ Pre: 521 or permission of instructor. Goodman ous solution: techniques, results, and theoreti­ CHM Courses cal interpretation. Instrumentation for study­ Chemistry 531 Advanced Physical Chemistry I (J, 3! Principles and applications of classical physical ing rapid reactions in solution, relaxation methods, electron transfer rates, hydrolytic 401 Intermediate Inorganic Chemistry (J, 3! chemistry. Includes the three laws of thermo­ and solvolytic reactions, metal ion complexa- 412 Instrumental Methods of Analysis III, 3! dynamics, thermochemistry. phase equilibria, Civil and Environmental Engineering 35

tion, reactions of biochemical significance. 641, 642, 643, 644 Graduate Seminar (I and Specializations (Lee. 3) Pre: 502 or permissionof instructor. II, 1 each) Results of detailed literature surveys Kirschenbaum are presented orally and in writing. Required Environmental engineering:water supply and treatment facilities, municipal and industrial 615 Trace Analysis of Inorganic Substances for candidates for advanced degrees in chemis­ try. (Lee. 1) SIU credit. Staff waste treatment, flocculation and coagulation (I, 3) Principles of trace analysis. Emphasis on of wastes, pollution of marine sediments, solid techniques and instrumentation. The ad­ 691 Special Topics (I and II, 1-3) Covers the waste management, modeling of environmen­ vantages and limitations of such techniques as following special research interests: (a) carbo­ tal systems, ground water pollution, salt water atomic absorption spectroscopy, neutron­ hydrate chemistry, (b) chemical kinetics, (c) intrusion. activation analysis, flame emission X-ray clinical chemistry, (d) computer techniques in Soil mechanics:properties of marine sedi­ fluorescence will be presented. (Lee. 3) Pre: 511 analytical chemistry, (e) forensic chemistry, (f) ments, deep anchor systems, seabed disposal or permissionof instructor. Fasching free-radical rearrangements, (g) recent ad­ of radioactive waste, sediment sampling, vances in analytical chemistry, (h) light scat­ 616 Applied Analytical Techniques (II, 3) dredge material deposition, ground water tering, (i) molecular orbital theory, (j) pericy­ Application of analytical instrumentation and hydrology, modeling of aquifers, deep sea clic reactions, (k) surface chemistry, (I) X-ray techniques to practical problems. Limitations sedimentary processes, sediment transport, • analysis of organic molecules. (Lee. 2) May be and specific difficulties of analyzing complex geophysical methods. matrices in practical research. Problem or­ repeatedup to a maximum of 6 credits. Pre: per­ Structural engineering:matrix and finite ele­ mission of instructor. Staff iented presentation. (Lee. 3) Pre: 511 and 512 or ment analysis, computer and numerical meth­ permissionof instructor. P. R. Brown 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and ods, marine structures, structural stability, II) Number of credits is determined each se­ thin-walled structures, coastal structures. 617 Advanced Instrumentation (I, 3) Basic mester in consultation with the major pro­ design and theory of design of instruments. fessor or program committee. SIU credit. Discussion of advantages and limitations of Master of Science specific instruments. Current research in in­ Admission requirements:GRE and bachelor's strument design and critical evaluation of de­ degree in civil or environmental engineering. signs. (Lee. 3) Pre: 511 and ELE 220 or 537 or its Candidates in other engineering fields or in equivalent. Fore~ and Fasching Civil and Environmental Engineering mathematics, biology, chemistry or physics 618 Theory of Separations (II, 3) Companion may be accepted with the possible addition of to 615. In-depth presentation of theory of M.S:, Ph.D. prerequisite courses. separation processes. Emphasis on methods Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ development, advanced topics, and current tion. 30 credit hours plus CVE 601, 602; a min­ advances using gas and liquid chroma­ Graduate Faculty imum of two courses taken outside the depart­ ment. Non-thesis option requires comprehen­ tography. (Lee. 3) Pre: 511 or permissionof in­ Chairperson:Professor William D. Kovacs, sive report and comprehensive examination. structor. P. R. Brown Ph.D. 1968, University of California, Berkeley; 62-2 Advanced Organic Synthesis m,3) Dis­ P.E. cussion of modem synthetic methods for the Professor Everett E. McEwen, D. Eng., 1964, Doctor of Philosophy construction of complex chemical structures. Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute Admission requirements:GRE and master's (Lee.3) Pre: 522. Cheer Professor Calvin P. Poon, Ph.D., 1964, University of Illinois; P.E. degree in civil or environmental engineering or 626 Free Radicals and Photochemistry (I, 3) Professor Armand J. Silva, Ph.D., 1965, in a related field. · Theory of formation and detection of free rad­ University of Connecticu_t; P.E. Programrequirements: Twenty-four credits of icals and photoexcited states. Bond homolysis, Associate Professor Alan S. Marcus, Ph.D., coursework, which includes the two- course additions, oxidation, polymerization, rearrange­ 1969, University of Massachusetts minor outside the candidate's area of speciali­ ments, and other free radical reactions. Assistant Professor Cheng-Jung Chang, Ph.D., zation, where required, comprehensive exami- . (Lee. 3) Pre: 521, 522 or equivalent. Abell 1981, Purdue University nation, and dissertation. Although there is no 62 7 Organic Intermediates (I, 3) The forma­ Assistant Professor Md. Omar Faruque, formal departmental language requirement, tion, reaction, and decomposition of short­ Ph.D., 1983, University .of Arizona the candidate's committee may require profi­ lived organic intermediates will be explored Assistant Professor Dimitrios Karamanlidis, D. ciency with a research tool or in a foreign lan­ with special emphasis on the carbonium ion, Eng., 1979, Technical University of Berlin guage. The candidate's committee may also require a two-course minor outside the candi­ carbanion, and carbene species. (Lee.3) Pre: Assistant professor Kang W. Lee, Ph.D., 1982, 521. Staff University of Texas, Austin date's area of specialization. Assistant Professor Leon T. Thiem, Ph.D., 628 Organometallic Chemistry (II, 3) The 1982, University of Missouri CVE Courses . interaction of the organic and inorganic moie­ Civil and Environmental Engineering ties and their effects upon each other. Special Assistant Professor Raymond M. Wright, emphasis will be placed on the interaction of Ph.D., 1981, Pennsylvania State University Adjunct Professor Thomas E. Wright, M.S.E., 442 Traffic Engineering (I, 3) organic moieties with the transition and main 446 Transportation Engineering m,3) group metals. (Lee. 3) Pre: 502. Rosen 1975, West Virginia University Adjunct Associate Professor Michael C. 453 Computer Analysis of Structures (I, 3) 636 Advanced Topics in Physical Chemis­ Apostal, Ph.D., 1974, State University of 4 72 Industrial Air Pollution (I or II, 3) try m,3) Advanced topics in quantum New York, Buffalo · 4 74 · Water Quality Sampling and Analysis chemistry and statistical thermodynamics. Adjunct Associate Professor Robert B. Shaw, m,3J Time-dependent and independent perturba­ M.S., 1966, Purdue University • 475 Water in the Environment (II, 3) tion theory, interaction of light with matter, Adjunct Assistant Professor Diane L. Badorek, 4 78 Solid Waste Disposal and Management electronic structure of atoms and molecules, Ph.D., 1982, University of Missouri (II, 3) Hartree-Fock theory, classical and quantum Professor Emeritus Vito A. Nacci, M.S., 1949, 481 Soil Behavior (I, 3) statistical mechanics. (Lee. 3) Pre: 529, 532, or Harvard University; P.E. 483 Foundation Engineering (II, 3) permissionof instructor. Freeman 485 (or GEL 485) Engineering Geophysics (II, 3) 491, 492 Special Problems (I and II, 1-6 each) 36 Graduate Programs

495 Civil and Environmental Engineering steady and unsteady seepage in aquifers; theo­ 655 Finite Element Analysis in Civil En­ Systems (I, 3! retical analysis with practical modification of gineering (I or II, 3) Finite element analysis seepage problems involving foundations, applied to structures, solids, plates, shells, and 523 Coastal Structures drainage structures, earth dams, and wells. field problems. !Lee. 3! Pre·:551 and permission See Ocean Engineerii;ig 523. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 381 and permission of in­ of instructor. Chang, Karamanlidis, McEwen, 551 Advanced Structural Analysis (JI, 3) structor. Offered in the spring of odd calendar and Marcus Stiffness and flexibility, energy methods, finite years. Staff 665 Advanced Topics in Structural Dy­ element analysis, numerical methods applied 588 Groundwater Hydrology III, 3) Quanti­ namics (I or II, 3) Equations of motion of sys­ to two-dimensional frames and solids. !Lee. 3! tative methods of groundwater hydrology in­ tems and continuous bodies; analytical and Pre: 453 and permission of instructor. Chang, cluding determination of aquifer properties numerical solution methods; large deflections Karamanlidis, McEwen and Marcus and yield. Modeling of groundwater systems and plasticity; time-stepping algorithms; active 560 Structural Design (I or II, 3! Behavior for management quantity of water and move­ control of tall buildings; earthquake resistant and design of structural systems, selected ment of contaminants. Field and laboratory structures; applications. /Lee. 3) Pre: 565. topics in steel, reinforced concrete, and pre­ measurements. !Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: MCE 354 Karamanlidis stressed concrete. /Lee. 3! Pre: 460 and 465. and CVE 381 or equivalent. Offered in spring of 671 Advanced Waste Water Treatment (I or McEwen, Chang and Marcus. even calendar years. Staff II, 3) Latest developments in biological and 565 Structural Dynamics (I or II, 3! Simpli­ 591 Special problems a, 1-6J Advanced work physiochemical treatment processes. Emphasis fied models and their equations of motion; under supervision of a member of the staff on the tertiary treatment of sewage and the ul­ analytical solution methods; Fourier analysis; and arranged to suit individual requirements timate treatment of industrial wastes. Labora­ Duhamel integral; nonlinearities; computer­ of the student. !Lee. or Lab. according to nature tory measurements. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 570 or oriented solution algorithms and their im­ of problems.) Pre: permission of department. Staff permission of instructor. Poon plementation. Applications. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) 592 Special Problems (JJ, 1-6) Advanced 672 Water Pollution Control and Treat­ Pre: 453. Staff work under supervision of a member of the ment of Waste Water II or II, 3) Waste water 570 Sanitary Chemistry a, 3! Application of staff and arranged to suit individual require­ characteristics, effects and purification in nat­ analytical chemistry to analysis of natural ments of the student. Pre: permission of depart­ ural water, government control strategies -and waters; physical chemistry and organic ment. Staff impacts, cost of control, theory and mathe­ chemistry of aqueous media; chemical prin­ matical concepts of secondary and tertiary 596 Numerical Methods in Structural En­ ciples applicable to operations of sanitary en­ treatment process, their limitations and late gineering. /Lee. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. gineering (I or II, 3) Methods of successive ap­ proximations and numerical procedures in the developments. !Lee. 3) Pre: one year chemistry, Thiem biology, MTH 243, CVE 572 or their equivalent solution of stress, vibration, and stability and permission of instructor. Poon 571 Sanitary Chemistry Laboratory (JJ, 3! problems in structural members. Nonuniform Applications of chemical laboratory proce­ members, elastic supports, plates, torsion. 674 Sanitary Engineering Laboratory (I or dures to control of water and waste water /Lee. 3! Pre: permission of department. Staff II, 3) Advanced phases of sewage treatment treatment processes. !Lee. 2, Lab. 3! Pre: 570. and purification including sludge digestion, Staff 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II) Num­ ber of credits is determined each semester in sludge gas analysis, biochemical oxygen de­ 5 72 Biosystems in Sanitary Engineering consultation with the major professor or pro­ mand, conditioning of sludge, activated sludge, sewage trickling filters, and chemical (I or II, 3) Microorganisms which constitute gram committee. SIU credit. the biological systems in water pollution, wa­ precipitation. !Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: permission of ter purification and waste water treatment. 601, 602 Graduate Seminar (I and II, 1 each! instructor. Thiem Discussions and presentation of papers based Application of principles of microbiology and 675 S;mitary Engineering Design (I or II, 3) biochemistry to analysis and design in fields of on research or detailed literature surveys. /Lee. 1! Requir.edof all students in graduate residence, but Functional design of modern water treatment sanitary engineering and water resources. !Lee.3) plant providing treatment of water for domes­ Pre: permission of instructor. Poon a maximum of 1 credit per year is allowed, no more than 2 credits for the entire period. Staff tic and industrial consumption. /Lee. 1, Lab. 6) 573 Theory of Water Purification and Pre: permission of instructor. Poon 626 Marine Structural Design Treatment (I, 3) Principles of modern water See Ocean Engineering 626. 676 Sanitary Engineering Design (I or II, 3) purification and engineering practices. Aera­ Functional design of modern sewage treat­ tion, deodorization, sterilization, coagulation, 650 Advanced Structural Analysis II, II, 3! ment works providing treatment of sewage. filtration, water softening, iron removal, disin­ Continuation of 551. Analysis of indetermi­ !Lee. 1, Lab. 6! Pre: 673. Staff fection, and corrosion control. !Lee. 3) Thiem nate trusses, structures with nonprismatic members, and shell and folded plate struc­ 677 Stream and Estuarine Analysis (I or 575 Open Channel Hydraulics (I or II, 3! II, 3! Fundamentals and mathematical con­ Analysis of uniform, critical, varied flow, and tures. Investigation of secondary stresses. !Lee.3! Pre: permission of department. Staff cepts of physical and biological factors applied unsteady flow in open channels. Principles will to the evaluation of the pollution capacity of be applied to open channel design. !Lee. 3! 651 Plate Structures (I or II, 3) Fundamental streams and estuaries. !Lee. 3) Pre: MTH 244. Pre: MCE 354. Poon theories of bending and buckling of plates Staff with practical application to the design of 586 Physico-chemical Properties of Soils (I, 3! structural plate components of metal and rein­ 678 Industrial Waste Water Treatment (I or Influence of physico-chemical properties of II, 3! Advanced considerations of industrial soils on engineering characteristics and perfor­ forced concrete. /Lee. 3! Pre: permission of in­ structor. Staff waste disposal problems of major waste mance. Application of mineralogy, ion ex­ · producing industries, including waste produc­ change, and colloidal theory; effect of marine 652 Shell Structures (I or II, 3! Membrane ing processes, composition of waste waters, environment, and the nature of soil water. Pre: ai;id bending theories of thin shells and their treatment methods, and in-plant abatement 481 or permission of instructor. Offered in the fall practical application to the design of shell and techniques. /Lee. 3! Pre: permission of instructor. of odd calendar years. Staff folded-plate structures of metal and reinforced Poon 587 Groundwater Flow and Seepage Pres­ concrete. !Lee. 3! Pre: 651 or permission of in­ structor. Staff 681 Advanced Soil Mechanics U, 3! Index sures U, 3) Hydrodynamics of fluid flow properties and physical properties of soils. through porous media. Analytical methods for Laboratory and field procedures for soil ide.n- Community Planning 37

tification. Permeability and flow of water Specializations 511 Planning and Natural Environmental through soils. Compressibility characteristics Systems (I, 3) Introduction to theories, metho­ of soils and consolidation theories as applied The curriculum aims to educate and train dologies, and substantive concerns of environ­ to settlement analysis. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 381 planners for professional positions in com­ mental resource analysis with attention given or equivalent. Offered fall of even calendar years. munity planning and development agencies in to coastal environmental issues. Focus on Faruque, Kovacs, Silva either the public or the private sector. In addi­ land, soils, watersheds, water quality, vegeta" tion to a general background in substantive 682 Advanced Soil Mechanics (JI, 3) Stress tion, air quality, wildlife, noise pollution. (Lee.3) theory and methods relating to urban or ur­ Kupa analysis, elastic theory of stress distribution in banizing communities, two major concen­ soils. Application of consolidation theory. tration areas are offered: the small town in ex­ 512 Spatial and Fiscal Relationships of Shearing phenomena in soils with application urban or rural areas, and the central city in its Communities (JI, 3) Introduction to theories to bearing capacity, earth pressure, and slope metropolitan environment. Emphasis is on the and methods of spatial settlement, determi­ stability. Pile foundation analysis . .Special physical and environmental components of nants of residential, commercial, and indus­ topics. (Lee. 3) Pre: 681 or consent of instructor. communities, as well as on intergovernmental trial markets and location and dimensions of Offered spring of even calendar years. Faruque, and intra-governmental policies and programs public finance and fiscal analysis. Focus on Kovacs, Silva dealing with development or redevelopment. metropolitan and non-metropolitan communi­ 685 (or OCE 685) Seminar in Marine Geo­ Additional special studies options can be for­ ties. (Sem. 3) Staff techniques (I, 1J Class discussions of selected mulated in such areas as urban design, coastal 516 Seminar on the Urban Waterfront topics in marine geotechniques based on read­ planning, natural resources planning, and eco­ See Geography and Marine Affairs 516. ings in the scientific literature. A research pa­ nomic development planning, among others. 522 Planning Law (I, 3! General review and per by each student and lectures will supple­ discussion of legal principles and thought con­ ment discussions. (Lee. 1) Pre: permission of in­ Master of Community Planning cerned with property rights, political power, structor. Offeredfall of odd calendar years. Silva Admission requirements: GRE, undergraduate and the legal aspects pertinent to the planning 691, 692 Special Problems (I and II, 1-6 eacbJ background in the social sciences, architec­ and development of public and private activi­ Advanced work, under the supervision of a ture, landscape architecture, natural ties. (Lee. 3) Pre: second year graduate standing member of the staff and arranged to suit the resources, engineering or geography preferred. or permission of instructor. Schatz individual requirements of the student. (Lee. Prerequisite courses (for the degree vs. admis­ 523 Planning Theory (I, 3) Critical survey of or Lab. according to nature of problems.) Credits sion): Required - undergraduate course in so­ planning theories and contemporary planning not to exceed a total of 12. Pre: permission of cial statistics; Recommended - undergraduate concepts. Values, assumptions, and processes department._Staff courses in computer science and economics. of various _planning paradigms as related to 696 Numerical Methods in Structural En­ The degree is recognized for accrediting pur­ decisions in community planning. Specific em­ gineering (JI, 3) Continuation of 596. Appli­ poses by the American Planning Association. phasis on contingent planning theory. (Sem. 3) cations of relaxation, finite differences, or­ Program requirements: CPL 501, 510, 511, Staff dinary and partial differential equations to 512, 525, 526, 522, 523, 630; 12 hours in 524 Research Methods (JI, 3) A basic founda­ blast loads on structures, bending of plates, selected concentration (610-612 or 620-622); tion for independent research directed toward and buckling of beams. (Lee. 3! Pre: 596 or per­ thesis or CPL 589; summer internship or the production of a thesis at the master's mission of instructor. Staff equivalent experience. The two-year program level. Basic concepts of problem definition, of 54 credit hours is distributed one-half in 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research formulation, and testing of hypotheses, and core courses and about one-half in elected (I and JI) Number of credits is determined the relation of research to theoretical con­ concentration, free electives, and thesis. Stu­ each semester in consultation with the major cepts. (Lee. 3) Pre: 525 or permission of instruc­ dents normally take 12-15 credits per semester professor or program committee. SIU credit. tor. Offered in alternate years. Staff to complete studies in two years. Staff 525 Introduction to Planning Methods (J, 3) CPL Courses Introduction to basic methods in comprehen­ Community Planning sive and functional area planning. Emphasis Community Planning and on development of manual skills in basic 410 Fundamentals of Urban Planning (J or demographic, economic, and land use projec­ Area Development II, 3! tions; project planning management and evaluative techniques. (Sem. 3) Pre: EST 408 or M.C.P. 434 Introduction to Environmental Law (I, 3) permission of instructor. Staff 501 Introduction to Community Planning 526 Planning and Policy Analysis (JI, 3! Ad­ Graduate Faculty History and Theory (I, 3) The development of vanced seminar in computer-aided techniques applied to 525 methods. Use of SPSS/ SAS Chairperson: Associate Professor Howard H. community planning in the U.S., history of governmental planning and evolution of the packages. Additional methods include survey Foster, Jr., Ph.D., 1970, Cornell University research methodology, data collection/format­ Associate Professor Marcia Feld, Ph.D., 1973, planning profession, and theoretical elements and constructs basic to contemporary plan­ ting, and application of statistical techniques. Harvard University (Sem. 3) Pre: 525. Staff Associate Professor John J. Kupa, Ph.D., 1966, ning practice. (Lee. 3! Foster and Feld University of Minnesota 510 Community Planning and Political and 530 Urban Design and Public Policy (I, 3) Adjunct Professor Carol J. Thomas, M.S., Social Change (I, 3) Introduction to com­ Significant concepts of historical and con­ 1948, University of Connecticut munity political systems and central theories temporary urban form ranging from entire city Adjunct Associate Professor Glenn R. of the determinants for social and planned to architectural details. Public policy initia­ Kumekawa, M.A., 1956, Brown University change in urban and urbanizing communities. tives; historic preservation, architectural re­ Adjunct Assistant Professor Douglas Johnson, Focus on methodologies of political and social view boards, signage control. Use of slides Ph.D., 1979, Massachusetts Institute of assessments. (Sem. 3) Feld and films. (Lee. 3) In alternate years. Veri Technology 533 Planning and Intergovernmental Rela­ Adjunct Assistant Professor Samuel Shamoon, tions (JI, 3) Emphasis on planning within the M.C.P., 1970, University of Rhode Island intergovernmental arena with special attention 38 Graduate Programs

to coordination and implementation on a tion to governmental and institutional policy characteristics , public facilities, and fiscal rela­ multi-jurisdictional basis. State and local level makers. (Sem. 3! Pre: 510 or permissionof in­ tions. (Lee. 3) Pre: 501, 511, 525, or permission focus on area-wide coordinating and evalua­ structor. In alternate years. Feld of instructor. Foster tion mechanisms. (Sem. 3) In alternate years. 545 Land Development Seminar (II , 3) A 611 Planning Analysis in Small Commu­ Staff study of land management techniques includ­ nities (I , 6) Advanced studio seminar con­ 535 Human Resources Planning (I, 3) Hu­ ing zoning, sub-division regulation, and land cerning analyses required for small town plan­ man resources planning in the community suitability and analysis; their use; and environ­ ning. Emphasis on methods of comprehensive planning and development. Emphasis on so­ mental implications in land and water de­ land use planning, functional planning, social cial implications of urban development with velopment . (Sem. 3) Pre: 511 or permissionof in­ delivery systems, and project planning attention to processes and delivery system structor. Kupa methods. (Studio/Sem.JPre: 610 or permission of planning for education, health, and social 546 Urban and Rural Transportation (II, 3) instructor. Foster and Staff services . 510 in­ (Sem. 3! Pre: or permissionof Issues confronting planning for urban and ru­ 612 Growth Management Strategies (II, 3) structor. In alternate years. Feld ral transportation systems; the variety of poli­ Advanced seminar in plan implementation in 536 International Comparisons in Commu­ cies governments pursue in issues and prob­ small communities. Emphasis on enabling leg­ nity Planning m,3! Community and regional lems; technical and political constraints, trans­ islation for non-metropolitan small towns in­ development issues and policies in advanced portation studies, and demand analysis cluding coastal communities, capital budget­ and developing countries. Emphasis on the techniques . (Lee. 3) Pre: 410 or 501 or permis­ ing, fiscal impact, special districts, and area­ generation and spatial patterns of economic sion of instructor. In alternate years. Shaw wide relationships . (Sem. 3) Pre: 610 and 611 or development and related public policies and 547 Planning Behavior and Organizations permissionof instructor. Staff capital investment strategies. (Sem. 3) In alter­ (I[ , 3) Examination of interpersonal relation­ 620 Revitalization of Central Cities (II, 3) nate )!ears. Foster ships in the professional practice of commu­ Advanced concentration course in central city 537 (or REN 532) Land Resources Eco­ nity planning. Emphasis on roles and related planning . Focus on cities of the Northeast and nomics (lI, 3) The study of economic relation­ social-psychological aspects of bureaucratic or­ their contextual problems: demography, socio­ ships of man and scarce natural and man­ ganizational life. (Sem. 3! In alternate years. economic characteristics and resources; eco­ made resources. Supply and demand, rent theory, Foster · nomic development, ·commercial redevel­ resources conservation, and the impact of 548 Planning and Capital Improvement opment, gentrification, capital infrastructure, public policy and law. (Lee. 3! Anderson finance. (Lee. 3! Pre: 501, 511, 525 or permission Programming (I, 3) The concepts and tech­ of instructor. Staff 538 Site Planning (I, 3) Site analysis and niques of capital improvement programming planning, including street design, principles of are presented and tied to their effects on plan 621 Policy Analysis in Urban Areas m,6! house grouping, and residential subdivision objectives, growth management strategies, Advanced studio seminar concerning analyses layout. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 520 or permissionof operating budgets, financing, and revenues. required in central city planning. Policy plan­ instructor. In alternate years. Veri (Lee.3! Pre: 530 or permissionof instructor. In ning approach emphasizing retrenchment . alternate years. Staff Emphasis on budgeting , cost/benefit, cost ef­ 539 Environmental Law m,3) Alternate policy approaches involving economic, eco­ 549 Seminar in Ecological Planning (II , 3) fectiveness analysis, evaluation, capital assess­ logical and political sciences. Technological, Advanced seminar in ecological planning . Em­ ment, social and fiscal analysis. (Studio/Semi­ planning and legal issues in protection, con­ phasis on hazardous waste, power plant siting, nar! Pre: 620 or permission of instructor. Staff trol, and development of the environment. major transportation facilities, solid waste, 622 Implementation of Urban Redevelop­ Particular focus on coastal communities . (Lee. 3) aquifer protection, among others. Particular ment (lI , 3) Tools for urban economic devel­ · Schatz emphasis on wetlands and marine/coastal set­ opment, including capital budgets, long-term 540 Historic Preservation Seminar (I, 3) tings. (Sem. 3) Pre: 511 or permissionof instruc­ financial analysis, leveraging, taxation, fi­ Survey of historic planning emphasizing what tor. Kupa nance, tax abatement, industrial revenue bonds, user charges, and privatization of pub­ should be preserved; threats to preservation: 589 Masters Project Research (I and/or II, means for a<;complishing presef'.:'ation of 1-6) A substantial, self-directed planning pro­ lic services. (Sem. 3) Pre: 620, 621, or permission historic buildings and districts, including vari­ ject, by one or several students, under general of instructor. Staff ous legal tools and actual case histories. (Lee.3) guidance of a major professor . Number of 630 Comprehensive Planning Studio (II , 6) In alternate years. Staff credits to be determined each semester. SIU Applied team problem solving. Planning ex­ credit. Staff 541 Urban and Rural Housing Policy (I, 3) perience working with specific client or com­ Assessment of urban and rural housing needs; 591, 592 Special Problems in Planning (I or munity emphasizing sequential process and relationship of housing to national economic II, 1-6 each) Individual investigation of special group product : Project to include problem policy; housing finance: production _and cost problems in planning . Staff definition, conceptual design analysis, and characteristics: tax policy filtering and neigh­ oral/graphic presentations. (Studio 6) Pre: 501, 1 593-598 Special Problems in Planning (I or borhood change; and housing policy assess­ 511, 525, 523, or permissionof instructor. Staff II, 1-6 each) Group investigation of special ments. (Sem. 3) Pre: 410 or 501 or permissionof problems in planning. Staff 691, 692 Special Problems in Planning (I or instructor. In alternate years. Staff II, 1-6) Advanced work, under the supervision 599 Masters Thesis Research (I or II. 1-6) 542 Employment Planning 3) A review of a member of the staff and arranged to suit m, Number of credits is determined each semes­ of employment planning at all levels of the indiviqual requirements of the student . ter in consultation with the major professor or government. Concentration on the problems Staff program committee. SIU credit. of unemployment in the central city; labor 693, 694 Special Problems (I or II, 1-6! Ad­ supply and demand, employment forecasting, 610 Urbanization of Small Communities vanced work, under the supervision of a mem­ and projection techniques. (Lee. 3) Staff (II, 3) Advanced concentration course in small ber of the staff and arranged to suit the re­ town planning. Emphasis on economic de­ 543 Social Indicator Analysis in Planning quirements of a group of students. Staff velopment, land use, agricultural land pres­ (II, 3! The use of social and economic indica­ ervation and use conflicts, socioeconomic tors in planning and policy analysis . Quantita­ tive description and analyses of social condi­ tions and trends designed to provide informa- Comparative Literature Studies/Computer Science 39

Comparative Literature literatures may be English ); CLS 510; electives Adjunct Associate Professor Daniel Vicchione , Studies pertinent to a student's program of study to Ph.D ., 1971, University of Rhode Island be approved by major professor and advisory Professor Emeritus William J. Hemmerle , M .A. committee ; reading knowledge of a second Ph .D., 1963, Iowa State University foreign language ; comprehensive examination ; thesis option , 24 credits ; non-thesis option , 30 Specializations Graduate Faculty credits , including 6 credits of independent Coordinator: (English ) Associate Professor study resulting in the production of extended Al~orithms and complexity , database sys­ Wilfred P. Dvorak , Ph.D. , 1972, Indiana essays . tems, computer architecture, operating sys­ University tems , programming languages , distributed sys­ CLS Courses tems, graphi<;s workstations, software en­ Department of English Comparative Literature Studies gineering, user interfaces, numerical analysis , Professor James M. Marshall , Ph.D. , 1961, statistical computations, simulation, . Syracuse University 450 Studies in Comparative Literature computer-aided education. Professor Daniel D. Pearlman , Ph.D. , 1968, (I or II, 3) Columbia University 510 Introduction to Comparative Litera­ Master of Science Associate Professor Dorothy Jacobs , Ph.D. , ture II or II, 3) Theoretical and practical con­ 1968, University of Michigan cerns of comparative literature : its nature and Admission requirements: bachelor 's degree , Associate Professor John R. Leo, Ph.D. , 1972, scope, methods, bibliography, and special including undergraduate training in computer Northwestern University problems. /Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing or per­ science at least through the syntax and seman­ Associate Professor Clare M. Murphy, Ph.D., mission of department. Viglionese . tics of a variety of programming language 1964, University of Pittsburgh types, machine and assembly language con­ Associate Professor Ralph M. Tutt, Ph.D., 520 Literary Theory and Criticism ([ or II, 3) cepts , fundamentals of data structures and al­ 1966, Duke University Meta-criticism: literary criticism as theory and gorithms. Mathematics through linear algebra ; Professor Emeritus Jordan Y. Miller, Ph.D., practice and the relationship between literary calculus of several variables , and discrete 1957, Columbia University and critical discourse. /Lee. 3) Pre: graduate mathematical analysis . GRE including ad­ Professor Emerita Edna L. Steeves, Ph.D. , standing or permission of department . May be vanced test in computer science . Applicants 1948, Columbia University repeated once with change of topic. Staff .may submit , if they so desire , additional ad ­ vanced GRE scores for consideration. Department of Languages 530 Approaches in Comparative Literature Program requirements for thesis option: (French ) Associate Professor Ira A. Kuhn , !I or II, 3) Study of theme/myth , movement/era , 1) A minimum of 24 course credits (exclu­ Ph.D. , 1970, University of Kansas genre/forms in two or more literatures , or in­ sive of thesis ) and a thesis. (French ) Professor Harold A. Waters , Ph.D. , terrelations with other disciplines. /Lee. 3) Pre: 2) At least 15 course credits must be earned 1956, University of Washington graduate standing or permission of department . at the 500 level or above. (French-Linguistics) Professor Kenneth H. May be repeated once with a change of topic. Staff 3) At least 18 course credits must be from Rogers , Ph.D. , 1970, Columbia University 597 Special Problems ([ and II, 1-6) Group CSC or a combination of CSC and computer (German ) Professor Otto Dornberg , Ph.D. , and/or individual investigation of special prob ­ engineering (ELE 405, 408, 537, 544, and 1966, Ohio State University lems in comparative literature studies. Staff 548). (Italian) Associate Professor Paschal 4) Completion of at least 6 credits in each of Viglionese , Ph.D., 1969, Rutgers - The 599 Masters Thesis Research II and II, 1-6) two of the following areas: Programming Lan­ State University Number of credits is determined each semes­ guages and Computer Systems (CSC 501, 502, (Portuguese ) Associate Professor Gregory R. ter in consultation with the major professor and either 511 or 512), Information Structures McNab, Jr., Ph .D. , 1973, New York Uni­ and the Comparative Literature Studies Advi­ sory Committee. Staff and Algorithms (CSC 536, 540, 545), Numeri­ versity cal Methods and Scientific Applications (CSC (Russian) Associate Professor so·na Aronian , See other listings under English and Languages . 525, 550, 551). Ph.D. , 1971, Yale University Program requirements for non-thesis option: (Spanish ) Professor Lewis J. Hutton, Ph .D ., 1) A minimum of 30 course credits, includ­ 1950, Princeton University ing at least one course with a substantial paper (Spanish ) Associate Professor Robert Manteiga, Computer Science involving significant independent research . Ph.D ., 1977, University of Virginia 2) At least 21 credits must be earned at the (Spanish ) Associate Professor Thomas D . Morin, M.S. 500 level or above. Ph.D ., 1975, Columbia University 3) At least 24 credits must be from CSC or a Graduate Faculty combination of CSC and computer engineer­ Specializations ing (ELE 405, 408, 537, 544, and 548). Chairperson: Associate Professor Edmund A. · 4) Completion of at least 6 credits in each of Lamagna , Ph.D. , 1975, Brown University English language literatures (American, Brit­ two of the following areas and 3 credits in the Professor Leonard J. Bass, Ph.D ., 1970, Purdue ish , I,rish , Scots ), Classical , French (including third: Programming Languages and Computer University Quebecois and Black French literature), Ger­ Systems (CSC 501, 502, and either 511 or Professor Edward J. Carney, Ph .D., 1967, man , Italian, Portuguese, Russian , and 512), Information Structures and Algorithms Iowa State University Hispanic literatures. (CSC 536, 540, 545), Numerical Methods and Associate Professor Frank M. Carrano , Ph.D. , Scientific Applicatfons (CSC 525, 550, 551) . 1969, Syracuse University 5) Passing a written comprehensive exami ­ Master of Arts Associate Professor Jin W. Soh, Ph.D. , 1974, nation . Admission requirements: GRE; B.A. degree ; Northwestern University formal training or demonstrable competence Associate Professor Nelson H. Weiderman , in literature; high level of proficiency in one Ph.D ., 1971, Cornell University Doctor of Philosophy foreign language. Adjunct Associate Professor Charles Arnold , Ph.D., 1976, Harvard University Please see the listings under Applied Mathe­ Program requirements: first literature, 9 matical Sciences on page 25. credits ; second literature , 6 credits (one of the 40 Graduate Programs

CSC Courses retrieval, and evaluation techniques; auto­ 592 Special Topics in Computer Science Computer Science matic dictionary and thesaurus construction; /I or II, 3) Advanced topics of current interest natural language content analysis; question in computer science. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof 406 Microcomputer Applications Labora­ answering systems. /Lee. 3) Pre: 431. Staff department. Staff tory /I or II, 3) 536 Database Management Systems II or 599 Masters Thesis Research /I and II) Num­ 411 Computer Organization and Program­ II, 3) Concepts and theory of structuring and ber of credits is determined each semester in ming /I or II, 3) managing large data systems; relation.ii, hier­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ 412 Operating Systems /I or II, 3) archical, and network approaches to data-base gram committee. SIU credit. 416 Microcomputer Systems Architecture organization; security and integrity; com­ /I or II, 3) parative analysis and evaluation of existing · 431 (413) Data Structures /I or II, 3) systems. /Lee. 3) Pre: 431. Staff 447 (or MTH 447) Discrete Mathematical Economics Structures /I or II, 3) 540 Analysis of Algorithms /I or II, 3) De­ 491 Directed Study in Computer Science sign and analysis of computer algorithms; in­ M.A. /I and II, 1-3) herent computational complexity. Fast al­ 492 Special Topics in Computer Science gorithms for sorting and searching, properties II or II, 3) of graphs and networks, polynomial and ma" Graduate Faculty trix calculations, and combinatorial optimiza­ 501 Programming Language Semantics /I or Clxzirperson:Associate Professor James L. Starkey, tion optimization problems. NP-completeness II, 3) Design, analysis, implementation, and Ph.D ., 1971, Boston College and intractability . /Lee. 3) Pre: 431. Staff comparative study of major programming lan­ Professor Richard Hellman, Ph.D., 1967, guage families. Topics include procedural and 545 (515) Formal Languages and Automata Columbia University block-structured languages, interpretive lan­ Theory /I or II, 3) Abstract models of compu­ Professor Elton Rayack, Pli.D., 1957, University guages, concurrency, functional languages, tation; deterministic and nondeterministic of Chicago object-oriented programming, logic program­ machines. Grammars and formal languages. Associate Professor Harold Barnett, Ph.D., ming, dataflow languages, and machines. /Lee.3) Finite state machines and regular expressions; 1973, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Pre: 301 and 311. Staff pushdown automata and context-free lan­ Associate Professor Arthur C. Mead, Ph.D., 502 Theory of Algorithmic Languages and guages; Turing machines. Effective computa­ 1978, Boston College bility and unsolvable programs. Pre: 431. 'Staff Associate Professor Glenworth A: Ramsay, Compilei:s /I or II, 3) Formal description of procedure-oriented languages and the tech­ 550 (500) Advanced Numerical Computa­ Ph.D., 1974, Boston College Associate Professor Gilbert S. Suzawa, Ph.D., niques used in translating algorithms written tion I /I or II, 3) Algorithms, techniques, prac­ 1973, Brown University in these languages into computer programs. tical procedures for digital computers related /Lee. 3) Pre: 301 and credit or concurrentregistra­ to applications of numerical methods. Approx­ Assistant Professor John P. Burkett, Ph.D., tion in 431. Staff imation methods, numerical quadrature, solu­ 1981, University of California, Berkeley tion of differential equations, zeros of func­ Assistant Professor Phillip Fanchon, Ph.D. , 505 Design of Digital Circuits 1982, University of California, Santa Barbara See Electrical Engineering 545. tions, optimization methods, error analysis. (Lee. 3) Pre: 350. Staff Assistant Professor Leonard P. Lardaro, 511 Advanced Computer Organization /I or Ph.D., 1979, Indiana University II, 3) Architectural support for high-level 551 Advanced Numerical Computation II Assistant Professor Yngve Ramstad, Ph.D., programming languages, operating systems, /I or II, 3) Algorithms, techniques , and practi­ • 1981, University of California, Berkeley and special applications; database and cal procedures for digital computers emphasiz­ Assistant Professor Mohammed Sharif, Ph.D., dataflow machines. Design and analysis of in­ ing linear computations and statistical applica­ 1983, Boston University struction sets from a software perspective; cri­ tions. Matrix calculations, simultaneous linear Professor Emeritus Joel B. Dirlam, Ph.D. , tique of conventional computer organization. equations, matrix inversion. Least square 1947, Yale University analysis, multiple regression. Characteristic Relation to implementation techniques. /Lee. 3) Professor Emeritus Bernard Schurman, Ph.D ., Pre: 411 or 412 or 416. Staff ·value problems /Lee. 3) Pre: 350. Staff 1958, Columbia University 581 (or ELE 581) Artificial Intelligence 512 Topics in Operating Systems a·or II, 3) In-depth studies of topics chosen from the fol­ /I or II, 3) Formal theories of human informa­ Specializations lowing list: concurrent programming, com­ tion processing. State-space representation and search. Problem-reduction representa­ Economic development, economic theory, puter systems performance, and distributed industrial organization, international eco­ systems. /Lee. 3) Pre: 412. Staff tions . Predicate calculus for theorem-proving and problem-solving. Semantic information nomics, money and banking, public finance, 520 Software Engineering /I or II, 3) Tools processing. Artificial intelligence programming econometrics, mathematical economics. and methodologies for design, development, languages. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. testing, and maintenance of large software sys­ Staff Master of Arts tems. Very high level languages and program­ ming environments. /Lee. 3) Pre: 413. Staff 582 Robotics Admission requirements:GRE (verbal and See Electrical Engineering 582. 525 (or 525) Simulation /I or II, 3) Discrete quantitative) and, normally, some undergrad­ simulation models. Comparison of discrete 583 Computer Vision uate training in economics. Some training in change simulation lal).guages. Methodology in­ See Electrical Engineering 583. mathematics and statistics is also desirable. cluding generation of random variates, design 591 Directed Study in Computer Science Applicants are normally admitted for Septem­ of simulation experiments for optimization /I and II, 1-3) Advanced work in computer ber only. and validation of models and results. Selected science conducted as supervised individual Programrequirements : thesis or non-thesis op­ applications. Pre: 202, 6 credits of statistics. projects. Pre: permissionof department. SIU tion, 30 credit hours, including, for Track I, Staff credit. Staff ECN 512, 527, 528, 575, 576, and 515 or 516 or thesis. This track is strongly advised for stu­ 535 Information Organization and Re­ dents desiring to pursue further studies in the trieval /I or II, 3) Construction and accessing mainstream of contemporary thought or to of large data bases; document classification, prepare themselves for professional work in Economics/Education 41

t business, government, and teaching at the 538 International Economics (I or II, 3) Theory marginal cost pricing in policy decisions for university level. For Track II, ECN 512, 527, and evidence on international trade and fi­ agriculture and natural resources. Pre: 628 or 528 and 515 or 516 or thesis. This track is nance. Includes determinants and welfare ef­ permissionof instructor. In alternate years, next available to students who prefer a wider range fects of foreign trade, international invest­ offered1986-87. Staff of courses and more freedom of choice. Track ment, migration, exchange rates, and the bal­ 676 {or REN 676) Advanced Econometrics III is a terminal program in applied economics ance of payments. (Lee.3) Pre: 327 and 328 or combined with training in an area of voca­ permissionof instructor. Burkett (I, 3) A course covering the tools necessary for tional or professional interest such as business professional research in resource economics. 543 Public Finance and Fiscal Policy (I, 3! administration, public administration, com­ Reviews the general linear model, but empha­ Analysis of private wants and public needs. puter science or community planning. The sis is on simultaneous equation models. As­ Serves as introduction to a searching examina­ programs in t~is track will be designed sumes a knowledge of introductory econo­ tion of such federal and federal-state fiscal separately for each individual student but metrics, statistical theory, and matrix algebra. problems as budgetary theory and procedures, must include one course witp. a substantial pa­ Pre: 576 or its equivalent. Staff tax theory, and reform. (Lee. 3) Pte: 342 or per­ per requiring significant independent research. 690 National Income (II, 3) Advanced mission of instructor. Starkey For all tracks, the remaining credit hours re­ macroeconomic theory. (Lee.3) Pre: 126 or 590 quired to comp/ete a 30-credit-hour program 552 Monetary Theory and Policy (II, 3) or permissionof instructor. Staff will be worked'out with the major professor. Analysis of structure and functioning of mone­ 699 Doctoral ~rtation Research (I and Non-thesis option requires written compre­ tary and banking systems; discussion of con­ II) Number of credits is determined each se­ temporary monetary theories; evaluation of hensive examination. mester in consultation with the major pro­ monetary·policies.• (Lee.3) Pre: 334 or per­ fessor or program committee. SIU credit. ECN Courses mission of instructor.'Barnett Economics 566 Ec~nomic Planning and Public Policy in Developing Nations (II, 3) Resource and 401 Poverty in the United States (I or II, 3) financial planning in public and private sectors Economics­ 402 Urban Economics (I or II, 3) of developing nations with emphasis on plan­ Marine Resources 403 Theory and Topics in the Economics of ning tools, allocation of domestic and foreign Crime (I or II, 3) resources, and on national economic policies. (Interdepartmental) 404 Political Economy of Class, Race and (Lee. 3) Pre: 327 and 363 or 464, or equivalent, Ph.D. in Economics - Marine Resources Gender (I or II, 3) or permissionof instructor. Sharif 464 Comparative Economic Systems (I or II, 3! 575 Introduction to Mathematical Eco­ Please see listing under Resource Economics nomics fi, 3) Application of basic quantitative on p. 92. 512 History of Economic Analysis (IJ, 3) Ad­ methods to economic analysis. Dynamic and vanced work on formative developments in static economic models will be studied with economic thought from classical political emphasis on obtaining solutions. (Lee.3) Pre:327, economy to modern welfare economics. Em­ 328 and MTH 141 or permissionof instructor. Education phasis on relationships between doctrines ~n? Fanchon · their institutional setting. (Lee. 3) Pre: permis­ M.A. sion of instructor. Ramstad 5 7 6 Econometrics (IJ, 3) Application of statis­ tics and mathematics to economic analysis. 515, 516 Economic Research (I and II, 1-3 Implication of assumption required by statisti­ Graduate Faculty eacb) Independent research. SIU credit. Staff cal methods for testing economic hypotheses. Cbairperson:Professor John V. Long, Jr., 527 Macroeconomic Theory (I, 3) Static and Current econometric methods examined and discussed. (Lee. 3) Pre: 57§ or equivalent, EST Ph.D., 1971, Syracuse University dynamic models of aggregate' economic be­ Directorof graduate studies: Professor Robert havior developed and analyzed. (Lee.3) Pre: 408 or equivalent, or permissionof instructor. Lardaro W. MacMillan, Ph.D., 1966, University of 327 and 375 or equivalent, or permissionof in­ Texas, Austin structor. Suzaw_a 590 Principles of Economics (I and II, 3) Sur­ 528 Microeconomic Theory (I, 3) Analytic vey of micro- and macroeconomic theory. Adult Education tools of optimization. Neoclassical price and (Lee. 3) Graduate creditf(JT matriculated M.B.A. Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, distribution theory. Linear programming and students only. Lardaro Teachers College, Columbia University production theory. General equilibrium and Professor Patrii;:iaM. Kelly, Ph.D., 1969, Ohio 595 Problems of Modernization in State University welfare economics. (Lee.3) Pre: 328 and 375 or Developing Nations equivalent, or permissionof instructor. Lardaro Assistant Professor John Boulmetis, Ph.D., See Resource Economics 595. 1982, Ohio State University 529 Human Resource Economics I 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and IIJ Num­ Assistant Professor Mary Kalymun, Ph.D., See Labor Studies 529. ber of credits is determined each semester in 1982, Pennsylvania State University 530 Human Resource Economics II consultation with the major professor or pro­ gram committee. SIU credit. Educational Researcb See Labor Studies 530. Professor John V. Long, Jr., Ph.D., 1~71. Syracuse 532 Industrial Organization and Public 628 Advanced Microeconomic Theory (II, 3) University Policy (IJ, 3) Theoretical and empirical analy­ Neoclassical value and distribution theory. Professor Thomas R. Pezzullo, Ph.D., 1971, sis of structure of industrial markets; behavior Theories of imperfect competition, general Boston College and performance of business firms in the equilibrium theory and dynamic analysis. (Lee.3) Professor Richard F. Purnell, Ph.D., 1966, American economy; government-business rela­ Pre: 527 and 528 or permissionof instructor. University of Texas tionship and its effect on formulation of public Staff ElementaryEducqtion economic policy. (Lee. 3) Pre: 337 or permission 630 {or REN 630) Resource Analysis (I, 3) of instructor. Ramsay Professor William Kelly, Ed.D., 1965, Boston Development and application of welfare theory University to natural resource use. Welfare concepts such as consumer surplus, producer surplus, and 42 Graduate Programs

Assistant Professor Richard E. Sullivan, Ph.D., Programrequirements: thesis; EDC 503, 514 EDCCourses 1971, University of Texas, Austin or 574, 529, 570 or 571, PSY 410, 434, 510, Education 520, and computer science elective. Reading Education 401 Development and Utilization of Professor Marguerite Bumpus, Ed.D., 1969, Instructional Materials (I and II, 3) University of Massachusetts Elementary Education 402 The Education of Special Needs Stu- dents (I and II, 3) ScienceEducation Admission requirements:MAT or GRE and teaching certificate, one year teaching experi­ 403 History of Education (I, 3) Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, 407 Philosophy of Education m.3! Teachers College; Columbia University ·ence or equivalent desirable. Program,:equirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ 410 Seminar and Supervised Field Practi­ Associate Professor Theodore M. Kellogg, cum in Education of the Aging (I and II, 3) Ph.D ., 1971, Florida Stat~ University tion. EDC 529; 570; 572 or 577; 21 to 24 hours of coursework including 3 hours of founda­ 424 Teaching of Reading (I and II, 3) SecondaryEducation tions , 3 hours of methods, 3 hours of free elec­ 425 The Use of Trade Books in the Reading Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D ., 1966, tive, 6 hours of thesis or non-thesis seminar Program (I, 3) Teachers College, Columbia University and 3-6 hours taken outside of Education 435 (or WRT 435) The Teaching of Com­ Professor Walter C. Heisler , Ed.D., 1956, Department. Non-thesis option requires writ­ position (I and II, 3) Michigan State University ten comprehensive eJC:amination.. 448 (541) Reading in the Content Areas (I, 3) Professor John V. Long, Jr .. Ph.D., 1971, Syracuse 461 The Mainstreamed Learning Disabled University Reader (I and II, 3) Reading Education ProfessorFrancisX. Russo, Ph.D., 1964, Boston 478, 479 Problems in Education (I and II, University Admission requirements:MAT or GRE and 0-3 each) Professor George H. Willis, Ph.D., 1971, The teaching cc;rtificate, one year teaching experi­ 501 Comparative Education in Interna­ Johns Hopkins University ence or equivalent desirable. tional Perspective (I or II, 3) Comparing for­ · Associate Professor Barbara Brittingham, Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ eign systems of education with particular em­ Ph.D ., 1973, Iowa State University tion. EDC 503; 529; 24 credit hours of courses phasis on cultural developments and sig­ Associate Professor Willi;im L. McKinney, approved for the preparation of reading nificant education experiences; sampling of Ph.D ., 1973, University of Chicago specialists including a thesis or six credit hours national systems in Western Europe , USSR, Associate Professor Richard G. Nelson, Ph.D., of clinic or practicum experience, and one or Far East, East Africa, and South America. 1972, University of Wisconsin more electives. Non-thesis option requires (Lee. 3) Pre: senior or graduate standing. Staff written comprehensive examination. Enrollment of foreign students is limited; 502 The Modem Curriculum Movement minimum TOEFL score of 600 is required. (I, 3! Development of recent thinking of The Master of Arts degree is offered in the Science Education American curriculumists. The nature of curric­ following areas of study. Applicants should ulum development analyzed through the tra­ specify the area of specialization on the appli­ Admission requirements: MAT or GRE and ditionalist, social scientific, and reconcep­ cation form. . teaching certificate, undergraduate major in tualist schools of thought . (Lee. 3) Willis science, interview with faculty. Programrequirements: EDC 529; 12-18 credit 503 Education in Contemporary Society Adult Education hours of education electives including six (II, 3) Leading educators' responses to issues hours of thesis or non-thesis seminar and a and challenges confronting American educa- . Admission requirements:MAT or GRE, teach­ minimum of 12 hours of science courses. Non­ tion . Emphasis upon identification and analy- ing certificate or sound background in general thesis option requires written comprehensive . sis of contemporary theories and practices education and/or social sciences, interview examination. reflecting relationship between characteristics with program faculty. of society and educational values. (Lee.3) Programrequirements : Thesis or non-thesis Russo, Willis option. Twelve credits of core courses (EDC Secondary Education 505, 529, 583 and 584) 15 credits of electives 504 Adult Basic Education !I and II, 3! structured into either a predefined subspeciali­ Admission requirements:MAT or GRE and Teaching of adults whose educational level is zation area or a unique subspecialization area teaching certificate, one year's teaching ex­ below high school completion. Physical, social designed in conjunction with the student's ad- . perience desirable, undergraduate major in and psychological characteristics of disadvan­ viser. Predefined subspecializations include academic area of secondary education, inter­ taged adults and various techniques and · administration, adult literacy, gerontology, view with appropriate faculty . materials useful in motivating and teaching home economics education, training and de- Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ them. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff tion. EDC 529; 571, 572 or 574; 3 hours of velopment, and vocational-technical aJ:Jdex­ 505 Leadership Development in Adult Pro­ tension education. Thesis or non-thesis semi­ foundations; 6-12 credit hours of education courses including six hours for thesis or non­ grams (I or II, 3) Discussion of leadership con­ nar. Non-thesis option requires written com­ cepts, styles and implications. Discussion and prehensive examination. thesis seminar and a minimum of 12 credit hours in academic area. Non-thesis option re­ practice in the use of several adult education quires written comprehensive examination . methods and techniques for increasing the Counseling effectiveness of groups and organizations . Pre: For Home Economics Education program see permissionof instructor. Staff See Human Development, Counseling and listing on p. 55. Family Studies, p. 56 .. 509 Critique of Public Policy in Human Services and Education (I and II, 3) Use of ideological assumptions in formulating and de­ Educational Research veloping interpretive, normative, and critical Admission requirements:MAT or GRE, teach­ perspectives on recent public policy proposals ing certificate, strong background in in various areas of human services and educa­ mathematics or statistics. tion. (Lee. 3) Pre: permission.of department. Willis and Russo Education 43

510 Practicum in Incorporating Televised . 521 Teaching Basic Reading to Adults II or dents. /Lee. 3) Pre: an undergraduategeneral Media II, 31 Students develop skills in script­ II, 3) Techniques for teaching basic reading psychologycourse, graduate standing, or permis­ ing and producing educational television pro­ skills to illiterate adults; diagnosis, methods, sion of instructor. Sullivan grams. Application of knowledge of directing and materials. /Lee. 3) Pre: 504 or permissionof video tapes. /Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre:401 or per­ instructor. Staff 539 Evaluation and Monitoring of Occupa­ mission of department. Hicks tional Training Programs II or II, 3) Evalua­ 522 Microcomputer Applications in the tion and monitoring theory and practice for 511 Evaluation of Film and Recorded Mate­ Classroom II and II, 3) Introduction to the use occupational training programs. Focus on de­ rial II, 3) Theory and principles of basic educa­ of microcomputers in elementary and secon­ velopment of systems for job training such as tional film processes. History of educational dary classrooms. History, current use, tech­ CETA, Vocational Education, and private sec­ motion pictures, social and cultural implica­ niques for evaluating hardware and software, tor programs. /Lee. 3) Pre: 529 or permissionof tions of film, and standards for its evaluation implementation issues, future developments. instructor. Boulmetis and use in the schools. /Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 401 /Lee. 3) Pre:senior or graduate level standing. 540 Learning Disabilities: Assessment and or permissionof department. Howard Kellogg and Long Intervention 512 Organization and Administration of 528 Teaching Language Arts III, 3) For the See Psychology 540. Audiovisual Programs III, 3) Organization elementary school classroom teacher. Prepara­ 542 Methods for Challenging the Gifted and administration of media departments in tion, presentation, use, and evaluation of Reader II and II, 3) Providing challenging ac­ public schools. Media design and logistics, fa­ methods and materials for teaching the com­ tivities for gifted readers through interrelating cility design, finance, and organization. Plan­ munications skills (emphasis on listening, reasoning with visual arts (viewing) and lan­ ning in-service training programs. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) 3) speaking, and writing). /Lee. Pre:senior or guage arts (listening, speaking, reading, and P~: 401 or permissionof department. Staff graduate standing. In alternate years, next offered writing). /Lee. 3) Pre: 538 or permissionof in­ 1986-87. Staff 513 Research and Theory in Instructional structor. Staff Technology III, 3) Research methodology in 529 Foundations of Educational Research 548 Applications of Reading in the Content the field of media as it applies to education. II and II, 3) Analysis of the current major re­ Areas III, 3) Planning and teaching lessons in­ Research designs including survey, descriptive, search approaches to educational problems corporating reading skills in content areas. and experimental types evaluated. /Lee. 2, with emphasis on interpreting published re­ Emphasis will be placed on the content areas Lab. 2) Pre:401 or permissionof department. search involving the ·language of statistics. represented by course participants. /Lee. 3) Howard Functional skills in basic descriptive statistics Pre: 448 and currently teachingor permissionof needed prior to enrolling. /Lee. 3) Purnell 514 Current Trends in Elementary Educa­ instructor. Staff II, 3) II 3) tion For teachers and administrators, the 530 Qualitative Evaluation or II, Qual­ 561 Analysis of Reading Disabilites II, 3J­ most effective use of instructional materials, itative methods of obtaining and using data to Causes of reading difficulties and the admin­ media of communication, and personnel in formulate descriptions, interpretations, and istration of diagnostic reading testil. Emphasis elementary school. /Lee. 3) Pre: 529 or per­ warranted judgments, with special attention to on construction and use of informal tests and mission of department. In alternate years, next the evaluation of educational and social ser­ standardized measures. Practice in analyzing · offered1985-86. Staff vice programs. Critical, ethnographic, and data from case histories and in making indi­ phenomenological traditions considered. /Lee.3) 515 Discipline and Youth in Schools II or vidual case studies. /Lee. 3, Lab. 2) Pre: 424 Pre: permissionof department. Willis II, 3) Seminar for teachers interested in·class­ and permissionof instructor. Staff School-Home Relations II, 3) Semi­ room principles and techniques from research 531 II or 562 Techniques in Remedial Reading III, 3) on discipline in public secondary schools. Will nar for school personnel, developmentalists, Practices effective in teaching remedial reading include dramatic role-playing by participants and family and community specialists in- · in both the regular classroom and remedial ~ when feasible. /Lee. 3) Pre: teachingcertificate or terested in principles and techniques from re­ clinics. Analysis of published materials. permissionof instructor. Purn~ll search on school-home relations. /Sem.JPre: Methods of building new materials, discussion permissionof instrnctor or teachingcertificate. 516 Teaching English as a Second Lan­ and demonstration of their practical applica­ guage to Adults III, 3) Methods and materials Purnell tion. /Lee. 3, Lab. 2) Pre:561 and permissionof for educators who teach English as a second 534 Mathematics in the Secondary School instructor. Staff language to adults. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof III, 3) Implementation of a modern mathe­ 563 Teaching Reading to Multicultural matics program in the secondary school instrnctor. Staff Populations II, 3) Identification of the through a study of modern mathematics con­ 518 Teaching Science in the Elementary · strengths of learners whose cultural and socio­ cepts, experimental programs, and instruc­ School II or II, 3) Emphasis on the develop­ economic backgrounds vary, and the implica­ ment, preparation, use, and evaluation of tional planning. /Lee. 3) Pre: 15 credits in tions for the teaching of reading. Special mathematics. Croasdale materials appr;opriate for the elementary class­ emphasis on the selection and development of room from biology, zoology, chemistry, 535 Classroom Observation and Evaluation appropriate materials and teaching strategies. physics, geology, astronomy, electricity, II or II, 3) Practicum in informal, naturalistic /Lee. 3) Pre: 424 or permissionof instructor. meteorology, and oceanography. Pre: 12 credits methods of observing and evaluating class­ Bumpus in science.Staff rooms. Designed to increase teachers'· and ad­ 565 Analysis and Evaluation of Current ministrators' understanding of their own and 520 Teaching of Arithmetic II, 3) For the ex­ Research in Reading II, 3) In-depth review of others' classrooms in fostering individual and perienced teacher, examination of the prin­ reading research on selected topics. Analysis staff professional development. /Lee._2, Lab. 2) ciples underlying teaching of arithmetic in the of findings in historical perspective. Implica­ Pre: experienceas a teacher,eligibility for certifi­ tions for reading teachers and reading pro­ elementary school. comprehensive survey of cationas a teacher,or permissionof instructor.Willis materials and methods available for the class­ grams. /Sem. 31Pre: 424 or permissionof instruc­ room teacher of arithmetic. /Lee. 3) Pre:senior 538 Teaching the Gifted and T.alented II or tor. In alternate years, next offeredin 1985-86. or graduate standing. In alternate years, next II, 3) Social, psychological, legal and educa­ Staff offered1986-87. Staff tional issues related to identification, selection 566, 567 Practicum in Reading II and II, and instruction of gifted and talented stu- 3 each) Supervised case studies, practicum, and seminar reports on an individual reading project at either elementary or secondary 44 Graduate Programs

level. Lecture and/or laboratory. 120 hours structional technology, curriculum develop­ 491, 492 Special Problems in Adult Educa- plus seminar. Pre:562 and permissionof instructor. ment and curriculum change as they apply to tion II and II, 1-3 each! Staff adult learners in a variety of settings. !Lee. 3) 575 Adult and Cooperative Extension Pre: 580 or 581 or permission of instructor. Staff 569 Middle School Curriculum !SS, 3) Cur­ Programming for Older Adults (I, 3! Design­ rent middle school curriculum organization 583 Planning, Design and Development of ing and conducting programs that will meet and materials with emphasis on the flexibility Adult Learning Systems (!, 3) Overview of the learning needs of older adults. Useful for and integration of various content areas for the program planning process including goal persons working with older ad1,1ltsin a variety the transecent learner. !Lee. 3! Pre: graduate setting, needs analysis , program planning and of institutional settings. /Sem. 3! Staff · standing. Staff implementing change strategies. Discussion of effective functioning in the role of change 570 Elementary School Curriculum (JI, 3) BED Courses agent within an organization. !Lee. 3) Pre: per­ Modern curriculum in the elementary school Business Education mission of instructor. Staff with emphasis on the needs of children. Covers language arts, social studies, science. 584 The Adult and the Learning Process IIand 528 Workshop in Business Education !SS,1-6! arithmetic, and special subjects. (Lee. 3! Pre: II. 3! Examination of the adult as a learner Trends, current problems, new concepts, and 503, 529 or equivalent. In alternate years, next with emphasis on the factors that affect adult improved methods in the teaching of office offered 1985-86. Staff learning and learning processes related to and distributive occupations subjects. Topics instruction. !Lee. 3) Pre: 581 or permission of in­ vary. Maximum of six credits counted toward 571 The Secondary School Curriculum structor. Staff a degree. Staff m, 3) Intensive study of basic principles and procedures utilized in developing curriculum 585 Seminar on Leadership for Youth and RDE Courses materials. Emphasis given to content of all Adult Programs m,3! Students will partici­ curriculum areas in junior and senior high pate in a non-structured group to observe the Resource Development Education schools. !Lee. 3) Pre: 503. 529. In alternate emergence of leadership and the effects of in­ 444 (or EDC 444) Teaching Agribusiness years, next offered 1986-87. Staff dividual behavior on self and others. !Lee. 3! and Natural Resources a, 3! Pre: open to program maiors with permission of 572 Cooperative Supervision !I and II, 3! 486 Internship (I and II, 1-6) instructor. Staff Analysis of function, principles, and tech­ niques of democratic cooperative supervision 586, 587 Problems in Education II and II. of teachers and other school officials. Appli­ 0-3 each! Advanced work for graduate students cation of these principles to supervisory prob­ in education . Courses conducted as seminars Electrical Engineering lems of principals, heads of departments, spe­ or as supervised individual projects . /Lee. or M.S., Ph.D. cial supervisors, and critic teachers. !Lee. 3) Lab.! Pre: permission of department. May be Tbis course meets certification requirementsfor repeatedfor additional credit as problems and Critic TeacherCertificate. Heisler topics vary. Staff Graduate Faculty 574 Current Trends in Secondary Educa­ 588, 589 Supervised Field Practicum and Chairperson: Professor Allen G. Lindgren, tion (J and II. 3! Effective use of instructional Seminar in Youth and Adult Education Ph.D ., 1962, University ot'Connecticut materials, media of communication, and II and II, 3 each) Leadership principles and Professor James C. Daly, Ph.D .. 1967, Rensselaer organization of personnel and current re­ practices applied in selected clinic systems. Polytechnic Institute search. Pre: 529, 571 or permission of department. 200 clock hours of practicum are required in Professor Robert S. Haas, M.S., 1965, North­ Staff addition to the seminar. !Lee. 2, Lab. 3! Pre: eastern University 582, 583, or 584 and 529, or permission of in­ 575, 576 Supervised Field Study and Semi­ Professor Leland B. Jackson, Sc.D., 1970, structor. Staff nar in Elementary or Secondary Education Stevens Institute of Technology (J and II, 3 each! For non-thesis candidates . 594 Organization and Supervision of Read­ Professor Gabriel Lengyel, Ph.D., 1964, Lectures, seminars, and field work. Candi­ ing Programs m. 3! Various roles of the read­ University of Toronto dates plan and carry out a field study project ing specialist in relation to the other line-staff Professor Shmuel Mardix, Ph.D., 1969, approved by the instructor . The completed personnel. Problems concerning the orienta­ University of Jerusalem project report must be successfully defended tion of new teachers , reading research and de­ Professor Shashanka S. Mitra, Ph.D. , 1957, during semester. Pre: admission to a master's velopment, in-service programs, and commu­ ·,_ University of Michigan program in education and permission of instructor. nity support. !Lee. 3! Pre: 562. In alternate Professor Charles Polk, Ph.D., 1956, University Staff years, next offered 1985-86. ~taff of Pennsylvania Professor Angaraih G. Sadasiv, Ph.D ., 1963, 5 77 Organization and Administration in 596 Organization Development in Education Purdue University Elementary School II, 3! Functions and duties See Human Development, Counseling and Family of elementary school principals . !Lee. 3! In al­ Studies 562. Professor John E. Spence , Ph.D., 1962, ternate years, next offered 1985-86. Staff University of Wisconsin 599 Masters Thesis Research II and II! Num­ Professor Donald W. Tufts, Sc.D., 1960, 5 79 Labor Relations and Collective Bar­ ber of credits is determined each semester in Massachusetts Institute of Technology gaining in Education consultation with the major professor or pro­ Associate Professor Steven M. Kay, Ph.D .. See Labor Studies 579. gram committee. SIU credit. 1983, Brown University 581 Administering Adult Programs (J or II, 3! Associate Professor William Ohley, Ph.D., Administration, personnel management, re­ ADE Courses 1976, State University of New York, Stony source management, recruitment, staff Adult and Extension Education Brook development, and supervision within pro­ Associate Professor Harish R.B. Sunak, Ph.D., grams dealing with adults as learners. !Lee. 3! 487 The Cooperative Extension Service in 1974, University of Southampton Pre: 505 or permission of instructor. Staff Today's Society (JI, 3! Assistant Professor G. Faye Boudreaux­ 488 Methods and Materials for Adult Bartels, Ph.D., 1983, Rice University 582 Instructional Systems Development for Extension Education II, 3! Assistant Professor Fernand S. Cohen, Ph.D .. Adult Programs II, 3! Designing and im­ 489 Utilization of Paraprofessionals in 1983, Brown University plementing instructional systems. Discusssion Adult and Extension Education II. 3) of the basic tenets underlying theories of in- Electrical Engineering 45

Assistant Professor Godi Fischer, Ph.D., Swiss Systems theory:control and estimation theory; 495 Electrical Engineering Practice I (1,II Federal Institute of Technology in the Insti­ multivarible systems; non-linear systems, orSS, 3) tute of Telecommunications modeling of deterministic and stochastic sys­ 496 Electrical Engineering Practice II (II, 6) Assistant Professor Ramdas Kumaresan, tems; model order reduction; optimal smooth­ 501 Linear Transform Analysis (1,3) Fourier Ph.D., 1982, University of Rhode Island ing, filtering, and prediction. and Laplace transform analysis of contin­ Assistant Professor Ying Sun, Ph.D., 1985, uous-time systems, causality and spectral Worcester Polytechnic Institute Master of Science factorization, evaluation of inverse transforms, Assistant Professor Peter F. Swaszek, Ph.D., z-transform analysis of discrete-time systems, 1982, Princeton University Admission requirements:GRE and B.S. in Hilbert transforms, discrete Fourier trans­ Assistant Professor Richard J. Vaccaro, Ph.D., electrical engineering, engineering science, forms, generalized transforms. (Lee.3) Staff 1983, Princeton University physics, mathematics, or computer science. Adjunct Professor James Hall, Ph.D., 1971, Preparation in related fields such as aero­ 502 Non-linear Systems Analysis (I and University of Rhode Island nautical, civil, chemical, and mechanical en­ II, 3) Iteration and perturbation techniques, Adjunct Associate Professor Pranab K. Banerjee, gineering or in the life sciences may be acceptable. phase plane and state space concepts, Liapu­ Ph.D., 1971, University of Rhode Island Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ nov's direct method, stability criteria for non­ Adjunct Assistant Professor W; Vance tion. Individual programs are designed in ac- linear systems. (Lee. 3) Pre: 501 or equivalent. McCullough, Ph.D., 1976, University of . cordance with the students' backgrounds and Staff Rhode Island · interests. Thesis or non-thesis option: mini­ 503 (or MCE 503) Linear Control Systems mum of 18 credit hours in electrical engi­ (I or II, 3) State variable description of contin­ Specializations neering or in other areas of science and engi­ uous and discrete-time systems, matrices and neering. Attendance at the departmental semi­ linear spaces, controllability and observability, Acoustics and underwateracoustics: in­ nar (ELE 601/602) is required of all students in pole placement methods, observer theory and formation processing in acoustic channels, graduate residence. Programs of study require state reconstruction, modern control systems speech processing, modeling of electro­ departmental and Graduate School approval. design. (Lee.3) Pre: 313 or MCE 366 or equiva­ acoustical devices. In the non-thesis option a written master's ex­ lent. Staff Biomedicalengineering: physiologic systems amination and one course involving significant modeling and control; medical instrumenta­ independent research and a substantial paper 504 (or MCE 504) Optimal Control Theory t¥)n employing digital computer techniques, are required. (II, 3) Quadratic performance indices and op­ pattern recognition and image processing in timal linear control, frequency response properties of optimal feedback regulators, medicine; biological effects o~ electric and Doctor of Philosophy magnetic fields at the cellular level. state estimation, separation theorem, optimal control of nonlinear systems, Pontryagin's ~omputer engineeringand VLSI: micropro­ Admission requirements:GRE and M.S. de­ minimum principle. (Lee. 3) Pre:503. Staff gramming systems, multi-processing, high­ gree or equivalent in electrical engineering, speed signal processing; processor realization engineering science, physics, mathematics or 506 Digital Signal Processing (II, 3) Digital using VLSI; MOS layout and microchip de­ computer science. representations of signals and noise, digital sign: data structures and computer architectures. Programrequirements: for the comprehensive filtering and spectral analysis, design of digital Communication theory: statistical and com­ examination, background in several of the fol­ circuits for signal parameter estimation and puter communications: vector quantization; lowing areas is required - linear and non­ signal detection. (Lee.3) Pre: 501 and 509. Staff noise modeling and detection: data compres­ linear systems, communication and control 509 Systems with Random Inputs (I or II, 3) sion and coding; local area networks, reliable systems, design of digital systems, electromag­ Discrete and continuous linear systems with and secure communication. netic theory and solid state physics. Most stu­ random inputs. Introduction to random pro­ Computer vision and image analysis: 3D ob­ dents find it essential to become thoroughly cesses in the context of linear systems. Appli­ ject recognition of manufactured parts for au­ familiar with the application of digital com­ cations to detection, smoothing and predic­ tomated assembly, location and orientation puter techniques. Attendance at the depart­ tion. (Lee. 3) Pre: knowledgeof differentialequa­ using visible-light or range images: texture mental seminar (ELE 601/602) is required of tions, linear systems and transformmethods. analysis for image modelling: image classifica­ all students in graduate residence. Dissertation Staff tion and segmentation: stochastic modelling research makes use of major modem laborato­ for inspection; feature extraction and image ries in the listed areas of specialization. 510 Communication Theory (II, 3) Commu­ reconstruction; optimality and computational nication theory for discrete and continuous efficiency of algorithms. ELE Courses channels. Optimum receiver principles and Digital signal processing:detection and pa­ Electrical Engineering signal design. Channel models, modulation rameter estimation: prediction and filtering; techniques, data compression, speech and im­ spectrum analysis; array processing; digital fil­ 401 Laser, Optical Systems and Communi- age coding, architecture and topology of com­ ter synthesis: adaptive filtering, algorithm cation (1, 4) munication networks. (Lee. 3! Pre: 509. Staff design. 405 Digital Computer Design (II, 3) 511 Electromagnetic Fields (1, 3) Review of Electricaland optical propertiesof materials: 408 Computer Organization Laboratory (II,3) electrostatics and magnetostatics. Maxwell's optical properties of nonmetallic solids, laser­ 417 Direct Energy Conversion (II, 3) equations, wave propagation in dielectric and matter interaction, photocathodes; crystallo­ 427 Electromechanical Devices (1, 4) conducting media. Boundary phenomena. graphic techniques for submicron X-ray lithog­ 432 Electrical Engineering Materials (II, 4) Radiation from simple structures. Relations raphy; radiation damage in nonmetallic solids. 436 Communication Systems (I and II, 3) between circuit and field theory. (Lee. 3) Staff Electromagneticfields and optical communica­ 443 Electronics II (1, 5) tion: fiber optics, electro-optical devices ' 444 Electronics III, Pulse and Digital Cir- 513 Solar to Electric Energy Conversion (II, 3) Review of the theory of thermal radi­ (filters, isolators, modulators) for fiber optics cuits (Il;4) ation. Collection of radiant energy as heat and and fiber optic' communication systems, non­ 457 Feedback Control Systems (1, 3) direct conversion to electricity. Concentration linear optics. 458 Systems Laboratory (II, 3) 481, 482 Biomedical Engineering Seminar on photovoltaic solar cells. (Lee.. 3) Pre: 331 or equivalent. Permissionof instructor. Staff I and II (I and II, 1 each! 491,492,493 Special Problems (I and II, 1 each) 46 Graduate Programs

514 Microwave Electronics (I or II, 3) Elec­ system architecture. (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate lation. Obstacle avoidance. Applications. /Lee.3) tronic engineering at microwave frequencies, standing or seniors with permission of instructor. Pre: knowledge of matrix algebra and Laplace microwave circuit theory, impedance transfor­ Sadasiv transforms or permission of instructor. Staff mation and matching, passive microwave 538 Principles of Remote Sensing II or II, 3) 583 (or CSC 583) Computer Vision (1, 3) Al­ devices, microwave tubes, semiconductor Theory and techniques of remote sensing in­ gorithms used to extract information from microwave electronics, microwave masers, cluding spaceborne photometry and radiom­ two-dimensional images. Picture functions. parametric amplifiers. (Lee. 3) Pre: 511 con­ etry. Applications selected from the following Template matching. Region analysis. Contour currently or permissio~of instructor. Staff topics: planetary atmospheres, geology and following. Line and shape descriptions. Per­ 515 Quantum Electronics (I or II, 3) Laser earth resources, environmental problems. /Lee.3) spective transformations. Three-dimensional engineering and applications, interaction of Pre: 323, PHY 406, or permission of instructor. reconstruction. Image sensors. Interfacing. radiation with atoms, optical resonators, Staff . Applications. /Lee. 3) Pre: MTH 362 or equiva­ lent. Staff electro-optic modulation, harmonic genera­ 539 Analog VLSI II or II, 3! Theory and tech­ tion, parametric oscillation and frequency con­ niques ·of analog MNOS and CNOS integrated 584 (or EST 584) Pattern Recognition III, 3) version, noise in laser amplifiers and oscilla­ circuits. Device modeling, circuit simulation, Random variables, vectors, transformations, tors. (Lee. 3) Pre: PHY 341 or permission of in­ and chip design are studied using amplifiers. hypot.11.esistesting and errors. Classifier de­ structor. Staff NDs and switched capacitor circuits as exam­ sign: linear, non-parametric, approximation 516 Planetary Electrodynamics (1or II, 3) In­ ples. /Lee. 3) Pre: 537. Daly procedures. Feature selection/extraction: troduction to description and theory of natu­ dimensionality reduction, linear and non­ 544 Computer Arithmetic for VLSI (II, 3) ral electric and magnetic phenomena on the Review of number systems and computer linear mappings, clustering, and unsupervised classification. /Lee. 3) Pre: 509 and CSC 410 or earth and in the solar system such as light­ arithmetic: hardware implementation of fixed ning, natural geomagnetic and interplanetary and floating point adders, multipliers and di­ introductory probability and statistics, knowledge magnetic fields, origin and properties of viders; VLSI implementation of residue arith­ of computer programming. Staff ionospheres, the "solar wind" and natural ra­ metic finite fields; error analysis and time/gate 585 Clinical Engineering II or II, 3! Clinical dio noise. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. complexity of arithmetic operations. /Lee. 3) training in engineering aspects of patient care. Polk Pre: 405. Kumaresan Technological problems of patient monitoring, 520 Fourier Optics II or II, 3) Application of 545 or (CSC 505! Design of Digital Circuits diagnosis, and treatment. Computers in chem­ Fourier analysis in optical imaging apd data ical analysis, cardiac catheterization, surgery, (I, 3) Design techniques for digital computers processing. Systems concepts are stressed. Sca­ and controllers. Combinatorial and sequential medical research. Course held at neighboring hospitals. /Lee. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: one semesterof lar diffraction, lenses, coherent and incoherent circuits, minimization techniques, fast arith­ imaging, spatial filtering and optical informa­ metic circuits, memory and control circuits, residencyin biomed~calengineering graduate pro­ tion processing, and holography. (Lee.3) Pre: floating-point hardware, Turing machines, gram, permission of department. Staff 313 or an·equivalent basic knowledge of Fourier coders and decoders, microprogramming, se­ 586 Biomedical Electronics I II, 3) Measure­ analysts. Staff quence generators. /Lee. 3) Pre: 405 or equiva­ ment techniques in medical and biological re­ 525 Fiber Optic Communication Systems lent. Staff search. Pressure, flow, and temperature trans­ III, 3) Survey of important topics in optical 548 Computer Architecture II and II, 3) ducers. Bioelectric potentials and electrodes. communication devices and systems. The Hardware architecture of modern minicom­ Signal conditioners and display systems. Elec­ physical principles and operation of lasers, puters and microcomputers. Instruction sets, trical safety. /Lee. 3) Pre: ZOO 345 or equiva­ LEDs, fibers, and detectors are covered. /Lee. 3) memory organization, peripheral interfacing lent, knowledgeof differential equations, senior or Pre: 323, 331, 401 or equivalent. Lengyel and control, bus structures, microprogram­ graduate standing. Staff 531 Solid State Engineering I II and II, 3! ming, microcomputer systems, techniques for 587 Biomedical Electronics II III, 3) Instru­ Periodicity of solids; dielectric, thermal, opti­ real-time operation, software aids and require­ mentation systems in medical diagnosis and cal, and electromagnetic properties of elec­ ments. /Lee. 3) Pre: 405 or CSC 311 or equiva­ therapy. Cardiovascular, respiratory, and tronically interesting solids. /Lee. 3) Pre: 331 or lent. Staff chemical measurements. Patient monitoring, equivalent. Staff 571 (or OCE 571) Underwater Acoustics I computers in biomedical systems. (Lee.3) Pre: ZOO 345 or equivalent, knowledgeof differential 532 Solid State Engineering II II and II, 3! II, 3) Wave equation, energy, pressure and Semiconductor physics, transport properties. particle velocity. Acoustic properties of the equations, senior or graduate standing. Staff Applications including solid state lasers, sea. Elementary sources, refraction, reflection, 588 Biomedical Engineering I II, 3! Model­ piezoelectric, ferroelectric, and magnetic ray theory, normal modes and scattering, with ing of biosystems. Electrical properties of bio­ devices. (Lee. 3) Pre: 531 or equivalent. Staff emphasis on sound propagation in the ocean. logical materials. Electrocardiography, vector­ 535 Transistor Circuits II and II, 3! Semicon­ /Lee. 3) Stepanishen cardiography. Models of nerve propagation. ductors, characteristics of junction transistors. 575 Electroacoustical Engineering II and II, 3) /Lee. 3) Pre: ZOO 345 or equivalent, knowledge Analysis and design of single and multistage Theory and design of electroacoustic transmis­ of differential equations, senior or graduate stand­ amplifiers including feedback. High frequency sion channels and the psycho-acoustic aspects ing. Staff considerations, applications to systems. /Lee. 3) of their use for high quality music trans­ 589 Biomedical Engineering II III, 3) Staff missions. /Lee. 2, Lab. 3! Pre: permission of in­ Mechanical properties of biological materials. structor. Staff 536 Semiconductor Electronics (I or II, 3) Application of ultrasound to medical diagnosis Theory and technology of semiconductor 581 Artificial Intelligence and treatment. Hemodynamics, pulmonary devices. Junction, field effect, optoelectronic See Computer Science 581. and renal dynamics. Artificial organs. /Lee. 3) and microwave devices. Integrated circuits. Pre: ZOO 345 or equivalent, knowledgeof 582 (or CSC 582 or MCE 582) Robotics (I or /Lee. 3) Pre: 331 or equivalent. Sadasi~ differential equations, senior or graduate standing. II, 3) Description, design, and control of in­ Staff 537 VLSI System Design (I or II, 3! Very_ dustrial and research robots. Tactual and vis­ large scale integration. Silicon technology; ual sensing systems. Computer control of MNOS, CNOS, and bipolar devices; circuits, manipulators . Object descriptions for manipu- and digital subsystems; computer-aided design and analysis of VLSI circuits; VLSI and digital English 47

591, 592 Special Problems II and II, 1-3 each! 665 Modulation and Detection (I or II, 3) Professor Jules P. Seigel, Ph.D ., 1965, University Advanced work under supervision of a staff Advanced treatment of modulation and detec­ of Maryland member . Arranged to suit individual require­ tion theory. Minimum meansquare error, Professor Robert P. Sorlien, Ph.D., 1955, ments of student. Credits not to exceed a total maximum likelihood, and maximum posterior Brown University of 6. Pre: permission of department. Staff probability estimators. Applications to com­ Professor David C. Stineback, Ph.D., 1969, 599 Masters Thesis Research II and IIJ Num­ munications systems and to radar and sonar Yale University · ber of credits is determined each semester in systems . (Lee. 3) Pre: 510. Kay or Tufts Professor Tom H. Towers, Ph.D., 1971, Tulane consultation with the major professor or pro­ 670 Advanced Topics in Signal Processing University gram committee. SIU credit. II orJI, 3) Seminar for advanced students . Professor Sidney H. White, Ph.D., 1962, Selected topics of current research interest. University of Southern California 601, 602 Graduate Seminar II and II, 1 each) Associate Professor Paul G. Arakelian, Ph.D., Seminar discussions including the presentation Material will be drawn primarily from recent literature . (Lee. 3) Pre: 506 and 606. Staff 1975, Indiana University of papers based on research or detailed litera­ Associate Professor Walter L. Barker, Ph.D., ture surveys. (Lee. 1J Attendance is requiredof 672 (or OCE 672) Underwater Acoustics II 1966, University of Connecticut all students in graduate residence,but a maxi­ (IJ, 3) Transducers, radiators and receivers, Associate Professor Walter Cane, Ph.D ., 1966, mum of 1 credit per year is allowed, no more than directivity (array structures), equivalent .cir­ Vanderbilt University 2 credits'for the entire period. SIU credit. Staff cuits, efficiency; piezoelectricity, mag­ Associate Professor Lois Cuddy, Ph.D. , 1975, 606 Digital Filter Synthesis II, 3) Review of netostriction, sonar principles, measurements Brown University z-transforms and discrete-time systems, prop­ and calibration . (Lee. 3) Stepanishen Associate Professor Mathilda M. Hills, Ph.D., erties of digital-filter networks, design of finite 691, 692 Special Problems II and II, 1-3 each) 1970, Duke University and infinite-impulse-response filters, accuracy Advanced work under supervision of a staff Associate Professor Dorothy Jacobs, Ph.D., considerations for coefficients and data, hard­ member . Arranged to suit individual require­ 1968, University of Michigan ware implementation, system examples. Pre: ments of a student. Credits not to exceed a total Associate Professor John R. Leo, Ph.D ., 1972, 506 or equivalent. Jac~on of 6. Pre: permissionof department. SIU credit. Northwestern University Staff - Associate Professor Marilyn J. Malina, Ph.D., 616 Advanced Topics in Electromagnetic 1967, University of Virginia Theory (II, 3) Electromagnetic theory of in­ 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research II and Associate Professor Celest A. Martin, Ph.D., homogeneous and anisotropic media. Ferrite lI) Number of credits is determined each se­ 1979, University of Southern California devices. Introduction to the theory of plasmas . mest~ in consultation with the major pro­ Associate Professor Thomas H. McCabe Ionospheric radio propagation . (Lee. 3) Pre: fessor or program committee. SIU credit. Ph.D., 1968, University of Wisconsin 511 or equivalent. Daly or Polk Associate Professor Clare M. Murphy, Ph.D., 631 Electronics of Solids I II and II, 3) Prop­ 1964, University of Pittsburgh erties of conductors, semiconductors, and in­ Associate Professor Eric T. Schoonover, A.M., sulators from quantum mechanical principles. English 1959, University of Michigan Band theory of solids, superconductivity, M.A., Ph.D. Associate Professor Robert A. Schwegler, . thermoelectricity. (Lee. 3) Pre: PHY 570 or Ph.D., 1977, University of Chicago equivalent. Mitra Associate Professor Karen F. Stein, Ph.D ., Graduate Faculty 1982, University of Connecticut 632 Electronics of Solids II II and II, 3) Ex­ Associate Professor M. Beverly Swan, Ph.D., tension of 631, directed toward the exam­ Chairperson: Associate Professor R.B. Reaves 1977, Boston University ination of theoretical concepts fundamental to Jr., Ph.D., 1971, University of Wisconsin Associate Professor Ralph M. Tutt, Ph.D ., solid state electronics. Topics in current re­ Director of graduate studies: Associate Professor 1966, Duke University search programs and selected from areas such Wilfred P. Dvorak, Ph.D., 1972, Indiana Assistant Professor Sally F. Burke, Ph.D., as quantum electronics , transport properties University 1978, University of Connecticut in strong electric and magnetic fields, and su­ Professor Josie P. Campbell, Ph.D., 1972, Assistant Professor William L. Mense!, Jr., perconductivity. (Lee. 3) Pre: 631 or equivalent. Pennsylvania State University Ph.D., 1974, University of Washington Mitra Professor Dorothy F. Donnelly, Ph.D., 1979, Professor Emeritus Jordan Y. Miller, Ph.D., Brandeis University 651 Feedback Control Systems I II, 3! Anal­ 1957, Columbia University Professor Mark I. Goldman, Ph.D., 1959, ysis of synthesis of complex control systems. Professor Emeritus Warren D. Smith, Ph.D., University of Minnesota Extension of feedback control theory to handle 1948, University of Pennsylvania Professor Thomas A. Gullason, Ph.D., 1953, random disturbances, sampled data, and non­ Professor Emerita Edna L. Steeves, Ph.D ., University of Wisconsin linearities. System optimization . (Lee. 3) Pre: 1948, Columbia University Professor Don R. Kunz, Ph.D., 1968, University 457: or equivalent. Staff of Washington 660 Advanced Topics in System Theory Professor Allan H . MacLaine, Ph.D ., 1951, Specializations II or II, 3) Seminar for advanced students . Brown University For tbe M.A . and for the Ph.D., all historical Selected topics of current research interest . Professor James M. Marshall, Ph.D. , 1961, periods, genres, and major authors in British Material will be drawn primatjly from recent Syracuse University and American literature; Scots and Irish litera­ literature. (Lee. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. Professor Francis X. Mathews , Ph.D., 1964, Staff . ture; critical theory. Linguistics at M.A. level University of Wisconsin only. 661 Estimation Theory II or II, 3) Extraction Professor Richard T. Neuse, Ph.D., 1959, Yale of information from discrete and continuous University data, best linear estimation, recursive estima­ Professor Daniel D. Pearlman, Ph.D., 1968, tion, optimal linear filtering, smoothing and Columbia University prediction, non-linear state and parameter es­ Professor Paul J. Petrie, Ph.D. , 1957, State timation, design and evaluation of practical es­ University of Jowa timators . (Lee. 3) Pre: 503 and 509. Staff Professor Nancy A. Potter, Ph.D., 1954, Boston University; L.H .D., 1967, University of Rhode Island 48 Graduate Programs

Master of Arts ward earlier critics. Open to graduate students 550 Middle English Literature (I or JI, 31 and senior English majors. (Lee.3) Pre:gradu­ Selections from Middle English literature ex­ Admission requirements:GRE and a minimum ate standing or permissionof instructor. Murphy clusive of Chaucer. Works by Malory, the of 21 credits in English with a B average in all Pearl Poet, Gower, the Wakefield Master, and 532 Modern Literary Criticism

r. Environmental Health Science 49

570 Anglo-Irish Writers III, 3J The Celtic 640, 641 Seminar in American Literature composition, including such areas as ESL and Renaissance as a literary movement, its impor­ before 1900 (I and II, 3 each)Spring 1985: Business or Technical communications. !Lee.3) tance and influence. AE, Lady Gregory, Joyce, Whitman and New England Romanticism. Pre:graduate standing or pennission of instruc­ O'Casey, O'Flaherty, Stephens, Synge, Yeats, Marshall tor. Martin and others. !Lee.3) Pre:graduate standing or 642, 643 Seminar in Modern Literature permissionof instructor. Murphy 999 Methods of Teaching College Writing (American) (I and II, 3 each) Fall 1985: Frost. (I and 11,0) Materials and multiple methods of 571 Problems in Chaucer (I, 3) Intensive Pearlman teaching writing on the college level. Required study of selected aspects of Chaucer's achieve­ 650, 651 Seminar in English Literature of of teaching assistants who will teach in the ments as a poet. Emphasis on The Canterbury College Writing Program unless waived by the Tales. !Lee.3) Pre:graduate standing or permis­ the Middle Ages (I and 11,3 each)Spring 1986: Chaucer. MacLaine director of English graduate studies, the su­ sion of instructor. MacLaine, Malina, Mense! pervisor of teaching assistants, and the direc­ and Neuse 652, 653 Seminar in English Literature of tor of the College Writing Program. Staff the Sixteenth Century (I and 11,3 each)Spring 573 Problems in Shakespeare (IJ, 3) Pri­ 1986: The Literary Period. Sorlien marily a discussion course, concentrating on plays and characters that offer most inter­ 654, 655 Seminar in English Literature of esting problems for student analysis. Solutions the Seventeenth Century (I and II, 3 each) Environmental Health by leading critics are examined. !Lee.3) Pre: Fall 1985:Marvell. Jacobs_ · Science permissionof instructor.Next offeredspring 1986. 656, 657 Seminar in English Literature of M.S. Campbell the Eighteenth Century (I and II, 3 each) 574 The Scots' Poetic Tradition Through 658, 659 Seminar in English Literature of Robert Bums (II, 3) Intensive study of the poetry Graduate Faculty the Nineteenth Century (I and 11,3 each) of Robert Bums, Ferguson, Ramsay, and ProgramDirector: Professor Leonard R. Worthen, others who sparked the Scottish revival. !Lee.3) 660, 661 Seminar in Modern Literature Ph.D., 1957, University of Massachusetts Pre:graduate standing or permissionof instruc­ (English) (I and II, 3 each) ,Assistant Professor Robert F. Weisberg, Ph.D., tor. MacLaine 670, 671 Seminar in Special Literary Prob­ 1976, University of Texas, School of Public 575 Modern Southern Literary Renaissance lems (I and II, 3 each) Readings in literature Health (II, 3) Comprehensive study of a major literary which present special problems not addressed • Adjunct Professor Frederick A. Siino, M.S., movement. Representative works by Faulkner, by traditional department offerings. Seminar 1981, University of Massachusetts Wolfe, Warren, Williams, l'orter, Welty, topics may be offered from time to time based O'Connor, and others. !Lee. 3) Pre:graduate upon student request. !Lee. 3) Fall 1985: American WomenAuthors. Cuddy This interdisciplinary 36-credit program in­ standing or permissionof instructor. Gullason volves graduate faculty from the Colleges of 576 English Novel of the Eighteenth Cen- • 680, 681 Seminar in Special Rhetorical Arts and Sciences, Engineering, Pharmacy, tury (I, 3! Selected novels of Defoe, Richard­ Problems (I, II, 3) Readings in rhetoric which and Resource Development. Representative son, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, and Austen, present special problems not addressed by faculty from each of these colleges comprise a with consideration of major criticism and of traditional department offerings. Seminar Steering Committee that supervises the disparate influences on the emergence of the topics may be offered from time to time based program. I novel. !Lee.3) Pre:graduate standing or permis­ upon student request. !Lee.3) Pre:graduate sion of instru,~or. Kunz and Reaves standing or permissionof instructor. Schwegler or Martin Specializations 577 English Novel of the Nineteenth Cen­ tury (II, 3) Important British novelists of the 691,692 Independent Graduate Study (I and Curriculum is designed to prepare people for nineteenth century with emphasis on trends in II, 3 each)Advanced study of an approved working in public health laboratories. In addi­ ideas and techniques of Victorian novelists. topic, under the supervision of a member of tion to a core curriculum, students are able to (Lee. 3) Pre:graduate standing or permissionof the staff. !Lee.3) Pre: permissionof department. specialize in such areas as microbiology, en­ instructor. McCabe and Dvorak Staff · vironmental engineering, or food chemistry. 578 Problems in Milton (II, 3) Emphasis on 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and the major poetic works. !Lee. 3) Pre:graduate II) Number of credits is determined each se­ Master of Science mester in consultation with the major profes­ standing or permissionof instructor. Neuse Admission requirements:GRE, bachelor's de­ sor or program committee. SIU credit. 590 Selected Topics (I and II, 3) Selected gree in biology, chemistry, engineering, or al­ topics in American and British literature and lied field. topics of special interesf not covered by tradi­ WRT Courses Programrequirements: CVE 570, 571, 572 (2 of tional department offerings. !Lee.3) Pre: Writing these 3 courses); EHS 562 Unterdisciplinary Seminar); EHS 563 (Public Health Administra­ graduate standing or pennission of instructor. 435 (or EDC 435) The Teaching of Compo- Fall 1985: Creative Writing: Poetry. Petrie tion); Biostatistics or a suitable substitute; sition (I and II, 3) FSN 432, 521 and MIC 412 or equivalent 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II) Num­ 512 Modern Rhetorical Theory (II, 3) An in­ courses. Students are also required to take a ber of credits is determined each semester in troduction to theories of rhetoric and their re­ course which involves an assigned project in­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ lation to literature and language. Includes cluding a comprehensive written report and gram committee SIU credit. D'Angelo, Kinneavy, Winterowd, Perelman, pass a master's written examination. A sum­ 600-level

EHS Courses concentration in animal science, marine biol­ 555, 556 Pathology Rotation II, II, 3! Ap­ Environmental Health Science ogy, microbiology or zoology; one year of or­ plied anatomical and clinical pathology of ganic chemistry and physics. Courses in statis­ aquatic animals including necropsy duty 562 Interdisciplinary Seminar II, 3! Topics tics, histology, and physiology are strongly and/or clinical hematology, chemistry, in environmental health are examined in light recommended. microbiology, parasitology. Attendance at of underlying general principles of economics, Program requirements: animal virology: thesis weekly histopathology seminar and re­ quantitative analysis, management, politics, and ASP 501, 502, 534, 536; BCP 581, 582; search/case report required. (Lab. 6) Pre: a and government. (Sem. 3! Pre: permission of MIC 432, 533. course in histology or ZOO 323, MIC 432 and/or director or instructor. Weisberg Fisheries and aquaculture: thesis and course­ permission of instructor. Wolke work selected in consultation with the major 563 Public Health Administration (II, 3) 584 Advanced Aquaculture Systems (II, 3) This course is intended to aid in the prepa­ professor and department chairperson. Development of design critetia, operational ration of an administrative role in a public Marine pathology: thesis and ASP 501, 502, analysis, and management of selected species health department. It introduces the student 534, 536, 555, 556; EST 408; suggested in water re-use systems. (Lee. 2, Lab. 2! Pre: to the complex problems in today's state and courses: ASP 483, 584. MIC 361 or equivalent or permission of instruc­ federal health agencies. Topics covered in­ tor. In alternate years, next offered 1985-86. , clude decision making, program budgeting, Doctor of Philosophy Meade and planning. (Lee. 3) Pre: permission of instruc­

Associate Professor Phyllis T. Brown , M. S., Doctor of Philosophy cides, fungicides and herbicides. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) 1955', University of Rhode Island Pre: organic chemistry. In alternate years, next Associate Professor Marjorie J. Caldwell , Admission requirements: master 's degree in a offered 1986-87. Staff Ph.D., 1972, Cornell University physical or biological science is normally re­ 526 (or MCH 526) Lipid Chemistry 3! Associate Professor Ruth E. Eshleman , Ed.D. , quired. a, Advanced course in the chemistry of biolog­ 1975, Columbia University Teachers College Program requirements: same as master 's de­ ically important lipids such as the fatty acids, Associate Professor Chong Min Lee, Ph.D. , gree plus statistics (EST 532 or equivalent ), 2 neutral glycerides , phospholipids , steroids, 1974, University of Rhode Island credits of seminar (FSN 511-512), and a spe ­ and the chemistry and biochemistry of the Associate Professor Mum M. Nippo , Ph.D., cial problem (FSN 591-592) under an adviser carotenoids . (Lee. 3) Pre: BCP 581. In alternate 1976, University of Rhode Island other than the major professor. Each candi­ years, next offered 1985-86. Simpson and Assistant Professor Catherine English , M.S. , date shall also gain teaching experience by Turcotte 1982, University of Vermont teaching or assisting in at least one college Assistant Professor Alvin Siegel, Ph.D., 1974, level course. Qualifying examination is re­ 531 Teaching of Nutrition Kansas State University quired for students admitted without a See Home Economics Education 531. master's degree. Assistant Professor Leonard Gerber , Ph .D., 532 Seafood Quality III, 3) Biochemical and 1980, University of Illinois FSN Courses microbiological deterioration of seafoods , Assistant Professor Kenneth R. Stauffer , methods utilizing these reactions for quality Ph.D., 1979, Rutgers - The State Food Science & Technology , assessment, and processes to inl)ibit these University Nutrition and Dietetics reactions for preservation of fresh seafoods. Adjunct Professor Gerald Silverman , Ph.D. , (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 421, 432 or permission of in­ 421 Food Analysis (I, 4) 1954, Cornell University structor. In alternate years; next offered 1985-86. 431 Biochemistry of Food 3! Adjunct Assistant Professor Jerianne Heimen­ a, Rand dinger , D.Sc., 1981, Harvard University 432 Food Processing III , 3) Adjunct Assistant Professor Jeffrey L. Howe, 433 Food Quality III, 3) 542 Minerals and Vitamins III, 3) Recent re­ M.S .. 1972, University of Massachusetts 434 Marine Food Processing III . 4) search in minerals and vitamins as related to Adjunct Assistant Professor Sang B. Lee, 438 Food Chemistry Laboratory (I, 3) human nutrition. Discusses the interrela ­ Ph.D. , 1982, Rutgers-The State University 441 Advanced Human Nutrition (I , 3) tionship between minerals , vitamins, and Adjunct Assistant Professor Paul D. Maugle , 444 Nutrition and Disease III , 3) other nutrients as they relate to nutrition sta­ Ph.D. , 1982, University of Rhode Island 44 7 (or CHE 44 7) Food Engineering I a, 4) tus. (Lee. 3) Pre: 441 or permission of de­ 451, 452 Field Experience in Food Science partment. In alternate years, next offered and Nutrition (I and II, 1-3 each) 1985-86. Gerber Specializations 456 Community Nutrition III , 4) 548 Food Engineering II Food science: seafood quality , preservation , 461 Food Safety III, 3! See Chemical Engineering 548. and product development; food safety , Mail­ 491, 492 Special Projects II and II, 1-3 each) lard browning of foods , food engineering , bio­ 549 Food and Biochemical Engineering III 502 Physical Chemistry and Properties of See Chemical Engineering 549 . technology applications of bioprocessing , food Food II, 3) Principles of physical chemistry enzymology , enology, rheological and physical and properties of food material. Analysis of 575 Biochemical Engineering II properties of foods , hydrocolloid chemistry, changes in physical properties and interaction See Chemical Engineering 575. and international food technology. of food components during physical process. 591, 592 Special Research Problem (I and II, Nutritional science:provitamin A analysis Application of underlying principles in food 1-4) Advanced work under supervision of a and metabolism , vitamin A biopotency , nutri­ formulation and processing. (Lee. 2, Lab. 2) staff member. Arranged to suit individual re­ ent interaction , nutritional status evaluation , Pre: 431 or permission of department. C. Lee quirements of students . Pre: permission of nutrition improvement programs , nutritional department. Staff evaluation of seafood , aquacultural nutrition , 503 Food Science and Nutrition Research and international nutrition. Methods (I, 4) Theory and practice in tech­ 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II) Num­ niques and methods as applied to research in ber of credits is determined each semester in food science and nutritional science. (Lee. 1, consultation with the major professor or pro­ Master of Science Lab. 6) Pre: permission of department. Simpson gram committee. SIU credit. Admission requirements: GRE and bachelor 's 505 Marine Foods Seminar (I, 1! Presenta­ 691, 692 Research in Food Science and Nu­ degree with adequate preparation in bio­ tions specifically related to marine foods such trition (I and II , 1-3 each) Assigned research on chemistry and statistics , and in area of pro­ as processing , preservation, nutritive value, an advanced level. Student is required to out­ posed study. and consumer acceptability. (Lee. 1) Pre: line problem , conduct the necessary literature Program requirements: thesis ; FSN 503 , 511. graduate standing or permission of department. survey and experimental work, and to present 512· a minimum of 3 credits in biochemistry, Cosgrove his observations and conclusions in a report . che~istry , microbiology , pathology , or physi­ 511, 512 Food Science and Nutrition Semi­ Staff ology; a minimum of 6 credits in food science nar (!•and II. 1 each) 511: Reports and discus­ (FSN .431 plus one 500-level course ) OR 6 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and sions of current topics in food science and credits in nutritional science (FSN 441 plus II) Number of credits is determined each se­ nutrition. 512: Oral presentations of thesis and one 500- or 600-level course ). If the student mester in consultation with the major pro ­ dissertation research topics in progress. At: fessor or program committee. SIU credit. has taken the designated courses as an under­ tendance and registration are required of all graduate, alternate courses should be in the graduate students in residence, but no more same area. than two credits are allowed for a program of study. (Lee. 1) Pre: graduate standing or permis­ sion of department. Staff 521 Pesticide Chemistry III, 3) Nomencla­ ture , chemical and physical properties , mode of action, and methods of analysis of insecti - 52 Graduate Programs

French 501 Advanced Composition III, 3! Stylistics Assistant Professor Richard H. Burroughs, to prepare undergraduate and graduate majors Ph.D., 1974, Massachusetts Institute of M.A. to write expository French prose. (Lee. 3! Pre: Technology and Woods Hole Oceano­ graduate status or permission of instructor. In al­ graphic Institution Assistant Professor Gerald H. Krausse, Ph.D .. Graduate Faculty ternate years. Staff 1975, University of Pittsburgh 503 History of the French Language III, 3! Assistant Professor E. Bruce Marti, Ph.D., Chairperson: Professor Otto Domberg, Ph.D., Linguistic development of French from the 1961, Pennsylvania State University 1982, University of Florida earliest documents to the present. Gallo­ Assistant Professor Dennis W . Nixon, J.D., Section head: Associate Professor Armand B. Romance dialects; the spread of French in and Chartier, Ph.D., 1970, University of 1975, University of Cincinnati; M.M .A., beyond Europe. (Lee. 3! Pre: graduate status or Massachusetts, Amherst 1976. University of Rhode Island permission of instructor. Rogers Professor Kenneth H. Rogers, Ph.D., 1970, Note: Courses 513 through 594 include lectures, Columbia University Specializations Professor H. Dorothy Rothschild, Ph.D., 1959, discussions. readings. individual research and a Columbia University research paper. Marine geography. Professor Harold A. Waters, Ph.D., 1956, Uni­ 513 Seminar in Medieval Literature (I, 3! versity of Washington Pre: graduate status or permission of instructor. Master of Arts Associate Professor Jean S. Hyland, Ph.D., Staff 1959, University of Kansas 523 Seminar in Sixteenth-Century Litera­ Admission requirements: GRE. The advanced Associate Professor Ira A. Kuhn, Ph.D., 1970, ~re (J, 3) Pre: graduate status or permission of examination in geography is not required , but University of Kansas instructor. Rothschild candidates should have, or .be prepared to Associate Professor Joseph G. Morello, Ph.D., make up without graduate credit, the equiv­ 1968, University of Missouri 533 Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Liter­ alent of 12 credits of introductory work in Associate Professor Constantin Toloudis, ature (I, 3! Pre: graduate status or permission of physical geography (~r earth science), cultural. Ph.D., 1969, Rice University instructor. Morello economic, and political geography. Another Professor Emeritus Lambert C. Porter, Docteur 544 Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Litera­ 15 credits in related social or natural sciences .es lettres, 1953, University of Paris, Univer­ ~re (II, 3! Pre: graduate status or permission of are desirable as are introductory courses in sity of Toulouse instructor. Rothschild cartography and computer science. 554, 555 Seminar in Nineteenth-Century Program requirements: thesis and, normally, GMA 421, 502, 591 or 592. Specializations Literature (I and II, 3! Pre: graduate status or permission of instructor. Touloudis and Chartier French studies which include French litera­ For courses, see Marine Affairs, p. 64. ture, French-Canadian literature, Black-French 564 Seminar in Modern Poetry !I. 3! Pre: studies, linguist!cs. graduate status or permission of instructor. Waters Master of Arts 565 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Theatre Geology (JI. 3) Pre: graduate status or permission of in­ Admission requirements: GRE or MAT, 24 se- M.S. ' structor. Waters mester hours or equivalent, of French, of which a minimum of nine must be literature. 566 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Prose Graduate Faculty Program requirements: thesis, eight 500-level (I, 3! Pre: graduate status or permission of in­ courses and comprehensive examination; or, structor. Waters Chairperson: Professor J. Allan Cain, Ph.D., for non-thesis program, ten 500-level courses ?94 Special Topics (I and II, 3! Group and/or 1962, Northwestern University inc_l~din~01;~ cour~e with a major paper re­ md1vidual mvestigation of special problems in ProfessorJohnJ. Fisher, Ph.D .. 1967, University qumng significant mdependent research, and French language, literature and civilization. of North Carolina comprehensive examination. A maximum of Pre: acceptance of a project by a member of the Professor 0. Don Hermes, Ph.D., 1967, nine credits from 400-level courses may be staff and departmental approval. Staff University of North Carolina counted toward the thesis or the non-thesis Associate Professor Jon C. Boothroyd, Ph.D .. program. 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II! Num­ 1974, University of South Carolina ber of credits is determined each semester in Associate Professor Reinhard K. Frohlich, FRN Courses consultation with the major professor or pro­ Ph.D .. 1966, University of Oausthal-Zellerfeld French gram committee. SIU credit. Assistant Professor Daniel P. Murray, Ph.D., 1976, Brown University 402 French Phonetics m,3! 411 Medieval Literature (I, 3! Specializations 422 Sixteenth-Century Literature (I or II, 3! Geography 433 Seventeenth-Century Literature (IJ 3) M .A. Coastal geomorphology: analysis of coastal 443 Eighteenth-Century Literature U, 3! land-forms using wave tank and field tech­ 453 Nineteenth-Century Literature Until niques, remote sensing aerial and satellite im­ 1848 (I, 3) Graduate Faculty agery. Emphasis on Rhode Island barrier 454 Nineteenth-Century Literature Since Chairperson: Professor Lawrence Juda, Ph.D .. beaches, Cape Cod, and barrier islands of At­ 1848 (I, 3) lantic coast. 461 Twentieth-Century Theatre III. 3! 1973, Columbia University Professor Lewis M. Alexander , Ph.D., 1949, Sedimentology: emphasis on field projects. 465 Twentieth-Century Prose a,3! al Measurement of Recent barrier and 473 French-Canadian Literature III, 3) Clark University Professor Aloys A. Michel. Ph.D., 1959, lagoonal processes and investigation of 474 Black Literature in French (IJ, 3! Columbia University lithofacies. 480 Business French (I or II, 3! Associate Professor Niels West, Ph.D., 1973, bl Recent braided rivers and alluvial fans. 497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each! Rutgers - The State University cl Depositional systems of ancient rocks. French/Geology 53

.; Glacial geology: sedimentary aspects of 485 (or CVE 485) Engineering Geophysics 542 Plant Micropaleontology (II, 3) Concen­ Pleistocene and Recent glacial paleoenviron­ m,3! trated study of plant microfossils with primary ments of New England and Alaska ; environ ­ 487 Quantitative Geology m, 3! emphasis on taxonomy, morphology, ecology, mental mapping. and stratigraphic occurrence. 510 Coastal Geomorphology (11, 3! Coastal (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Petrology- geochemistry:field and laboratory Pre: 541 or permissionof instructor. Offered in petrologic studies in the New England ,Ap­ development and interpretation in relation to endogenetic and exogenetic shore processes. spring of odd calendar years. Staff palachians and elsewhere, including petro­ Experimental model wave tank studies and ap­ genesis of volcanic , plutonic, and meta­ 550 Sedimentary Processes (II, 3) Physical plied field studies . (Lee. 3) Pre: 410, 450, or per­ morphic rocks. and chemical processes of sedimentation with mission of instructor. Offeredin spring of odd Structure and tectonics: deformation at emphasis -on fluvial, beach, and estuarine en­ calendar years. Fisher regional and microscopic scales; relationship vironments. Stress on field applications of theory, with independent project and reading . (Lee. 3) between deformation and metamorphism; em­ 512 Geologic Terrain Remote Sensing (II, 3) phasis on New England tectonics. Application of remote sensing to terrain analy­ Pre: 450 or permissionof instructor. Offered in Geohydrology: analysis of geologic factors af­ sis, utilizing photo-optical instrument analysis spring of odd calendaryears. Boothroyd fecting groundwater quantity and quality , of satellite imagery, aerial photography , radar 553 Basin Analysis (II, 3) A depositional sys­ utilizing geologic and hydrologic mapping , and multispectral imagery of geomo'rphologic, . terns and fades model approach to interpreta­ subsudace geoelectric and sudace-flow field coastal, geohydrologic, structural, environ­ . tion of sedimentary rocks. In-depth study of surveys and environmental impact studies. mental, and extraterrestrial terrains. (Lee. 2, various ancient depositional basins using Applied geophysics:gravity and magnetics Lab. 2) Pre: 410 or 303 or permissionof instruc­ models developed from recent sedimentary en- related to structural and plutonic geology in tor. Offeredin spring.of e,,encalendar years. . vironments. Field trips. (Lee. 3) Pre: 450 or per­ southern New England . Near-surface geo­ Fisher mission of instructor. Offered in·spring of e,,en calendar years. Boothroyd physics such as geoelectrics , gravity , and 515 Glacial Geology (I, 3) Investigation of refraction seismic for groundwater and related late Cenozoic glaciation including areas with 555 Biostratigraphy (1, 3) Principles and topics . presently existing glaciers. Primary stress on methods used to analyze and interpret areal Stratigraphy-paleontology:(new faculty mem­ sedimentology and geomorphology of glacial and time relationships of stratified rocks and ber to be appointed) deposits. Field trips in New England area ._ history of life contained in the rocks. (Lee. 2, Planetarygeology: origin and history of (Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 450 or permissionof instruc­ Lab. ;3!Pre: 440 and 450 or permissionof instruc­ chasms, channels, and valleys of Mars . tor. Boothroyd tor. Staff Remote sensing: applied remote sensing using optical and computer analysis of satellite 525 Advanced Mineralogy and Petrography 565 Advanced Interpretation in Applied imagery and aerial photography in geomo:c­ m,3) Crystal-chemical ·relationships of the Geophysics (II, 3) Interpretation of geophysi­ phology, and coastal, structural, extraterres­ petrologically important mineral groups and cal data using theoretical models. Reflection, trial, .and environmental geology. advanced petrographic study (including U-stage refraction, and sudace propagation of seismic Resourceand environmental studies: relevant methods) of textures, and mineral reactions. energy. Computer analysis of gravity and mag­ aspects of the above specializations. (Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 321 or permissionof instruc­ netic potential data. D.C. geoelectrical poten­ tor. Offeredin spring of e,,en calendar years. tial over horizontally stratified medium. (Lee.2 , Individual programs may include courses Hennes Lab. 2! Pre: MTH 243, PHY 214, GEL 465 or and/or research in conjunction with the equivalent coursein physics with permission of in­ 527 Analytical Geochemistry 3! Funda­ Graduate School of Oceanography and other m, structor. Offered in spring of odd calendar years. departments; interdisciplinary studies are en­ mentals and principles of rapid chemical ana­ lyses of geological materials. Application of Frohlich couraged. atomic absorption spectroscopy, selected 566 Seismology and Plate Tectonics (11, 3) gravimetric methods, and miscellaneous tech­ Earthquakes, intensity and magnitude de­ Master of Science niques currently used in student research. termination, fault plane solution; earth 's in­ (Lee. 1, Lab. 6) Pre: CHM 212 and senior status, terior, crustal and upper mantle structure Admission requirements: GRE and bachelor's or permissionof instructor. Hermes related to plate boundaries. Seismic zones and degree in science or -engineering. By the end of margins of tectonic plates. Earthquake control the first year, students lacking an undergradu­ 530 Igneous Petrology (II, 3) Tectonic and chemical bases for igneous phenomena stress­ and prediction. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: MTH 142, ate major equivalent of the bachelor of science PHY 214, GEL 465, or equivalent coursein degree in geology will be required to demon­ ing the association concept of igneous activity . Evaluation of the criteria used in petrogenetic physics or mathematics with permissionof instruc­ strate , through coursework and/or qualifying tor. Offered in spring of even calendaryears . interpretations. (1..&;, 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 321 or per­ examinations, comparable knowledge of geol­ Frohlich ogy and related fields. mission of instructor. Offeredin spring of even Programrequirements : thesis, oral com­ calendar years. Hennes 570 Structural Analysis (I, 3) Mapping and geometric analysis of structures in variably prehensive examination, departmental semi­ 531 Metamorphic Petrology (I, 3) Fades deformed terrains. (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 370, nar (for no program credit) , defense of thesis. concept and other methods of interpreting metamorphic mineral assemblages . Chemical 321, 480, or permissionof instructor. Offered in GEL Courses and fabric changes during metamorphism, in­ fall of e,,en calendar years. Murray Geology cluding principles of structural petrology. (Lee.2, 571 Structural Petrology (11, 3) The evolu­ Lab. 3) Pre: 321 or permissionof instructor. tion of rock fabric as a consequence of de­ 401 Ore Deposits (11,3) Murray formation and metamorphism. (Lee. 2, Lab. 1! 410 Geomorphology (1, 4) Pre: 370, 321 or perminion of instructor. Offered 541 Animal Micropaleontology (I, 3) Con­ 422 Intermediate Mineralogy-Petrology in spring of odd calendar years. Murray (1, 3) centrated study of animal microfossils with primary emphasis on taxonomy , morphology, 577 Coastal Geologic Hazards (11, 3) Geo­ 440 Introduction to Paleontology (1, 4! 450 Introduction to Sedimentation and ecology, and stratigraphic occurrence . (Lee. 2, logic hazards in the coastal zone and their im­ Stratigraphy (1, 4) Lab. 3) Pre: 440 or permissionof instructor. pact on society. Includes waves, storm-surge, 465 Introduction to Geophysics (1, 3) Offered inf all of e,,en calendar years. Staff mass-wasting, and sea level rise. Geologic 475 Geology of Petroleum (II, 3) effectiveness of engineering structures and management techniques. Emphasis on field 54 Graduate Programs

study. !Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 450 or permissionof to choose students from various disciplines for Assistant Professor Charles E. Daniel, Jr., instructor. Offered in spring of even calendar each entering group. Each student is expected Ph.D., 1968, Ohio State University years. Boothroyd to develop a thorough understanding of four Assistant Professor Michael W. Honhart, basic areas: Ph.D., 1972, Duke University 580 New England Geology !I, 3) Review of 1. The processes of aging in the human Assistant Professor Teresa Murphy, Ph.D., the bedrock geology of New England, and its being, including physiological and psycho­ 1982, Yale University applications for the Appalachian/Caledonides motor changes and the psychological effects of Adjunct Associa~e Professor Albert T. Klyberg, mountain chain and theories of orogenesis. those processes on the individual; Ph.D., 1967, University of Michigan !Lee. 3) Mandatory field trips. Pre: 104, 370, 2. The social setting in which the aging in­ Professor Emeritus William D. Metz, Ph.D., 321 or permissionof instructor. Offered in fall of dividual lives and operates and the conse­ 1945, University of Wisconsin odd calendar years. Murray quences of his interaction with this en- 585 Geohydrology !I, 3) Groundwater hyd­ . vironment; Specializations rology and drainage basin analysis related to 3. The overall organization of society in­ geomorphology, glacial geology, and environ­ cluding extended family structures and the History of the United States; history of Europe; mental impact. Analysis of water resources in private and state agencies which serve the ag­ Third World history. These three areas of various geologic environments. Geophysical ing specifically or which deal with elderly specialization include courses in: American, methods of investigation. !Lee. 3) Pre: 302 or clients as part of a larger population served; diplomatic, East Asian, Africai;i, black, Latin 410 and 450 and permissionof instructor. Offered 4. The prevailing cultural ideologies, in­ American and women's history; imperialism; in spring of even calendar years. Fisher cluding persistent myths and stereotypes of history of science; modern English history; 590 Special Problems !I and II, 1-3! Ad­ aging, and how these collective beliefs in­ modern European history; state and local vanced work under the supervision of a mem­ fluence the quality of life of the aged. history. ber of the staff arranged to suit the individual In addition to the program requirements The master's program in history is largely in­ requirements of the student. !Lee. and/or Lab. listed under the participating degree program, dividually structured with directed studies, accordingto tbe nature of tbe problem)Pre: per­ specialization requirements include: SOC 438 seminars, colloquiums, and tutorials. With a mission of instructor. Staff Aging in Society or PED 564 Physiology of Ag­ tutorial, the graduate student will audit the ing; HCF ~20 Developmental Issues in Later lectures of a 300-level course and, in addition, 591 Special Problems !I and II, 1-3! Ad­ Adulthood; a third course to be taken within will meet in tutorial sessions with the lecturer vanced work under the supervision of a mem­ the student's individual degree program which in order to pursue the topic at greater depth. ber of the staff, arranged to suit the individual addresses the issues of aging in relation to the For tutorials, the student may register for HIS requirements of the student. (Lee.and/or Lab. skills or knowledge of that discipline. Each 502 or 503 (if the 300-level course deals with accordingto tbe nature of tbe problem)Pre: per­ student must also participate in a common European history), HIS 536 or 537 (if the . mission of instructor. SIU credit. Staff practicum seminar and complete at least six 300-level course deals with American history), 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II) Num­ credit hours of the research or practicum re­ or HIS 588 or 589 (if the 300-level course deals .ber of credits is determined each semester in quirement specified in the program require­ with Third World history). These 500-level consultation with the major professor or pro­ ments for the participating department. tutorial courses may be repeated for different gram committee. SIU credit. 300-level courses in each area, but no more than five of these tutorials will be permitted in Note: for other reiated coursessee OCG 540, 544, the graduate program. Tutorial arrangements 545, 625, 628, 629, 641, 642, 645, 646, 647, History must be made with the instructor at the begin­ 648, 649, 650, 651, 652, 653, 654, 678, 681 and ning of the semester. For a listing of the CVE 587, 588. M.A. 300-level courses, see the Undergraduate Bulletin. Graduate Faculty Gerontology Chairperson:Professor Joel A. Cohen, Ph.D., Master of Arts 1967, University of Connecticut Admission requirements:GRE (advanced test · Director: Professor Donald L. Spence, Ph.D., Director'of graduate studies: Assistant Professor desirable) and bachelor's degree with at least 1965, University of Oregon Gino Silvestri, Ph.D., 1969, Syracuse 24 credits in history. Majors in related fields University may be admitted with permission of the The gerontology program blends a strong Professor Josiah M. Briggs,,Ph.D., 1962, department. and comprehensive gerontolpgical background Columbia University Program requirements:thesis option (30 credit with the various professional skills offered in Professor Frank Costigliola, Ph.D., 1973, Cornell hours) to include four courses at 500 level, at six University master's degree programs. It is University least two of which must be colloquiums and designed to prepare professional practitioners Professor James F. Findlay, Jr., Ph.D., 1961, one must be a seminar. Both options require to serve their older clients with a high level of Northwestern University an oral examination. The non-thesis option excellence and understanding. The program is Professor Robert M. Gutchen, Ph.D., 1966, also requires a four-hour written examination. limited to 15 new students annually with ac­ Columbia University Two courses in a related field are allowed. ceptance into one of the following degree pro­ Professor Chong Sun Kim, Ph.D., 1965, University of Washington grams as a prerequisite: Education (Adult Cooperative Program (M.A. and M.L.I.S.J Education); Home Economics Education; Hu­ Professor Maurice N. Klein, Ph.D., 1965, Emory University man Development, Counseling and Family By proper selection of coursework, a student Professor Sharon H. Strom, Ph.D., 1969, Cornell Studies; Nursing; Physical Education; Textiles, may earn simultaneously the degrees of Mas­ University Clothing and Related Art. Please see the list­ ter of Arts in history and Master of.Library Professor Gary Thurston, Ph.D., 1973, Columbia ing of the above programs to determine ad­ and Information Studies. University mission and program requirements. Admission requirements:GRE (advanced test Professor Robert G. Weisbord, Ph.D., 1966, Although scholarship and interest in the desirable) and other requirements listed for New York University Graduate School problems of aging are primary factors in con­ history and library science. Applicant must ap­ Associate Professor Richard A. Roughton, sidering applicants, every effort will be made ply and be accepted in both programs. Ap- Ph.D., 1971, University of Maryland Gerontology/Home Economics Education 55

plications (in quadruplicate) should indicate ' Professor Patricia S. Kelly, Ph.D., 1969, Ohio 507 Curriculum Develop~ent !I or II, 3) History/Library and Information Studies as the State University New developments in curriculum planning as field of specialization. related to organization and administration of Programrequirements: student must submit Specializations comprehensive and occupational home eco­ individual 30-credit (minimum) programs of nomics and other vocational programs; evalu­ study for each degree that satisfy specific core Innovative practices in methods and teach­ ation as it relates·to an effective program. !Lee.3) requirements for these programs. Since a max­ ing techniques; curriculum development with Pre: one year teaching experienceor pennission of imum of six credits of coursework may be specialization in middle schoql, secondary, adult, instructor. In alternat11years. Kelly jointly used to satisfy degree requirements, a recurrent, consumer, and nutrition education; 508 Slipervision of Student Teachers !I or II, 3) minimum of 54 credits total is required to teacher education and supervision; gerontology. satisfy the requirements for both degrees. For teachers desiring to supervise students preparing for provisional certificates in agricul­ Master of Science ture, business, distributive education, or home HIS Courses economics. Meets requirements for a Critic History Admission requirements:bachelor's degree Teacher Certificate in the areas listed. !Lec.-3) with a concentration in home economics edu­ Pre: at least one year's teachingexperience and 451 Historical Society and Museum cation or a related home economics subject pennission of department. In alternate years. Administration !II,3) area; GRE with advanced test in education. Kelly· Programrequirements: for thesis option (30 500 Colloquium in Selected Topics in His­ 509 Seminar in Home Economics Educa­ tory !I or II, 3) Intensive study of major inter­ credits): HED 506, 509, 507 or EDC 582, HED tion !I or II, 3) Study of current trends and is­ pretive works in various thematic, cross­ elective, research methods course, basic knowledge of statistics, four-hour written sues as they affect home economics education; national topics. !Sem.JPre: graduate or senior critical study of research literature and tech­ standing, permissionof instructor. Staff comprehensive examination, and two-hour oral defense of thesis. niques appropriate to solution of problems. 502, 503 Special Readings in European His­ For non-thesis option (36 credits): HED 506, !Lee. 3) In alternate years. Kelly tory !I and II, 3 each) Intensive tutorial work, 509, 507 or EDC 582, HED elective, research 531 {or FSN 531) Teaching of Nutrition !I or research, and readings in European history. methods course, four-hour written compre­ II, 3) Development of curriculums ip. nutrition Pre:graduate standing and pennission of instruc­ hensive examination, actio_nresearch project, education for teachers in grades K-12 and ap­ tor. Concurrent audit of paral/el 300-levelcourse and oral presentation of action research propriate programs for community nutrition required.May be repeated. Staff project. . educators. Emphasis on innovative teaching 505 Seminar in Selected Topics in History Other courses may be chosen in accordance techniques using latest nutrition knqwledge. !I or II, 3) Intensive research on selected them­ with student's background, interests, and !Lee. 3) Pre:graduate standing and pennission of atic, cross-national topics. !Sem.JPre: graduate needs. Courses may be selected in an allied department. Dymsza and Kelly field such as adult or extension education or or senior standing, permissionof instructor. Staff 532 {or CNS 532) Consumer Education !II, 3) in a subject matter area of home economics. 536, 537 Special Readings in American His­ Curriculum development in consumer prob­ tory !I and II, 3 each) Intensive tutorial work, lems for teachers in grades K-12 and for adult research, and readings in American history. General Information education. Application of current consumer Pre:graduate standing and pennission of instruc­ information and issues through the use of in­ tor. Concurrentaudit of parallel 300-levelcourse This program, leading to the Master of nov;itive teaching strategies. !Lee. 3) Pre: CNS required.May be repeated. Staff Science degree, allows individuals flexibility in 320, HED 334 or its equivalent and pennission of the selection of courses to meet their needs instructor. Staff 544 Colloquium in Labor History and interests. Personalized plans of study with See Labor Studies 544. an emphasis on instruction, curriculum, super­ 586, 587 Problems in Home Economics vision, and research can be developed around Education !I and II, 3 each) Advanced work ,588, 589 Special Readings in Third World for graduate students in home economics edu­ History (I and II, 3 each) Intensive tutorial a thesis or action research option. cation. Conducted as seminars or as super­ work, research, and readings in Third World A student may elect a secondary concentra­ vised individual projects. !Lee. or Lab.J Pre: history. Pre: graduate standing and pennission of tion in an associated home economics area permissionof department. Staff instructor. Concurrentaudit of parallel 300-le,,el such as textiles and clothing, child devel­ courserequired. May be repeated.-Staff opment and family relations, nutrition, con­ 595 Masters Project: Action Research !I and sumer affairs, gerontology, education, or adult II, 1-6) Candidates plan and carry out an ac­ 591 Directed Study or Research (I and II, 3) education. tion research project approved by the instruc­ Directed readings, research, or study designed The home economics education program tor. Number of credits is determined each se­ to meet the particular needs of individuals or also offers courses to meet the Rhode Island mester in consultation with major professor. A small groups of graduate students. Staff · certification requirements for a permanent maximum of six credits is allowed. Pre: admis­ 599 Masters Thesis Research !I and IIJ Num­ teaching certificate. sion to a master's program in borneeconomics ber of credits is determined each semester in education, a coursein researchmethod~ and per­ consultation with the major professor or pro: HED Courses , mission of instructor. Kelly gram committee. SIU credit. Home Economics Education 599 Masters Thesis Research !I and IIJ Num­ 4 78, 479 Problems in Home Economics ber of credits is determined each semester in - Education {I and II, 1-3 each) consultation with the major professor or pro­ gram committee. SIU credit. Home Economics Education 491 Teaching Home Economics: Adults !II, 3) M.S. 506 Instructional Communications (I or II, 3) Selection, organization, and use of instruc­ tional materials, methods, and techniques for Graduate Faculty effective home economics teaching in a formal or informal educational setting. (Lee. 3) In al­ Chairperson:·Professor John V. Long, Jr., ternate years. Kelly Ph.D., 19~1. Syracuse University 56 Graduate Programs

CNS Courses Associate Professor Thomas J. Gunning, Programrequirements: A minimum of 45 Consumer Studies Ed.D., 1966, Boston University hours of approved graduate courses, including Associate Professor Jerome A. Schaffran, a 30-hour core and 15 hours of approved elec­ 401 Consumer and Managerial Problems of Ph.D., 1971, University of Iowa tives depenqing on previous training and Families with Special Needs (II, 3) Assistant Professor Karen A. Schroeder, background, and a comprehensive examina­ 420 Consumer Protection !l, 3) Ph.D., 1977, University of Connecticut tion. This program involves intense clinical 422 Current Consumer Topics !ll, 3) Associate Professor Emeritus, Alfred C. practice and a year-long internship at co­ 457 (or HLT 457) Health and Safety Issues Pascale, Ed.D., 1958, Boston University operating agencies or the department's Family of Consumer Products (I or II, 3) - Therapy Clinic; therefore, full-time students 470 Special Problems !I and II, 2-4! Counseling are preferred. Deadline for admission is Apr! 1. Professor Peter E. Maynard, Ph.D., 1969, 532 Consumer Education State University of New York, Buffalo See Home Economics Education 532. Associate Professor Thomas J. Gunning, Counseling 570 Special Problems !l, 3) Advanced study Ed.D., 1966, Boston University Admission requirements:GRE or MAT, mini­ to be selected from areas of home manage­ Associate Professor. Jerome A. Schaffran, mum of twelve semester hours in the be­ ment theory and its application, work sim­ Ph.D., 1971, University of Iowa havioral sciences (to include background in plification, family economics, and equipment. Professor Franklin Zweig, Ph.D., 1966, Brandeis developmental theory, personality theory, and !Lab. TBA! Staff University; J.D., 1975, State University of abnormal psychology), and personal inter­ New York, Buffalo view. Subspecializations are available in men­ Associate Professor Emeritus Alfred C. Pascale, tal health counseling, college student person­ Ed.D., 1958, Boston University nel services in higher education, elementary Human Development, and secondary school counseling, and Counseling and Specializations gerontological counseling. Teacher certifica­ tion is required for school counseling. Family Studies Human development and family studies; Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ marriage and family therapy; counseling. M.S. tion. Miriimum 45-credit-hour program. HCF 450, 551, 554, 560, 562, graduate research Human Development and Family Studies course, such as EDC 529, HCF 570, PSY 505, Graduate Faculty and either thesis (HCF 599, 6 credits) or in­ Admission requirements:GRE or MAT and 18 ternship (HCF 583-584, 6 credits with concur­ Chairperson:Associate Professor Jerome A. undergraduate credit hours distributed among rent registration in HCF 580-581, six credits); Schaffran, Ph.D., 1971, University of Iowa at least three of the following areas: human Additional courses planned with adviser ac­ Human Developmentand Family Studies development and family studies, psychology, cording to subspecialization. The total number Coordinator:Professor Stewart Cohen, Ph.D., sociology, biology, and education. Subspeciali­ of credits required may vary according to the 1967, Purdue University zations are available in human development, professional experience of the individual or Professor George T. Fitzelle, Ph.D., 1952, early childhood education, family studies, and the requirements of various certifying bodies. Cornell University gerontology. College Student Personnel: HCF 567, 568, Professor Gwenneth Rae, Ed.D., 1972, Programrequirements: 24 course hours plus 6 higher education law and college student de­ University of California credits toward thesis or 6 related action re­ velopment coursework. Mental Health Coun­ Professor Donald L. Spence, Ph.D., 1965, search credits (30 credit hours total minimum) seling: HCF 535, 553, alcohol and family University of Oregon ;ind comprehensive examination. coursework. Gerontological Counseling: HCF Professor Franklin Zweig, Ph.D., 1966, Brandeis State ProvisionalCertification: Persons wish- 553, 555, 520, family coursework. School University; J.D., 1975, State University of . ing to meet state provisional certification re­ Counseling: HCF 550, 553, family coursework. New York, Buffalo quirements (Nursery to Grade 2) must apply Associate Professor Nancy Blackman, Ph.D., for admission to teacher certification (non­ HCF Courses 1976, University of Maryland degree status). Official transcripts of all previ­ ous coursework, plus two letters of rec­ Human Development, Counseling and Assistant Professor Anne Christner, Ph.D., Family Studies 1983, University of Massachusetts ommendation are required. As a prerequisite Assistant Professor Phillip G. Clark, 1979, to enrolling in courses which meet certification 400 Child Development: Advanced Course Sc.D., Harvard University requirements, accepted applicants must com­ !land II, 3! Assistant Professor Karen A. Schroeder, plete or have completed the equivalent of an 406 Growth and Development During Ph.D., 1977, University of Connecticut undergraduate degree in HCF. Infancy !l, 3! Professor Emerita Mollie S. Smart, Ph.D., 420 Human Development During Adulthood 1970, University of Delhi Marriage and Family Therapy (I and II, 3) Professor Emeritus Russell C. Smart, Ph.D., 421 Death, Dying and Bereavement !ll, 3) 1938, University of Minnesota Admission requirements:GRE or MAT and at 422 Aging: Case Coordination !II, 3) Associate Professor Emerita Helen F. Greene, least 15 credits in family relations, develop­ 430 Family Interaction !land II, 3) Ph.D., 1954, Florida State University mental theory, personality theory, or family 431 Family and the Elderly !l, 3! sociology; at least two of the three letters of 432 Perspectives on Parenting !ll, 3) Marriageand Family Therapy recommendation attesting to observed experi­ 433 Family Life Education (JI, 3) Coordinator:Professor George T. Fitzelle, ence in a related field and to emotional sta­ 434 Children arid Families in Poverty !II, 3) Ph.D., 1952, Cornell University bility and maturity; and a personal interview. 435 Developmental Assessment in Early Professor Peter E. Maynard, Ph.D., 1969, Selection for admission to this specialization is Childhood !SS, 6! State University of New York, Buffalo highly competitive and enrollment is limited. 437 (or SOC 437) Law and Families in the Professor Gwenneth Rae, Ed.D., 1972, The program adheres to the standards estab­ United States !l, 3! University of California lished by the American Association for Mar­ 450 Introduction to Counseling (I and II, 3) Associate Professor Nancy B. Blackman, riage and Family Therapy

497, 498 Special Problems II and II, 1-3 each) search. /Lee. 3) Pre: 430, 570 or equivalent 563 Marital and Family Therapy I (I, 3! Ma­ jor theoretical perspectives, including system 500 Child Development Seminar (I or II, 3) graduate courseworkin family developmentor fa­ Intensive study of selected topics, such as de­ mily sociologyand permissionof instructor. theory as related to therapy . Communication velopment of cognitive processes, individual Maynard and relationship skills, negotiation and -be­ and group differences in development of lan­ 550 Vocational Information and Care~r De­ havioral contracting , treating specific rela­ tionship problems, therapy evaluation. (Sem. 3) guage , hereditary factors in physical growth. velopment (I or II, 3) Classification and Review papers by students presented to class. description of jobs and industries; study of oc­ Pre: 430 and permissionof inst,:uctor.Fit~elle /Lee. 3) Pre: 400 or permissionof department. cupational trends; needs of special groups en­ 564 Marital and Family Therapy II /II, 3! Staff tering the labor market; vocational devel­ Major contemporary theories of family ther­ 501 Seminar in Early Childhood Education opment theories and counseling for long-range apy and the development of family therapy as career planning. (Lee.3) Pre: 450 and graduate a unique intervention strategy; special con­ (I or II, 3) Seminar in trends and model pro­ standing. Staff · grams in early childhood education. Special sideration of issues and problems commonly confronted in conducting family therapy. (Lee.3) attention to substantive evaluation and pro­ 551 Counseling Theory and Techniques (I and Pre: 563. Maynard gram design issues for the professional early II, 3) Theoretical foundation and practice of childhood educator. /Lee. 3) Pre:student teach­ counseling and therapy in various settings . 565 Family Therapy Practicum (I or II, 3) ing or equivalent classroomexperience or consent /Lee. 3! Pre: graduate standing. Staff Supervised clinical experience in marriage and Rae family therapy. Case materials will be of instructor. 553 Counseling Practicum /I and II, 3! Ad­ 502 Cognitive Aspects of Early Childhood · hnced counseling and therapy issues. Multi­ presented by students and taped segment of actual counseling sessions will be reviewed. (I or II, 3) Impact of theory and research in ple sessions using tapes and critiques to assess cognitive development and its relation to lan­ growth and competence of the clinician. /Lee. 1, /Lee. 1, Lab. 5) Pre: 563, 564 and permissionof guage, learning, and thinking. Special atten­ Lab. 5) Pre: 450, 551, advancedstanding and instructor. Fitzelle tion to Piaget's impact on current research permissionof instructor. Limited enrollment. 567 Principles and Practices of Student Per­ and educational programs. (Lee.3) Pre: 200, Staff sonnel Services in Higher Education (I , 3) Rae Survey of the historical, psychological, or-· 201, or consent of instructor. 554 Individual Appraisal in Human Serv­ ganizational, and educational factors which SOS Theories and Issues in Human Sexual­ ices (IJ, 3) Nature of the appraisal process and have evolved and combined to form student ity (I or II, 3) Interdisciplinary inquiry into the data essential to understanding the educa­ significance of sexuality in human experience. tional, vocational, and social needs of persons. personnel work. /Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing Historical, cultural, and developmental issues Emphasis is on a team approach to counseling and permissionof instructor. In alternate years. in human sexuality. Implications for self un­ services and the utilization of case materials. Next offeredin fall 1986. Schaffran derstanding. (Lee.3) Pre: permissionof instruc­ /Lee. 3t Pre:551 and 570. Schaffran 568 Organization and Administration of tor. Blackman 555 Gerontological Counseling /I or II, 3) Student Personnel Services in Higher Edu­ 520 Developmental Issues in Later Life An overview of the pevelopmental process of cation (IJ, 3) Systematic analysis of current practices in the alignment and operation of (I or JI, 3) Theoretical and philosophical foun­ late'r life, particularly relevant to counselors dations for understanding the normal changes, and therapists . Clinical counseling implica­ student personnel services, with continuing re­ view of their interrelationships with the total pathological developments, clinical assess­ tions and therapeutic strategies will be empha ­ ments, and intervention strategies associated sized. /Lee. 3) Pre: 450, 420, or equivalent; educational program. /Lee. 3) Pre: 567. In alter­ with later life. /Sem.) Pre: graduate standing. graduate standing. In alternateyears. Next offered nate years. Next offeredin spring 1987. Schaffran Spence . fall 1986. Gunning 570 Research in Human Development and 527 Health Care Policy and the Elderly (JJ, 3) 559 Women and Therapy /I or II, 3) Tech­ Family Studies /I and IT,3) Historical, Present and future problems in policy devel­ niques for helping counselors and clients, opment to meet health care needs of the male and female, deal with issues and needs , philosophical, and procedural foundations of elderly. Consideration of historical aspects, growing out of society 's changing views about scientific inquiries into individuals and fami­ lies. Explores the various ways to acquire in­ demographic change, policy models . (Sem.) wo~en . Emphasis upon research therapist formation about human development and fa­ Pre:graduate standing. Clark self-awareness, and evaluation of current ther­ mily relationships. /Lee. 3) Pre: graduate stand­ apies . /Lee. 3) Pre: 450, 551. permissionof in­ 529 Practicum Seminar in Gerontology (I and structor. In alternate years. Next offeredspring • ing or permissionof department. Zweig II, 1) A seminar focusing on adult devel­ 580, 581 Professional Seminar in Coun­ opment and aging. It is. designed for graduate 1987. Rae seling /I and II, 3 each) A two-semester se­ students in gerontology to exchange results of 560 Group Procedures in Counseling /I and quence examining legal, ethical, and profes­ original research or practical experiences II, 3) Principles and techniques of group coun­ sional issues and standards related to counsel­ through reports and discussions. May be seling and therapy as applied to education, ing and therapy. Analysis of problems repeated up to a maximum of three times. Pre:. counseling, and student personnel work. A graduate standing or permissionof instructor. practical and theoretical approach with em­ encountered in the internship experience. phasis upon facilitation techniques, leadership Concurrentregistration in 583, 584. /Lee. 3) Pre: Kalymun advancedstanding and permissionof instructor. 530 Family Theory Seminar II or II, 3) Inten­ patterns, and counseling skills. /Lee. 3) Pre: 551 and permissionof instructor. Enrollment is Gunning, Fitzelle, Schaffran sive study of theories in the family field, in­ limited. Pascale 582 Field Experience in Human Develop­ tegrated with contemporary family issues, and ment and Family Studies (I or II, 3) Interdis­ family therapy. (Lee. 3) Pre: 430 or permissionof 5_62 Organization Development in Human ciplinary seminar and laboratory with observa­ .instructor. Rae Services /II, 3) Theory and technology of or­ ganization development as applied in human tion and supervised projects in field settings. 535 Families Under Stress: Coping and service agencies; entry diagnosis, implementa­ (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: permissionof department. Adaptation (I or II, 3) Theoretical models of tion, and evaluation strategies, skills practice Staff family interaction, development, and stress as in consulting and training; evaluation, and re­ 583, 584 Master's Internship (I and II, 3 or 6 applied to understanding of family behavior in search of change efforts. /Lee. 2, Lab. 4) Pre: each) Supervised field practice in mental health managing stress or events. Concepts of stress, or family age11cies,schools, or colleges to inte - vulnerability, adaptability, coping, regenera­ 560. Pascale tive power, social supports, and related re- 58 Graduate Programs

grate counseling and therapy theories and Adjunct Associate Professor David G. Olson, 433 UDE) Operations Research II III, 3) skills. Pre: concurrentregistration in 580 for 583, Ph.D. , 1971, Northwestern University 435 UDE) Introduction to Operations Re­ 581 for 584. Gunning, Maynard, Schaffran Visiting Associate Professor J. Gerin Sylvia, search II and II, 3) M.Ed. , 1969, Northeastern University 440 (IDE) Materials Processing and Metrology 590 Higher Education Law II or II, 3) An I III, 3) overview of federal and state legal systems' ef­ 441 (IDE) Metal Castings III, 3) fect on university administration and service Specializations 443 (IDE) Machining and Machine Tools II, 3) delivery. Reviews authorities and agencies, Operations resea,rch:mathematical pro­ 444 (IDE) Assembly and Handling Auto- major court decisions, and the application of mation III, 3) substantive and p~ocedural law principles. gramming, stochastic processes, queuing theory, simulation, networks, applied statistics and 446 UDE) Metal Deformation Processes II, 3) /Lee. 3) Pre;graduate standing or permissionof 448 UDE) Product Design for Manufactura­ instructor. Zweig probability, optimization, combinational models. bility III, 3J 595 Master's Project: Action Research II and Productionsystems: quality control. relia­ 491, 492 (IDE) Special Problems II and II, II, 1-6) Number of credits is determined each bility, inventory systems, sequencing and 1-6 each) semester in consultation with the major scheduling theory, production functions, fore­ 500 (IDE) Network Application in Indus­ professor. Minimum of six credits is required casting, line balancing, manufacturing sys­ trial Engineering III, 3) Industrial systems of students who have chosen the action-thesis tems, processing of materials, metrology, tool problems that can be f9rmulated in terms of option. One to six credits may be taken. SIU material research, NC, CAD/CAM, adaptive flows in networks. Critical path scheduling, credit. control of processing systems. transportation problems, allocation, sequenc­ 597, 598 Advanced Study II and II, 1-3 each) Materials processing:processing of materials, ing, line balancing, etc. /Lee. 3) Pre: 432 and Survey of important resear_chcontributions metrology, tool material research, NC, CAD/ permissionof instructor. In altetnate years. Shao significant to understanding of human devel­ CAM, adaptive control of processing systems. 510 (IDE) H¥manFactors III, 3) Analytic opment and relationships , /Lee. 1-3) Staff Other: robotic systems, assembly, manufac­ turing processes, design for manufacturability. relationships between man and his working 599 Masters Thesis Research II and II) Num­ Note: Most of the industrial engineering environment. Design of equipment, facilities, ber of credits is determined each semester in graduate courses are scheduled early in the and environmental controls to meet the capa­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ evening to accommodate students who are bilities and limitations of the human being. gram committee. Minimum of six credits is re­ employed on a full-time basis. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff quired of students who have chosen thesis op­ 513 (IDE) Statistical Quality Control II, 3) tion. SIU credit. Master of Science Topics in statistical quality control systems. Single, multiple, and sequential sampling. De­ HSS Courses Admission requirements:GRE and B.S. degree sign and analysis of a wide variety of statistical Human Science and Services in industrial engineering. An applicant with a control systems used in conjunction with dis­ B.S. degree in another field of engineering, or crete and contin~ous data, for several kinds of 491, 492 Special Problems II or II, 1-3) in mathematics, physics, chemistry, or com­ data emission. /Lee. 3) Pre: 412 or equivalent. 620 Evaluation Research in Human Serv­ puter science will be considered; generally Nichols such applicants will be required to complete ices II or II, 3) Role of evaluation research in · 514 (IDE) Special Topics in S.Q.C. II, 3) human services policy, planning and delivery. some deficiency courses. Quality control evaluation and monitoring sys­ Emphasis on commissioning and using the Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ tems for short-run production processes; anal­ results of evaluation. Examination of issues: tion. One course each in operations research ysis of critical specifications in small limited design, implementation, reporting, _follow-up and computer science, two courses in sample opportunities; sequential analyses; and ethical concerns. /Lee. 3) Pre: a coursein probability-statistics, or equivalent. Non­ statistical procedures for trouble shooting; thesis option requires a major paper involving researchor evaluation methodologyor permission small sample strategies. /Lee. 3) Pre: 412 or of the instructor. Staff significant independent research and a written _equivalentor permissionof instructor. Nichols comprehensive exarninatiop. 517 (IDE) Applied Control Theory in In­ dustrial Engineering II, 3) Complex control Industrial Engineering Doctor of Philosophy mechanisms will be studied and applied to Please see the listing under Applied Mathe­ production and manufacturing operation. Au­ M.S. matical Sciences on page 25. tomatic control systems for production and manufacturing will be designed and analyzed. Graduate Faculty /Lee. 3) Pre: 404, MTH 244 and permissionof in­ Special Financial Aid structor. Staff Chairperson:Professor Geoffrey Boothroyd, Research assistantships, part-time profes­ 520 (IDE) Material Handling II, 3) Develop­ Ph.D., 1962, D.Sc., 1974, University of sional employment in local industries and ment of principles for engineering design and London hospitals. evaluation of equipment to move industrial Professor Peter Dewhurst, Ph.D., 1973, mate~ials in and b~tween processes, including University ot Manchester IME Courses chemical and physical characteristics of mate­ Professor Winston S. Knight, Ph.D., 1967, rial to be handled, rates of material flow Birmingham University Industrial and Manufacturing En­ gineering queuing, and economics. /Lee. 3) Pre: MCE Professor Edward Nichols, Ph.D., 1958, Purdue 263, CVE 220, IDE 404. Staff University Associate Professor William D. Lawing, Jr., 404 (IDE) Engineering Economy II, 3) 525 UDE) Simulation Ph.D., 1965, Iowa State University_ 411 UDE) Engineering Statistics I II, 3) See Computer Science 525. 412 (IDE) Engineering Statistics II /II, 3) Associate Professor David M. Shao, Ph.D., 533 UDE) Advanced Statistical Methods for 1970, State University of New York, Buffalo 430 UDE) Design and Analysis of Compen- sation Systems III, 3) Research and Industry II, '3) Estimation and Adjunct Professor Charles C. Reynolds, Ph.D., testing; regression and correlation; analysis of 1963, Massachusetts Institute of Technology 432 UDE) Operations Research I II, 3) Industrial Engineering/International Studies 59

variance and related topics. Applications in in­ Prefor 555: 432 and permissionof instructor:for International Studies dustrial operations and engineering research. 556: 555 and permissionof instructor. In alter­ (Lee. 3! Pre: 411 or pennission of instructor. nate years. Staff International studies are represented by in­ Lawing 565 (IDE) Theory of Scheduling (II, 3! Se­ ternational orientations in many graduate·pro­ 535 (IDE) Industrial Reliability Engineer­ quencing problems, finite sequencing for a grams as well as by the specialized programs ing (IJ, 3! Theories of reliability applicable to single machine n/m job shop pro~lems with described below. Inquiries concerning inter­ the design and operations of manufacturing analytical and heuristic procedures; networks national orientations available through the processes and product quality assurance con­ applied to scheduling, queuing systems in various combinations of electives within exist­ trol systems . Quantitative analyses of eco­ scheduling, probabilistic scheduling problems . ing degree programs may be addressed to the nomic specifications, performarice levels, Survey of selected literature. (Lee. 3) Pre: per­ department in which the student plans to en­ maintenance levels, and redundancy systems. mission of instructor. In alternate years, next roll or to the Dean of the Graduate School. (Lee. 3! Pre: permissionof instructor. Nichols offered1985-86. Shao Further information may also be obtained from Donald McCreight, chairperson, Interna­ 540 UDE) Production Control and Inven­ 591, 592 (IDE) Special Problems (I and II, tory Systems a, 3! Theory and practice of in­ 1-6 each) Advanced work under supervision of tional Studies Committee; Melvin K. Hendrix, dustrial production control and inventory sys­ ·a member of the staff and arranged to suit the director of African and Afro-American tems. A broad spectrum of mathematical individual requirements of the student. (Lee: Studies; and Norman Coates, coordinator of models for static, dynamic, perpetual, and or Lab. accordingto the nature of the problem! the International Management specialization periodic inventory systems as they affect and Credits not to exceeda total of 12. Pre: permis­ in the M.B.A. program. relate to production. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof sion of department. Staff instructor. Staff Specializations 599 (IDE) Masters Thesis Research (I and IIJ 541 UDE) Materials Processing and Metrol­ Number of credits is determined each semes­ Master of Arts in Political Sciencewith Interna­ ogy II a, 3) Continuation of 440. Engineering ter in consultation with the major professor or tional Relations Specialization. The Department analyses in the processing of materials. Dy­ program committee . SIU credit. of Political Science offers courses in interna­ namic coupling, tool-work-piece interaction, 610 (IDE) Topics in Applied Queuing Theory tional relations and area studies enabling stu­ energy and thermal analysis; mechanics of ma­ (I, 3) Poisson and Erland queues, imbedded dents to fashion programs suitable to their terial removal and displacements, advanced chains, M/G/1 and G/M/1 queues, and related special interests. To insure an interdisciplinary topics in mechanical electrical systems for topics in queuing theory. Analysis of a wide approach, the department encourages stu­ processing of materials. (Lee. 3) Pre: 440 or per­ variety of queues with an applications orienta­ dents to take up to 12 credits of relevant mission of instructor. Staff tion. (Lee.3) Pre: 433 or permissionof instructor. course offerings in economics, history, geogra­ 542 (IDE) Introduction to Computer Aided In alternate years, next offered1985-86. Staff phy, or sociology. For requirements, see Politi­ cal Science. Manufacturing a, 3! Use of computers in 634 UDE) Design and Analysis of Indus­ manufacturing. Planning and control of manu­ \ trial Experiments (II, 3) Further development Graduate CertificateProgram in International facturing facilities and operations . Group tech­ of topics in arialysis of variance. Randomized DevelopmentStudies. A five-course, IS-credit nology, flow lines,.optimization of machining blocks, Latin squares and related designs, fac­ program leading to a. Graduate Certificate conditions, numerical and adaptive control, torial experiments, confounding and fractional awarded by the Dean of the Graduate School automation, robotic applications . (Lee. 3) Pre: replications, and split-plot designs. Design is offered in each spring semester by the 442 or pennission of instructor. Staff and analyses of engineering exJ?<:riments.(Lee. 3) Departments.of Economics, Geography, Politi­ 545 (IDE) Manufacturing Engineering: De­ Pre: 533. Lawing cal Science, and Resource Economics. African sign, Analysis, Synthesis (II, 3) Production 635 UDE) (or EST 635) Response Surfaces and Afro-American Studies and the Depart­ and logistic systems, quantitative models ment of Sociology and Anthropology also par­ and Evolutionary Operations (II, 3) Methods introduced in and applied to congestion prob­ of determining the response surface for multi­ ticipate in certain aspects of this program, lems, industrial planning, control , scheduling, ple factors over a specified range and tech­ which is designed to provide a supplemental. other problem areas of the industrial enter­ niques for seeking an optimum. First and sec­ interdisciplinary concentration on the prob­ prise. (Lee.3! Pre: 350 or pennission of instruc­ ond order response surfaces. Rotatable second lems and processes of modernization and in­ tor. Nichols order design. Central composite rotatable de­ ternational development. 550 (IDE) Advanced Topics in Probabilis­ signs. Multivariable EVOP programs and other Admission requirements:GRE and master's degree or equivalent, or concurrent enroll­ tic Operations Research (I or II, 3) Concepts topics in evolutionary operations. (Lee. 3) Pre: ment in a master's program in one of the par­ of simple random processes and their applica­ 533 or equival~t . Lawing tion in the analysis of industrial problems. ticipating fields. 660 (IDE) Methods of Optimization (I], 3) Random walk, branching processes, recurrent Programrequirements: interdisciplinary core Methods of optimization: indirect, direct seminar (REN 595 - Problems of Moderniza­ events, discrete and continuous Markov elimination, climbing. Geometric program­ tion in Developing Countries); two specialized chains, birth and death models and their ap.­ ming. Problems and other topics in applied seminars selected from PSC 510, ECN 566, plication to inventory, replacement, reliability, optimization . (Lee. 3! Pre: CSC 500 and permis­ and waiting line problems. (Lee.3) Pre: 411, REN 430; 3 credits of directed study selected sion of instructor. In alternate years, next offered from PSC 556, ECN 515, 516, REN 491, 492, MTH 215, or equivalent. Staff 1985-86. Staff or GMA 591, 592; and 3 credits of approved 555, 556 (IDE) Engineering Applications of 691, 692 UDE) Advanced Special Problems elective. When the graduate certificate is pur­ Mathematical Programming I and II (J and in Industrial Engineering (I and II, 1-6 each) sued concurrently with a master's degree, the II, 3 eacbJSensitivity analysis and pricing prob­ Advanced work under the supervision of a certificate credit requirements must be taken lems, practical problems in degeneracy and member of the staff and arranged to suit the in addition to all requirements for the master's duality, decomposition methods for large-scale individual requirements of the student. (Lee. degree. Completion of the master's degree systems, applied convex, integer, non-linear or Lab. accordingto nature of problems)Credits program is required to receive the certificate. and quadratic programming methods . An in­ not to exceeda total of 12. Pre: pennission of Requests for further information and for ap­ troduction to stochastic programming . (Lee. 3) department. Staff plication forms should be directed to the Dean of the Graduate School. Initial inquiries should indicate in which of the above dis- 60 Graduate Programs

ciplines and from which institution the appli­ Professor Craig E. Overton, Ph.D., 1971, Uni­ The program is designed for union, govern­ cant holds the master'' s degree, or whether he versity of Massachusetts ment, neutral or human resource management or she is interested in pursuing the master's Professor John J. Poggie, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, labor relations professionals, or for those stu- degree at this University concurrently with the University of Minnesota dents who aspire to such positions. . graduate certificate program, and where his or Professor Elton Rayack, Ph.D., 1957, University All students in the M.S. program prepare in her particular research interests lie. Such in­ of Chicago three general areas: (1) history and develop­ formation will assist the administering com­ Professor Sharon H. Strom; Ph.D., 1969, Cornell ment •of trade unions and industrial relations mittee in selecting an adviser for the student University systems (U.S. and international) and industrial and in designing a program adapted to his or Professor Stephen B. Wood, Ph.D., 1964, sociology; (2) labor and human resource eco­ her needs. Assistantships or scholarships are University of Chicago · nomics and protective legislation/programs; not available for participants in the graduate Professor Franklin Zweig, Ph.D., 1975, State and (3) collective bargaining, labor law, and certificate program as such, but may be held University of New York, Buffalo dispute settlement. by students who are concurrently enrolled in Associate Professor Roy Ageloff, Ph.D., 1975, Students in other graduate programs may one of the participating master's programs. University of Massachusetts find it rewarding and professionally desirable International developmentconcentration option Associate Professor Harold Barnett, Ph.D., to enroll in one or more of the labor relations within master's degree:the gr;iduate programs 1973, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and labor studies courses. in economics, geography and marine affairs, Associate Professor Nancy Blackman, Ph.D., • All courses will be offered in the· very late af­ political science, resource economics, and so­ • 1976, University of Maryland ternoon or evening hours in Providence and in ciology offer master's candidates an option Associate Professor Winifred E. Brownell, Kingston so that they are convenient for those · in international development. Students elect­ Ph.D., 1973, State University of New York, currently employed. Fi.Ill-time or part-time ing this option as part of their M.A. program Buffalo programs are available. are required to take the International Develop­ Associate Professor Andrew Laviano, J.D., ment Core Seminar (595) and six credits of 1982, New York University School of Law Mast~r of Science related electives. Associate Professor Blair M. Lord, Ph.D., 1975, University of California Admission requirements:GRE or MAT or • Associate Professor Arthur C. Mead, Ph.D., 'GMAT. Undergraduate majors in any field will 1978, Boston College be considered for admission. Those with social Labor Studies and Associate Professor Glenworth A. Ramsay, science, history, management, and labor Labor Relations Ph.D., 1974, Boston College studies majors are especially encouraged to ap­ Associate Professor Mary E. Reilly, Ph.D., ply, as are those with engineering, nursing, M.S. 1973, University of Massachusetts education, urban affairs, black studies, and Associate Professor Lawrence Rothstein, women's studies backgrounds, Professional Ph.D., 1976, University of Massachusetts experience in labor studies or labor relations Graduate Faculty Associate Professor Richard W. Scholl, Ph.D ., will carry additional weight in admission de­ Director, Labor ResearchCenter: Professor 1980, University of California, Irvine cisions. Charles T. Schmidt, Jr., Ph.D., 1968, Michi­ Associate Professor Beatrice Schultz, Ph.D., Programrequirements: A minimum of 36 • gan State University (Professor of Industrial 1969, University of Michigan credit hours plus requirements of 3 credits Relations) Associate Professor James L. St~rkey, Ph.D ., each in statistics and comput~r science which Professor Judith Anderson, Ph.D., 1970, Indiana 1971, Boston College may be met by prior coursework or examina­ University Associate Professor John F. Stevenson, Ph.D ., tion. The coursework is largely_prescribed and Professor Charles P. Armstrong, Ph.D., 1973,' 1974, University of Michigan leads to a set of core examinations for all de­ University of Arizona Melvin K. Hendrix, Director of African and gree candidates: Core Exam I - LRS/HIS 544, Professor Albert J. Della Bitta, Ph.D._, 1971, Afro-American Studies, M.A., 1971, Stan­ LRS/PSC 521, LRS/SOC 532; Core Exam II - University of Massachusetts ford University LRS/ECN 529; LRS/ECN 530, LRS 531; Core Professor Norman Coates, Ph.D., 1967, Cornell Assistant Professor John P. Burkett, Ph.D. , Exam III - LRS 541, 542, 543, 545; other re­ University 1981, University of California, Berkeley quired courses: LRS 580 and one of LRS 520 Professor William Croasdale, Ed.D., 1966, Assistant Professor Anne Christner, M.H.E., or PSC 503 or MGT 641. . Teacher's College, Columbia Univ~rsity 1974, University of Oklahoma Up to 12 credits in graduate-level courses Professor James F. Findlay, Jr., Ph.D., 1961, Assistant Professor Paul R. Florin, Ph.D ., may be substituted for any of these courses Northwestern University 1981, George Peabody College of Vanderbilt except LRS 580, with the approval of the · Professor Carl Gersuny, Ph .D., 1968, Western University center's director, The approval will be based Reserve University Assistant Professor Michael W. Honhart, upon evidence that the student has mastered Professor Timothy M. Hennessey, Ph.D., Ph.D., 1972, Duke University the material in the courses, which may be 1968, University of North Carolina Assistant Professor Leonard P. Lardaro, Ph.D ., provided by proficiency examinations, ex­ Professor Jeffrey E . Jarrett, Ph.D., 1967, New 1979, Indiana University perience, previous coursework, or a combina­ York University Assistant Professor Charles Latos, Ph.D., tion of these. Any student making such a sub­ Professor Hesook S. Kim, R.N., Ph.D., 1977, 1977, Brown University stitution will continue to be responsible for Brown University Assistant Professor Karen E. Murphy, Ph.D., the successful completion of the core examina­ Professor Maurice N. Klein, Ph.D., 1965, 1977, University of S. California tions in the three areas required of all Emory University Assistant Professor Teresa Murphy, Ph.D., stuoents, Professor Albert}. Lott, Ph.D., 1958, University 1982, Yale University of Colorado Assistant Professor Yngve Ramstad, Ph.D ., LRS Courses Professor Bernice Lott, Ph.D., 1954, Univer­ 1981, University of California, Berkeley Labor Studies sity of California, Los Angeles Assistant Professor Roger Severns, M.A ., Professor Peter E. Maynard, Ph.D., 1969, 1977, University of Nebraska, Lincoln 520 Labor Union Government and Struc­ State University of New York, Buffalo Assistant Professor Gail A. Shea, Ph.D., 1975, ture II and II, 3) Structure, functions, respon­ Professor Josephine F. Milburn, Ph.D., 1956, Brown University · sibilities, and programs of unions and union Duke University Adjunct Assistant Professor Amy Tabor, J.D ., leadership. Emphasis on policies and decision- 1975, Northeastern University Labor Studies and ~abor Relations/Languages 61

making. Evaluation of labor and management~ 544 (or HIS 544) Colloquium in Labor His­ · 485, 486 Special Studies (I and II, 3 each) performance. Consideration of administrative -:,-­ tory (I or II, 3! Selected topics in American la­ 497 Directed Study (I and II, 1-3! problems associated with grow.th of white col- bor history with an emphasis on the most re­ 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3! lar unions. !Lee. 3) Pre 544 or concurrentenroll­ cent literature in the field. (Sem.JPre: graduate 586 Seminar in German Studies (I, II and ment. Staff standing or permissionof instructor. Findlay or SS, 3) Topics in German literature and civiliza­ 521 (or PSC 521) Internakonal and Com­ Strom tion. Pre:graduate status or permissionof in­ parative Trade Unions and Labor Relations 545 Labor Dispute Settlement m,3) Read­ structor. Staff !I 3) or II, .Comparative labor and industrial re­ ing, procedures, and cases in the settlement of 598 Directed Studies (I, II and SS, 1-3) Indiv­ lations systems, including union, management labor disputes in both private and public sec­ idual research on problems of special interest. and government functions and roles; also the tors. Emphasis on arbitration, mediation, and Pre:graduate status, acceptanceof a proiect by a functions of international organizations in la- fact-finding. !Lee. 3) Pre: 541, 542 or permis­ staff member, and departmental approval. Staff y bor relations. !Lee. 3) Pre: 544, 520 or per­ sion. Staff 901, 902 Reading Course in German for mission. Staff 579 (or EDC 579) Labor Relations and Col­ Graduate Students (I and II, OJ901: Funda­ 529 (or ECN 529) Human Resource Eco­ (I 3) lective Bargaining in Education or II, mentals of grammar and syntax necessary to nomics I !I, 3) Introduction to the theoretical Collective bargaining in public and private d_evelopreading knowledge. Assumes no prior and empirical literature related to human re­ educational sectors, K-12, higher education; knowledge of German. 902: Exercises in read­ source policy. Topics include human capital, literature, theory, practice, and legal founda­ ing scholarly and scientific texts. Staff segmented labor markets, and development and tions in education. Comprehensive case impact of unions. Pre:ECN 125 and 126. Rayack studies will be used. !Lee. 3) Croasdale 987, 988 German Play Production !SS, 1) Study and production of a German play or 530 (or ECN 530) Human Resource Eco­ 580 Professional Seminar: Labor Relations plays. Pre: 215, 216 or equivalent. Students may nomics II (II, 3) Analysis of key legislation !I or II, 3) Advanced labor relations seminar of registerconcurrently in 485, 486. Staff and public programs affecting the structure variable coverage and focus; adjusted yearly to and function of labor markets. In particular, consider most recent labor relations develop­ policies and programs related to training and ments. Ma;or researchpaper required. (Sem.J GRKCourses education, wage determination, job search, Pre: final semesterMSLR candidates only by per- Greek and unemployment. (Lee. 3) Pre: 529. Lardaro . mission. Staff 497, 498 Directed Study !I and II, 3! 531 Protective Labor Legislation !I or II, 3) 590, 591 Directed Readings and Research Analysis of legislation protecting worker in Labor Studies and Labor Relations (I, II, 3) ITL Courses health, employment, income security; indud­ Readings and research under the direction of Italian ing OSHA, workers' compensation, equal op­ LRC-associated faculty 'to meet individual stu­ portunity, fair labor standards, Walsh-Healy dent requirements. Restricted to master's in 408 The Italian Language (I or II, 3) and Davis-Bacon, pension funds, unemploy­ Labor Studies and Labor Relations graduate 455 Selected Italian Authors (I or II, 3) ment compensation, and social security. !Lee.3) students. Pre: permissionof the directorof the 465 Topics in Italian Literature (I or II, 3) Pre: 530 or permissionof department. Staff Labor ResearchCenter and the courseinstructor. 480 Business Italian (I or II, 3) Staff _532 (or SOC 532) Industrial Sociology m, 3) 481, 482 The Works of Dante Alighieri The social structure of industrial organiza­ !I and II, 3! tions; institutional patterns of conflict and 497, 498 Directed Study !I and II, 3 each) cooperation; the impact of the political proc­ ess; current issues in industry. !Lee. 3) Pre: Languages LAT Courses graduate standing or permissionof the depart­ Latin ment. Gersuny. The University offers Master of Arts degrees in Comparative Literature Studies, French, 497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each) 541 Labor Relations Law (I or II, 3) Legal and Spanish. framework for private and public sector collec­ tive bargaining. Regulation of activities with LIN Courses emphasis on individual rights, collective rights Comparative Literature Studies Linguistics M.A. and policy considerations of Federal and State -402 Syntactic Analysis (I and II, 3) courts, the NLRB, and State Labor Boards in See Comparative Literature Studies on p. 3Q.. 431 Applied Linguistics in the Language determining society's rights. Case studies. _ Laboratory !I, 1) !Lee. 3) Pre: 544 and 529, 530 or concurrent French 497, 498 Directed Study !I and II, 3 each) registration. Staff M.A. • The following are related, specializedcourses in 542 Labor Relations and Collective Bar­ See French on p. 52. historical linguistics offeredin.the Departments of gaining: Private Sector (I or II, 3) Private sec­ English and Languages. · tor collective bargaining literature, theories and Spanish practice. Bargaining approaches, techniques, ENG 530 History of the English Language and dynamics will be stressed through the M.A. FRN 503 History of the French Language analysis of comprehensive case studies. (Lee. 2, See Spanish on p. 94. GER 409 History of the German Language Lab. 2) Pre: 541 and 544 or permission. Staff ITL 409, 410 History of the Italian Language GER Courses SPA 409 History of the Spanish Language 543 Labor Relations and Collective Bar­ gaining: Public Sector !I or II, 31 Public sector Germari collective bargaining (state, municipal, federal, RUS Courses 409 History of the German Language (I, 3) Russian police, fire, K-12 education, and higher educa­ 421 Business German (I, 3) tion) theory, practice, and legal foundations. 441, 442 German Literature of the Eigh­ 460, 461 The Russian Novel (I and II, 3 each) Comprehensive case studies. (Lee. 2, Lab. 2) teenth Century (I and II, 3 each) 497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each! Pre: 542 or concurrentregistration or permission. 451, 452 German Literature of the Nine­ Staff teenth Century (I and II, 3 each) ,,

62 Graduate Programs

901, 902 Reading Course in Russian for Master of Library and Information Studies imum of six credits of coursework may be Graduate Students II and II, 0 each) 901: Fun­ jointly used to satisfy degree requirements, a damentals of grammar and syntax necessary Admission requirements:MAT or GRE and minimum of 54 credits total is required to to develop reading knowledge. Assum~ no_ the bachelor's degree. All materials required satisfy the requirements for both degrees. prior knowledge of Russian: 90~:.ExercISes m for application should be received by the translating scholarly and sc1entif1ctexts .. Staff Graduate School by November 15 for spring semester admission, February 15 for summer Cooperative Program admission, and April 15 for fall admission. (M.P.A. and M.L_.I.S.) Notification of acceptance or denial is mailed A second cooperative program permits joint Library and Information approximately six weeks after receipt by the enrollment in the M.L.I.S. and Master of Pub­ Studies Graduate School. lic Administration programs, each of which re­ ·Programrequirements: 36 credit hours consist- quires a minimum of 36 credits when taken M.L.I.S., D.A.L. . ing of: LSC 501, 502, 503, 504, and 505; one separately. The integrated pursuit o_fthe two course selected from LSC 520, 521, 522, or degrees makes it possible for 9 credits of ap­ 523· 18 hours of electives of which up to 9 propriately selected coursework from one pro­ Graduate Faculty ma; be taken in courses outs~de lib~aiy sc_ience gram to serve as electives in the other, ~nd_for when relevant to the students specialization; Acting Director, Graduate Schoolof Library and 6 credits of such coursework to be applied m one course with major paper requiring signifi­ the opposite direction. Thus, when planned Information Studies: Associate Professor cant independent research; written compre­ LucyV. Salvatore, M.S.L.S., 1958, University and taken jointly, the two programs can be hensive examination. Up to 21 hours may be completed with a total of 57 credits. of Illinois taken 'at the Regional Centers at University of Professor Daniel P. Bergen, Ph.D., 1970, Admission requirements:GRE and other re­ Connecticut, University of Massachusetts, in quirements listed for M.L.I.S. and M.P.A. Ap­ University of Minnesota Amherst or Boston, and the University of plicant must apply and be accepted ~ both Associate Professor Stewart P. Schneider, Cer­ New Hampshire. tificate in Advanced Librarianship, 1974, programs. Applications (in quadrupli~te) School of Library Service, Columbia must indicate M.L.I.S./M.P.A. as the field of University .. Diploma in Advanced Librarianship specialization. Associat.e Professor Jonathan S. Tryon, Certifi­ Programrequirements: Each student must Admission requirements:MAT or GRE and complete the required core courses for both cate in Advanced Librarianship, 1974, the master's degree in library science, or a Columbia University; J.D., 1981, Suffolk programs plus 3 credits of PSC 590 for the related field if prerequisites are made up; two M.P.A. and 3 credits chosen from LSC 520, University years of post-master's substantive library ex­ Associate Professor Lemuel B. Woods, Ph.D., 521, 522, or 523 for the M.L.I.S. Students perience; and evidence of high ~u~ty gradu­ 1977, University of Texas must file separate programs of study for each ate and professional work. Application dead­ degree, indicating the courses to be jointly Assistant Professor Lea M. Bohnert, M.A., lines are same as for M.L.I.S. 1947, University of Chicago counted. Each student must pass the separate Programrequirements: a minimum of ~0 comprehensive examination for each degree. Assistant Professor Patricia Jensen, Ph.D., credits in an individualized, coherent, mter­ 1983, University of Connecticut A student who fails to complete one of the disciplinary program developed in consulta­ programs may, of course, complete the other Assistant Professor Leena Siitonen, Ph.D., tion with a faculty adviser to accommodate 1984, University of Pittsburgh in accordance with the separate program of students in a wide variety of specializations in­ study. cluding academic libraries, public _libr~ries'. Specializations school library media centers, special libranes; service to children and young adults; informa­ LSC Courses The overall goal of the school is to educate tion systems, data processing and automation; Library and Information Studies librarians who will not only function effec­ and media. All programs will include a special 501 Foundations of Library and Informa­ tively, but also demonstrate the capacity to af­ problems seminar, a course in mana~ement or fect the course of librarianship. The Graduate tion Studies II and II, 4) Overview of the field administration preferably ta~en outside t~e covering the language and literature of librari­ School of Library and Information Studies pre- · Graduate School of Library and Information anship; the history and functio?s o~ libraries; pares students for professional ~ervice in . · . Studies, a research course, and the prepara­ the nature of various types of libranes, profes­ libraries and information agenaes by offermg tion of a research paper with a practical or sion, operations, and the new tech~ol?gies .. an accredited program leading to the Master operational orientation. of Library and Information Studies degree. It /Lee. 4! Pre: bachelor'sdegree or permissionof in­ also provides an opportunity for students to structor. Bergen Cooperative Program pursue simultaneously mast_er's deg_rees_in Li­ 502 Library Administration II and II, 3)·The (M.A. in History and M.L.I.S.) brary and Information Studies and m HIStory ✓ scientific planning of library services from the or Public Administration and offers a post­ By proper selection of coursework, a student development of community analysis and for­ master's program leading to a Diploma in Ad­ may earn simultaneously the degrees of Mas­ mulation of goals and objectives to design of vanced Librarianship. ter of Arts in history and Master of Library public and technical services, staffing, budget­ Through consultation with advisers, _stu­ and Information Studies. ing, building, and personnel problems and dents prepare for careers in academic, school, Admission requirements:GRE (advanced test procedures. (Lee.3) Woods public, or special libraries. They ma}'.also flan desirable) and other requirements listed for for specialization in areas such as children s 503 Collection Development II and II, 3) history and library science. Applicant must ~p­ service, reference and bibliography, catalog­ Study of and practice in using the principles ing, special collections, media programs, infor­ ply and be accepted in both prog~am~. App~­ involved in the selection of books and non­ cations (in quadruplicate) should md1cate HIS­ mation science, computer service, administra­ book materials for collections of all types of tory/Library and Information Studies as the libraries. /Lee. 3) Tryon tion, young adult services, and library his~ory. field of specialization. Programrequirements: student must submit 504 Reference and Information Services individual 30-credit (minimum) programs of (I and II, 3) Practical experience in the use of study for each degree that satisfy specific core basic reference materials, with readings and requirements for these programs. Since a max- Library and Information Studies 63

discussion of the philosophy and adminis­ management _ofcollege and university libraries including the major works, serial publications, trative aspects of reference work. (Lee. 3) as these differ from other types of libraries. and reference and bibliographical materials. Schneider (Lee. 3! Pre: 502. Tryon (Lee. 3! Pre: 504. Bergen 505 Organization of Library Materials 523 Special Library Service (II, 3) Orgaiii­ 542 Library Materials in Science and Tech­ (I and II, 3) Introduction to the principles and zation, management, and special procedure:, nology (I or II, 3) Library resources in science practice of descriptive and subject cataloging as they apply to special libraries, with particu­ and technology, including the major works, and classification systems, with an introduc­ lar emphasis upon diversity of special library serial publications, and reference and bib­ tion to Library of Congress classification. In­ functions. (Lee. 3) Pre: 502. Bohnert liographical materials. (Lee.3! Pre: 503. cludes OCLC searching and tagging. Emphasis Bohnert · 5 2 7 Seminar in Library Administration (Il, 3) on books and booklike materials. (Lee. 3! Study of selected problems of library admin­ 543 Government Publications (I or II, 3) Jensen istration by means of discussion, readings; Survey of the publishing activities and pub­ 506 Technical Services (I, 3) Principles and special lectures, and the presentation of lications of national; state, and local govern­ policies employed in the acquisition, organi­ papers based on the literature of librarianship. ments with emphasis on the publications of zation, conservation, and circulation of books (Lee. 3! Pre: 502. Staff the United States government. (Lee.3) Pre: and nonbook materials in libraries of various 504. Schneider 528 Media in the Library (I, 3) The role of types. Includes examination of automation of AV materials in libraries and media centers. 544 Information Science for Librarians library processes. (Lee.3! Pre: 501. Jensen (Lee. 3! Pre:graduate standing or permissionof (II, 3) Introduction to information storage and 510 History of Books and Printing (I, 3) instructor. Staff retrieval: history, theory, thesauri and aata Western civilization as affected by the book 529 Theory and Production of Library Me­ bases. Analysis of implications for librarian­ arts and the extension of culture through the ship. Special emphasis on the construction dia Communications (I, 3) A team taught printed book, with stress on literary property course intended to acquaint students with the and use of model on-line bibliographic data and censorship as related to printing and basic audiovisual production skills necessary base. (Lee.3! Bohnert · libraries. (Lee.3) Tryon for the application by the library of theoretical 546 Computer Systems in Library Automa­ 511 Comparative Librarianship (I, 3) The communications concepts. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: tion (I, 3! Introduction to ·principles of sys­ practice of librarianship in selected countries, 528 or permissionof instructor. Staff tems analysis; hardware and software systems including the social, economic, and political in library applications; basics of one computer 530 Reading Interests of Children (I, 3) A factors influencing its development, with con­ seminar to survey and analyze current and language with practice in format design and sideration of the role of cooperation among in­ special trends in children's reading and their programming for input and retrieval. (Lee.3) ternational organizations. (Lee.3) Bergen effects on the information needs of children in Pre: 501 and permissionof instructor.Jensen 512 History of Libraries and Librarianship schools and public libraries. Emphasis is on 54 7 Online Searching and Services (I or_II, 3) (I, 3) The development of libraries ang li­ the selection of materials for special groups Introduction to online information retrieval brarianship within a cultural, social, and eco­ and/or age levels .. (Lee.3) Pre: 503. Salvatore and the provision of online information ser­ nomic context from antiquity to the present. vices ~ libraries, including hands-on experi­ 531 Reading Interests of Young Adults (Il, 3) Western civilization will be emphasized, (Lee.3) A seminar that provides an overview of pro­ ence. (Lee. 2, Lab. 1) Pre: 501 and 504. Bergen grams, services, a·nd materials that are of in­ Schneider 513 Intellectual Freedom and Censorship terest to young adults. Discussions and re­ 548 Microcomputer Applications in Library (II, 3! Historical development and current sta­ search focus on special problems and needs of and Information Services (I, II, SS, 3) Utiliza­ tus of the concept of intellectual freedom and the young adult. (Lee.3) Pre: 503. Salvatore tion qf microcomputers and related technolo­ gies in libraries and information services. the restraints that past and present societies 536 Storytelling (SS,3) Selection, adapta­ Selection, evaluation, and integration of hard­ have imposed on it. Special attention given to tion, and presentation of stories for children ware and software specific to functions of the librarian's role in defense of intellectual · of all ages, including attention to sources of different types of libraries and information freedom. (Lee.3) Tryon materials, planning the story hour, and train­ services. (Lee.3! Pre: 501 or permissionof in­ 516 Librarianship and Public Policy (I or II, 3) ing and practice in the art of storytelling. (Lee.3! structor. Siitonen An introduction to the literature of public Salvatore 550 Advanced Cataloging (II, 3) Theory and policy and its applications to library and in­ 537 Health Sciences Librarianship (II, 3) In­ problems in description and subject cataloging formation services with special emphasis on troduction to the nature and operation of and classification with emphasis on the use of telecommunications and librarianship. (Lee.3! health science libraries and an overview of Library of Congress subject headings and clas­ Pre: 501. Bergen health science bibliography. (Lee.3) Pre: 502 sification. Includes inputting and editing of 520 The School Library/Media Center (I; 3) and 504 or permissionof instructor. Staff original ancl copy cataloging for OCLC. Em­ School libraries as multi-media instructional 538 Law Librarianship (I, 3) An intro­ phasis is on microforms, serials, rare books, materials centers. The relationships of school duction to legal bibliography and research and music and sound recordings. (Lee.3) Pre: 505. library media centers to school programs and to a broad range of problems involved in the Jensen curriculums with an emphasis on administra­ administration and operation of various kinds 551 Organization of Nonprint Materials (Ior tion, services, and functions. (Lee.3) Pre: 502 of law libraries. (Lee. 3) Pre: 502 and 504 or per­ II, 3) A practical and theoretical study of the or permissionof instructor. Salvatore mission of instructor. Staff development of procedures for intellectual and 5:21 Public Library Service (Il, 3) Evaluation 540 Library Materials in the Humanities (I or physical access to materials not in con­ _of services uffered by actual public libraries, II, 3) Library resources in the humanities, in­ ventional print form, including maps and.ver­ their effect on the public served, and alterna­ cluding the major works, serial publications, tical file materials. (Lee.3) Pre:505. Jensen tive solutions to prqblems. (Lee.3) Pre: 502. and reference and bibliographical materials. 560 Research in Librarianship (II, 3) Types Woods (Lee. 3) Pre: 504. Schneider and methods of research, introduction to and 522 College and University Library Service 541 Library Materials in the Social Sciences evaluation of the literature of the field. (Lee.3) (ll, 3) Philosophic and practical considerations m,3) Library resources in the social sciences, Pre: permissionof instructor. Woods implicit in the functions, organization, and 64 Graduate Programs

562 Administration of Special Collections, Number of credits is determined each semes· Programrequire_ments: non-thesis program; Archives, and Manuscripts (I or II, 3) Prin· ter in consultation with the major professor or GMA 571, 577, 651, 652, REN 514; GMA 511 ciples and t~chniques for administering manu­ program committee. or appropriate oceanography substi~te, plus script and archival repositories, including ac· 12 elective credits for a total of 30 credits; quisitions policies, appraisal criteria, method­ written comprehensive examination. ology, and preservation practices. (Lee. 3) Pre: corecourses in library scienceor permissionof in­ Marine Affairs Graduate Certificate Program in Commer­ structor. Maslyn M.A., M.M.A. cial Fisheries 564 Introduction to Library Conservation As an adjunct to the Master of Marine Af­ (I or II, 3) Fundamentals of library conserva· tion essential for effective management of pro­ Graduate Faculty fairs program, an additional IS-credit pro- gram, leading to a graduate certificate _ grams of preventive and restorative con· Chairperson:Professor Lawrence Juda, Ph.D., servation for books, docOments, prints, maps, awarded by the Dean of the Graduate School 1973, Columbia University is offered in commercial fisheries. The joint broadsides, works of art on paper, and other Professor Lewis M. Alexander, Ph.D., 1949, library materials. (Lee. 3) Staff 45--credit program is designed to combine the Clark University evaluative use, and control aspects of the 565 Rare Book Librarianship (J, 3) Organi­ Professor John A. Knauss, Ph.D., 1959, M.M.A. curriculum with the technology and zation, management, principles, and tech- · University of California performance of the ·marine commercial niques as they apply to the development and Associate Professor Niels West, Ph.D., 1973, fisheries. administration of rare book collections. (Lee. 2, ~utgers-The State University Admission requirements:GRE, appropriate Leib. 2) Pre: 510 or pennission of instructor. Assistant Professor Richard H. Burroughs, background or undergraduate preparation, Tryon or Maslyn Ph.D., 1974, Massachusetts Institute of and concurrent enrollment in the M.M.A. Technology and Woods Hole Oceanographic 591, 592, 593 Independent Work (By Appt., program. 1-3 respectively)Supervised reading or inves· Institution Programrequirements: FMT 518, 591, plus 9 Assistant Professor Gerald H. Krausse, Ph.D., tigation in areas of special interest to students credits selected from the following electives: who obtain written approval for such study 1975, University of Pittsburgh FMT 415, 452, 521, GMA 523, AFG 413, OCG Assistant Professor E. Bruce Marti, Ph.D. , prior to registration for the semester for which 670, REN 543. it is proposed. Pre: 18 hours of library science 1982, University of Florida Financial aid: assistantships, fellowships and Assistant Professor Dennis W. Nixon; J.D., with a B ~verage.Staff scholarships are' not available to participants 1975, University of Cincinnati; M.M.A., in the graduate certificate program as such, 595 Professional Field Experience (J and II, 1976, University of Rhode Island but may be held by students concurrently en­ 1-6) Directed field experience applying theory Adjunct Professor Claiborne D. Pell, M.A. , rolled in the M.M.A. program. to practice in libraries, information centers, 1946, Columbia University and related organizations under the joint su­ Adjunct Professor Gerald Seifert, J.D., 1964, GMACourses pervision qf a member of the faculty and the Indiana University, M.M.A., 1978, University professional staff of the cooperating institu­ of Rhode Island Geography and Marine Affairs tions. (45 hours per credit!Pre: completionof at Adjunct Associate Professor Jens C. Sorensen, 410 Problems in Geography and Marine least 18 hours of library sciencewith a B average. Ph.D., 1978, University of California, Affairs (II, 3) May be repeatedonce, but cumulative creditsmay Berkeley 411 Urban Geography (J, 3) Staff not exceedsix. 413 (or APG 413) Peoples of the Sea (I, 3) 596 School Library Media Center J>racti­ Specializations 42}' Introductory Cartography (I, 3) cum _(IJ,3 or 6) Directed field experience ap­ 422 Advanced Cartography (JI,3) plying theory to practice in school library me· Coastal zone management, marine trans· 432 Seminar in Political Geography (JJ, 3) dia !=enters under the joint supervision of a portation and port planning, fisheries law and 456 Polar Resources and Policy (I, 3) member of the faculty and the professional­ management, international marine policy and 461 Coastal Zone Uses (I, 3) staff of the cooperating school. (45 hours per law. 471 Island Systems (JJ, 3) credit!Pre: 520 and completionof at least 18 4 72 Marine Recreation Management (JJ, 3) hours of library science.Salvatore Master of Arts (M.A.) 482 Quantitative Methods in Geography and Marine Affairs (If, 3) 597 Selected Topics (I and II, 3) Selected Admission requirements:GRE and bachelor's 491, 492 Special Problems in Geography (Jand ~ topics in library and information stu

512 (or PSC 512) Seminar in Marine areas;with special emphasis on regional ar­ FMTCourses Science Policy and Public Law !II, 3) Exami­ rangements and regimes. !Lee.3) Pre: 571 or Fisheries and Marine Technology nation of the interplay of science, policy, and permissionof department. In alternate years. law in the formulation and implementation of Alexander 415 Fishery Science !I, 3) domestic policy in areas such as waste man­ 416 Marine Transportation (II, 3) 577 (or PSC 577) International Ocean Law 452 (or ASP 452) Industrial Fishery Tech- agement and the environment. Pre: premission !I, 3! Principles of international law as they re­ nology !II, 3) of department. Burroughs late to ocean management problems. Juris­ 516 (or CPL 516) Seminar on the Urban diction in the territorial sea, contiguous zones, 518 Marine Fisheries Technology !I, 3) The Waterfront (I, 3) The urban environment, its and the deep seabed will be examined within commercial resource, its exploitation and use. evolution, structure, and function as it relates the international legal framework. !Lee.3) Pre: Capture techniques and equipment. Aspects to the waterfront. Topics on policy, manage­ 312, CPL 434, or permissionof instructor. Juda of commercial activities, fishing vessel oper­ ations and technology. !Lee.3) Pre: permission ment, and utilization on the local and regional 5 78 International Ocean Organizations level will be covered. Field trip and student of instructor. Recksiek !II, 3) International organizations involved in project required. Pre: previousor current enroll­ marine-related activities, including their plan­ 521 Fishing Gear Technology !II, 3) Evalu­ ment in GMA or CPL coursesor permissionof in­ ning, management, and regulatory and as­ ation of fishing gear behavior and perfor­ structor. Krausse sistance functions. Attention to the impact of mance using theoretical, model scaling and 520 Seminar in Coastal Margin Manage­ these organizations on national policies in the statistical analysis techniques. Field and ment !II, 3) Nature of oil, gas, and other developed and developing worlds. !Lee.3) Pre: laboratory measurement procedures. !Lee. 3) mineral resources on the outer continental 577 or permissionof ins~ructor.Juda To be taken concurrentlyor following 518. Pre: shelf, public and private sector decisions, and permissionof instructor. Staff • 579 Marine Jurisdictional Issues !II, 3) environmental issues are reviewed. Emphasis Examination and analysis of national controls 591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each! . on the utility of data for policy development. in the oceans, including international and Advanced work, under the supervision of a !Sem.JPre: permissionof instructor. Burroughs domestic maritime boundaries, types of off­ staff member, arranged to suit individual 521 Coastal Zone Law (II, 3) Examination of shore zones, and claims to special jurisdic­ needs of students in various fields of fisheries the authority of different levels and agencies tional rights. !Lee. 3) Pre: 571 or 577 or permis­ and marine technology. !Lee. and/or Lab. ac­ of government to make decisions affecting sion of instructor. Alexander cording to nature of problem!Pre: permissionof department. Staff coastal regions. Survey of existing and pro­ 586 Environmental Impact Assessment and posed state and national legislation affecting Analysis !II, 3) A survey of environmental coastal regions. !Lee.3) Staff legislation and proposed guidelines, together 523 Fisheries Law and Management !II, 3) with a review of physical arid .socio-economic Mathematics Examination of the relationship between law methods of environmental analysis and assess­ and fisheries policy on the international and ments. Preparation of environmental impact M.S., Ph.D. national level, law relating to fisheries, juris­ statements. !Lee. 3) Pre: BOT (or ZOO) 262 or dictional levels, function of law in implement­ permissionof instructor. West Graduate Faculty ing fisheries management policy. (Lee. 3) Pre: 591, 592 Directed Study or Research !I and permissionof instructor. Nixon II, 3) Areas of special research interests of Clxiirperson:Professor E. Ramnath Suryanarayan, 562 Admiralty Law !I, 3) Fundamentals of graduate students. (Lee.3) Pre: permissionof Ph.D., 1961, University of Michigan admiralty law: collisions at sea; bills of lading, department. Staff Professor Raymond A. Beauregard, Ph.D., 1968, University of New Hampshire marine insurance, and rights of seamen. Case 595 Problems of Modernization in De­ studies of marine transportation problems and Professor Dilip K. Datta, Ph.D., 1963, Delhi veloping Nations University their resolution by law. !Lee.3) Pre: permission See Resource Economics 595. of department. Nixon Professor Rodney D. Driver, Ph.D., 1960, 599 Masters Thesis Research !I and II) Num­ University of Minnesota 563 Maritime Transportation !II, 3) Passenger ber of credits is determined each semester in Professor John B. Fraleigh, M.A., 1956, and commodity transportation. Analysis of the consultation with the major professor or pro­ Princeton University relationship between transportation services gram committee. SIU credit. Staff Professor Gerasimos Ladas, Ph.D., 1968, New and the spatial disttibutior:i of activities. Em­ 602 Federal Ocean Policy and Organization York University phasis on multimodel transport and bulk com­ Professor James T. Lewis,Ph.D., 1969, Brown modities. (Lee. 3) Pre: senior or graduate stand­ !II, 3) Ocean policy development and im­ plementation by the executive and legislative University ing and permissionof instructor. Marti Professor Pan-Tai Liu, Ph.D., 1968, State branches of government. Allocation of powers 3) University of New York, Stony Brook 564 Port Operations and Policy !II, Anal­ and analysis of the decision-making process Professor John T. Montgomery, Ph.D., 1971, ysis of coastal and international trade routes for the oceans. !Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof University of Wisconsin and the response of ports. Special emphasis on department. Juda the container revolution, liquid natural gas Professor Emilio 0. Roxin,-Ph.D., 1959, transportation, and deep water ports for su­ 651, 652 Marine Affairs Seminar (I and II, University of Buenos Aires pertankers. !Lee.3) Marti 3 each! Interdisciplinary seminar conducted by Professor Sol Schwartzman, Ph.D., 1953, Yale Marine Affairs Program faculty supplemented University 571 Marine Geography !I, 3) The marine re­ by guest speakers from industry and govern­ Professor Oved Shisha, Ph.D., 1958, Hebrew gion as a unique complex of physical and cul­ ment. Focuses on problems of marine University tural elements. The purpose is to analyze func­ resources development and management at Professor Robert C. Sine, Ph.D., 1962, University tional relationships within the region and to the local, state, national, and international of Illinois ' assess forms of regional organization and con­ policy levels. !Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof director. Professor Ghasi Ram Verma, Ph.D., 1957, trol. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof department. Alexander, Burroughs; Juda, Krausse, Marti, Rajasthan University Alexander Nixon and West Associate Professor Norman J. Finizio, Ph.D., 572 Management of Ocean Regions !II, 3) A 1972, Courant Institute of Mathematical global study of the nature and use of ocean Sciences, New York University basins, semi-enclosed seas, and other marine 66 Graduate Programs

Associate Professor Edward A. Grove, Ph.D., and electives. Reading ability (in candidate's eters and initial conditions. Singularities of the 1969, Brown University specialty and with a dictionary) in one lan­ first and second kinds, self-adjoint eigenvalue Associate Professor Lewis I. Pakula, Ph.D., guage chosen from French, German, or Rus­ problems on a finite interval. Oscillation and 1972, Massachusetts Institute of Technology sian. An oral qualifying examination is re­ comparison theorems. Elements of asymptotic Associate Professor David Wood, Ph.D., 1972, quired of all candidates. theory. Elements of stability theory of University of Rhode Island Please also see the listing under Applied Lyapunov's second method. (Lee. 3) Pre: 435 Assistant Professor Robert A. Barron, M.A., Mathematical Sciences on p. 25. and 462. Ladas 1955, Fordham University 547 Introduction to Combinatorics and Assistant Professor Dean Clark, Ph.D., 1978, General Information Graph Theory a, 3! Basic concepts and Brown University theorems of combinatorial mathemetics and Assistant Professor Barbara Kaskosz, Ph.D., Programs of study can be designed for peo­ their graph-theoretical significance. Topics in­ 1977, Polish Academy of Science ple who are employed on a full-time basis. clude enumeration, algebraic structure on Adjunct Professor Derrill Bordelon, Ph.D., finite sets. Polya and Ramsey theory. (Lee. 3) 1963, University of Maryland MTH Courses Pre: 215 or equivalent. Staff Adjunct Professor Charles F. Osgood, Ph.D., Mathematics 1964, University of California, Berkeley 550 Probability and Stochastic Processes Adjunct Associate Professor Frederick R. 418 Matrix Analysis (IJ, 3) a, 3) Review of probability theory. Generating DiNapoli, Ph.D., 1969, University of Rhode 420 Topics in Foundations (I, 3) functions, renewal theory, Markov chains and Island 425 Topology (I, 3) processes, Brownian motions, stationary Adjunct Associate Professor Roy L. Streit, 435, 436 Introduction to Mathematical processes. (Lee. 3) Pre: 451, 435, or 437 or per­ Ph.D., 1980, University of Rhode Island Analysis I and II (I and II, 3 each) mission of instructor. Staff Adjunct Associate Professor Henry Weinberg, 437, 438 Advanced Calculus and Applica­ 551 Mathematical Statistics (I, 3) Theory of Ph.D., 1974, New York University tions (I and II, 3 each) estimation and hypothesis testing. Large sam­ Associate Professor Emeritus Roderick P. 441 Introduction to Partial Differential ple methods. Regression and analysis of vari­ Caldwell, Ph.D., 1962, University of Illinois Equations a, 3) ance. (Lee. 3) Pre: 451, 435 or 437 or permission 444 Ordinary Differential Equations (IJ, 3) of instructor. Staff Specializations 447 (or CSC 447) Discrete Mathematical Structures (l,3! 561 Advanced Applied Mathematics (II, 3) Ordinary, functional, and stochastic differ­ 451 Introduction to Probability and Statis- Linear spaces, theory of operators. Green's ential equations, partial differential equations, tics a, 3) functions, eigenvalue problems of ordinary differential equations. Application to partial abstract differential equations, functional 452 Mathematical Statistics (II, 3) differential equations. (Lee. 3) Pre: 461. Verma analysis, approximation theory, probability, 456 Introduction to Random Processes (II, 3) fluid mechanics, control theory and differen­ 461 Methods of Applied Mathematics a, 3) 562 Complex Function Theory (I, 3) Ana­ tial games. 462 Functions of a Complex Variable (II, 3) lytic continuation, Riemann surfaces. The theory 471 Introduction to Numerical Analysis I of conformal mapping. Representation the­ Master of Science (I and II, 3) orems and applications. Entire functions. (Lee.3) 4 72 Introduction to Numerical Analysis II Pre: 462. Staff Admission requirements: GRE with advanced (I, 3! 572 Numerical Analysis (II, 3) Further nu­ test in mathematics, bachelor's degree with 492 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3) merical methods of solution of simultaneous strong undergraduate background in mathe­ 513 Linear Algebra (I or II, 3) Linear spaces equations, partial differential equations, in­ matics. Applicants with deficiencies in mathe­ and transformations, linear functionals, ad­ tegral equations. Error analysis. (Lee. 3) Pre: matics may be accepted subject to taking cer­ joints, projections, diagonalization, Jordan 472. Staff tain undergraduate courses in addition to the form of matrices, inner products; positive, graduate program requirements. Applicants 591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each! normal, self-adjoint, and unitary operators; without a bachelor's degree who have com­ Advanced work, under the supervision of a spectral theorem, bilinear and quadratic pleted at least 60 credits of undergraduate member of the department and arranged to forms. (Lee. 3) Staff work and have an outstanding record in suit the individual requirements of the stu­ mathematics as evidenced by transcripts, let­ 515, 516 Algebra I, II (I and II, 3 each) dent. Pre: permission of department. Staff ters of recommendation and outstanding per­ Groups, rings, modules, commutative algebra. 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and ID Num­ formance on the Graduate Record Examina­ (Lee. 3) Pre: 316. Beauregard ber of credits is determined each semester in tion also may be accepted. 525 Topology (I, 3) Topological spaces, sepa­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ 30 credit hours (or 24 Program requirements: ration properties, connectedness, com­ gram committee. SIU credit. plus thesis), including at least 18 credits in pactness, uniformities. Function spaces, 629, 630 Functional Analvsis I, II (I and mathematics of which at least 12 must be at spaces of continuous functions, and complete 3 Banach and Hi!be'rt spaces, basic the 500 level or higher. A course requiring a spaces. (Lee. 3) Pre: 425 or equivalent. Staff II, each) substantial paper involving significant inde­ theory. Bounded linear operators, spectral theory. pendent study and a written comprehensive 535, 536 Measure Theory and Integration Applications to analysis. Application to a spe­ examination are required for non-thesis op­ (I and II, 3 each) Elements of topology and lin­ cial topic such as differential operators, semi­ tion. MTH 435 and 513 must be completed ear analysis. Lebesgue measure and inte­ groups and abstract differential equations, with a grade of A or B. Recommended courses gration in R, in Rn and in abstract spaces. theory of distributions, or ergodic theory. include MTH 515, 525, 535, 536, and 562. Convergence theorems. Bounded variation, (Lee. 3) Pre: 536 or permission of instructor. absolute continuity, and differentiation. Driver Lebesgue-Stieltjes integral. Fubini and Tonelli Doctor of Philosophy (I, theorems. The classical Banach spaces. (Lee. 3! 641 Partial Differential Equations I 3) Pre: 436. Staff First order systems. The Cauchy-Kowalewsky Admission requirements: same as for master's theorem. The Cauchy problem. Classification program. 545, 546 Ordinary Differential Equations I, of partial differential equations. Hyperbolic Program requirements: MTH 513, 515, 525, II (I and II, 3 each) Existence and uniqueness equations. Mainly the theory of the subject. 535, 536, and 562, plus specialized courses theorems. Continuous dependence on param- Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics 67

Students interested in techniques for the solu­ Associate Professor William J. Palm, Ph.D ., outside area of specialization; MCE 501, 502, tion of standard equations should take 441. 1971, Northwestern University graduate seminar required of all on-campus (Lee. 3! Pre: 215, 435, and 462. Staff Associate Professor Arun Shukla , Ph.D., 1981. students. Non -thesis option for part-time stu­ University of Maryland dents with permission of department: 33 642 Partial Differential Equations II m, 3! Assistant Professor Thomas R. Chase, Ph.D., Elements of potential theory. Elliptic equa­ credit hours exclusive of seminar , including tions. Green's function. Parabolic equations. 1983, University of Minnesota one course outside of specialization, one Adjunct Professor Hilbert Van N. Schenck, course requiring a substantial paper involving Introduction to the theory of distributions. (Lee. 3! Pre: 641. Staff · M.S., 1952, Stanford University significant independent study , and compre­ Adjunct Associate Professor Richard H. Messier, hensive examination. 691, 692 Special Topics I, II (I and JI, 3 each) Ph.D., 1975, Brown University Financial aid : a number of graduate and re­ Advanced topics of current research in Adjunct Associate Professor Alexander J. Pat­ search assistantships are available for qualified mathematics will be presented with a view to ton, Ph.D., 1972, University of Rhode M.S. students. expose the students to the frontiers of the sub­ Island ject. /Lee. 3) Pre: permission of department. Staff Adjunct Research Professor Richard Dunlap, Doctor of Philosophy 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and M.S., 1941, Massachusetts Institute of JJJNumber of credits is determined each se­ Technology Admission requirements : master's degree and mester in consultation with the major profes­ GRE. sor or program committee. SI U credit. Specializations Program requirements: dissertation , one course outside the area of specialization; com­ Fluid mechanics: boundary layer theory, pletion of a minimum of 30 course credits be­ separated flows, turbulence, particle flow yond master's, exclusive of seminar; MCE Mechanical Engineering interactions, geophysical flows, flow measure- 501, 502, graduate seminar, required of all on­ ment, computational methods. . campus students. and Applied Mechanics Robotics and design: robotics, kinematics, de­ Financial aid: a number of graduate and re­ M.S., Ph.D. sign optimization, lubrication theory, ?Y?amic search assistantships are available for qualified face seals, reliability analysis and pred1ct10n, Ph.D. students. Temporary instructorships computer-aided design. may be available for highly qualified Ph .D. Graduate Faculty Solid mechanics: elasticity, plasticity, viscoe­ students. lasticity, fracture mechanics, fatigue, photo­ Chairperson: Professor Thomas J. Kim, Ph.D., mechanics, wave propagation, computational General Information 1967, University of Illinois methods including finite element and bound­ Director of graduate studies: Professor Martin ary element methods, elastic stability, plates Programs of study can be designed for peo­ H. Sadd, Ph.D ., 1971, Illinois Institute of and shells, nonlinear mechanics, mechanics of ple who are employed on a full-time basis. Technology materials processing. Professor George A. Brown, Sc.D., 1960, Mas­ Systems and control: robotics, mathematical MCECourses sachusetts Institute of Technology modeling of control systems, stability , non­ Professor Frank DeLuise, M.S., 1950, University Mechanical Engineering linear systems, microprocessor and digital con­ and Applied Mechanics of Rhode Island trol, advanced dynamics, lumped and dis- Professor Rodger B. Dowdell, Ph.D., 1966 tributed parameter vibration theory. . 406 (or PHY 406) Atmospheric Physics I a,3! Colorado State University Thermal science: anisotropic heat conduction, Professor William R. Ferrante, Ph.D., 1962, 407 (or PHY 407) Atmospheric Physics II convection heat transfer, thermal char­ (JI, 3) Virginia Polytechnic Institute acteristics of ablative materials, direct energy Professor Robert H. Goff, M.S., 1966, Cornell 423 Design of Machine Elements (I, 3! conversion, solar energy developments, new 424 Dynamics of Machines (I, 3! University engine developments, viscoelastic fiber pro­ Professor Warren M. Hagist, M.E., 1961, Harvard 425 Lubrication and Bearings a, 3! cesses, thermal pollution, solar collector sys­ 426 Advanced Mechanics of Materials a, 3) University tems, computational heat transfer. Professor Richard C. Lessmann , Ph .D., 1969, 428 Mechanical Control Systems (JI, 3) Interdisciplinary studies: biomechanics, gener­ 429 Comprehensive Design m, 3! Brown University alized fatigue failure of biological structure, Professor Charles D. Nash, Jr., Ph.D., 1959, 430 Computer Aided Design (JI, 3) global pollution problems, sociote~hn~logical 431 Computer Control of Mechanical Sys­ Ohio State University problems, computer simulat10n, oil spill Professor Frederick L. Test, Ph.D., 1956, tems a, 3! prevention and dispersion , offset costs of pol- 432 Alternate Energy Systems (J, 3! Pennsylvania State University . lution, human body vibration. Professor Hermann Viets, Ph.D., 1970, Poly­ 434 Thermal Environmental Engineering technic Institute of Brooklyn (JI, 3) ProfessorFrankM. White, Ph.D ., 1959, Georgia Master of Science 438 Internal Combustion Engines (J, 3! Institute of Technology . 439 Applied Energy Conversion m,3! Admission requirements: GRE, B.S. degree in Professor Mason P. Wilson, Jr., Ph.D ., 1968, 448 Heat and Mass Transfer a, 3! mechanical engineering, applied mechanics, or University of Connecticut 455 Advanced Fluid Mechanics a,3! aerospace engineering, or in a_r~lated fie!~ Associate Professor Philip Datseris, Ph.D., 457 Fluidics (JJ, 3! such as engineering science, civil engmeenng, 1977, Columbia University 464 Vibrations (JI, 3) applied mathematics, applied ph):'sics. Stu~ Associate Professor Morris R. Driels, Ph.D., 465 Experimental Stress Analysis a, 3! dents admitted to the program will be ex­ 466 Introduction to Finite Element 1973, City University of London pected to have the equivalent of MCE 372 and Associate Professor Mohammad Faghri , Methods (JI, 3! 373. Students not having this background may 491, 492 Special Problems (J and JI, 1-6 each) Ph.D., 1973, Oregon State University be required to make up this deficiency with no Associate Professor Hamouda Ghonem, 501, 502 Graduate Seminar (J and II, 1 each! program credits . _ _ Ph.D., 1978, McGill University Program.requirements: Thesis opt10n: 3~ _ Discussions, presentation of papers based on Associate Professor Jack P. Henderson, Ph.D., credit hours exclusive of seminar , a thesJS 1s research, or detailed literature surveys. Atten­ 1980, Oklahoma State University required of all full-time students, one course dance is required of all students in graduate residence. (Lee. 1! SIU credit. Staff 68. Graduate Programs

503 Linear Control Systems tinua. Application to solids and fluids. (Lee.3) leigh surface waves; solutions using separation See Electrical Engineering 503. Pre: CVE 220, MCE 354, 372, or permissionof of variables and integral transforms. (Lee. 3) Pre: 373, 464 or equivalent. Sadd and Shukla 504 Optimal Control Theory instructor. Sadd See Electrical Engineering 504. 551 Fluid Mechanics I (I , 3) Basic treatment 566 The Mechanics of Robot Manipulators of real fluid flows using the continuum me­ (I or II, 3) Detailed analysis of the kinematics, 505 Optimization in Mechanical Engineer­ chanics approach. Exact solutions of the dynamics, and control of industrial-type robot ing Design (I or II, 3) Unified presentation of governing equations . Laminar shear flows and manipulator systems (Lee.3) Pre: 323, 366 or . optimization techniques pertinent to mechan­ boundary layer theory, turbulent transition. permission. Driels ical engineering, emphasizing similarity of de­ (Lee. 3) Pre: 354 or equivalent. Dowdell, Hagist, sign processes for thermal systems, mechanics, 571 Theory of Elasticity I (I, 3) Development and control. Finite and infinite dimensional Lessmann, White of the basic field equations: generalized methods. (Lee. 3) Pre: 366 and 423 or equiva0 552 Fluid Mechanics II (II, 3) Continuation Hooke's law; general concepts of stress and , lent. Palm and Datseris of 551 including turbulent modeling, turbulent strain; plane problems: stress functions: Saint 521 Reliability Analysis and Prediction shear flows and boundary layers, incom­ Venant torsion and flexure; introduction to pressible irrotational flows, and selected topics three-dimensional problems . (Lee.3) Pre: CVE 3) Statistical analysis of failure of complex m, such as an in'troduction to non-Newtonian engineering systems, design factors contrib­ 220 or equivalent. Sadd, Ghonem, and Shukla fluid behavior, geophysical flows, or numerical uting to functional system survival, failure, 572 Theory of Elasticity II (II, 3) Continua­ distribution functions, redundancy, confi­ methods. (Lee. 3) Pre: 551. Dowdell, Hagist, tion of 571, including advanced topics selected dence, reliability testing. (Lee.3) Pre: MTH 451 Lessmann, White from: complex variable methods; displace­ or equivalent, MCE 423 or pennission of instruc~ 553 Fluid Mechanics III (I, 3) Two- and ment potentials and stress functions for three­ tor. Nash three-dimensional compressible flows, nu­ dimensional problems: thermoelasticity; varia­ merical methods for the solution of compres­ tional, approximate, and numerical methods: 523 Advanced Kinematic Analysis (I, 3) Centrodes, Cardanic Motion, curvature sible and incompressible parabolic and elliptic anisotropic solutions . (Lee. 3) Pre: 571 or (Euler-Savary), higher curvature. Applications: problems. Other advanced topics of current equivalent. Sadd and Kim interest. (Lee.3) Pre: 551 or permissionof in­ plane and spherical four-bar (Universal Joint) , 573 Theory of Plates (I and II, 3) Theory of structor. Dowdell, Hagist, Lessmann, White skew four-bar . General computer programs. plates and application to plates of various Intermittent mechanisms (geneva), non­ 561 Computational Methods in Solid shapes under various loadings . (Lee.3) Pre: circular gears, space mechanisms. (Lee.3) Pre: Mechanics (I or II, 3) Finite and boundary ele­ CVE 220, MTH 244, MCE 372, or permissionof 323 or equivalent. Datseris and Chase ment methods based upon variational and instructor. Nash weighted residual concepts: practical imple­ 524 Advanced Kinematic Synthesis (I, 3) 575 Elastic Stability (I and II, 3! Stability Degrees of freedom, graph theory in design, mentation to field problems in elasticity, plas­ analysis of bars under separate and combined ticity, and heat conduction. (Lee.3) Pre: 373 applications. Position synthesis, circle-point axial, lateral, and torsional loadings: buckling and center-point curves. Chebyshev theorem. and one graduate coursein elasticity or beat con­ of plates and shells, energy methods, and nu­ duction. Kim and Sadd Direct, indirect and numerical optimum syn­ merical methods. (Lee. 3) Pre: CVE 220, MTH thesis. Constant-velocity mechanisms. Spatial 562 Computational Methods in Fluid Flow 244, MCE 372, or permissionof instructor. Kim mechanisms. (Lee.3) Pre: 523. Datseris and and Heat Transfer (I or II, 3) Computational 576 Fracture Mechanics (II, 3) ·Fundamentals Chase techniques and applications for practical prob­ of linear elastic fracture mechanics, stress lems concerning multidimensional fluid flow, 540 Environmental Control in Ocean analysis viewpoint, energy viewpoint, two­ heat and mass transfer, and chemical reac­ Engineering dimensional al),d three-dimensional problems, tions. (Lee.3) Pre: undergraduatefluid See Ocean Engineering 540. elastic-plastic considerations, and crack exten­ mechanicsand beat transferor permissionof in­ sion behaviors . (Lee.3) Pre: 426 or permissionof 541,542 Advanced Thermodynamics I and structor. Faghri II (I and II, 3 each)Advanced study of classical instructor. Shukla, Sadd, and Ghonem 563 Advanced Dynamics (I and II, 3) Dy­ thermodynamics with emphasis on basic con­ 582 Robotics cepts, laws, and thermodynamic relationships. namics of a system of particles, Lagrange's See Electrical Engineering 582. Selected topics of current interest including equations from an advanced point of view. areas of irreversible thermodynamics, statisti­ Variational methods, nonconservative and 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and IIJ Num­ cal mechanics, and the thermodynamics of non-holonomic systems; matrix-tensor specifi­ ber of credits is determined each semester in solids. (Lee. 3) Pre: 341, 342 and permissionof cations of rigid body motions, normal coor­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ instructor. Brown, Wilson and Henderson dinates. Hamilton's equation of motion, ca­ gram committee. SIU credit. nonical transformation, Hamilton-Jacobi the­ 646 (or CHE 646) Radiation Heat Transfer 545 Heat Transfer (I, 3) Conduction in two ory. 3) 463 (Lee. Pre: or permissionof instructor. (I or II, 3) Radiant exchange between surfaces. and three dimensions and conducting systems Datseris, Nash and Driels · with radiation and fluid motion. Solutions ob­ Radiative properties of surfaces. Exchange tained by mathematics, computer-numerical 564 Advanced Vibrations (I, 3) Theory of among non-ideal surfaces. Gas-radiative ex­ methods, and analog devices. (Lee.3) Pre: 448. vibration of systems with concentrated masses change. Radiative exchange with volume emit­ Test, Faghri, and Henderson . and stiffness; systems with one degree of free­ ters. Furnace design applications. (Lee. 3) Pre: dom, vibration isolation systems with many 545 or CHE 644 or permissionof instructor. 546 Convection Heat Transfer (II, 3) Rela­ degrees of freedom, matrix methods, dynamic Brown and Henderson . tionship between heat transfer and fluid flow vibration absorbers, torsional vibration , ap­ 651 Turbulent Flows (I, 3) Turbulent flows with emphasis on the solution of governing proximate numerical methods. Experimental equations by exact methods, integral methods from both the phenomenological ~~d statis­ methods and design procedures. (Lee. 3! Pre: tical points of view. Applications to meteorol­ and similarity techniques. (Lee.·3) Pre: 448. 464. Palm and Nash . Test, White and Faghri ogy, boundary layers and turbulent diffusion. 565 Wave Motion and Vibration of Contin­ (Lee.3/ Pre: 551 or permissionof instructor. 550 Theory of Continuous Media (I, 3) Ba­ uous Media (I], 3) Wave motion and vibra­ Hagist sic course for first-year graduate students tions of strings, rods, beams, plates, and 652 Experimental Methods in Fluid Me­ which develops and unifies the laws of membranes; dynamic elasticity theory; Ray- mechanics as applied to the behavior of con- chanics (II, 3) An overview of measurement techniques and instrumentation used in the Medicinal Chemistry/Microbiology 69

current practice of experimental fluid Specializations lytical control related to pharmaceutical re­ mechanics . Course emphasizes hot wire , hot search and industrial pharmacy. /Lee.1, Lab. 3-9) film, and laser anemometry. Provides practical Design and synthesis of medicinal agents, Pre: 342. Smith laboratory experience . /Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 551 including anthelmintics , chemotherapeutic agents (ex. antitumor and antiviral), complex 548 (or PCG 548) Physical Methods of or permissionof instructor. Hagist and Identification III, 3) Utilization of physical Lessmann lipids, hypotensives, and metabolite antago ­ nists ; development of methods of drug analy­ methods (primarily spectroscopic) in the struc­ 666 Nonlinear Mechanics II and II , 3) Dy­ sis including high performance liquid chroma ­ ture elucidation of complex organic molecules. namics of nonlinear systems, free and forced tography and 1H/ 13C nuclear magnetic reso­ Emphasis on interpretation of ultraviolet, in­ oscillations;· graphical methods, integral nance spectroscopy ; drug instabilities. frared, nuclear magnetic resonance, mass, and curves , singular points , limit cycles and stabil­ optical rotatory dispersion spectra. /Lee. 3) Pre: ity . Van der Pol equation, perturbation CHM 425 and/or permissionof instructor. Staff methods, approximate . methods ; application Master of Science 549 Synthesis II and II, 3J Theoretical and ap­ to ecological systems . /Lee.3 ) Pre: 564. Nash Admission requirements:GRE, and bachelor's plied aspects in synthesis of selected organic 674 Theory of Shells II and II, 3) Develop ­ degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry , compounds of medicinal.significance . /Lab. 9) ment and application of membrane and bend­ or allied sciences . Pre: permissionof department. Staff thesis ; A.C.S. place­ ing theories of shells of various shapes . Varia­ Programrequirements: 599 Masters Thesis Research II and IIJ Num­ tional methods and .buckling of shells. /Lee. 3) ment examination (organic> to determine ber of credits is determined each semester in Pre: CVE 220, MCE 573, or permissionof in­ specific program requirement; CHM 431, 432, consultation with the major professor or pro­ structor. Sadd or BCP 435 or equivalent; CHM 425, 427 and gram committee . SIU credit. 521 or 522; MCH 443, 444 or equivalent; 677 Fatigue III, 3) Fracture mechanics con­ MCH 548, 621, 622; written master 's exami­ 621, 622 Seminar II and II, 1 each) Seminar cepts, aspects of classical fatigue, fundamental nation. All students must register for and at­ discussions including student presentations of theories of microscopic crack initiation and tend seminar each semester while graduate papers on selected topics in medicinal chem­ propagation , low cycle fatigue , thermo­ in residence. Each student will present one semi­ istry . /Lee. 1) No more than 3 credits will be al­ mechanical fatigue, environment-assisted and nar per semester unless otherwise indicated by lowed toward programcredit . SIU credit. Staff corrosion fatigue, fracture and fatigue control the majority of the departmental faculty. plans . /Lee. 3) Pre: 426 or equivalent or permis­ 643 Advanced Organic Medicinal Chemis­ sion of instructor. Ghonem and Nash try III, 3) Synthesis, modes of action, "and ef­ Doctor of Philosophy fects on pharmacological activity . Analgesics, 679 Theory of Plasticity III, 3) Formulation (Pharmaceutical Sciences) cholinergics , folic acid antagonists , diuretics, and solution of inelastic material behavior , and sulfonamides are included . /Lee. 3) Pre: physical phenomena of yielding plastic flow, Admission requirements:GRE, and master's CHM 522 and permissionof instructor. In alter­ plastic stress-strain laws, yield criteria, plane degree in pharmacy, chemistry, biochemistry , nate years, next offered1985 -86. Staff problems , torsion, slip lines , limit analysis, or allied sciences or bachelor's degree in one creep. /Lee. 3) Pre: 571 or permissionof instruc­ of these with evidence of superior ability . 646 Alkaloids II, 3) Advanced course dealing tor. Sadd and Ghonem Programrequirements: dissertation; A.C.S. with proof of structure, synthesis , chemical properties , and biological activity of various 691, 692 Special Problems II and II, 1-6 each! placement examination (organic) to determine specific program requirement; same as for alkaloids . /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof department. Advanced work, under the supervision of a Abushanab member of the staff and arranged to suit the master 's degree plus CHM 521 and 522; also individual requirements of the student. /Lee. MCH 501, 533, and 549 recommended; read ­ 697, 698 Research in Medicinal Chemistry or Lab. according to nature of problem.! Credits ing proficiency in French, German, or Russian II and II, 1-3 each) Literature survey, labora ­ not to exceeda total of 12. Pre: permissionof to be demonstrated before taking written and tory work, and a detailed research report on department. Staff oral comprehensive examinations; primary one or more assigned topics in medicinal emphasis in organic, medicinal chemistry and chemistry. /Lab. 3-9) Pre: permissionof de­ 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research II and pharmaceutical analysis. partment. Staff IIJ Number of credits is determined each se­ Qualifying examination is required for can­ 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research mester in consultation with the major pro ­ didates accepted without M.S. degree . fessor or program committee . SIU credit. II and IIJ Number of credits is determined each semester in consultat ion with the major MCH Courses professor or program committee . SIU credit. · Medicinal Chemistry Medicinal Chemistry 443, 444 Organic Medicinal Chemistry II and M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) II, 3 each) Microbiology 497, 498 Special Problems II and II, 1-5 each! M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) Graduate Faculty 501 Radiopharmaceuticals II, 3) The theo- · retical and applied aspects of the commonly Acting Chairperson: Professor Joseph G. Turcotte, used isotopes of pharmaceutical significance Graduate Faculty Ph .D ., 1967, University of Minnesota with emphasis on the diagnostic, therapeutic , Professor Elie Abushanab, Ph.D ., 1965, and tracer applications in biological systems Chairperson:Professor Norris P. Wood, Ph.D ., University of Wisconsin and techniques of development, formulation, 1955, University of Pennsylvania Associate Professor Raymond P. Panzica , quality control , and safe utilization . /Lee. 2, Professor Victor J. Cabelli , Ph.D., 1951, Ph.D ., 1972, University of Utah Lab. 3/ Pre: CHM 228 and PHY 112, or per­ Univers ity of California, Los Angeles Professor Charles I. Smith , Ph.D ., 1950, Uni­ mission of department. Smith Ptofessor Paul S. Cohen , Ph .D ., 1964, Boston versity of Maryland University 526 Lipid Chemistry Professor Harold W. Fisher, Ph.D. , 1959, Professor Emeritus Howard W. Bond, Ph.D ., See Food Science and Technology 526. 1941. University of Illinois University of Colorado 533 Advanced Drug Assay II and II, 2-4) Ad­ Professor David C. Laux , Ph.D ., 1971, Univer­ vanced chemical and physical methods of ana - . sity of Arizona 70 Graduate Programs

Professor John M. Sieburth, Ph.D., 1954, major professor. Master's degree normally re­ 534 Animal Virology University of Minnesota quired; outstanding candidates may be ac­ See Aquacultural Science and Pathology 534. Professor Richard W. Traxler, Ph.D., 1958, cepted without an M.S. degree. 536 Virology Laboratory University of Texas Program requirements: same as for master's See Aquacultural Science and Pathology 536. Associate Professor Linda A. Hufnagel, Ph.D. , degree plus BCP 582; MIC 533, 552, and dis­ 1967, University of Pennsylvania sertation. A course in microbial physiology 538 Epidemiology of Viral and Rickettsial Associate Professor Jay F. Sperry, Ph.D., 1974, (MIC 641, BOT 534, OCG 663 or equivalent!. Diseases · University of Kansas Of the credits earned beyond the master's de­ See Aquacultural Science and Pathology 538. Assistant Professor David R. Nelson, Ph.D., gree, 18 should be in coursework. Qualifying 552 Microbial Genetics (II, 3) Recent re­ 1979, University of California, Los Angeles examination is required. Prior to the last se­ search on the mechanism of mutation, genetic Adjunct Professor Herbert L. Ennis, Ph.D., mester, the candidate must pass written and recombination, the genetic code, transposons, 1975, Northwestern University oral comprehensive examination in the major regulations, genetic engineering and regula­ Adjunct Professor Kurt Stottmeier, Ph.D., areas of microbiology. tion of DNA, RNA, and protein synthesis in 1962, University of ·Berlin microsystems. !Lee. 2. Lab. 3) Pre: 201, BOT Adjunct Associate Professor Jan C. Prager, MIC Courses 352 and BCP 311. Cohen Ph.D., 1961, New York University Microbiology Adjunct Assistant Professor Julia E. Blazek, 561 Recent Advances in Molecular Cloning Ph.D., 1982, University of Rhode Island 401 (or BCP 401) Quantitative Cell Culture (I, 1) Reports of readings concerning the latest Adjunct Assistant Professor Scott R. Rippey, !I, 3) developments in techniques of molecular clon­ Ph.D., 1979, University of Rhode Island 403 (or BCP 403) Introduction to Electron ing and their applications in the study of vari­ Professor Emeritus Philip L. Carpenter, Ph.D .. Microscopy (I, 2) ous biological systems. !Lee. 1) Pre: 552 or per­ 1937, University of Wisconsin 405 (or BCP 405) Electron Microscopy mission of instructor. Nelson Laboratory (I, 2) 576 Marine Microbiology Specializations 410 (or ZOO 410) Molecular Genetics of See Oceanography 576. the Protozoa III, 3) 593, 594 The Literature of Bacteriology Medical microbiology: pathogenesis, im­ 412 Food Microbiology III. 3) !I and II, 1 each) Thorough study of-original munology, mycology, virology, tumor im­ 413 Advanced Microbiology Lecture I (I, 3) literature of some phase of bacteriology. Writ­ munology. 414 Advanced Microbiology Lecture II III, 3) ten abstracts or papers on assigned topics are Microbial genetics, physiology, molecular 415 Advanced Microbiology Laboratory I (I, 2) discussed in weekly conferences with in­ microbiology: transcriptional and translational 416 Advanced Microbiology Laboratory II structor. !Lee. 1-2) Staff control mechanisms, messenger RNA meta­ (/J, 2) bolism in procaryotes and eucaryotes, virus 421 (or BCP 421) Cell Biology and Cancer 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and ID Num­ multiplication, control of transport and !I, 3) ber of credits is determined each semester in metabolism, mechanisms of survival, mem­ 422 (or PLP 422) Industrial Microbiology consultation with the major professor or pro­ brane structure. III, 3! gram committee. SIU credit. Cell biology, cellular development, ultra­ 432 Pathogenic Bacteriology III, 3) 622 (or BCP 622) Advanced Electron structure: ciliogenesis in protozoa, electron 453 (or BOT 453) Cell Biology III, 3! Microscopy (JJ, 2) The physical functioning of microscopy, ultrastructure of electrically con­ 484 Introductory Diagnostic Microbiology electron microscopes; high resolution micros­ ducting systems, cell culture, cellular im­ III, 3! copy of macro-molecules; newly available EM munity. 495, 496 Seminar in Microbiology (I and II, histochemical procedures; and computer 1 each) Microbial ecology, industrial microbiology. pol­ processing of electron images. !Lee. 2) Pre: 403, lution: marine and fresh water microbial ecol­ 510 (or ZOO 510) Cell and Developmental 405 or permission of department. Hufnagel ogy, biodeterioration, sanitary bacteriology, Biology of the Ciliated Protozoa III, 2) Cili­ 624 · (or BCP 624) Advanced Electron coliform ecology. ates as model systems for analysis of eu­ · Microscopy Laboratory (JJ, 2) Cleaning and caryotic cell development. Emphasis on ex­ aligning the electron microscope; development Master of Science perimental methods, including microscopy of independent project utilizing advanced IBrightfield, phase contrast, Normarski, techniques, and formal preser.tation of results Admission requirements: GRE and two fluorescence); histochemistry; organelle isola­ of individual projects to the class. !Lab. 6) Pre: semesters each of introductory courses in biol­ tion; protein analysis; genetics; cell synchro­ prior or concurrent registration in 622 or per­ ogy (zoology, botany). inorganic and organic nization; inhibitors. !Lab. 4) Pre: MIC 413 or mission of department. Hufnagel chemistry, mathematics, and physics; a semes­ equivalent or permission of instructor. In alter­ ter each of microbiology, genetics, quantita­ nate years, next offered spring 1986. Hufnagel 641 Physiology of Bacteria m,3) Bacterial tive analysis, and biochemistry. structure and function, including growth, 521 (or BOT 521 or ZOO -521) Recent Ad­ Program requirements: thesis; BCP 581; MIC nutrition, environmental factors, metabolism, vances in Cell Biology (I, 2) Reading of cur­ 413, 414, 415, 416, 599, 695. and 696; major biosynthesis, and energy-yielding reactions. rent papers in the area of cell biology and portion of courses in microbiology, including !Lee. 3) Pre: 201 or 211, two semesters of organic preparation of written and oral reports. Em­ one from an area other than bacteriology · chemistry and one semester of biochemistry. In al­ phasis on animal cells. (Lee. 2) Pre: at least one (virology, mycology, phycology, cell biology. ternate years, next offered 1986-87. Wood protozoologyl; written comprehensive of the following courses or an equivalent course examination. emphasizing cell structure and function: ZOO 315, 441, BOT 453, 432, 445, and MIC 408: graduate status or permission of instructor. May Doctor of Philosophy be repeated, maximum four credits. Hufnagel (Biological Sciences) 533 Immunity and Serology (I, 3) Various Admission requirements: same as for master's immune reactions, nature of antigens and degree and two semesters of calculus, BCP antibodies, and formation and action of latter. 435, and statistics. Proficiency-in one foreign !Lee. 2, Lab. 3! Pre: 201 or 211 and one semester language may be required by the student's of organic chemistry and senior standing.Staff Music 71

654 Advances in Immunology III, 2) Reports Specializations 423 Sixteenth-Century Counterpoint III, 3) on assigned readings concerning latest devel­ 430 The Renaissance Period II, 3) opments in the field of cellular and humoral Performance or music education. 431 The Baroque Era II, 3! immunity presented and discussed by stu­ 432 The Classical Era /II, 3J dents. Research paper and critical review of a Master of Music 433 The Romantic Era II, 3) scientific paper required. /Lee. 2) Pre: 553, BCP • 434 The Modem Era II, 3) 311, or permission of instructor. May be repeated, Admission requirements: undergraduate ma­ 438 Topics in Elementary School Music II, 3) maximum four credits. In alternate years, next jor, or the equivalent, in music with a grade 441 Special Projects II and II, 3) offered 1985-86. Laux point average of 2.5 or above, GRE with ad­ 451 Performance as Minor II and II, 2) vanced test in music. Applicants for perfor­ 656 Mechanisms of Bacterial Pathogenesis 481, 482 Piano Literature and Pedagogy II and mance as a specialization, or for the per­ II, 2 each) II, 3) Study of recent research on the molecu­ formance/essay subspecialization under music lar mechanisms of pathogenesis. Students ex­ 483, 484 Vocal Literature and Pedagogy II and education, must pass an audition in their ma­ II, 2 each) pected to participate in roundtable discussions jor performance subject before acceptance into of recent pertinent literature. /Lee. 3! Pre: 432, 485 Opera Workshop II and II, lJ a program. 496 Jazz Workshop /SS, lJ 552, BCP 311. In alternate years, next offered Program requirements: post-admission place­ 1986-87. Staff ment examinations in music history, litera­ 512 Advanced Instrumental Conducting 691, 692 Special Problems in Microbiology ture, and theory determine whether back­ II, 2) Critical study of orchestral and chamber II and II, 3) Assigned research on an advanced ground deficiencies must be made up for no music scores with reference to interpretation level. Student required to outline problem, program credit. A placement examination in and performance. Development of technical conduct the necessary literature and ex­ music education is also required of students command and expressive skill. Includes super­ perimental work, and present observations entering that program. A minimum of 30 vised rehearsal and conducting of university and conclusions in a report. /Lab. 6) Pre: credits is required for graduation. One half of ensembles. /Lee. 2) Pre: knowledge of basic ba­ graduate standing. Staff the program credits must be on the 500-level. ton as evidenced in audition or 312. In alternate (Teacher certification requires additional years, next offered fall 1985. Ceo 695, 696 Graduate Research Seminar II and courses in education at the undergraduate II, 3) II, 1 each) Reports of research in progress or 537 Musical Thought and Expression level.I completed. /Lee. 1! Required of all graduate stu­ Selected major readings from philosophical Performance specialization: twelve credits in dents in microbiology. SIU credit. Staff foundations of music, including aesthetics and MUS 561 plus MUS 565, 548, and six credits psychology. Intensive study and projects 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research II and distributed according to the major per­ related to musical performance practices. Pre: II! Number of credits is determined each sem­ formance subject, as follows: for vocalists: graduate standing in music. /Lee. 3) In alternate ester in consultation with the major professor MUS 483, 484, and two credits in 485 or 598; years, next pffered fall 1985. Motycka and Staff or program committee. SIU credit. for pianists: MUS 481, 482, and two credits in 590 or 598; for organists and guitarists: two 540 Advanced Principles of Music Educa­ Note: for Virology, see Aquacultural Science and tion III, 3) Critical study of principles of objec­ credits in 598, ensemble elective, and music Pathology and Plant Pathology; for Mycology, see elective; for other instrumentalists: MUS 512, tives, program, method, administration, su­ Botany. pervision, and evaluation of music education two credits in a major ensemble, and two credits in 598. All performance candidates in the United States. /Lee. 3) In alternate years, must also take a minimum of nine credits of next offered spring 1986. Motycka Music electives from music history/literature and the­ 545 Musical Aptitude and Achievement ory/composition (no more than six credits in II, 3) Intensive analysis of musical aptitude M.M. any one of these two areas), and pass a writ­ and achievement, from a thorough examina­ ten comprehensive examination. tion of existing devices to the consequent Music education specialization: MUS 537, 540, realization of research data via basic statistical Graduate Faculty 545, 548, and nine credits in one of the follow­ concepts. /Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing in mu­ Acting Chairperson: Professor Gene J. Pollart, ing subject areas: performance/essay: MUS sic, EDC 371 or PSY 434 or equivalent. In alter­ M.M., 1967, University of Colorado 551 lsix credits), 555, and 570; thesis: six nate years, next offered fall 1986. Motycka Coordinator of graduate studies: Professor Geoffrey credits in MUS 599 and three elective credits. 548 Research in Music III, 3) Examination of D. Gibbs, D.M.A., 1974, Eastman School All music education candidates must also take research techniques as applied to the art of a minimum of nine credits of electives from of Music, University of Rochester music. Extant major project procedures and Professor Joseph S. Ceo, D.M.A., 1976, Cath­ music history/literature, theory/composition, data in the research categories: historical, ana­ and performance (no more than six credits in olic University of America lytical. experimental. descriptive. and phil­ any one of these three areas, and performance Professor John D. Dempsey, M.M., 1964, osophical. /Lee. 3) Pre: 545 or permission of only if it is not already part of the specializa­ Eastman School of Music, University of department. In alternate years, next offered spring tion.) Students in .a thesis program must pass a Rochester 1987. Motycka Professor Henry C. Fuchs, M.Mus., 1961, written qualifying examination before thesis 551 Performance as Minor or Elective II and University of Michigan work is begun and a final oral examination. II, 2) Private instruction. One 60-minute lesson Professor George E. Kent, M.M., 1960, New All other music education candidates must and scheduled practice hours each week.• One England Conservatory of Music pass a written comprehensive examination. level, one year as prescribed in performance Professor Arthur Motycka, Ed.D., 1965, Uni­ minor syllabi. Afternoon recital required each versity of Illinois MUS Courses semester. /Studio 6) Pre: completion of perfor­ Professor W. Donald Rankin, D.M:A., 1970, Music mance minor in undergraduate upper division Boston University and permission of department. May be repeated. Associate Professor Mary L. Langdon 407 The Symphony III, 3! Staff Assistant Professor Patricia A. Wurst, Ph.D., 408 The Opera III, 3! 1982, New York University 418 Composition III, 3) II, 2) 419 Composition • See p. 19 for applied music fee associated with this 420 Counterpoint III, 3) course. 422 Advanced Orchestration III, 2! 72 Graduate Programs

•

Select area of instructionfrom the following and tions may be added. Small instrumental en­ Doctor of Philosophy add to coursenumber as MUS 551B, Piano: sembles are normally restricted to one per­ (Biological Sciences) A Voice I Viola d'Amore R Trombone former per part (Lee. 2) Pre:graduate standing in music and evidenceby audition of graduate­ Limited to soil science and organic geo­ B Piano J Flute S Baritone chemistry specializations. C Otgan K Oboe Horn level performance.May be repeated. Staff Admission requirements:GRE and M.S. de­ D Harpsichord L Clarinet T Tuba 599 Masters Thesis Research ([ and II! Num-· E Violin M Bassoon U Percussion gree with thesis in biological or physical F Viola N Saxophone V Guitar ber of credits is determined each semester in science. G Violoncello P Trumpet W Harp consultation with the major professor or pro­ Programrequirements: Dissertation and ad­ H Bass Viol Q French Hom gram committee. Pre: 548. May be repeated. vanced courses determined in consultation SIU credit. Staff 555 Graduate Recital for Performance Mi­ with the candidate's committee. nor (I and II, OJPerformance of advanced repertoire of various styles in a public program NRS Courses of at least 45 minutes performance time after Natural Resources Science faculty acceptance. Pre: concurrentregistration Natural Resources in 551 and 4 or more credits in 551. Staff M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) 401 Forest Influences a,3! 402 Wildlife Pop~tions (II, 31 561 Performance Major (I or ll, 3, 4, or 6) 411 Soil Chemistry (II , 3! Private instruction for graduate performance Graduate Faculty 412 Soil Biochemistry m,3! majors only. One 60-minute lesson each 423 Wetland Ecology a, 4! week.• Recital performance as required by Chairperson:Associate Professor William R. 424 Wetlands and Land Use (II, 3! department and instructor. (Studio 60 minutes) Wright, Ph.D .. 1972, University of 450 Soil Conservation and Land Use (II, 3) See under 551 for areas of instruction. Pre: au­ Maryland 451 (or REM 4511 Soil Conservation Tech- dition demonstratingproficiency and comprehen­ Professor James H. Brown, Jr., D.F., 1965, nology (I, 3) sion equivalent to that requiredfor the completion Duke University 468 Soil Genesis and Classification a, 4! of the B.M. in performance.May be repeated. Professor George T. Felbeck, Jr., Ph.D., 1972, 475 (or PLS 4751 Plant Nutrition and Soil Staff Pennsylvania State University Fertility (II, 4! Professor Earl F. Patric, Ph.D., 1958, New 565 Graduate Recital for Performance Ma­ 491, 492 Special Projects (I and II, 1-3) York State University College of Forestry, jor (I and II, OJPerformance of advanced 500 Graduate Seminar in Natural repertoire of various styles in a public program Syracuse University Associate Professor Francis C. Golet, Ph.D ., Resources m, 1J Presentation of research of at least 55 minutes performing time after • 1973, University of Massachusetts reports and discussion of current topics in nat­ faculty acceptance. Pre: concurrentregistration Associate Professor Walter P. Gould, Ph.D., ural resources. Critique of research methodol­ in 561 and 6 or morecredits in 561. Staff 1966, New York State University College of ogy and scientific literature. (Lee. 1JPre: gradu­ 570 Graduate Project (I and II, 3) Indepen­ Forestry, Syracuse University ate standing. Attendance is requiredof all stu­ dent study resulting in a major essay, compo­ Associate Professor Thomas P. Husband, dents in graduate residence,but a maximum of sition, or orchestration. Pre: 548 and permission Ph.D., 1977, Michigan State University one credit per year is allowed: no more than two of department. Staff Associate Professor Charles G. McKiel, M.S., creditsfor the entire period. SIU ~edit. Staff 1959, University of Maine 590 Piano Accompanying (I and II, 1) Devel­ 568 Recent Advances in Soil Science a, 3) opment of sightreading skills. Preparation and Assistant Professor Arthur J. Gold, Ph.D., Critical analysis and presentation of technical .performance of accompaniments of major 1983, Michigan State University reports of recent advances in soil science. works. (Lee. 1) Pre: permissionof piano faculty. Adjunct Assistant Professor Peter August, Topics will vary according to background of May be repeatedfor a total of threeprogram Ph.D., 1981, Boston University students enrolled. With departmental permis­ credits. Rankin Adjunct Assistant Professor Stephen S. Davis, sion can be taken more than once. (Lee. 3) Pre: M ..s., 1976, Purdue University 591 University Symphony Orchestra (I and six credits in soil scienceor permissionof instruc­ II, 1J (Lee.3) Pre: audition at graduate level of tor. In alternate years, next offered1985-86. performance.May be repeated. Ceo Specializations Wright 591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each) · 594 Symphonic Wind Ensemble (I and II, 1! Soil chemistry, soil biochemistry, soil genesis (Lee. 3) Pre: audition at graduate level of perfor­ and classification, soil fertility and manage­ Advanced independent research projects mance. Pollart ment, soil properties and land use, organic ge­ supervised by members of the research staff ochemistry, water resources management, and unrelated to thesis research. Projects de­ 595 Concert Choir (I and II, 1) (Lee.3!.Pre: wetland ecology, forest science, wildlife veloped to meet individual needs . Pre: permis­ audition at graduate level of performance.Kent management. sion of department. Staff 596 Jazz and Studio Ensemble (I and II, 1) 599 Master's Thesis Research I and II (I and Study and performance of jazz and studio mu­ Master of Science II! Number of credits is determined each se­ sic, with leadership roles in improvisation and mester in consultation with the major pro­ sectional rehearsals and performance. Demon­ Admission requirements:GRE and bachelor's fessor or program committee. SIU credit. stration of technical and stylistic competencies degree with undergraduate major in biological 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research I and II for these roles in audition. (Lab. 3! Motycka or physical sciences. Applicants with course (I and II! Number of credits is determined deficiencies may be required to take appropri­ 598 Chamber Music Ensemble (I and II, lj each semester in consultation with the major ate undergraduate courses without program Chamber music ensembles are designated as professor or program committee. SIU credit. A. Keyboard Ensemble, B. String Ensemble, credit. C. Woodwind Ensemble, D. Brass Ensemble, Programrequirements: Thesis and advanced E. Percussion Emremble, G. Madrigal Singers, courses selected on the basis of the student's H. Guitar Ensemble, M. Jazz Combo. Select background ap.d interests. appropriate letter and small ensemble from the list and add to course number, as 598B • Sec p. 19 for applied music fee associated with this String Ensemble. Other ensemble combina- course. Natural Resources/Nursing 73

Nursing area of specialization, and 3 credits of free guidance of the faculty. Pre: permission of M.S. , Ph.D. elective; major paper involving independent graduate faculty. Staff research ; written comprehensive examination. 510 Advanced Leadership and Nursing Role Development III, 3) Factors at various Graduate Faculty Doctor of Philosophy levels of social institutions that influence client and client -nurse systems. Emphasis on role Dean: Professor Hesook S. Kim , R.N., Ph.D., Admis sion requirements : the GRE is required 1977, Brown University development , leadership , and change in effect­ (scores at 60th percentile or above are desira­ ing patient care . (Lee. 3) Pre: 501 and 502. Hirsch Assistant Dean : Assistant Professor Dayle Hunt ble); a bachelor 's degree from an NLN­ Joseph, R.N., Ed.D ., 1982, Boston Uni­ accredited program or its equivalent in nurs ­ 511 Advanced Mental Health Nursing I (I or versity ing , and a master 's degree in nursing or its II, 3) Investigation of theories of healthy and Professor Margaret Hardy , R.N ., Ph .D., 1971, equivalent (cumulative averages of 3.0 and 3.3 psychopathological patterns of individual be­ University of Washington respectively are desirable ); two scholarly havior from a mental health perspective. /Lee. 3) Professor Janet I. Hirsch , R.N., Ed.D. , 1978, papers (one theoretical and one empirical) or a Pre: 501 and 502, graduate level course in psy­ Boston University master's thesis or equivalent ; three recommen­ choneurology or psychobiology, must be taken Associate Professor Concepcion Y. Castro , dations for doctoral study including one by a prior to or concurrently with 512. Garey R.N ., Ed.D ., 1984, Boston University doctorall y prepared person ; a statement of 5i2 Practicum in Advanced Mental Health Associate Professor Barbara Morgan , R.N. , purpose indicating goals congruent with those Ph.D. , 1981, University of Connecticut Nursing I II or II, 3) Field experience to develop of the program and institution ; and a course competence in the practice of advanced men­ Assistant Professor Jacqueline D. Fortin, R.N. , in statistics including inferential statistics. Ph.D. , 1984, Boston University tal health nursing. Emphasis on application of Program requir ements: A minimum of 61 relevant theories in solving individuals ' mental Associate Professor Donna Schwartz-Barcott , credits including core courses in nursing (19 health problems. /Lab . 6) Pre: 501 and 502, R.N. , Ph.D ., 1978, University of North credits ) and cognates (6 credits ); electives in Carolina graduate level course in psychoneurology, must be nursing (6 credits ) and research methods (6 taken concurrentl y with 511. Garey Assistant Professor Marion Garey , R.N. , credits ); free electives (6 credits ); and the doc­ Ed .D. , 1985, Boston University toral dissertation (at least 18 credits ), plus 513 Advanced Mental Health Nursing II (I or Clinical Assistant Professor Denise Fimbell , written and oral comprehensive exams in II, 2) Theoretical analysis of current modes of R.N. , M.S., 1982, University of Colorado nursing theory , research methods , and one advanced mental health intervention in order substantive area. Reading comprehension of a to explain strategies for solution of family , group , and community problems. /Lee. 2) Pre: Specializations foreign language by the time the core courses are completed is now required but the faculty 511, 512, must be taken concurrently with 514. Garey For the M .S.: Education, administration, of the College of Nursing are exploring the 514 Practicum in Advanced Mental Health mental health care , primary health care, and possibility of waiving this requirement for Nursing II II or II, 4) Field experience to de­ clinical practice (with emphasis on critical those students for whom another research tool velop increased competence in the practice of care , gerontological nursing, or parent -child would prove more relevant to the areaof research. mental health nursing intervention. /Lab. BJ health nursing ). Pre: 511, 512, must be taken concurrently with For the Ph.D.: Clinical nursing research in NUR Courses 513. Garey the domains of client , client -nurse interac ­ Nursing tions , and nursing practice . 521 Theoretical Study of Major Problems in Nursing Practice III , 3) Major theories and 4 95 Expanded Nursing As.5essment Skills (I or concepts for developing strategies in nursing II, 3) Master of Science practice . Emphasis on developing nursing 496 Expanded Nursing Assessment Skills: strategies through theoretical analysis of prob­ Admission requirements: MAT or GRE , a Pediatrics (I and II, 1J bachelor 's degree from an NLN-accredited lems viewed in the context of organizational program with an upper division major in nurs­ 501 Theoretical Study of Phenomena in and societal systems. /Lee. 3) Pre: 501, 502 and ing and an undergraduate course in statistics . Nursing !l, 3) Major theories and concepts in 505, must be taken concurrently with 522. For specialization in primary health care: two nursing . Emphasis on the theoretical study of Schwartz-Barcott nursing phenomena commonly found in client years of professional nursing practice and 522 Practicum in the Study of Major Prob­ and client-nurse systems. /Lee. 3) Pre: graduate NUR 495 or equivalent are required . Students lems in Nursing Practice III, 3) Field study of who have not completed upper division under­ standing, must be taken concurrentl y with 502. major nursing problems with emphasis on ex­ Schwartz-Barcott and Joseph graduate nursing coursework will be required amination, evaluation , and revision of nursing to make up this deficiency prior to completion 502 Practicum in the Study of Phenomena strategies for problems in the context of or­ of the admission process. in Nursing U, 3) Field study of selected nurs­ ganizational and societal systems . /Lab. 6J Pre: Program requirements: 36 credit hours for ing phenomena in health care agencies. Em­ 501 , 502 and 505, must be taken concurrently education , administration , mental health , and phasis on th e clinical application of selected with 521 . Schwartz-Barcott clinical practice specialization; 39 cred it hours theoretical or conceptual frameworks. /Lab . 6) 531 Primary Health Care Nursing I III, 3) for primary health care specialization , includ­ P,·e: graduat e standing , must be taken concur­ Theoretical knowledge and skills for the de­ ing NUR 501 , 502, 505 , 510; 12-15 credits in rentl y with 501 . Schwartz-Barcott and Joseph velopment of nursing strategies in analyzing, area of specialization (NUR 521, 522, 541 , 542 505 Nursing Research II or II, 3) An over­ managing, and preventing health-related prob­ for education ; NUR 521 , 522, 551, 552 for ad ­ view and analysis of current research in nurs­ lems common to primary health care clients as ministration; NlJR 511. 512 , 513 , 514 for men ­ ing with special focus on patient care . Stu­ individuals. /Lee. 3) Pre: 500, 501, 502, ZOO tal health care ; NUR 531 , 532 , 533, 534 for dents will design a research project. /Lee. 3) 442 . Castro and Fimbell primary health care and NUR 521, 522 , 561 , Pre: a course in statisti cs and 501, 502 or concur­ and 562 or 563 or 564 for clinical practice ); 3 532 Practicum in Primary Health Care rent enrollment , or permission of instructor. Mor­ Nursing I /II, 3) Clinical application of theo­ credits in physiological sciences , 3 credits in gan and Fortin social/behavioral sciences , 3 credits related to retical knowledge and skills as presented in 506 Independent Study in Nursing II and II, 531. /Lab . 6) Pre: must be taken concurrentl y 2-6) Intensive study of a specific area of in­ with 531. Castro and Fimbell terest, a problem or issue in nursing under 74 Graduate Programs

533 Primary Health Care Nursing II II, 3! applied to critical care nursing. (Lab. 6! Pre: 651 Advanced Methods in Nursing Re­ Theoretical study for the development of in­ 501, 502. 521 and 522. Must be taken concur­ search I a, 3) In-depth study of theories and creased nursing competency in primary care rently with 561. Kim methods in sampling, research design, data collection, and data analysis, and application practice. Emphasis on health care strategies to 563 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing assist individuals and families in coping with of these to qualitative research in nursing. Practice in Gerontology II or II, 3! Field study Emphasis on qualitative data collection health-related problems. /Uc. 3! Pre: 531, 532, in gerontological riursing. Emphasis on testing methods. /Lee. 3) Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. must be taken concurrently with 534. Castro and and evaluating selected theories of practice as program: advanced statistics course or permission Firnbell applied to gerontological nursing. (Lab. 6! Pre: of instructor. Fortin 534 Practicum in Primary Health Care 501, 502, 521, and 522. Must be taken con­ Nursing II II, 6! Application of theoretical currently with 561. Kim and Staff 652 Advanced Methods in Nursing Re­ search II III, 3) In-depth study of application knowledge skills for the development of nurs­ 564 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing of theories and methods in sampling, research ing strategies for health promotion and Practice in Parent-Child Health II or II. 3! design, data collection, data analysis for quan­ management of health-related problems com­ Field study in parent-child health nursing. titative and evaluation research in nursing. mon to families. (Lab. 12! Pre: 531, 532, must Emphasis on testing and evaluating selected (Lee. 3) Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. program; be taken concurrently with 533. Castro and theories of practice as applied to parent-child 651 or permission on instructor. Fortin Firnbell health nursing. (Lab. 6) Pre: 501. 502. 521, 522. 541 Theoretical Study of Nursing Educa­ Must be taken concurrently with 561. Kim and 657 Historiography: An Analytical and tion II or II, 3) Investigation of theories, con­ Staff Evaluative Tool For Nursing Science II or II, 3) cepts,. and models applicable to nursing educa­ A study of historical research methodologies 601 Foundations of Nursing Science (J or II. 3) important in behaviorial research and nursing tion. Emphasis on theoretical analysis to de­ Analysis of the nature of nursing knowledge science. Includes varieties of history, theories velop and explain strategies for the teaching of from the historical and epistemological per­ of historical interpretation, the nature of nursing. (Lee. 3) Pre: 521, 522 or permission of spectives. Focus upon examination of theoreti­ historical evidence and evaluative methods. the instructor, must be taken concurrently with cal, ethical, and methodological foundations /Lee. 3) Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. program; 542. Hirsch of the development of nursing science. /Lee. 3! 601,651, and 652. Staff 542 Practicum in Nursing Education II or II, 3! Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. program. Hardy Field experience in nursing education. Empha­ 602 Construction of Nursing Theory I: In­ 660 Philosophical Foundations for Health sis on the instructional design and the de­ Care Research (I, 3) Presentation of the ductive Process II or II, 4) Study of inductive historical and philosophical basis of contem­ velopment of strategies for the teaching of approaches to generating theory relevant to nursing based on theoretical knowledge. (Lab. 6! nursing science. Examination of multidisci­ porary health care research. /Lee. 3! Pre: enroll­ Pre: 521, 522 or permission of instructor, must be plinary strategies for generation of theory from ment in the Ph.D. program or permission of in­ taken concurrently with 541. Hirsch structor. Spence field data. (Lee. 2. Lab. 4) Pre: enrollment in 551 Theoretical Study of Nursing Adminis­ Ph.D. program: 601 or permission of instructor. 671 Role Development in Nursing Re­ tration II or II, 3) Study of theories of organi­ Schwartz-Barcott search II or II. 3) In-depth examination of the zation and management as they relate to nurs­ 603 Construction of Nursing Theory II: role of nurse researcher as a member of a mul­ ing administration. The emphasis is on theories tidisciplinary team and in academia. Emphasis Deductive Process (I or II, 3) Study of deduc­ on theories and issues related to researcher to develop or explain management strategies tive theory-building as applied to nursing in nursing administration. (Lee. 3) Pre: 521. science. Focus on the nature of deductive theories role development. (Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: enroll­ 522 or permission of instructor, must be taken and the application of deductive process to ment in the Ph.D. program: 601: 602 or 603; and concurrently with 552. Staff nursing theory construction. (Lee. 3) Pre: en­ 660. Staff 552 Practicum in Nursing Administration rollment in the Ph.D. program: 601 or permission 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I or ID II or II, 3) Field experience in nursing adminis­ of instructor. Kim Number of credits is determined each semes­ tration. Emphasis on the examination, de­ 621 Nursing Theory and Research in the ter in consultation with the major professor or velopment and implementation of strategies in Client Domain II or II. 3! In-depth, compara­ program committee. SIU credit. nursing administration. /Lab. 6! Pre: 521. 522 tive analysis of existing nursing theories and 995 Reading and Research in Nursing (I or or permission of instructor, must be taken concur­ research relevant to the client domain. De­ II, 1-6) Advanced work by individual student rently with 551. Staff velopment of a research proposal for valida­ on a selected issue in nursing under the direc­ 560 Ethical Theories, Nursing Practice and tion of a selected nursing theory. (Lee. 3) Pre: tion of a faculty member. (Lee. 1-6! Not for pro­ Health Care m, 3! Analysis of philosophic enrollment in the Ph.D. program: completion of gram credit. Pre: graduate standing. SIU credit. positions, ethical theories, and moral princi­ core-levelcontents in nursing. Schwartz-Barcott Staff ples important to professional nurses in their 631 Nursing Theory and Research in.the clinical, educative, and administrative prac­ Client-Nurse Domain II or II, 3! Study of tice. /Sem.J Pre: B.S. or B.A. in a health-related theoretical and research work in the client­ field, prior course in philosophy and ethics, or nurse domain. Formulation and testing of hy­ Ocean Engineering permission of instructor. Staff potheses dealing with client-nurse phenomena. M.S., Ph.D. 561 Theories of Practice for Clinical Nurs­ (Lee. 2, Lab. 2! Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. pro­ ing (II, 3) Intensive analysis of theories of gram: completion of core-levelnursing courses. practice as applied to clinical nursing. Empha­ Staff Graduate Faculty sis on theoretical knowledge of the nurse sys­ 641 Nursing Theory and Research in the Chairperson: Professor Armand J. Silva, Ph.D., tem phenomena in professional clinical nurs­ Practice Domain II or II. 3) In-depth analysis 1965, University of Connecticut ing. (Lee. 3) Pre: 501, 502, 521, and 522: must of theoretical and research work in the nursing Professor Tadeusz Kowalski, Ph.D., 1969, Uni­ be taken concurrently with 562, 563 or 564. Kim domain of practice. The expansion and refine­ versity of Waterloo 562 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing ment of knowledge for nurse-system Professor Lester R. LeBlanc, Ph.D., 1966, Practice in Critical Care II or II, 3! Field study phenomena of the practice domain. (Lee. 3) University of Rhode Island in critical care nursing. Emphasis on testing Pre: enrollment in the Ph.D. program: completion Professor Foster H. Middleton, Dr. Eng., and evaluating selected theories of practice as of core level nursing courses. Kim 1959, The Johns Hopkins University Ocean Engineering 75

Professor Vito A. Nacci, M.S., 1949, Harvard Program requirements: Ph.D. qualifying ex­ diffraction regimes; time and frequency do­ University amination, dissertation, one advanced applied main techniques for simple oscillators; en­ Professor Vincent C. Rose, Ph.D., 1964, mathematics course, one additional oceanog­ vironmental loadings; random vibration; spec­ University of Missouri raphy and two additional ocean engineering tral models; case studies. (Lee. 3) Pre: MCE 464 Professor Malcolm L. Spaulding, Ph.D., 1972, core courses, completion of 30 course credits or equivalent. Hu · University of Rhode Island beyond master's, 523 (or CVE 523) Coastal Structures 3! Professor Peter R. Stepanishen, Ph.D., 1969, m, Pennsylvania State University Introduction to coastal engineering; review of Special Financial Aid wave theories for coastal applications; wave Professor Frank White, Ph.D., 1959, Georgia Institute of Technology forces on coastal structures; seawall, groins, Graduate and research assistantships are jetties, and breakwaters; construction Associate Research Professor Peter C. Cornillon, available for highly qualified students. Some materials; ports and harbors; ice loading; case Ph.D., 1973, Cornell University industrial and other fellowships are also Associate Professor Robert C. Tyce, Ph.D., studies. (Lee. 3! Pre: 587, 510 or concurrent available. enrollment. McEwen 1976, University of California, Scripps Institution of Oceanography 534 (or CHE 534) Corrosion and Corro­ Assistant Professor Richard Brown, Ph.D., General Information sion Control ([[, 3! Chemical nature of me­ 1977, University of Cambridge Programs of study can be designed for peo­ tals, electrochemical nature of corrosion. Assistant Professor Sau-Lon James Hu, Ph.D., ple who are employed on a full-time basis. Types of corrosion, influence of environment, 1984, Rice University methods of corrosion control, behavior of en­ Professor Emeritus Herman E. Sheets, Doctor OCE Courses gineering materials, all with special emphasis of Tech. Sci., 1936, Technical University, on the ocean environment. (Lee. 3! Pre: permis­ Prague Ocean Engineering sion of instructor. Brown 401, 402 (or MCE 401, 402) Introduction 535 (or CHE 535) Advanced Course in Specializations to Ocean Engineering Systems I and II Corrosion (II, 3! Various types of corrosion (I and II, 3 each) problems occurring in modern industry. In­ Underwater acoustics, hydrodynamics, data 403, 404 (or CHE 403, 404) Introduction depth comparison of the various methods collection and analysis, ocean energy systems, to Ocean Engineering Processes I and available to avoid, reduce, or eliminate corro­ materials and corrosion, marine geomechanics, II (I and II, 3 each) sion. Continuation of 534. (Lee. 3) Pre: 534 or numerical modeling of ocean processes, re­ 406 (or CVE 406) Introduction to Coastal permission of instructor. Brown mote sensing, and marine structures. and Ocean Engineering III, 3! 540 (or MCE 540) Environmental Control 407 (or CVE 407) Project in Ocean En­ in Ocean Engineering 3) Application of gineering 3) m, Master of Science m, the principles of thermodynamics, heat trans­ 410 (or MCE 410) Basic Ocean Measure­ fer and fluid dynamics to the requirements of Admission requirements: GRE and B.S. degree ments (I and II, 3! in engineering, physics, applied mathematics human survival and engineering operations in 411 (or CVE 411) Basic Coastal Measure- deep and shallow water. (Lee. 3! Pre: permission or other technical disciplines. Students with a ments a, 3) non-engineering background may be required of instructor. Tucker 510 Engineering Ocean Mechanics 3! to make up deficiencies by taking undergradu­ m, 555, 556 Ocean Energy Systems I and II ate courses in thermo-dynamics, fluid flow, Fundamental equations of ocean hydrody­ (I and II, 3 each) Theory and design of energy namics. Applications to wave motion and strength of materials, electrical engineering, or extraction from the oceans. Types of ocean generation, wave spectra, storms, tide, and applied mathematics. Applications should be power available; principles and systems of submitted as early in the senior year as sediment transport. Hydrodynamic forces and energy extraction; design and construction moments. Analysis and numerical modeling of possible. principles. Design project of a power device Program requirements: Core requirement of estuarine flows. (Lee. 3! Pre: MCE 354 or will be carried out in the second semester. equivalent. Spaulding or White three courses selected from OCE 510; 512; 521 (Lee. 3! Pre: MCE 345 and 354 or equivalent. or 534; 560 or 561; 565; 571; 587; 653; one 512 Hydrodynamics of Floating and Sub­ Kowalski course selected from OCG 501, 521, 540, or merged Bodies I a, 3) Hydrodynamic princi­ 560 Introduction to Data Collection Sys­ 561. Thesis option: core requirement plus the­ ples associated with floating and submerged tems III, 3! Practical problems of data collec­ sis and at least 12 course credits of electives bodies: resistance, propulsion, static and dy­ tion. Probes and sensors, interfaces, signal exclusive of OCE 605, 606. Non-thesis option: namic stability. (Lee. 3) Pre: MCE 455 or conditioning, and storage. Examples found lfor part-time students only with permission of equivalent. Kowalski among the current research areas within ocean department at time of admission) core require­ 513 Hydrodynamics of Floating and Sub­ engineering will be emphasized. (Lee. 3) Pre: ment plus 21 course credits exclusive of OCE merged Bodies II /II, 3! Continuation of 512. graduate standing in engineeringor permission of 605, 606 but including at least one course re­ Problems of maneuvering, control and mo­ instructor. Haas quiring a substantial paper involving signifi­ tions in waves. (Lee. 3! Pre: MCE 455 or equiva­ 561 Introduction to the Analysis of Ocean­ cant independent study, and written master's lent. Kowalski examination. ographic Data a, 3! Design of oceanic experi­ 521 Materials Technology in Ocean Engi­ ments to determine spatial and temporal neering (I, 3! Requirements for ocean engi­ sampling rate, recision, accuracy, signal-to­ Doctor of Philosophy neering materials. Material characteristics, noise ratio, etc. Description of typical ocean Admission requirements: GRE and M.S. de­ fracture toughness, notch sensitivity, energy data collection and analysis systems. Develop­ gree in engineering or other technical dis­ absorption, speed of loading, and fatigue in ment of relevant techniques. (Lee. 3) Pre: IDE cipline, or equivalent; ocean engineering and salt water. Steel, aluminum, titanium, plastics, 411, MTH 451 or equivalent. LeBlanc concrete, and applicable regulations. (Lee. 3! oceanography core courses as in master of 565 Ocean Laboratory I (I or II, 3) Measure­ science program. Requirements must have Pre: permission of instructor. Brown ments, experiments, operation of apparatus in been taken previously or will have to be made 522 Dynamics of Waves and Structures (I, 3) the ocean and in the laboratory. Statistical up for no program credit. Introduction to offshore structures; physical theory, planning multivariable experiments, modeling, wave force models, Morison and 76 Graduate Programs

checking of data, etc. !Lee. 1. Lab. 6! Pre: 661 Analysis of OceanograJS1}icData Sys­ Oceanography graduate standing in engineering or oceanog­ tems !I, 3! Design of systems for deep ocean M.S., Ph.D. raphy, or permission of instructor. Middleton and estuarine data collection and processing. Space-time sampling, multivariate analysis and 566 Ocean Laboratory II'/I or II. 3) Planning long-term experiments in the ocean. Carrying convergence of moments as applied to ocean Graduate Faculty data estimation and system design. Current out a synoptic ocean program using vessels. Dean: Professor John A. Knauss, Ph.D., 1959, buoys, underwater sensors and locations of topics in ocean data systems. !Lee. 3! Pre: ELE 506 or equivalent. LeBlanc University of California opportunity. Student manages experiment, Assistant dean for students: Associate Professor and writes technical report. !Lab. 6-8) Pre: 565. 672 (or ELE 672) Underwater Acoustics II Theodore A. Napora, Ph.D., 1964, Yale Middleton !II, 3! Transducers, radiators and receivers, University 571 (or ELE 571) Underwater Acoustics I directivity (array structures). equivalent cir­ Professor Michael L. Bender, Ph.D., 1970, cuits, efficiency; piezoelectricity, magneto­ !I, 3) Wave equation, energy. pressure and Columbia University particle velocity. Acoustic properties of the striction, sonar principles. measurements, and Professor Robert A. Duce, Ph.D., 1964, sea. Elementary sources, refraction, reflection, calibration. !Lee. 3) Stepanishen Massachusetts Institute of Technology ray theory, normal modes, and scattering, 673 Advanced Course in Underwater Research Professor Paul J. Fox, Ph.D., 1972, with emphasis on sound propagation in the Acoustic Propagation !I, 3) Analysis of propa­ Columbia University ocean . !Lee. 3! Stephanishen gation from a concentrated acoustic source in Professor H. Perry Jeffries, Ph.D., 1959, the ocean by methods such as advanced nor­ Rutgers-The State University 587 Submarine Soil Mechanics !I, 3) Soil mechanics principles as applied to submarine mal mode theory, numerical integration, and Professor James P. Kennett, Ph.D., 1965, slope stability. heaving, sinkage, and anchor­ Fast Fourier Transforms. Applications to D.Sc., 1967, Victoria University of Wellington age problems with emphasis on effective stress ocean features such as surface ducts, shadow Professor Dana R. Kester, Ph.D., 1969, Oregon principle and selection of shear strength of zones. deep sound channel, etc. !Lee. 3! Pre: State University marine sediments. !Lee. 3! Pre: CVE 380 or 571 or equivalent. Stepanishen Professor Roger L. Larson, Ph.D., 1970, University of California, San Diego equivalent. Silva 674 Nonlinear Acoustics !I or II. 3! Topics in the nonlinear acoustics of fluids. Propagation Research Professor Ferren MacIntyre, Ph.D., 591, 592 Special Problems (I and II, 1-6 each! 1965, Massachusetts Institute of Technology Advanced work under the supervision of a and interactions of finite-amplitude sound waves. Parametric sonar. Sound generation by Professor Robert L. McMaster, Ph.D., 1953, member of the staff and arranged to suit the Rutgers-The State University individual requirement of the student. !Lee. or turbulence. Cavitation noise. Shock waves. Underwater explosions. Radiation pressure Professor Scott W. Nixon, Ph.D., 1969, Lab. according to nature of problem) Pre: permis­ University of North Carolina sion of department. Staff and acoustic streaming. !Lee. 3! Pre: 571 or per­ mission of instructor. Stepanishen Research Professor Candace A. Oviatt, Ph.D., 599 Masters Thesis Research !I and II! Num­ 1967, University of Rhode Island ber of credits is determined each semester in 675 Processing of Underwater Acoustic Professor Michael E. ·Q. Pilson, Ph.D., 1964, consultation with the major professor or pro­ Data m, 3! Description of the underwater University of California, San Diego gram committee. SIU credit. acoustic environment. Methods of measuring Professor James G. Quinn, Ph.D., 1967, underwater acoustic signals. Data analysis of University of Connecticut 605, 606 Ocean Engineering Seminar (I and passive and active signals. Applications of Research Professor Kenneth A. Rahn, Ph.D., II. 1 each) Seminar discussions including pre­ underwater acoustics to oceanographic survey. 1971, University of Michigan sentation of papers based on research or litera­ /Lee. 3! Pre: ELE 506 or equivalent. LeBlanc Professor Hans T. Rossby, Ph.D., 1966, ture survey. !Lee. 1! Attendance is required of all Massachusetts Institute of Technology students in graduate residence. A maximum of 1 676 Acoustic Radiation from Underwater Vibrators !I or II, 3! Fundamentals of acoustic Professor Saul B. Saila, Ph.D., 1952, Cornell credit per year is allowed. No more than 2 credits University for the entire period. SIU credit. Staff radiation from submerged structures. Radia­ tion from planar, cylindrical. and spherical Professor Akella N. Sastry, Ph.D., 1961, 625 Advanced Marine Structures !II, 3! Ad­ surfaces. In-vacuo and in-fluid vibration of Florida State University vanced oscillator models of offshore platforms elastic bodies. Acoustic coincidence and fluid Professor Jean-Guy Schilling, Ph.D., 1966, and equipment; estimates of extreme loading effects on radiation from elastic bod­ Massachusetts Institute of Technology responses; radiation and scattering of waves ies. Pre: 571 or approval of instructor. Professor John McN. Sieburth, Ph.D., 1954, by offshore structures; study of fixed, sub­ Stepanishen University of Minnesota merged, and compliant offshore structures. Professor Haraldur Sigurdsson, Ph.D., 1970, !Lee. 3! Pre: 510, 522, CVE 551 or equivalent. 685 Seminar in Marine Geotechniques Durham University Hu See Civil and Environmental Engineering 685. Professor Theodore J. Smayda, Dr.Philos., 1967, University of Oslo 626 (or CVE 626) Marine Structural Design 691, 692 Special Problems !I and II, 1-6 each! Advanced work under supervision of a mem­ Professor Melvin E. Stern, Ph.D., 1956, !II. 3! Introduction to offshore structural de­ Massachusetts Institute of Technology sign problems; design and simulation of fixed ber of the staff and arranged to suit the in­ dividual requirements of the student. !Lee. or Professor Elijah Swift, V, Ph.D., 1967, The offshore structure, a gravity offshore platform Johns Hopkins University or a coastal structure; design codes and regu­ Lab. according to nature of problem! Pre: permis­ sion of department. Staff Professor Howard E. Winn, Ph.D., 1955, lations. /Lee. 3) Pre: 353 and permission of in­ University of Michigan structor. McEwen, Silva, and Spaulding (I 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research and Associate Professor Michael Arthur, Ph.D., 653, 654 Ocean Engineering System II! Number of credits is determined each se­ 1979, Princeton University Studies !I and II. 3 each) Systems engineering mester in consultation with the major profes­ Associate Research Professor Peter Comillon, study of an advanced ocean engineering prob­ sor cir program committee. SIU credit. Ph.D., 1973, Cornell University lem. Students will operate as a complete engi­ Associate Professor Robert S. Detrick, Jr., neering team with specific subsystems designs Ph.D., 1978, Massachusetts Institute of done with individual faculty members. (Lee. 3! Technology and Woods Hole Oceano­ Kowalski graphic Institution Oceanography 77

Associate Research Professor Ann G. Durbin, post-baccalaureate work indicating outstand­ continental margins, beaches, and estuaries. Ph.D., 1976, University of Rhode Island ing ability. Applications should be completed /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: GEL 103 or 105 and 106. Associate Research Professor Edward G. Durbin, by April 15. McMaster Ph.D. , 1976, University of Rhode Island Program requirements: B grade in core 544 Seminar in Petrogenesis II, 3) Selected Associate Professor David Evans, Ph.D., 1975, courses, OCG 501, 521, 540, 561; six addi­ reading and class discussion of topics in igne­ University of Rhode Island tional course creoits in oceanography at the ous petrology and closely related mineral • Associate Professor Paul E. Hargraves, Ph.D., 600 level (excluding problems and research deposits, e.g.: genesis of andesites and basalts, 1968, College of William and Mary . courses and OCG 695); participation in regu­ kimberlite-diamond, anorthosite- magnetite­ Associate Research Professor Edward P. Laine, lar ocean research cruise. Although there is no ilmenite, layered intrusive- chromite-platinum Ph.D., 1977, Massachusetts Institute of general language requirement, the individual deposits, etc. /Lee. 3) Pre: GEL 530 or equiva­ Technology and Woods Hole Oceano- student's major professor may require the lent. Schilling and Sigurdsson graphic Institution . demonstration of ability in one or inore for­ Associate Research Professor Margaret Leinen, eign languages. 545 Geomagnetism and Paleomagnetism II, 3) Ph.D., 1980, University of Rhode Island Description of past and present magnetic fields of the earth. Principles, methods, results Associate Research Professor Robert C. Tyce, Special Financial Aid Ph.D., 1976, University of.California, of the application of paleomagnetism to di­ Scripps Institution of Oceanography There is a limited number of assistantships verse geological, geophysical, and pale­ Associate Professor D. Randolph Watts, for master's and doctoral candidates. ontological problems. Lectures and seminars. Ph.D., 1973, -Cornell University Pre: PHY 213 and/or 214 and MTH 142 and/or Associate Professor Mark Wimbush, Ph.D., 243 and/or 244 and some geology, GEL 103 General Information 1969, Scripps Institution of Oceanography and/or 104, or permission of instructor. Staff Assistant Research Professor John King, It is anticipated that approximately 25 stu­ 561 Biological Oceanography II, 3) Nature Ph.D., 1983, University of Minnesota dents will be admitted to the program for the of life in the sea; adaptations, patterns of dis­ Assistant Professor Lawrence J. P.ratt, Ph.D., 1986-87 academic year. tribution and production of plankton, nekton 1982, Massachusetts Institute of Technology and benthos, their interrelationships and and Woods Hole Oceanographic Institution OCGCourses interaction with the environment. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Assistant Professor Karen Wishner, Ph.D., Pre: ZOO 111. Napora 1979, Scripps Institution of Oceanography Oceanography Professor Emeritus Nelson Marshall, Ph.D., 5 74 Biology of Marine Mammals III, 3) 401 General Oceanography II and II, 3 each) Migration, reproduction, social organization, 1941, University of Florida 491 Ocean Studies II and II, 15 eacb) Professor Emeritus David M. Pratt, Ph.D., classification, anatomy, populations, physi­ 493, 494 Special Problems and Indepen- ology, and communications of cetaceans and 1943, Harvard University dent Study in Oceanography II and II, 1-6) pinnipeds. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: permission of in­ 501 Physical Oceanography II, 3) Basic structor. In alternate years, next offered 1987. Specializations course covering physical properties of sea­ Winn water, heat budget, distribution of variables, Biological, chemical, geological, and physical 576 (or MIC 576) Marine Microbiology II, 4) oceanography. dynamics, water masses and general circula­ The role of bacteria, fungi, apochlorotic algae, tion, waves and tides. /Lee. 3) Pre: PHY 213, flagellates, sarcodines, and ciliates in the cy­ MTH 141. Evans cling of organic matter is discussed in the con­ Master of Science 510 Descriptive Physical Oceanography text of their structure, habitats, trophic Admission requirements: GRE (verbal, quan­ III, 3) Observed distributions of temperature, modes, ecology, processes, and taxonomy. titative and advanced in the applicant's under­ salinity, currents; methods of deducing deep /Lee. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: CHM 112 and MIC 201 or graduate major) and bachelor's degree (B flow; physical properties of seawater; flow in 211 or permission of instructor. Sieburth average) in some field of the natural sciences estuaries; practical work in the analysis of 599 Masters Thesis Research II and IIJ Num­ or engineering. Applicants are normally ad­ oceanographic data; study of recent literature. ber-of credits is determined each semester in mitted for September only. Due to the limited /Lee. 3) Pre: 501. Watts consultation with the major professor or pro­ number of students that can be accepted as 521 Chemical Oceanography III, 3) Pro­ gram committee. SIU credit. Staff degree candidates, no application will be con­ cesses regulating the composition of seawater 605 Dynamical Oceanography II, 3) Simple sidered showing an undergraduate average of and the distribution of chemical species. The less than B unless there is post-baccalaureate steady state theories applied to ocean motion. interaction of marine chemistry with the ocean Review of well-known force balances in ocean­ work indicating outstanding ability. Applica­ floor, atmosphere, and marine organisms. tions should be completed by April 15. ography, wind-driven circulation, thermoha­ /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: CHM 101, 112 and PHY line circulation, the thermocline, oceanic Program requirements: thesis, OCG 501, 521, 213. Kester 540, 561, 695; participation in a regular ocean boundary layers, near shore circulation, diffu­ research cruise. 524 Chemistry of the Marine Atmosphere sion. /Lee. 3) Pre: 501. Rossby III, 3) Chemistry and physics of marine aer­ 607 Geophysical Models II, 1-4) Selected lab­ osols, trace gases, and precipitation; cycles Doctor of Philosophy oratory experiments modeling the motions of and budgets of atmospheric nitrogen, sulfur, oceans and atmospheres. Comparison of ef­ Admission requirements: GRE (verbal, quan­ -halogen, and carbon compounds; effects of fects of rotation and stratification. Thermal titative and advanced in the applicant's under­ man on the marine atmosphere. /Lee. 3) Pre: and thermohaline convection, inertial waves graduate major); master's degree is not re­ 521 and CHM 432 or permission of instructor. In and boundary layer phenomena. Emphasis on quired, but bachelor's degree is (B average), in alternate years, next offered 1988. Duce experimental research techniques and prepara­ some field of natural sciences or engineering. 540 Geological Oceanography III, 3) Origin tion of technical reports. /Lab. 2-8) Pre: 610 or Applicants are admitted for September only. of ocean basins; geomorphology, sediments, permission of instructor. May be repeated, but cu­ Due to the limited number of students that volcanism, structure, and tectonics of the mulative credits may not exceed4. Evans can be accepted as degree candidates, no ap­ deep-sea floor; character and development of 609 Dynanuts of Mixing III, 3J Theories of plication will be considered showing an under­ thermocline and the problem of vertical mix­ graduate average of less than B unless there .is ing. Relation of mean vertical mixing coeffi- 78 Graduate Programs

cients to detailed mechanisms of mixing. In­ 631 Seminar in Marine Chemistry (1 and olaria. Biogeography and paleoecology of ternal waves, shear instabilities, lateral spread­ JI, 1) Discussion of problems of current inter­ Cenozoic planktonic faunas . !Lee. 2, Lab. 1) In ing and entrainment, thermohaline con­ est in marine chemistry. (Lee. 1J Pre: 521 or alternate years, next offeredfall 1986. Kennett vection, small scale turbulence. !Lee. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. SIU credit. Staff 651 Cenozoic Marine Stratigraphy (I, 3) Ex­ permission of instructor. In alternate years, next 641,642 Geology of Continental Margins I tensive reading and class discussion of con­ offered 1987. Evans and II (J and II, 3 each! 641: Geomorphology, cepts and methods of biostratigraphy, 610, 611 Geophysical Fluid Dynamics sedimentology, and structure of continental chronostratigraphy, and lithostratigraphy as (1 and II, 3 each) Physics of ocean circulation; shelves, borderlands, slopes, and rises with applied to the Cenozoic. Stratigraphic nomen­ surface wave generation, rotating fluids, den­ consideration of origin and developmental se­ clature . Problems and advances in correlation sity currents, quasi-geostrophic motion, lami­ quence of continental margins. 642: Charac­ and dating of marine sediments from distinct nar viscous flow, turbulence, wind-driven teristics of continental margins compared with oceanographic regimes including type Euro­ ocean circulation, stratification, convection, those of island arcs, small ocean basins, and pean sections. (Lee. 3! In alternate years, next thermohaline convection, horizontal convec­ geosynclines . Origin and evolutionary rela­ offered 1987. Kennett tion, and thermoclines. (Lee. 3) Pre: a prior tionships considered within the framework of 652 Marine Geophysics !II, 3) Survey of ba­ global tectonics. course in fluid dynamics, and permission of in­ !Lee. 3) Pre: 540, 641 !for 642), sic subdisciplines of marine geophysics includ­ structor. Stern GEL 370 and 550. In alternate years, next offered ing plate tectonics, gravity, magnetics, heat 1987 for 641, 1988 for 642. McMaster 613 Waves !II, 3! Generation, propagation flow reflection, and refraction seismology. Ba­ and decay of surface waves, internal waves, 643 Subduction Zones II. 3) Structure, sic theory and methods of data collection and and Rossby waves in the ocean. /Lee. 3! Pre: petrology, and geochemistry of subduction interpretation emphasized. (Lee. 3) Pre: 540 or MCE 550 or permission of instructor. Wimbush zones, island arcs, and other magmatic arcs at permission of instructor. Detrick convergent plate margins. Petrogenesis of an­ 614 Tides II, 2! Generation, propagation, and 653 Reflection and Refraction Seismology desites and related magmas. !Lee. 3) Pre: 540 or dissipation of ocean tides. Earth tides. Rela­ (1, 3) Theory and application of marine single­ permission of instructor. Sigurdsson tion between theory and observation. Tidal channel, multi-channel, and refraction seismic analysis. /Lee. 2) Pre: 501. Wimbush 644 Global Paleoclimatology II. 3! Principles techniques. Topics include theory of elastic 620 Chemical Distributions !II, 3! Interdis­ of modern climatology, climate dynamics, wave propagation, instrumentation, method modelling, and climate indicators with appli­ ciplinary study of the processes responsible for of data collection , and travel time inversion oceanic chemical distributions with emphasis cation to the geologic record; Phanerozoic cli­ and interpretation techniques. (Lee. 3) Pre: 540 on conservative properties, biologically active mates and relationships to tectonics, paleo­ and 652 or permission of instructor. Detrick geography, and ocean-atmosphere composi­ constituents, and radionuclides. Includes 654 Seminar in Plate Tectonics a, 3! Exten­ tion. (Lee. 2, Sem. 1) Pre: 510, 540. In alternate projects involving data processing analysis. sive reading and seminar discussions of plate years, next offeredfall 1986. Arthur !Lee. 3) Pre: 501, 521, 540 and 561 or permission kinematics, driving forces, the rheology of the of instructor. Kester 645 Petrology of the Oceanic Crust (JI, 3! lithosphere, and topics of current research in­ Nature and origin of igneous and metamor­ terest. Assumes familiarity with basic concepts 623 Physical Chemistry of Seawater (1, 3! Characterization of dissociation, solubility, phic rocks of the oceanic crust of the earth; of geology, geophysics, and vector analysis. and redox equilibria in seawater. Partial molar mineralogy, petrology, and petrogenesis of !Sem. 3) Pre: 540 or permission of instructor. volumes, conductivity, and diffusion of ions in sea-floor rocks; metamorphism of the ocean Offered in odd calendar years only. Larson crust. !Lee. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. seawater. Kinetic studies in seawater; effect of 660 Ecological Conc.epts in Marine Re­ Sigurdsson temperature, salinity, and pressure on phys­ search II, 3) Advanced course in ecology, em­ iochemical properties in seawater. /Lee. 3) Pre: 646 Deep-Sea Sediments and Processes m,3! phasis on marine•environment. Ecological the­ 521 and CHM 432 or permission of instructor. Deep-sea sediments and their relation to ory pertaining to stability and diversity of nat· Kester oceanic processes such as solution, produc­ ural communities and perturbed systems. 625 Organic Geochemistry a,3! Chemistry tivity. and dilution. Sedimentary distributions Field work in Narragansett Bay on zooplank­ of organic matter in seawater and recent ma­ in time and space as related to tectonic ton, benthos, nekton. (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Jeffries rine sediments. Topics include source, charac­ models. Paleoclimatology, and past water 661 (or BOT 661) Phytoplankton Tax­ mass distributions and conditions. Term pa­ terization, significance, and fate of dissolved, onomy (1, 3) Classical and modern systems per. (Lee. 3) Pre: permission of instructor. In al­ particulate, and sedimentary organic com­ and techniques for the identification, nomen­ ternate years, next offered 1986. Arthur pounds. !Lee. 3! Pre: CHM 228 or permission of clature, and classification of planktonic algae, instructor. Quinn 64 7, 648 Recent Sedimentary Environ­ with emphasis on marine forms. Phylogeny ments I and II (J and II, 3 each! Concentrated . will 628 High Temperature Geochemistry (1, 3) be briefly considered. !Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: Principles and factors governing the distribu­ study of sedimentary environments with pri­ permission of instructor. In alternate years, next tion of trace elements in volcanic processes. mary emphasis on the relationships between offeredfall 1986. Hargraves sediment properties of each environment and Applications to the study of rock genesis, 663 (or BOT 663) Phytoplankton Physiol­ its environmental conditions. 647: beach, la­ mantle dynamics, oceanic crust formation and ogy II, 3) Metabolic processes and methods of goon, estuary, and bay. 648: continental shelf, hotspots. !Lee. 3) Pre: CHM 431 or equi-.,alent, their investigation in phytoplankton with pri­ slope and rise. !Lee. 3! Pre: 501, 540, GEL 550. or permission of instructor. Offered in e-.,encalen­ mary emphasis on functions pertinent to their In alternate years, next offered 1986-87. dar years only. Schilling ecology. Includes adaptation, uptake of McMaster 629 Isotope Geology II, 3! Principles of natu­ nutrients, excretion, rhythms, pigments, and ral radioactive growth and decay in closed and 649 Paleoceanography and Paleoecology a,3! photosynthesis. !Lee. 3) Pre: permission of in­ open systems. Applications of radiogenic iso­ Concepts of paleoecology. Review of Pleisto­ structor. Swift cene and Tertiary paleoceanography , topes to the study of the geochemical evolu­ 664 (or BOT 664) Phytoplankton Ecology paleoclimatology and paleoecology. Criteria tion of the earth's mantle, crust, ocean, and III, 3) Biology and ecology of the pelagic ma­ and methods used in marine paleoecology, es­ atmosphere. Rock dating. /Lee. 3! Pre: 628 or rine microscopic algae with emphasis on their pecially those related to foraminifera radi- permission of instructor. Offered in odd calendar adaptations, physiological ecology, distribu- years only. Schilling Pharmaceutics 79

tion, succession, production, and regional and 691, 692 Individual Study (I and II, 1-6 each) Programrequirements: M.S. core require­ seasonal dynamics . (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof Individual study of assigned topics or special ments plus PHC 665 and six additional credits instructor. Smayda · problems, involving literature search and/or of 500- or 600-level PHC courses . 666 Zooplankton (II, 3) Biology of marine original investigation under one or more mem­ zooplankton , dealing with morphology, adap­ bers of the staff. (Lee., Lab. TBA) Staff PHC Courses tation, distribution, physiology, production, 693, 694 Special Studies(] and II, 1-4 each) Pharmaceutics and interrelationships with other members of Studies of specialized topics in the marine the marine biota . (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: permis­ sciences. (Lee., Lab. TBA) Staff 425 History of Pharmacy (IJ, 3) sion of instructor. Napora 460 (or PHP 460) Non-Prescription Drugs 695 Seminar in Oceanography (I and II, 1 and Medical Devices (I and II, 4) 667, 668, 669 (or BOT 667, 668, 669) Ad­ each) Students to give seminar reports on 497, 498 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each) vanced Phytoplankton Seminars (IJ, 2 each) problems and current research in various areas Specialized and advanced areas of phyto­ of oceanography . Attendance and registration 521, 522 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Seminar plankton biology and research, including sys­ are required of all students in graduate resi­ discussions including presentation of papers tematics, physiology, and ecology. (Sem. 3) dence but no more than 2 hours are allowed on selected topics in pharmacy. (Lee. 1) Stu­ Pre: permissionof instructor. SIU credit. Har­ for a program of study. (Lee. 1) SIU credit. dents attend seminar each semesterwhile in graves, Smayda a·~d Swift Staff graduate residence,but a maximum of 1 credit per year is allowed, not more than 3 creditsfor 670 Fish Population Dynamics (II, 3) 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and entire period. Staff Methods for estimating vital statistics of fish IIJ Number of credits is determined each se­ populations, stock assessment theory and mester in consultation with the major pro­ 532 Pharmaceutical Sterile Products methods, analytical and empirical model de­ fessor or program committee. SIU credit. See Pharmacy Practice 532. velopment, and fisheries forecasting . (Lee. 3) Note: graduate students in oceanographychoose 535 Pharmacokinetics (II, 3) The principles Pre: permissionof instructor. Saila from supporting coursesin other departments. and application of clinical pharmacokinetics 671 Marine Zooplankton Ecology (II, 3) Ma­ for the advanced pharmacy students. Devel­ rine zooplankton community structure and oping, modifying, and evaluating dosage regi­ function including the relation of spatial and mens. (Lee. 3) Birmingham and Staff temporal distribution patterns to the oceanic Pharmaceutics 546 Dose Form Technology (II, 3) Drug environment, organism interactions, secon­ M.S. Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) delivery systems, dose form design, physical­ dary production, feeding and reproduction. chemical properties of drugs, ionic equilibria, Emphasis on open ocean communities. (Lee. 3) kinetics. (Lee. 3) Pre: 330, 331 or equivalent. Pre: 561 or permissionof instructor. Wishner Graduate Faculty Paruta 672 Marine Invertebrates and Environment • Chairperson:Professor Christopher T. Rhodes, 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II) Num­ (1, 3) Physiological responses of marine in­ Ph.D., 1964, Chelsea College, University of ber of credits is determined each semester in vertebrates to seasonal and geographical London consultation with the major professor or pro­ changes mthe environment. Survival, metabo­ Professor George E. Osborne, Ph.D ., 1949, gram committee. SIU credit. lism, reproduction, and larval development of Purdue University 621, 622 Manufacturing Pharmacy (I and II, the populations. Mechanisms in adaptation Professor Anthony N . Paruta , Ph.D., 1963, 2-5 each) Theory and practice in the manu­ during stages in life cycle examined in relation Rutgers - The State University facture of pharmaceuticals and the principles to changes of certain environmental factors. Associate Professor Joan M. Lausier, Ph.D., of operation of the equipment used for their Physiological variation of populations related 1971, University of Rhode Island production. (Lee. 2, Lab. 0-9) Paruta to speciation process . 1.ectures, reading, and Assistant Professor Bruce K. Birmingham , 631 Advanced Physical Pharmacy (I, 3-5) discussion. Research project. (Lee. 3) Pre: 561 Ph.D. , 1981, University of Rhode Island and permissionof instructor. Sastry Application of physical-chemical principles to Assistant Professor Mark J. Gardner, Ph.D. , problems in pharmaceutical research, with 678 Low Temperature Geochemistry and 1983, State University of New Yor_k, Buffalo emphasis on methods by which properties of Isotope Geology (11, 3) A study of processes new medicinal and pharmaceutical agents are important in determining the chemical and Specializations determined. (Lee. 3, Lab. 3-6) Pre: CHM 432 or isotopic mass balance of the oceans and the permissionof department. Paruta geochemistry of deep sea sediments. (Lee.3) Pharmaceutics, with emphasis on physical Pre: 521. Bender pharmacy, biopharmaceutics, pharmacoki­ 632 Advanced Physical Pharmacy (II, 2-4) netics, formulation and manufacturing Application of physical-chemical principles to 679 (or ZOO 679) Animal Communication pharmacy. problems in pharmaceutical research, with (1, 2) Visual, chemical, and auditory com­ emphasis on methods by which properties of munication in animals, including, receptor new medicinal and pharmaceutical agents are systems, feedback, and redundancy. Func­ Master of Science determined. (Lee. 2, Lab. 0-6) Pre: 631. Paruta tional aspects and organization of communi­ cation. Discussion of readings. Research prob ­ Admission requirements:GRE and bachelor's 645 Manufacture of Sterile Pharmaceutical; degree in pharmacy or equivalent, and CSC lem can be taken under 691 or ZOO 693. (Lee. 2) See Pharmacognosy 645. 201 or equivalent . Pre: ZOO 467 or equivalentand permissionof in­ 665 Pharmacokinetics (I, 4) Application of Programrequirements: thesis; EST 408, 409; structor. In alternate. years, next offered1986 . pharmacokinetic principles to drug absorp_-­ BCP 435; PHC 521. 522; six credits of 500- or Winn tion, distribution, metabolism, and excretion . 60,0-level PHC courses. 681 Marine Pollution (I , 3) The intricacies of Evaluates both classical compartmental and pollution in the marine environment are ex­ perfusion model approaches to drug disposi­ tion in linear and non-linear systems. (Lee. 4) plored . Following background reviews, Doctor of Philosophy representative case studies are presented . (Lee. 3) (Pharmaceutical Sciences) Pre: MTH 141, PHC 327, 328, PCL 442. In al­ ternate years. Birmingham or Gardner Pre: 501, 521, 540, 561, or permissionof instruc­ Admission requirements: same as for master's tor. Staff degree . Qualifying examination is required for all candidates. 80 Graduate Programs

697 , 698 Research in Pharmacy (I and II, 1-3 44 7 General Pharmacognosy Laboratory 645 (or PHC 645) Manufacture of Sterile each) Literature survey , laboratory work , and a (I and II, 1J Pharmaceuticals m, 3) Principles of the for­ detailed research report on one or more as­ 459 Public Health U, 3) mulation and production of pharmaceutical signed topics in pharmacy. (Lab. TBA! Staff sterile products at the industrial level. Selec­ 521, 522 Seminar (I and II, 1 each) Seminar tion and evaluation of sterilization techniques . 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and discussions including presentation of papers Regulatory aspects of sterile product manufac­ II) Number of credits is determined each se­ on selected topics in pharmacognos y. (Lee. 1J ture. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Lausier , Rhodes , and mester in consultation with the major profes­ Students attend seminar each semester while in sor or program committee. SIU credit. ·graduate residence. but a maximum of 1 credit Worthen per year is allowed. No more fhan 3 credits for en- 697, 698 Research in Pharmacognosy (I and tire period. Staff II, 1-3 each) Literature survey , laboratory 532 Pharmaceutical Sterile Products work , and a detailed research report on one or more assigned topics . (Lab. TBA! Staff Pharmacognosy See Pharmacy Practice 532. 533 Medicinal Plants U, 2! Problems in drug 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research M.S., Ph.D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) plant chemotaxonomy with field work in the (I and II) Number of credits is determined drug plant gardens. Emphasis is placed on cer­ each semester in consultation with the major professor or program committee . SIU credit. Graduate Faculty tain alkaloid , glycoside , and oil-yielding plants. Weedicides and insecticides as related Chairperson: Professor Leonard R. Worthen, to measures for control. (Lee. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: Ph.D. , 1957, University of Massachusetts 446 or permission of department, Staff Professor Yuzuru Shimizu, Ph.D., 1962, Pharmacology and Toxicology 536 Antibiotics 3) Advanced course on Hokkaido University m, concept of antibiosis , biosynthesis path ways of M.S. , Ph .D. (Pharmaceutical Sciences) Adjunct Professor Koji Nakanishi , Ph .D. , antibiotic production , testing, chemistry, 1954, Nagoya University mechanism of action , medicinal and pharma­ Professor Emeritus Heber W. Youngken , Jr. , Graduate Faculty ceutica l uses of antibiotics. Phenomena of sen ­ Ph.D., 1942, University of Minnesota sitivity and resistance ; emphasis on entities of Chairperson: Associate Professor Zahir A. importance in pharm aceutical research and Shaikh , Ph.D., 1972, Dalhousie University Specializations production . (Lee. 3) Pre: permission of depart­ Professor David R. DeFanti, Ph.D. , 1962, ment. In alternate years. Worthen University of Rhode Island Biosynthesis of drug plant constituents , nat­ Professor John J. DeFeo , Ph.D. , 1954, Purdue ural .product chemistry including the isolation 548 Physical Methods of Identification See Medicinal Chemistry 548. · University and structural elucidation of materials of Professor Alvin K. Swonger , Ph.D ., 1971, potential medicinal interest , screening of natu­ 551 , 552 Chemistry of Natural Products Dartmouth College ral products for physiologically-active agents (I and II, 3 each) Introduction to chemistry of Assistant Professor Clinton 0. Chichester, III , including materials from both land and marine certain groups of natural products especially in Ph.D :, 1979, University of Rhode Island sources. relation to their chemotaxonomic position in Assistant Professor Robert L. Rodgers , Ph.D. plant classification . Topics limited to secon­ 1977, University of Oklahoma Master of Science dary metabolites, e.g., terpenoids , phenolic Adjunct Professor Harbans Lal, Ph.D ., 1962, compounds , -aromatic compounds , phyto­ Unversity of Chicago Admission requirments: GRE, bachelor 's de­ sterols , alkaloids. (Lee. 3) Pre: CHM 228 and Adjunct Associate Professor Stuart Fielding , gree in pharmacy , chemistry or biology. 230. In alternate years, next 9ffered 1985-86. Ph.D. , 1968, University of Delaware Program requirements: thesis, A.C.S. place ­ Shimizu Adjunct Associate Professor Raymond G. ment examination (organic) to determine Lundgren , Jr. , Ph.D. , 1963, University of specific program requirement , PCG 445, 446, 597, 598 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each) Special graduate student project assignments Missouri or equivalent ; PCG 548, 551, 552; written Adjunct Assistant Professor Cecilia T. Giam­ master 's examination. in the study of natural drug research under the supervision of faculty . Credits not to exs balvo , Ph.D. , 1975, University of Connecticut ceed total of six. Pre: permission of department. Adjunct Assistant Professor Eugene Jackim, Doctor of Philosophy For graduate students only. Staff Ph.D. , 1965, St. John 's University (Pharmaceutical Sciences ) Adjunct Assistant Professor Alexander R. 599 Master 's Thesis Research (I and II) Malcolm, Jr., Ph.D. , 1977, University of Admission requirements: GRE and master's Number of credits is determined each semes­ Rhode Island degree in pharmacy , chemistry , or biology, or ter in consultation with the major professor or Clinical Lecturer John J. Yashar , M.D ., 1950, bachelor 's degree in one of these with evi­ program committee . SIU credit. American University and Teheran dence of superior ability. Qualifying examina ­ 633, 634 Biosynthesis (J and II, 3 each) Bio­ University tion is required for candidates accepted with­ genesis of medicinally active principles of bio­ out the master's degree. logical origin . Emphasis given to organic Program requirements: PCG 551, 552, 633, Specializations acids , polysaccharides , glycosides , steroids , 634, CHM 521 or equivalent. A candidate en­ and certain nitrogenous compounds. (Lee. 3) Behavioral , biochemical. cardiovascular , tering the Ph.D. program with a bachelor's In alternate years, next offered 1986-87. Staff degree must also meet the M.S. core course and environmental pharmacology ; toxicology; forensic toxicology. requirements . 635, 636 Pharmacognosy Techniques (I and II, 3-4 each! Physical and chemical factors in­ PCG Courses fluencing growth and development of active Master of Science Pharmacognosy principles of drug plants . Certain biological analyses of results are performed. (Lee. 1. Lab. 6-9) Admission requirements: GRE and bachelor 's 445, 446 General Pharmaccignosy (I and II, Staff degree in pharmacy , science , or psychology. 3 each) Program requirements: thesis; mathematics through calculus , physical chemistry ; one course in statistics ; principles of pharma - Pharmacognosy/Pharmacy Administration 81

cology; PCL 441, 442, 521, 522. Other courses 641 Biochemical Pharmacology (JJ, 3) Theory Master of Science and research training will be included to com­ and application of pharmacological stµdies at plete the program, in accordance with the stu­ the cellular and subcellular levels and their sig- Admission requirements: GRE or MAT and dent's interest and background. . nilicance to drug action in the intact organ· first professional degree in pharmacy. ism. (Lee. 3) Pre: 441 and 442 and permissionof Programrequirements: thesis; PAD 599, 621, 622, 951, 652, EST 408 or equivalents. Doctor of Philosophy department. In alternate years, next offeredspring (Pharmaceutical Sciences) 1988. Chichester 643 Advanced J;>harmacologyand Tech­ Special Financial Aid Admission requirements:GRE and bachelor's niques (1, 4) Mechanism of action of drugs on or master·s degree in pharmacy, or science. Fellowships from the American Foundation living tissues·, organs, and organisms, with for Pharmaceutical Education. Program'requirements:M.S. degree must be particular emphasis on cellular physiology as a earned prior to Ph.D. if admission is granted basis of explanation of tissue response. Ad­ without it. Additioi;ial courses and special vanced laboratory techniques as employed for PHPCourses training included according to the require­ pharmacological testing, (Lee. 2, Lab. TBA) Pharmacy Practice ments of each student's program. Independent Pre: 442, and permissionof department. In alter­ 405 Personnel Administration (1, 3) research topics will be selected in accordance nate years, next offeredfall 1985. DeFeo with the student's interests . 406 Pharmacy Retailing (JJ, 3) 644. Cardiovascular Pharmacology (JJ,3) 451, 452 Pharmacotherapeutics I and II (1and PCLCourses Cellular mechanisms of drug action as a basis 11,3 each) for understanding therapeutic effects. Empha­ 453 Drug Marketing Principles (II, 2) Pharmacology and Toxicology sis on current developments in antihyperten­ 460 (or PHC 460) Non-Prescription.Drugs 436 lor PSY 436) Psychotropic Drugs and sive, antiarrhythmic, antianginal and cardio­ and Medical Devices (I and II, 4) Therapy (II, 3) t9nic drug research. (Lee. 3) Pre: 441 and 442 or 480 Prepaid Drug Plans (1, 3) 441, 442 General and Clinical Pharmacology equivalent, next offeredspring 1986. Rodgers 497 , 498 Special Problems (1 and II, 1-3 each/ (1 and II, 4 each) 697, 698 Research in Pharmacology (1 and 501 Drug Information Pertaining to 443 General Pharmacology Laboratory (I and II, 1-5 each) Literature survey, laboratory Institutional Pharmacy Practice (1, 3) Discus­ II, 1J . • work, and a detailed research report on one or sion and evaluation of drug information 497, 498 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3 each/ more assigned topics. (Lab. TBA) Staff sources and how t@ use these sources. Includes the method9iogy of establishing and main· 521, 522 Seminar (1 and 11, 1 each) Seminar 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and taining drug information services . (Lee. 2, discussions and presentation of papers on J1) Number of credits is determined each se­ 3) selected topics in pharmacology. (Lee. 1JStu­ mester in consultation with the major pro­ Pract. Carasiti dents attend seminar each semesterwhile in fessor or program committee. SIU credit. 530 Behavioral Skills in Clinical Pharmacy graduate residence,but a maximum of 1 credit (SS, 3) Communication skills, behavioral per year is allowed, no more than 3 creditsfor en­ aspects of illness, and the social and ethical tire period. Staff considerations of clinical pharmacy. (Lee. 3) Pre: enrollment in Doctor of P6armacydegree pro­ 544 Forensic Toxicology (1, 3) Theoretical Pharmacy Administration gram, or permissionof department. Staff and practical aspects of poisoning including M.S. the isolation and identification of toxic · 532 (or PCG 532 or PHC 532) Pharma­ materials from pharmaceuticals, body fluids, . ceutical Sterile Products m,3) Manufacturing and tissues. Isolation and identification of Graduate Faculty principles of sterile dose forms and their clini­ physiological fluids from stains, hairs, and tis­ cal applications. Aspects of sterile products Chairperson:Associate Professor Albert H. sue with application to forensic medicine. (Lee. 2, such as fluid balance, incompatibilities, Taubman, Ph.D., 1971, University of Lab. 3) Pre: 441, 442 and permissionof depart· Pittsburgh · microbial contamination, particulate matter ment. In alternate years, next offeredfall 1987. are discussed. Aseptic techniques and clinical Professor Norman A. Campbell, Ph.D., 1972, technique are peveloped. (Lee.2, Lab. 3) DeFanti University of Wisconsin Mattea 546 Advanced Toxicology (II, 3) Toxic ef­ Adjunct Professor Donald L. Ford, B.A., 1955, fects of selected drugs and other zenobiotics University of Louisville 542 Drug-Induced Diseases (I, 2) An over­ on physiological and biochemical processes. Adjunct Professor Armand P. Leco, B.S., view of diseases induced or aggravated by · (Lee. 3) Pre: 441 and 442 and permissionof 1947, Providence College drug therapy. The course is organized using department. In alternate years, next offeredspring Adjunct Assistant Professor Charles Hacha­ an organ system/disease state approach. (Lee. 2) 1987. Staff dorian, Jr., M.P.A., 1969, University of Pre: enrollment in Doctor of Pharmacydegree pro· 550 Operant Analysis of Behavior Rhode Island gram or 4~1 and 452. Weber and Staff Adjunct Instructor John H. Grant, M.B.A. , See Psychology 550. 570 Case Studies in Pharmacy Law (JJ, 3) 1976, Bryant College Case studies and a detailed analysis of the 572 Neural Bases of Drug Action (1, 3) Re­ Adjunct Instructor Robert F. Menard, B.S., view of neuroanatomy, neurochemistry, and FDC, Controlled Substances Act, health insur­ B.A., 1964, Boston College ance laws. (Lee. 3) Pre: 351. In alternate years. neurophysiology as they are related to drug action. (Lee. 3) Pre: 441 or equivalent and/or per­ Campbell mission of department. In alternate years, next Specializations 599 Masters Thesis Research (1 and W. Num· offeredfall 1986. Swonger Development and utilization of pharmacy ber of credits is determined each semester in consultation with the major professor or pro· 599 Masters Thesis Research (1 and II) Num­ resources in health care systems involving the ber of credits is determined each semester in organization, financing, and delivery of health gram committee. SIU credit. consultation )Vi.ththe major professor or pro­ care services and materials and the legal and 611, 612 Advanced Pharmacotherapeutics I gram committee. SIU credit. socioeconomic constraints. and II (I, 3) The clinical use of medication in a • disease-oriented approach. Correlated basic concepts of pharmacology, pharmacy, patho-­ physiology , and biochemistry related to treat- 82 Graduate Programs

ment of diseases. !Lee. 3) Pre: enrollment in the Doctor of Pharmacy Philosophy Doctor of Pharmacy program. Carasiti, Hume, M.A. McFarland, Mattea, Owens, Weber, and Staff Phann. D. 621, 622 Seminar riand II, 1 each) Seminar discussions and presentation of papers on Graduate Faculty Graduate Faculty selected topics in pharmacy administration. Director of clinical pharmacy programs: Associ­ Chairperson: Professor Fritz Wenisch, Ph.D., fLec. 1) Students attend seminar each semester ate Professor Edward J. Mattea, Pharm .D ., 1968, University of Salzburg while in graduate residence,but a maximum of 1 1974, Philadelphia College of Pharmacy and Professor David H. Freeman, Ph.D:, 1958, credit per year is allowed, no more than 3 credits Science University of Pennsylvania for entire program. Staff Associate Professor Stanley S. Weber, Pharm . Professor John W. Hanke, Ph.D ., 1967, Indiana 625, 626 Hospital Pharmacy Administra­ D., 1975, University of Cincinnati University tion (I and II, 2 each) Hospital organizations, Assistant Professor Michael N. Dudley, Professor Yong Choon Kim, Ph.D., 1969, including intra- and inter-department rela­ Pharm.D., 1980, University of California, Temple University tionships, the medical and service staff prob­ San Francisco Professor John F. Peterson, Jr., Ph.D., 1965, lems, the administrator , personnel manage­ Assistant Professor Marilyn McFarland, Indiana University ment, pharmaceutical service with relation to Pharm .D. , 1982, University of California , Professor Stephen D.·Schwarz, Ph.D ., 1966, patient care, medical and pharmaceutical re­ San Francisco · · Harvard University search. (Lee. 3) In alternate years. Staff Assistant Professor Norma J. Owens, Professor William Young, B.Litt., 1958, University Pharm . D ., 1979, Philadelphia College of of Oxford 651, 652 Health Care Systems I and II Pharmacy and Science Professor Donald J. Zeyl, Ph.D., 1972, Harvard (I and II, 3 each) Arrangements for utilizing Clinical Assistant Professor Mary Ellen Carasiti, University pharmaceutical resources in public and private Pharm.D. , 1984, Virginia Commonwealth Associate Professor Galen A. Johnson, Ph.D. , systems of health care in the U.S. and other · 1977, Boston University countries. Variations in quality and dis­ University , MCV Campus Clinical Assistant Professor Frank N . Marr: Associate Professor James G. Kowalski, Ph.D. , tribution of care among socioeconomic Jr., Pharm. D ., 1976, Duquesne University 1975, University of Notre Dame groups . (Lee. 3) Pre: 480 and EST 408 or 409, or equivalent. Taubman . 671, 672 Integrated Medical Sciences I, II Specializations Specializations (I and II, 6-12) The pathophysiology of the The Doctor of Pharmacy program is Programs of study are offered in the follow­ hematologic, gastrointestinal, respiratory, en­ designed for students desiring excellence in ing general areas: logic and philosophy of docrine, renal, reproductive, supporting struc­ the field of clinical pharmacy. It prepares stu­ science, axiology and history of philosophy. ture and cardiovascular systems; biomedical dents for advanced positions in practice, in­ topics in nutrition; and the biomedical basis of dustry, government, clinical research, and · Master of Arts infectious disease. Offered by the Brown academia. The focus of the program is on ap­ University Program in Medicine as part of the plication of pharmacotherapeutics to indi­ Admission requirements:GRE, 18 credit hours Integrated Medical Science Sequence. (Lee. 18) vidual patients'. in basic philosophy courses (students whose Maximum total of 18 credits. Pre: enrollment in undergraduate preparation did not include at Doctor of Pharmacydegree program . Staff Doctor of Pharmacy least 18 credit hours in basic philosophy 680 Legal Environment in Health Adminis­ courses will be required to take these in addi­ tration !I, 3) Application of specialized statu­ Admission requirements: B.S. in pharmacy, tion to the graduate program requirements). tory and regulatory provisions in federal and GRE, a grade point average of approximately Program requirements:thesis option: 24 credit state law to the delivery of health care. (Lee. 3) B or above, and three letters of recommen­ hours in coursework , 6 ·credit hours in Pre: graduate standing. Campbell dation. master 's thesis research. Non-thesis option: 30 .Programrequirements: A non-thesis program credit hours in coursework, comprehensive ex­ 681, 682 Clinical Pharmacy Seminar I and requiring 61 credit hours with coursework in­ amination. Students in both options will nor­ II 1) Presentation made by students _on ap­ a, cluding PHP 530, 542, 611, 612: PHC 535, and mally include 6 credits of coursework in dis­ propriate advanced clinical pharmacy topics . EST 407: 18 credit hours of integrated medical ciplines other than philosophy. Proficiency in (Sem.2) Pre: enrollment in the Doctor of Phar- science coursework (PHP 671, 672) offered in · a foreign language will be required if the stu­ macy degreeprogram. Owens · conjunction with Brown University Medical dent's prograqi.committee considers it essen­ 690, 691, 692 Clerkship Research I, II, III School: and 1800 hours (24 credits) of clinical tial for the topic of the thesis or of the sub­ (SS, I, and II, 8 each! Application and devel­ clerkship research in affiliate hospitals : PHP stantial paper involving significant inde­ opment of advanced clinical skills and knowl­ 690, 691. 692. Candidates lacking acceptable pendent research to be written by a student edge, communication techniques, and clinical undergraduate courses in pathology, anatomy, choosing the non-thesis option . research . Skills refined by functioning as a human physiology, biochemistry, immunol­ clinical pharmacist in a clinical practice site ogy, and pharmacokinetics will be required to PHLCourses under the supervision of a faculty member. make up deficiencies. Written comprehensive Philosophy !Lab. 40) Pre: enrollment in the Doctor of Phar­ examinations and presentation of the research macy degreeprogram. May be repeatedfor up to project are required. 401, 402 Special Problems (I and II, 3 each! 24 credits. Staff For courses, see Pharmacy Administration, 414 Advanced Studies in Ethics (1 or II, 3! 697, 698 Research in Pharmacy page 81. 440 Philosophy of Language (1 or II, 3) 451 Symbolic Logic (I or II, 3) Administration (I and II, 1-3 ear;h)Literature survey, laboratory work, and a detailed re­ 453 Philosophy of the Social Sciences (IJ, 3) search report on one or more assigned topics 502, 503 Tutorial in Philosophy (I and II, 3 in pharmacy administration. (Lab. TBA) Staff each) Discussion by the staff and advanced students of research problems in philosophy. Presentation and criticism of original papers . Doctor of Pharmacy/Physical Education 83

(Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permissionof specific subject changes from year to year. Master of Science instructor. May be repeatedup to three times (Lee. 3) Pre:graduate standing or permissionof each. Staff instructor. In alternate years. Young or Staff Admission requirements:MAT or GRE with . B.S. degree in physical education, health and 513 General Axiology (I or II, 3) Intensive 582 Advanced Studies in Contemporary physical education, or health education. In ex­ historical and systematic study of issues such Philosophy (I or II, 3) Intensive studies of one ceptional cases, a candidate without a physical as nature and kinds of values, their ontological or more thinkers of philosophical movements education major or related area but with a status, their relation to culture, their relation of the twentieth century. The specific subject strong emphasis in physical education, is ac­ to emotions, relation of axiology to other dis­ may change from year to year. (Lee. 3) Pre: cepted. ciplines. (Lee. 3) Pre:graduate standing or per­ graduate standing or permissionof instructor. Program requirements:thesis (30 credit hours) mission of instructor. Wenisch or ~taff Young or Staff · and PED 510, 530, 599; three credits from 530 Philosophy of Plato (I or II, 3) Selected 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and ll) Num­ PED 578 or 581, and three credits from PED dialogues from the later period. Particular at­ ber of credits is determined each semester in 561, 562, or 585: for non-thesis option (33 tention will be given to the areas of meta­ consultation with the major professor or _pro­ credit hours) PED 510, 530, 591: three credits physics, epistemology, cosmology, and ethics. gram committee. SIU credit. from PED 578 or 581, and three credits from (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permissionof PED 561, 562, or 585 and written master's 966 Student Teaching in Philosophy (I or II, 3) instructor. In alternate years. Zeyl comprehensive. _Discussion of purpose of teaching philosophy 531 Philosophy of Aristotle (I or II, 3) in various types of institutions, of alternative Selected texts with emphasis on the major syllabi for various philosophy courses, actual PED Courses concepts of Aristotle's metaphysics, theory of classroom teaching under supervision, critical Physical Education knowledge, and ethics. (Lee. 3) Pre:graduate evaluation of teaching performance. Restricted 410 Corrective and Adapted Physical Edu- standing or permissionof instructor. In alternate to graduate students in philosophy. For non­ cation (I, 3) years. Zeyl programcrec!jt only. Staff 430 Adapted Aquatics (I and II, 3) 542 Advanced Studies in Patristic and 466 Modem Dance Choreography (I and II, 3) Scholastic Philosophy (I or II, 3) Intensive 475 Women in Sports (I and II, 3) studies of one or more thinkers belonging to 480 Application of Biomechanics to Coach­ the patristic or scholastic tradition. The Physical Education ing Athletics (I or II, 3) specific subject may change from year to year. M.S. 484 (or HLT 484 or RCR 484) Supervised (Lee. 3) Pre:graduate standing or permissionof Field Work (I and II, 6 or 12! instructor. Young or Peterson 486 (or HLT 486 or RCR 486) Field Experi- Graduate Faculty ence Seminar (I and II, 3) 551 Philosophical Logic (I or II, 3) Intensive consideration of such issues as the nature, Chairperson:Associate Professor J. Richard 510 Curren,t Issues in Physical Education, structure and !unction of propositions, predi­ Polido~o. D.P.E., 1969, Springfield College Health and Recreation (I and II, 3) Designed cation, analysis of the "is" relation. Relation Professor Lorraine<;:. Bloomquist, Ed.D., 1974, to develop student awarenes~ of contemporary between proposition and facts. Nature of logic Boston University situations that are of concern to the above and criterion of the logical, relation of logic to Professor Raymond A. Nedwidek, Ed.D., professions. Extensive review of contemporary language, psychology and ontology. (Lee. 3) 1965, University of Pittsburgh literature. Critical analysis of selected issues, Pre: graduate standing or permissionof instruc­ Professor Robert J. Sonstroem, Ph.D., 1968, their components, and effects. (Lee. 3) Pre: per­ toi. In al_ternateyears. Young University of Minnesota mission of instructor. Staff 555 Philosophy of the Arts and of Litera­ Associate Professor Greta L. Cohen, Ed.D., 520 Curriculum Construction in Physical · 1981, Boston University ture (1 or II, 3) An intensive study of one or Education fl or II, 3! Analysis of criteria and more thinkers concerned with philosophical Associate Professor Jeannette E. Crooker, procedures for curriculum construction in M.S., 1959, University of Rhode Island problems arising from our experience of the physical education. Standards for the evalu­ Associate Professor Frank DelSanto, Ed.D., arts and of literature. The phenomenological ation and revision of elementary and second­ 1976, Boston University tradition will _bestressed. (Lee. 3) Pre:graduate ary school physical education courses. (Lee. 3) Associate Professor Thomas Manfredi, Ph.D., standing or permissionof instructor. Hanke Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff 1976, University of Massachusetts 562 Advanced Studies in Empiricism and Associate Professor Leo E. O'Donnell Ed.D., 530 Research Methods and Design in Rationalism (I or II, 3) Intensive study of one 1970, Temple University Health and Physical Education (I or II, 3) or more thinkers belonging to the empiricist or Associate Professor John O'Leary, M.S., 1963, Introduction to methodology in experimental, rationalist tradition. The specific subject may , Southern Connecticut State College laboratory, curriculum, action, and historical change from year to year. (Lee.3) Pre:graduate Associate Professor Diane Seleen, Ed.D., research. (Lee.3) Pre: competencein basic statis­ standing or permissionof instructor. Young or 1981, Boston University tics and permissionof instructor. Staff Staff Associate Professor Arthur L. Sherman, 531 Advanced Experimental Techniques in Ed.D., 1976, Boston University 5 70 Philosophy of Immanuel Kant (I or II, 3) Physical Education (ll, 3) In-depth analysis of Intensive analysis of major texts. Special atten­ Assistant Professor Albert E. Pels, Ill, Ph.D., research studies in the field. Advanced re-­ tion will be given to The Critique of Pure Rea­ 1983, University of Michigan search technique studied and applied to prob­ son. (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permission lems in physical education. (Lee. 3) Pre: 530 or of instructor. In alternate years. Peterson or Specializations permissionof instructor. Sonstroem Staff Physical education, administration, exercise 540 Principles of Recreation Leadership 580 Nineteenth-Century Philosophy (I or II, 3) science, health education, sport and recreation (I or II, 3) Modem concepts of responsibilities Intensive analysis of the work of a major phi­ management, recreation education, adapted involved in program planning in schools and losopher or philosophical movement. Atten­ physical education, gerontology, and psychology community agencies. Leadership of commit­ tion will be given to such major figures as of sp~rt. tees and board relations as well as practical Hegel, Kierkegaard, C.S. Peirce, or James. The program promotional techniques. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Staff 84 Graduate Programs

543 Outdoor Recreation and Education (I or to personal and community health with em­ HLT Courses II, 3) Investigation of the present scope and phasis on health education, curriculum plan­ Health significance of the present-day outdoor recre­ ning, and evaluation. (Lee. 3! Pre: permission of ation and education movements and an exam­ instructor. Staff 457 (or CNS 457) Health and Safety Issues of Consumer Products (I or II, 3) ination of current ideas and practices. /Lee. 3) 575 Perceptual-Motor Educatio ·n (I or II, 3! Pre: permission of instructor. Staff · 484 (or PED 484) Supervised Field Work Role of motor activity in enhancing perceptual (I and II, 6 or 12! 550 Administration of Physical Education development. How the physical educator can 486 (or PED 486) Field Experience Semi- (I become involved with other school personnel or II. 3! Problems and procedures for admin­ nar (I and II, 3) istering a physical education program studied in the implementation and continuing de­ from the viewpoint of the physical education velopment of perceptual -motor programs. For 560 Seminar in Health, Physical Education, administrator, the school administrator, and teachers in elementary schools and in special and Recreation the faculty . Emphasis is placed upon the study education who wish to incorporate motor ac­ See Physical Education 560. of administrative cases. (Lee. 3) Pre: 380 or per­ tivities into their programs. (Lee. 3) Pre: PSY 570 Major Health Problems and Curricu­ mission of instructor. Staff 113, 232 and permission of instructor. Staff lum Planning in Health Education 551 Sport and Recreation Operations (I or 578 Sport in American Culture II or II. 3) A See Physical Education 570. II. 3) Analysis of operational problems and survey of contemporary themes relating to the 591 Special Problems policies associated with interscholastic , inter­ study of human behavior in sports contexts in See Physical Education 591. collegiate, professional, community and com­ American culture. (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate stand­ mercial sports enterprises. (Lee. 3! Pre: 380 or ing or permission of instructor. Staff 595 Independent Study See Physical Education 595. graduate status. Nedwidek, Sherman, or 580 Physical Education: Mentally Retarded Crooker and Learning Disabled II or II, 3! Contribu­ 599 Masters Thesis Research 552 Supervision of Physical Education and tions of physical education to the growth and See Physical Education 599. Health Instruction (I or II, 3! Principles, tech­ development of the mentally retarded and niques, and procedures involved in effective learning disabled. Theoretical and practical RCR Courses supervision of physical education and health aspects of programs to best serve their indi­ Recreation instruction , with emphasis on leadership role vidual needs. (Lee. 3) Pre:,permissionof instruc­ of the supervisor in the improvement of in­ tor. Bloomquist 416 Physical Aging and Leisure Skill III, 3J 484 (or PED 484) Supervised Field Work struction . Pre: graduate standing or permission 581 Psychological Aspects of Physical Ac­ of instructor. (Lee. 3) .Nedwidek (I and II, 6 or 12! tivity III, 3) Scientific principles and research 485 Planning and Supervision of Recrea­ 560 (or HLT 560) Seminar in Health, Physi­ from psychology related to physical activity. tional and Athletic Facilities (I, 3) cal Education and Recreation (I or II, 31 Educational program situations amenable to 486 Field Experience Seminar (I and II, 3! Selected topics within the thrf!e areas, depend­ research and application of psychological prin­ ing on availability of specialized instruction in­ ciples are isolated. Recommendations for im­ cluding visiting professorship. (Lee. 3) Pre: per­ provements in physical education methodol­ mission of instructor. Staff ogy. (Lee. 3! Pre: PSY 113, 232 and permission of Physics 561 Science in Sport and Exercise (I or II, 3) instructor. Staff Special lectures, readings , library research on 585 Adapted Physical Activities for Special M.S., Ph.D. topics of current research interest relating to Populations (I, 3) Characteristics and needs science in sport and exercise. (Lee. 3! Pre: for special populations: retarded. emotionally Graduate Faculty graduate standing or permission of instructor. disturbed, learning disabled. sensory im­ Staff paired, and obese. Adapted activities based on Chairperson: Professor Surendra S. Malik, individual needs. Effects of federal legislation Ph.D., 1960, Agra University 562 Advanced Exercise Physiology II or Professor Jill C. Bonner, Ph.D. , 1968, King's II, 3! Advanced study of the physiological fac­ on programs discussed. (Lee. 3! Pre: permission of instructor. Bloomquist College., University of London tors limiting physical performance and work Professor Frank W. Cuomo, M.S., 1961, capacity, with emphasis on the effects of phys­ 591 (or HLT 591) Special Problems II or University of Rhode Island ical conditioning on health and fitness. (Lee. 3! II. 3! Written paper reporting an in-depth in­ Professor J. Scott Desjardins, Ph.D., 1959, Pre: ZOO 343 or permission of instructor. Staff vestigation of a pertinent problem in the field. Columbia University 563 Fitness Programs for the Middle-Aged including a review of relevant literature, analy­ Professor Kenneth L. Hartt, Ph.D .. 1963, sis, and solution of the problem based on and Elderly (I or II, 3! Provides the profes­ University of Nebraska scientific methodology, with recommendations sional physical educator with an in-depth Professor Charles Kaufman, Ph.D .. 1963, knowledge of scientific principles applicable to for improved practices. Limited to and required Pennsylvania State University the administration of adult physical fitness of all master's degreecandidates in physical edu­ Professor Donald F. Kirwan, Ph.D., 1969, programs. Client characteristics, screening, cation who elect the non-thesis option. Staff University of Missouri program supervision, liability, recruitment and 595 (or HLT 595) Independent Study (I or Professor Stephen V. Letcher, Ph.D ., 1964, adherence. (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing or II, 3) Development of an approved project su­ Brown University permission of instructor. Sonstroem pervised by a member of the Graduate Professor Jan A. Northby, Ph.D. , 1966. Faculty. Pre: permission of department and in­ University of Minnesota 564 Physiology of Aging (I or II. 3! Library searches, reports and discussion of topics of structor/staff. May not be substituted for 591 or Professor Anthony C. Nunes, Ph.D., 1969, current research on the physiology of aging . 599. Staff Massachusetts Institute of Technology Subject matter adapted to meet interests of ·599 (or HLT 599) Masters Thesis Research Professor Stanley J. Pickart, Ph.D., 1958, staff and students . /Lee. 3) Pre: ZOO 242 or (I and IIJ Number of credits is determined University of Maryland permission of instructor. Sonstroem each semester in consultation with the major Associate Professor Leonard M. Kahn, Ph.D., 1976, Brown University 570 (or HLT 570) Major Health Problems professor or program committee. SIU credit. Staff Associate Professor M. Peter Nightingale, and Curriculum Planning in Health Educa­ Ph.D .. 1978, University of Amsterdam tion (I or II, 3) Major health problems related Physics 85

Associate Professor William S. Penhallow, 407 (or MCE 407) Atmospheric Physics II 560 Experimental Techniques in Con­ M.S., 1957, University of Maine . (II, 3) densed Matter Science II or II, 3) Funda­ Assistant Professor Gerhard Muller, Ph.D., 410 Computational Physics (II, 3) mentals of and selected topics in fields of re­ 1980, University of Basel 420 Introduction to Thermodynamics and search of interest to the department. Emphasis Statistical Mechanics (I, 3) on gaining laboratory experience. (Lee.2, Lab. 2) Specializations 425 Acoustics (I, 3) ,Pre: 484 or equivalent. Staff 451 Atomic and Nuclear Physics II, 3) 570 Quantum Mechanics I III, 3) Wave Acoustics and optics: underwater acoustics; 452 Nuclear Physics (II, 3) packets, Schrodinger equation, one-dimen­ acoustic imaging; ultrasonics; acousto-optical 455 Introduction to Solid State Physics (II, 3) sional problems, hydrogen atom, harmonic os­ transducers; fiber optics. 483, 484 (or AST 484) Laboratory and Re- cillator, WKB approximation, operator formal­ Astronomy: astrometry; differential pho­ search Problems in Physics (I and II, 3 ism and matrix mechanics, angular momen­ tometry. each) tum, perturbation theory, scattering and Condensedmatter theory:low dimensional 491, 492 (or AST 491, 492) Special Prob- partial wave analysi~. semiclassical treatment physics; statistical mechanics; magnetism; sur­ lems II and II, 1-6 each) of the radiation field . (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof face magnetism ; chemisorption; .supercon­ 510, 511 Mathematical Methods of Physics department. Staff ductivity; alloys; hydrogen in metals. (I and II, 3 each) Definition of a vector, vector 571 Quantum Mechanics II (I, 3) Dirac Interdisciplinaryphysics: energy-related algebra and calculus, scalar and vector fields,· equation, spin orbit energy, theory of posi­ physics; climate modeling; computational linear vector operators, coordinate transforma­ trons, Feynman diagrams, Compton scatter­ physics; ·biophysics . tions, vector operations in curvilinear coor­ ing, pair production and bremsstrahlung. Sec­ Liquid state: liquid crystals; liquid helium; dinates, dyadics, tensors, simple applications ond quantization and application to selected ferrofluids, turbulence ; supedluids . of the theory of finite groups. Partial differen ­ topics . (Lee. 3) Pre: 570. Staff Low temperaturephysics : ionic mobilities ; fi­ tial equations of physics and their solutions, nite droplet effects; magnetic susceptibility; • diffusion equation, wave equation, Schrodin­ 585 Acoustic Measurements III, 1-2) Tech­ specific heats; magnetic cooling. ger equation, Klein-Gordon equation, ele­ niques for the measurement and analysis of Neutron physics: ultra-cold neutrons; neutron ments of the theory of probability. (Lee.3) sound in fluids and solids. (Lab. 3-6) Pre: per­ capture spectroscopy; neutron optics . Pre: permissionof department. Staff mission of department. Staff Neutron scattering: small-angle scattering; so­ lution scattering ; surfaces and fine particles; 520 Classical Dynamical Theory I II, 3) La­ 590, 591 Special Problems (I and II, 1-6 each) crystal structure; amorphous magnets; inelas­ grange 's equations, holonomic and non­ Advanced work under the supervision of a tic scattering; phonop.s and spin waves. holonomic constraints, applications to dynam­ member of the staff and arranged to suit the Nuclear theory: inverse scattering studies; ical systems, non-inertial systems, alternate individual requirements of the student. (Lee. few-nucleon studies ; hypernuclei ; weak inter­ formulations of mechanics, theory of small or Lab. ac;cordingto nature of problem)Credits actions. vibrations, variational principles, Hamiltonian not to exceed12 . Pre: permissionof department. formulation of dynamics, canonical transfor­ Staff mations. (Lee.3) Pre: 510 or concurrentregistra- -Master of Science 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II! Num­ tion in 510. Staff · ber of credits is determined each semester in Admission requirements:GRE with advanced 5 25 Statistical Physics II, 3! Probability dis­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ test; bachelor 's degree with major in physics tributions, information theory, ensembles in gram committee. SIU credit. preferred . . classical and quantum physics, partition func­ 620 Quantum Statistical Mechanics (II, 3) Programrequirements: PHY 510, 520, 530, 560 tions, fluctuation and noise, statistics of iden­ Advanced statistical mechanics, density ma­ and 570 are required of all students . For the tical particles . Applications to solids , liquids , trices, Ising and Heinsenberg models . Applica­ non-thesis option , the student shall complete and gases. (Lee. 3) Pre: 420 or equivalent. Staff tion to theory of liquids, critical phenomena, 36 course credits , with at least one course re­ percolation theory, and other areas of current quiring ·a substantial paper involving signifi­ 530 Electromagnetic Theory I (II, 3! Coulomb's law, Gauss' law, scalar potential, research interest. (Lee. 3) Pre:525 or permission cant independent study, and shall pass a final of instructor. In alternate years. Staff written and oral exam. For.either option, no boundary value problems, multipole e~pan­ sion, dielectrics, magnetic field due to station­ more than 6 credits in the program may be be­ 650, 651 Solid State Physics (I and II, 3 each) .low the 500 level. ary currents, scalar and vector potent41, mag­ Quantum theory of electrons, phonons , and netic materials , Faraday 's law, Lorentz force, other elementary excitations, Hartree-Fock ap­ conservation laws. Maxwell's equations. (Lee.3) proximation, many body problem, super con­ Doctor of Philosophy Pre: 510. Staff ductivity, band theory, and Fermi surface . Admission requirements:GRE with advanced 531 Electromagnetic Theory II (I, 3) Scalar (Lee.3) Pre: 455 or equivalent and 570. In aUer­ test; bachelor's degree with major in_physics and vector wave equations and their solutions, nate years. Staff preferred . Master 's degree is not required. retarded and advanced potentials. Lienard­ 660, 661 Nuclear Physics II and II, 311{lch) Programrequirements : PHY 510, 511, 520, Wiechert potentials , radiation from an ar­ General properties of the nucleus. Two body 525, 530, 531, 560, 570, 571, 650, 660 and ei­ bitrarily moving charge, multipole radiation , problem at low, intermediate , and high ther 651 or 661. There is no formal depart­ wave guides , cavity,resonators, plasma oscilla­ energy. Three and four body problems, nu­ mental language requirement, although the tions, theory of relativity. (Lee.3) Pre: 511, clear forces, special models, nuclear spec­ candidate's committee may require demon­ 530. Staff troscopy and reactions, decay of nuclei, many stration of language proficiency . Successful 550 Physical Acoustics II, 3) Physical prop­ body problem, structure of nucleons. (Lee.3) completion of a qualifying examination is re­ erties of gases , liquids, and solids as revealed Pre: 511, 571. In alternate years. Staff quired of all students . by the propagation of acoustic waves . Ultra­ 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and sonic generation and measurement tech- · ID Number of credits is determined each se­ PHY Courses niques, irreversible thermodynamics, mechan­ mester in consultation with the major pro­ Physics isms for absorption, and dispersion of acoustic fessor or progralll committee. SIU credit. waves. (Lee.3) Pre: permissionof department. 401, 402 Seminar in Physics II and II, 1 each) Letcher 406 (or MCE 406) Atmospheric Physics I II,3) 86 Graduate Programs

AST Courses Programrequirements: coursework as de­ Professor Robert C. Wakefield, Ph.D ., 1954, Astronomy termined by graduate commit:ee; dissertation . Rutgers - The State University Associate Professor Dale T. Duff, Ph.D., 1967, 406 (or PHY 406) Atmospheric Physics I !I, 3) PLPCourses Michigan State University 407 (or PHY 407) Atmospheric Physics ll Plant Pathology-Entomology Associate Professor Robert E. Gough, Ph.D., !II, 3) . 1977, University of Rhode Island 408 Introduction to Astrophysics !II, 3) 401 Applied Insect Ecology !II, 3) Associate Professor John A. Jagschitz, M.S., 484 (or PHY 484) Laboratory and Research 422 (or MIC 422) Biotechnology of Indus­ 1954, Cornell University Problems in Physics !I and II, 3) trial Microorganisms !II, 3) Associate Professor William R. Krul, Ph.D., 491, 492 (or PHY 491, 492) Special Prob­ 442 Diseases of Turfgrasses, Trees and Or- 1967, Purdue University lems (I and II, 1-6 each) namental Shrubs !II, 3) Associate Professor Richard J. Shaw, Ph.D. , 443 Plant Disease Laboratory !I, 1J 1966, University of Missouri 463 Principles of Plant Disease Control !II, 3) Assistant Professor Byung-Dong Kirn, Ph.D. , 465 Etiology of Plant Disease !I, 3) 1974, University of Florida Plant Pathology-Entomology 482 Nematology !II, 3) Assistant Professor W. Michael Sullivan, Ph.D ., 1981, University of Nebraska M.S., Ph.D., (Biological Sciences) 511 The Nature of Plant Disease !I, 3) Anal­ Adjunct Assistant Professor Stephen L. ysis of the nature of plant disease, the · Dellaporta, Ph.D., 1981, Worcester processes of infection and pathogenesis, and Polytechnic Institute Graduate Faculty the structural and physiological responses that Chairperson:Professor Walter C. Mueller, determine resistance to disease . !Lee.3) Pre: Ph.D ., 1961, Cornell University BOT 332 or equivalent. In alternate years, next Specializations offered1986-87. Beckman and Mueller Professor Carl H. Beckman, Ph.D., 1953, .Turfgrasses, woody ornamentals, and ag­ University of Wisconsin 571 Plants, Insects, and Pathogens !II, 3) A ricultural crops . Program emphasis may be de­ Professor Noel Jackson, Ph.D., 1960, Univer­ two-part investigation of insect-microbe asso­ veloped in plant -soil nutrien~ relations, plant sity of Durham ciations, concentrating upon the comparative propagation including tissue culture , stress Professor Richard W. Traxler, Ph.D., 1958, pathobiology of microbial agents in the insect physiology, weed science, crop improvement, University of Texas host and the transmission of plant disease or­ and the ecology of crop production. Addi­ Associate Professor Richard' A. Casagrande, ganisms by the insect vectors. !Lee. 3) Pre: 381 tionaf areas include landscape ecology, Ph.D., 1975, Michigan State University' (or ZOO 381) and MIC 211, or permission-of in­ floriculture, fruit science, and forage manage­ Associate Professor Larry Englander, Ph.D., structor. LeBrun ment. Specializations in soil science are avail­ 1973, Oregon State University able in the natural resources program. Associate Professor Roger A. LeBrun, Ph.D., 591, 592 Research Problems !I and II, 1-3 1977, Cornell University each) Individual or group study supervised by Assistant Professor Patrick A. Logan, Ph.D ., a faculty member in fields of plant virology, Master of Science 1977, Michigan State University nematology and disease mechanisms, eco­ nomic entomology or plant pathology, agricul­ Admission requirements:B .A. or B.S. degree Adjunct Professor Arthur M. Kaplan, Ph.D., with undergraduate courses in botany , 1948, University of Massachusetts tural and industrial mycology, and related subjects. Written reports. !Lee. 1-3, Lab. 2-6) agronomy, or horticulture, chemistry, math­ Staff ematics, physics , and soils passed with grades Specializations of A or B. Deficiencies in these areas must be 599 Masters Thesis Research !I and.II) Num­ corrected without graduate program credit. Plant pathology:disease resistance mech­ ber of credits is determined each semester in GRE score (verbal and quantitative) totaling anisms, fine structure of pathogen-host inter­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ approximately 1000 or higher is expected . An actions, epidemiology of turfgrass and woody gram committee . SIU credit. area of interest corresponding to a field of pro­ ornamentals diseases. Entomology:insect ecol­ 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and gram emphasis must be indicated. Applicants ogy, pest management. Plant protection:plant II) Number of credits is determined each se­ are encouraged to contact a faculty member in disease and plant insect topics. mester in consultation with the major profes­ their area of interest who would be willing to sor or program committee . SIU credit. serve as their major professor. Initial contact Master of Science may be made with the chairperson of the Plant Note: for other related coursessee BOT 332, 432 Science Department. Admission requirements:GRE with. under­ and ZOO 381, 482, 581, 586. Programrequirements: Thesis and supporting graduate major in biological. agricultural. or study in botany, chemistry, plant science, and physical sciences. Fundamental courses in bio­ statistics as determined by the student and logical sciences, mathematics, and chemistry ,program committee. Three departmental semi­ may be required to make up deficiencies with­ Plant Science nars which include a final thesis seminar. out graduate credit. M.S., Ph.D., (Biological Sciences) Programrequirements: coursework as de­ termined by graduate committee, and thesis. Doctor of Philosphy Graduate Faculty (Biological Sciences) Doctor of Philosophy Acting Chairperson:Professor Walter C. Admission requirements:GRE with a com­ (Biological Sciences) Mueller, Ph.D., 1961, Cor:nell University bined verbal and quantitative score of at least 1000, and normally, an M.S. in an agricultural Limited to plant pathology specializations. Professor Richard J. Hull, Ph.D ., 1964, University of California or biological science. Applicants who are ad­ Admissi_on requirements:GRE and preferably Professor John J. McGuire, Ph.D., 1968, mitted without an M.S. must pass a qualifying a master's degree in botany or plant pathol­ University of Rhode Island examination after 18-24 credits . · ogy; other requirements same as master's de­ . Professor Conrad R. Skogiey, Ph.D ., 1957, Programrequirem ents: Comprehensive exams gree; qualifying examination required if ad­ Rutgers - The State University in one major and two minor areas chosen mitted without master's degree. from agronomy, horticulture, soil science, Plant Pathology/Political Science 87

crop ecology, plant biochemistry, crop phys­ carbohydrates, amino acids, lipids, phenolics, Master of Arts iology, soil biology, anatomy-morphology, and phytohormones. (Lee.3) Pre: BCP 311 or taxonomy-systematics, and genetics (one of 581 or permission. In alternate years. Hull Admission requirements:GRE with under­ the first three areas must be included), graduate credit in basic political science and 576 Physiology of Plant Productivity (I, 3! Demonstration of sufficient ·knowledge to political theory. Critical analysis of contemporary views on teach an introductory plant science course, Programrequirements: M.A. has a thesis and energy conversion and transformation in pri­ and competence in one research tool selected non-thesis option; non-thesis option requires mary plant production. Topics include photo­ from experimental statistics, computer one course including a substantial paper re­ synthesis, phosphorylation, photorespiration, science, electron microscopy, and analytical quiring significant independent research, oral transport mechanisms, nitrogen assimilation, chemistry. Substitution of a foreign language examination in addition to comprehensive ex­ and symbiosis. (Lee. 3) Pre: organicchemistry, or the requirement of an additional research amination. An interdisciplinary program in­ plant physiology,biochemistry, or permissionof volving 15 additional credits in associate fields tool may be specified by the student's com­ instructor. In alternate years, next offered mittee . Dissertation , leads to a graduate certificate in International 1985-86. Hull Development Studies awarded by the Dean of 591, 592 Non-Thesis Research in Plant and the Graduate School as an adjunct to the PLS Courses M.A. in political science. See International Plant Science Soil Science (I and II, 1-3 each) Advanced work under supervision of research staff to expand Studies_(p. 59) for details. 401, 402 Plant and Soil Science Seminar (I and research experience into areas other than · II, 1 each! those related to thesis research. Arranged to Master of Public Administration 405 Propagation of Plant Materials !II, 3) suit individual requirements. !Lab. 3"9) Pre: 413 Plant Cell and Tissue Culture a, 3! permissionof instructor. Staff Admission requirements:generally, GRE with 1000 score (verbal plus quantitative) and un­ 420 Crop Ecology (I, 3) 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II! Num­ dergraduate credit in basic political science. 436 Floriculture and Greenhouse Crop ber of credits is determined each semester in Production (II, 4) Programrequirements: non-thesis; one course consultation with the major professor or pro­ including a substantial paper requiring signifi­ 442 Profesmonal Turfgrass Management (II, 3! gram committee. SIU credit. 444 Environmental Aspects of Landscape cant independent research; comprehensive ex­ Design (II, 3) . amination; internship; minimum total of 36 446 Landscape Construction (IJ, 3) credits, including PSC 501, 502, 503, 505, 506 451 (or REM 451) Soil Conservation Tech­ Political Science and 524. Competency in computer science and nology (I, 3) statistics is required and may be demonstrated 454 Identification of Basic Ornamental M.A., M.P.A. by completion of a basic course at the under­ Plants (II, 3! graduate level. 461 Weed Science (I, 3) Graduate Faculty 472 Plant Improvement (II, 3) Cooperative Program 475 (or NRS 475) Plant Nutrition and Soil Chairperson:Professor Timothy M. Hennessey, (M.P.A. and M.L.I.S.) Fertility a, 4! Ph.D., 1968, University of North Carolina 482 Origin and Adaptation of Shade and Professor Alfred G. Killilea, Ph.D., 1969, A cooperative program permits joint en­ Ornamental Trees (II , 3) University of Chicago rollment in the Master of Library and Informa­ 484 (or REM 484) Structures !II, 3) Professor Edgar C. Leduc, Ph.D., 1963, Indiana tion Studies and the Master of Public Adminis­ 491, 492 Special Projects and Independent University tration programs, each of which requires a Study (I and II, 1-3 each) Professor Josephine F, Milburn, Ph.D., 1956, minimum of 36 credits when taken separately. Duke University The integrated pursuit of the two degrees 501 to 504 Graduate Seminar in Plant and makes it possible for 9 credits of appropriately Soil Science (I and II, 1 each! Presentation of Professor Arthur Stein, Ph.D., 1965, Univer­ sity of Pennsylvania selected coursework from one program to technical reports and discussion of current re­ serve as electives in the other, and for 6 search papers in soil science, landscape ecol­ Professor David D. Warren, Ph.D., 1959, Fletcher School of Law and Diplomacy credits of such coursework to be applied in the ogy, growth and deve\opment of economic opposite direction. Thus , when planned and crops, and production and management of Professor Stephen B. Wood, Ph.D., 1964, University of Chicago taken jointly, the two programs can be com­ economic crops. (Lee. 1) Pre: permissionof pleted with a total of 57 credits. instructor. Professor Norman L. Zucker, Ph.D., 1960, Rutgers - The State University_ Admission requirements:GRE and other re­ 512 Plant Growth and Development !II, 4! Associate Professor Lawrence Rothstein, quirements listed for M.L.I.S. and M.P.A. Ap­ Environmental, chemical, and genetic regu­ Ph.D., 1976, University of Massachusetts plicant must apply and be accepted in both lation of plant development, from seed for­ Associate Professor Gerry R. Tyler, Ph.D., programs. Applications (in quadruplicate) mation to senescence. !Lee. 3, Lab. 3) Pre: BOT 1972, Yale University must indicate M.L.I.S./M.P.A. as the field of 445. In alternate years, next offered1985-86. Assistant Professor Karen E. Murphy, Ph.D., specialization . · Krul 197'7, University of Southern California Programrequirements: Each student must complete the required core courses for both 513 Laboratory Plant Tissue Culture !II, 1) programs plus 3 credits of PSC 590 for the Techniques for initiation and continuous cul­ S~cializati~ns M.P.A. and 3 credits chosen from LSC 520, ture of plant cells; protoplast isolation, fusion, 521, 522 or 533 for the M.LI.S. Students must American government, public policy, public and selection; rnicropropagation, somatic em­ file separate programs of study for each de­ bryogenesis, and production of haploid plants law, international relations, comparative poli­ gree, indicating the courses to be jointly tics, politics of the developing areas, public via pollen and another culture. (Lab. 3) Pre: counted. Each student must pass the separate administration, political theory . BOT 245, concurrentregistration in 413, and per­ comprehensive examination for each degree. mission of instructor. Krul A student who fails to complete one of the 572 (or BCP 572) Plant Biochemistry !II, 3! programs may, of course, complete the other Physiological chemistry unique to plants , Em­ in accordance with the separate program of phasis on energy acquiring, transferring, and study. storing reactions including the metabolism of 88 Graduate Programs

PSC Courses EST 408 or equivalent or permissionof instructor. 555, 556 Directed Study or Research (1 and Political Science Henndsey II, 3 each/ Special work arranged to meet the individual needs of graduate students in poli­ 506 Seminar in Budgetary Politics (I, 3/ Ex­ 401 Comparative European Politics (1 and amination of federal, state and local fiscal and tical science . (Lee.3/ Pre: permissionof depart­ II, 3) ' ment. Staff 407 The Soviet Union: Politics and Society budgetary processes , focusing on the politics (JI, 3) of the budgetary process and models of budget­ 568 Jurisprudence (JJ, 3/ Introduct,on to the ing, with emphasis on contemporary issues. philosophy of law, treating the sources, the 408 African Government and Politics 3/ a, (Sem.3) Murphy 410 (or AAF 410) Issues in African Devel­ nature, and the consequences of major sys­ tems of legal thought. Emphasis on the re­ opment (I or II; 3/ 507 The U.S .S.R. and China in World Af­ lationship between legal reasoning and judicial 420 Non-Violence and Change in the Nu­ fairs (JJ, 3/ Seminar of Russian and Chinese decision-making in the United States. (Lee.3/ clear Age (I, 3/ world outlook and study of their foreign poli­ 422 Comparative American State Politics cies - how they deal with each other, the Pre: 471, 472, or permissionof instructor. In al­ m.31 West, other communist nations and develop­ ternate years, next offered1985 -86. Wood 431 International Relations (J, 3/ ing nations. (Lee; 3) Pre:407 or department ap­ 573 Administrative Law a, 3) Legal aspects 432 International Government (JJ, 3/ proval. Stein of interaction between government agencies, 434 American Foreign Policy (JI, 3/ 51(1. Developing·Nation State: Africa (II, 3/ individuals, and public interest . Systematic 443 Twentieth-Century Political Theory (J,3/ Analysis of developmental policy formation analysis of leading cases, evaluating the courts 444 Marxist Political Thought (JJ, 3) with emphasis upon the governmental pro­ as an instrument for protecting the in­ 455, 456 Directed Study or Research (1 and cesses in the new nations with major focus on dividual's rights in administrative action. (Lee.3/ II, 3 each/ African countries. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof in­ Pre: 113. Rothstein 460 Urban Politics (J and II, 3) structor. Milburn 577 International Ocean Law 461 The American Presidency (I, 3/ See Geography and Marine Affairs 577. 464 International Law (II, 3) 512 Seminar in Marine Science Policy and 466 Urban Problems (JJ, 3/ Public Law 590 Internship in Public Administration 4 71 Constitutional Law (J, 3/ See Geography il:'1-dMarine Affairs 512. (1 and II, 3-6/ Participation at an administrative 4 72 Civil Liberties m,3/ 521 International and Comparative Trade agency under supervision of agency head and 474 Criminal Justice Systems (JI, 3) Unions and Labor Relations a member of the faculty. Planning, personnel 481, 482 Political Science Seminar (I and II, See Labor Studies 521. management , research organization, budget­ 3 each) ·· ing, interdepartmental relations, informal liai­ 483 Political Process: Policy Formulation 522 Comparative American Local Politics sons that are the hallmark of effective ad­ and Execution (I or II, 3/ (I, 3/ Comparative study of American local ministration . May be taken as one 6-creditunit 486 Cooper~tive Communities (IJ, 3/ government and politics . Emphasis on the de­ or two 3-creditunits . Pre: permissionof depart­ 4 91 Principles of Public Administration (I, 3/ terminants of local public policy. (Lee. 3/ Pre: ment. Staff 221 or urban related course,EST 408. Leduc 495 Comparative Urban Politics (I, 3/ 595 Problems of Modernization in 498 Public Administration and Policy For- 523 Seminar in Comparative Public Ad­ Developing Nations mulation (JJ, 3) ministration a;3) Theory , practice, and or­ See Resource Economics 595. 501 Administrative Theory (J and II, 3/ The­ ganization of selected European and de­ 599 Masters Thesis Research (1 and III Num­ oretical constructs and models in fields of veloping nations' administrative systems. ber of credits is determined each semester in public administration; theories of Weber, Analysis of selected policies. Influence of Eng­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ Riggs, Dorsey, Simon, Presthus. Lower level lish and French systems on developing sys­ gram committee .•SIU credit. models in subfields of organization, commu­ tems. Structure-function and ecological analy­ nications, and decision making . Task-oriented sis. (Sem. 3/ Pre: 491, 501 or permissionof in­ subject inatter such as personnel, budget, and structor. Milburn program administration related to theoretical 524 Seminar in Public Policy Problems Psychology formulations which seek to explain them. (Lee. 3/ (I and II, 3/ Exploration in depth of selected Pre: 491 or permjssionof department. Hennessey problems of policy formulation - intergovern­ M.S., Ph.D. 502 Techniqu~ of Public Management mental relations, regionalization, citizen par­ (I and II, 3/ Principles and techniques em­ ticipation and control, priority setting for pub­ Graduate Faculty ployed in the administration of staff activities lic sector programs. (Lee. 3/ Pre: 491, 501 or of the public service such as administrative permissionof department. Hennessey Chairperson: Professor Nelson F. Smith, Ph.D., 1963, Princeton University planning, project scheduling, and budgeting. 544 Democracy and Its Critics (I , 3/ Seminar (Lee. 3/ Pre: 491 or permissionof department. examining the roots of modem democracy in Professor Allan Berman, Ph.D ., 1968, Louisiana Hennessey the social contract theories and analyzing the State University Professor Henry B. Biller, Ph.D ., 1967, Duke 503 Problems in Public Personnel quality and limits of self-determination in University Administration (I or II, 3/ Deveiopment of these theories in the light of contempory poli­ personnel administration, including problems tics. (Lee. 3) Pre: 341, 342, or pennission of Professor Lawrence C. Grebstein, Ph.D., 1964, University of Kentucky of recruitment, examination, promotion, and department. Killilea Professor Ira Gross , Ph.D. , 1967, University of staffing within public service. Emphasis on 546 Alternative Prospects for Humanity (II, 3) Illinois evaluation of employee performance and col­ Exploration of range of possibilities for lective bargaining in public service. (Lee. 3/ Professor AlbertJ . Lott, Ph.D., 1958, University humankind over next several decades . Empha­ of Colorado Pre:graduate standing or permissionof depart­ sis on approaches oriented towards improviu.g ment. Murphy Professor Bernice Lott, Ph.D ., 1954, Univer­ our prospects for survival, social justice, and sity of California, Los Angeles SOS (or SOC 505) Public Program Evalu­ wholistic growth. (Sem.l Pre: 420 or 486. Stein Professor James 0. Prochaska, Ph.D ., 1969, ation (II, 3/ Research design and methodolo­ Wayne State University gies associated with the evaluation of govern­ Professor Albert Silverstein, Ph.D. , 1963, mental programs and activities. (Lee.3/ Pre: University of California Psychology 89

Professor Wayne F. Velicer, Ph .D ., 1973, Purdue Programrequirements: non-thesis: internship; The objective of our Ph.D. program is to University total of 60 credits with a minimum of 30 for give our students the knowledge and skills Professor William T. Vosburgh, Ph.D ., 1965, th~ master's degree plus additional credits for they will rteed to be effective psychologists in Syracuse University certification as a school psychologist: one their chosen area. Scientific training and re­ Professor Alan Willoughby, Ph.D ., 1959, course with major paper involving significant search experience as well as knowledge and University of Connecticut independent research: written comprehensive technical skills are a part of each student's Associate Professor Jerry L. Cohen, Ph.D. , examination. program, but his or her program is individu­ 1973, University of Illinois ally designed around his or her needs and goals. Associate Professor Charles E. Collyer, Ph.D., Both the clinical and school psychology pro­ 1976, Princeton University Doctor of Philosophy (Clinical,Experimental, grams are accredited by the'Ameri~n Psycho­ Associate Professor Janet Kulberg, Ph.D ., and School Psychology) logical Association . Both programs subscribe 1967, George Peabody College to the scientist-practitioner model and thus Associate Professor Kathryn Quina , Ph.D ., Admission requirements: ·GRE with advanced course requirements are consistent with main­ 1973, Univers ity of Georgia test: evidence of research competency. Appli­ taining such accreditation. Practicum and in­ Associate Professor Mark D. Rapport , Ph.D ., cants are admitted for September only . Appli­ dividual research projects can be specifically 1980, Florida State University cations must be completed by February 1 for tailored to help the student prepare for the Associate Professor John F. Stevenson, Ph.D., clinical, by February 15 for school, and by professional role of his or her choice. These 1974, University of Michigan March 15 for experimental. Prospective appli­ programs also have a strong experiential base Associate Professor Dominic Valentino , Ph.D., cants are asked to address initial inquiries con­ including field activity in each year. Students 1971, University of California cerning the desired specialization to the are expected to be involved in research for a Assistant Professor Susan A. Brady, Ph.D. , department, but formal application materials substantial portion of their program. 1975, University of Connecticut must be obtained from and returned directly The department emphasizes a close working Assistant Professor Paul R. Florin, Ph.D., to the Graduate School Office. Applicants to relationship between faculty and students. No 1981, George Peabody College of Vanderbilt clinical program are evaluated on the basis of single theoretical or philosophical model is es­ University previous academic achievement, GRE scores , pouse~ . Assistant Professor Lisa Lavoie Harlow , Ph.D. , previous life experience , previous psychologi ­ 1985, University of California, Los Angeles cal and research experience, letters of recom­ PSY Courses Adjunct Assistant Professor Katherine C. Haskell, mendation, and projected balance between ap­ Psychology Ph.D., 1981, University of Rhode Island plicant and program needs. Adjunct Assistant Professor Kevin Plummer, Due to limited facilities, new admissions to 432 Advanced Developmental Psychology Ph.D., 1983, University of Rhode Island the doctoral programs must be limited to a !II, 3) Adjunct Assistant Professor Richard Weisblatt, small number per year . Although test scores 434 Introduction to Psychological Testing Ph.D., 1980, University of Maryland and cumulativt averages ~e not the sole (I and II, 3! Adjunct Instructor Richard Lloyd, M.S., 1975, criteria for admission, those with overall qual­ 436 (or PCL 436) Psychotropic Drugs and University of Rhode Island ity point averages of less than 3.0 on a 4.0 Therapy !II, 3! Professor Emeritus Peter F. Merenda , Ph.D. , scale, or whose two highest GRE scores do not · 438 Psychotropic Drugs and Behavior (I or 1957, University of Wisconsin total above 1200, are advised that there is lit­ ~~ . tle chance for admission. 442 The Exceptional Individual (I or II, 3) Specializations . Programr equirements: completion of a mini ­ 450 Cognitive and Behavioral Analysis of mum of 90 credits (72 plus 18 for dissertation). Communication (II, 3) Programs : clinical, experimental , and school Language requirement optional depending 454 Group Processes (I, 3) psychology: specialties are offered within the upon requirements set forth by student's pro­ 456 R~arch Methods in Social Psychology program. The clinical area encourages stu­ gram committe~. Research course require­ !II, 4) • dents to organize their program so as to foster ments : a minimum of 2 courses in statistics 461 The Alcohol Troubled Person: Psycho­ their developing career needs. Thus, one is en­ (PSY510/532) and a research methods course logical and Social Issues (I or II, 3! couraged to develop specific interests and (PSY611 ). The research competency require­ 464 Humanistic Psychology (II, 3! competencies in such areas as family systems , ment may be met by successfully defending a 465 Introduction to Crisis Intervention (I or substance abuse , child/clinical, community , master 's thesis or by successfully completing a II, 3! neuropsychology, individual intervention, and research competency project under the direc­ 470 Topics in Social Psychology (I, 3! general clinical practices . Students in the ex­ tion of the major professor. The research com­ 4 79 Contemporary Problems for Modem perimental program tend to concentrate in petency project option is limited to those who Psychology (I and II, 3-12! one of the following five areas: (1) human per­ have non-thesis master's degrees in psychology . 480 The Female Experience !II, 3! ception and learning : (2) conditioning and be­ Students who successfully complete the thesis . 489 Problems in Psychology (I and II, 3) havior change : (3) psychophysiology ; (4) option will earn a Master of Arts degree in 499 Psychology Practicum (I and II, 1-6) methodology and quantitative psychology: (5) psychology . A Ph.D. qualifying examination is 505 Community Psychology (I, 3! Intro­ personality/ social/community basis of be­ required of all doctoral students entering with ­ duction to community psychology ; study and havior . Additional individual specialties can out the master's degree. This requirement is change of individual's interaction with com­ be developed within each of the program areas. met by completing four core courses from PSY munity systems : theoretical and empirical 510, 532, 611, and those numbered 601-608, models, intervention strategies, and research Master of Science with a grade of B or better . These courses are methods relevant to community psychology. (School Psychology Only) usually completed prior to the earning of (Lee. 3! Pre: permission of department. Stevenson 24-30 credits . For students in the applied areas Admission requirements: GRE with advanced (clinical and school) at least one core course 510 Intermediate Quantitative Methods test . Undergraduate major in psychology must be completed in each of the following (I[, 3! Complex statistical techniques useful in recommended. Applicants are admitted for content areas of psychology: biological bases practical psychological research, including September only. ApplicatiOl).Smust be com­ of behavior : cognitive and affective bases ; so­ multiple correlation and regression analysis, pleted by February 15. cial bases ; individual differences ; and history multiple correction for restriction in range, and systems of psycp.ology. 90 Graduate Programs

and introductory multivariate analysis 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and W Num­ cations utilizing SPSS, and Cooley and Lohnes methods. Practical applications utilizing SPSS, ber of credits is determined each semester in Computer Programs. (Lee. 3) Pre: EST 541 or and Cooley and Lohnes Computer Program. consultation with the major professor or pro­ equivalent. In alternate years, next offered (Lee. 3) Pre: pennission of department. Staff gram committee. SIU credit. 1986-87. Staff 517 (or EST 517) Small N Designs (II, 3) A 601 Physiological Psychol~gy ([[, 3) An ad­ 611 Methods of Psychological Research and survey of Small N experimental methodology, vanced consideration of physiological research Experimental Design (I, 3) Provides the stu­ including hypothesis of quasi-experimental de­ on neural, endocrine, and response systems as dent of psychology with a knowledge of re­ signs and the application of interrupted time it relates to attention, motivation, emotion, search methodology and the techniques of ex­ series. Applications in applied research, partic­ memory and psychological disorders. (Lee.3) perimental designs . It prepares for the de­ ularly behavioral intervention. (Lee. 3) Pre: Pre: pennission of department. Valentino _ velopment of thesis problems of graduate 510, 532. In alternate years. Velicer students in psychology and related disciplines. 602 Learning and Motivation (I[, 3) Em­ (Lee.3) Pre: 510, 532. Staff 520 Psychometric Methods (I or II, 3) Tech­ pirical and theoretical analysis of the basic niques for investigating areas of attitude and principles of acquisition and loss of habits. 615 Collaborative Research in Psychology opinion research, morale and leadership, per­ Topically organized to deal with respondent (I or II, 0-3) Collaborative approaches to psy­ sonality and perception. Includes techniques and operant conditioning, and their relation­ chological resear<,h. Special emphasis on of test construction. Q-methodology, and psy­ ship to reinforcement and motivation. (Lee. 3) topics that can involve students at varying chometric scaling. /Lee.3) Pre: 434, 510. In al­ Pre: undergraduatelearning courseand per­ levels of research skill. Format includes weekly ternate years. Staff mission of department. Silverstein topical seminar and biweekly colloquium com­ bining all topical interest groups. (Sem. 3, Col­ 522 Behavioral Assessment Techniques 603 Development ([[, 3) Theoretical. metho­ 1J 300, 301, 532 m,3) Interview, observational, questionnaire, dological; and applied issues in lifespan devel­ loquium Pre: or equivalent and self-monitoring, cognitive behavior modifi­ opment, including cognitive, perceptual, psy­ ,permission.May be repeated.Maximum of six cation, and analogue assessment procedures chomotor, affective and social development. credits. SIU credit. Kulberg and Staff are reviewed in terms of their use and inter­ Topically organized. (Lee.3) Pre: pennission of 616 Methodology and Design in Research pretation of behavior in clinical, institutional, department. Kulberg, Biller_and Staff in School Psychology (I or II, 3) Models of re­ · home, and school settings. Alternate odd­ 604 Perception and Cognition (I, 3) A sur­ search design and methodology particularly numberedyears. Pre: 434, 550. Staff vey of topics in sensation, psychophysics, per­ applicable to the school situation are explored. 532 Experimental Design ception, memory, and attention, with an em­ (Lee. 3) Pre: .510,532, pennission of department. See Experimental Statistics 532. phasis on how important issues have been for­ Staff 534 Clinical Interpretation of Standardized mulated, and the relation of these issues to 620 Seminar: Classical Conditioning (I and general psychology. (Lee. 3) Pre: pennission of Psychological Tests (I[, 3) Clinical use of stan- II, 3) History and nature of the conditional re­ . dardized assessment techniques such as department. Collyer flex, with emphasis placed on understanding the role of the conditional reflex and contem- . MMPI. Critical review of theory and research 605 Personality (I or II, 3) Reading of pri­ underlying objective, group assessment of hu­ mary source materials from major personality porary behavioral research and theory. (Lee. 3) man characteristics. Development and inter­ theorists relevant to a particular topical em­ Pre: permissionof department. Smith pretation of individualized evaluations based phasis. Application and comparative evalu­ 621 Seminar: Human Learning and Mem­ on profile analysis. (Lee. 3) Pre: 434. Staff ation of the theories studied. (Lee. 3) Pre: per­ ory (I or II, 3) Experimental arialysis of major 540 (or EDC 540) Learning Disabilities: mission of department. Stevenson and Staff . problem topics of learning and retention Assessment and Intervention (SS,3) Applica­ 606 Social Psychology ([, 3) Intensive explo­ ~tudies in humans. Emphasis on systematic tions of early screening batteries; remedial ration of the methods, theory, and data base studies of verbal habits, dimensional analysis programs for various disabilities, developing of contemporary social psychology focusing on of the critical variables influencing these treatment exercises, behavioral programs, and salient issues that clarify significant topics in · habits, and the interference theory of forget­ 3) programs for older children and adolescents. this area. (Lee.3) Pre: pennission of department. ting. (Lee. Pre: pennission of department. Emphasis on pragmatic application of skills for A. Lott Silverstein detection and treatment, (Lee. 3) May be 3) 607 (660) Advanced Psychopathology (I or 625 Seminar: Social Psychology m, At­ repeatedfor credit once as A and B. Pre: permis­ tention on a major area in contemporary social sion of instructor.·Berman II, 3) Empirical literature with regard to etio­ logical factors involved in the formation of psychology. Empirical studies analyzed for 550 (or PCL 550) Operant Analysis of Be­ pathological character trends and deviations. their relevance to theoretical and applied is­ havior (I or II, 3) Introduction to the principles Evaluation of clinical theory and classification sues; students will design an original inves­ of operant conditioning with emphasis on the systems as related to the psychotherapeutic tigation. (Sem.) Pre: graduate standing or per­ use of these principles in the analysis of be­ process . (Lee. 3) Pre: pennission of department. mission of instructor. May be repeatedtwice with havior. (Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof department. Prochaska a cbang~of topic. A. Lott, B. Lott, J. Cohen, Smith . and J. Stevenson 608 Theories and Systems (I, 3) An in-depth 554 Alternate Therapies (I or II, 3) Theory analysis of the origin and logical structure of 641 Introduction to Psychotherapy (I, 3) A and practice of those individual and group major systematic approaches to psychology. trans-theoretical analysis of the major systems techniques which can be integrated into one's Emphasis on significant recurrent controver­ of psychotherapy. Developing an integrative, present style of helping; (a) existential, (b) sies. (Lee.3) Pre: graduate standing. Staff eclectic model through identifying the pro­ body therapies, (cl cognitive therapies, and (d) cesses of change that are the core of effective 610 (or EST 610) Factor Analysis (I, 3) other contemporary approaches. Students may therapy. (Lee.3) Pre: pennission of department. participate in a maximum of five distinct Comparison among various procedures of fac­ Prochaska workshops. (Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: professional tor analysis including tetrad differences , bi­ factor, group centroid, principal component, 644 Family Therapy (I, 3) Introductiqn to and/or graduate status and permissionof the theories and techniques of family assessment coordinator. Staff canonical methods, and image analysis. Esti­ mation of factor loadings and specific vari­ and family therapy. Seminar format with ances. Methods for factor rotation. Ex­ videotape illustrations, case presentation and · ploratory versus confirmatory factor analysis. Estimation of factor scores. Practical appli- Psychology 91

discussion, role playing, lecture, and selected lectures by members of related disciplines. and interpret neuro-psychological functioning. experiential exercises. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof Special emphasis upon the role of the profes­ /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. In alternate instructor. Grebstein sional psychologist in the community: (a) clin­ years, next offered1985-86. Berman ical psychology, (b) school psychology. /Lee. 1-3) 645 Marital and Sexual Therapy /I, 3! Be­ 680 School Practices I (Diagnostic) /I and II, Pre: permissionof department. SIU credit. Staff havioral, psychodynamic, and systems per­ 3-9) Testing procedures and devices in the di­ spective on marital and sexual problems and 668 School Psychological Consultation agnosis of organicity, personality problems, treatments. Theory·and research applied in su­ /II, 3) Historical and contemporary perspec- special learning problems, visual, auditory, pervised practice with troubled couples. /Lee. 3) • tives on consultation are discussed in terms of . and memory problems; includes administra­ Pre: permissionof department. Prochaska mental health and psychoeducational services. tion, interpretation, and special adaptation of 646 Group Therapy /I, 3) Theory, research, The focus is on the content and process of tests in the school situation. /Lee. 3) May be and change strategies developed in working consultation in various clinical and educa­ repeatedup to three times. Pre: 434, 661, or per­ with small groups. Current research, models, tional settings. /Sem.JPre: 666 or equivalent. mission of department. Staff Staff and techniques will be discussed in the con­ 681 Special Problems in School Psychology text of actual clinical work with groups. /Lee. 3) 670 Field Experience in Psychological Ser­ II or II, 3-9) Role of the psychologist in the Alternate years. Pre: permissionof instructor. vices /I and II, 1-12) Training placements and school setting. Several theoretical and prac­ Grebstein internships are available in a variety of insti­ tical issues concerned with the value of tutional agencies and school settings under su­ 647 Child Therapy II, 3) Seminar discusses psychological theory, administrative philos­ issues, techniques, and research related to be­ pervision which must be acceptable to the ophy, and school organization are explored. havior changes in children and their families. department: (a) school, (b) experimental /Lee. 3) May be repeatedup to three times. Pre: Aspects of therapy, the role of behavioral ap­ areas, (c) clinical. Pre: permissionof department. 680 and permissionof department. Vosburgh, proaches and the participation of parents will SIU credit Staff Staff be explored. Direct, supervised experience is 671 Clinical Practices I (Diagnostic) /I or II, 3) 682 Individual Practicum in School Psy­ included in this course. /Lee. 3) Pre: participa­ Supervised practice in the assessment of prob­ chology II or II, 3-9) Accompanies student's tion in the PsychologicalConsultation Center. lem behavior. Emphasis on the integration of internship in the school setting. Techniques Permissionof department. Staff data from psychological tests, case histories, for adapting psychological services to function 661 Psychological Services I (Administra­ and other sources in the assessment of person­ within the school system. Individual supervi­ tion and Interpretation of Cognitive Tests) ality. Practicum facilities available in several sion to be arranged. /Lee. 3) May be repeatedup agenices. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 661, 662, and per­ to three times. Pre: permissionof department. /I, 3) Instruction and practice in administra­ tion and interpretation of cognitive tests; in­ mission of department. In alternate years, next Vosburgh dividual intelligence tests of both general and offered1985-86. Staff 683 Psychology of the Exceptional Child specific abilities. Rationale, research evidence, 672 Individual Clinical Practicum II or II, (I, 3) Social, psychological and educational clinical application of Stanford- Binet, Wechsler, 3-9) Introductory experience in dealing with factors that constitute the matrix of concerns McCarty scales. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof clinical problems in a variety of clinical set­ with the exceptional individual in the school department. Berman and Gross tings. Individual supervision to be arranged. and community. Recent innovations in public 662 Psychological Services II (Administra­ /Lee. 3) May be repeatedup to three times. Pre: and private education and habilitation. Re­ search issues and legislation discussed evolve tion and Interpretation of Personality Tests) 661, 6_62and permissionof department. SIU credit Staff into student studies. /Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof III, 3) Instruction and practice in the admin­ istration and interpretation of instruments 673 Seminar: Introduction to Clinical Psy­ department. Gross used in the assessment of personality. Em­ chotherapy II, 3) Theories and techniques of 684 Learning Disabilities II, 3) Introduction phasis upon projective tests such as Ror­ psychotherapeutic procedures involving direc­ to developments in the field of disorders of schach, TAT. Rationale, research evidence and tive and nondirectiv'e and play therapies. The­ learning in the school-age child, stressing re­ clinical application. /Lee. 3) Pre:permission of oretical rationale and empirical research with cent conceptualizations of underlying psy­ department. Staff special emphasis on the child area. !Lee.3) Pre: chological parameters essential to basic pro­ permissionof department. Willoughby and Staff cesses involved in learning. Interdisciplinary 664 Advanced Diagnostic Problems /II, 3) approaches to diagnosis; innovation of pre­ Use and interpretation of cognitive, projec­ 674 Clinical Practices II (Therapy) /I or II, scriptive teaching introduced. /Lee. 3) Pre: 683 tive, and neural psychological tests. Focus on 3-12) Specialized techniques of clinical inter­ and/or permissionof instructor. Gross integrating data into meaningful description of viewing, counseling, and psychotherapy. Criti­ total personality functioning. Use of the diag­ cal discussions of student's own supervised 685 Psychology of Mental Retardation nostic interview. /Lee. 3) Pre: 661, 662 and per­ therapy sessions: (al individual, (b) behavior, III, 3) Etiological factors, including biogenetic, mission of instructor.In alternate years. Berman (cl sensitivity, (d) specialized techniques. /Lee.3) physiological and social origin of mental re­ May be repeatedup to four times. Pre: 640, 660, tardation. The epidemiology and ecological 665 Seminar: Behavior Disorders in Child · 673, and permissionof department. Staff aspects considered as they interact with social hood /I or II, 3) Emphasis on etiological fac­ and cultural forces. Historical and current phi­ tors, diagnostic and treatment consideration, 675 Experimental Psychopathology II or II, 3) losophy of habilitation and education of and experimental research findings related to Relates recent experimental methodology and school-age children and adults. /Lee. 3) Pre: the psychological maladjustments in infancy findings 'to prevalent theoretical positions. permissionof instructor. Staff and childhood; treatment procedures, re­ Emphasis on reviewing experimental literature sources and methods used in dealing with be­ in specialized clinical areas. /Lee. 3) Pre: per­ 686 Psychology and Education of the Emo­ havior and personalirJ problems. Lectures, mission of department. Prochaska tionally Disturbed II, 3) Current thinking on discussions, and case demonstrations. (Lee. 3) 676 Neurological Correlates of Psycho­ treatment and education of residential and Pre: 660. In alternate years, next offered1985-86. pathology III, 3) Functioning and physiology day-care programs for the emotionally dis­ Berman of central nervous system with particular at­ turbed. Meaning of the various concepts of schizophrenia, autism, and hyperkinetic im­ 666 Seminar: The Professional Psychologist tention to determining how neurological dis­ pulse disorder for treatment. Application of in the Community /I and II, 1-3) Ethical and ruption and injury are manifested in behav­ operant techniques for shaping socially ap- professional standards related to the practice ioral disorder. Techniques used to evaluate of psychological services. Discussion and guest 92 Graduate Programs

propriate behavior. Overview of origins of cur­ Associate Professor James J. Opaluch, Ph.D., Specializations (Ph.D.) rent operant methods in hospitals and schools. 1979, University of California, Berkeley Commercial fisheries management, inter­ !Lee. 3) Pre: permissionof instructor. Gross Associate Professor Jon G.·Sutinen, Ph.D., 1973, University of Washington national fisheries development, coastal zone 690 Seminar: Contemporary Issues in Psy­ Associate Professor Timothy J. Tyrrell, Ph.D., land use and management, quality of the ma­ .chology (I_and II, 3-12) Recent developments . 1978, Cornell Univetsi1¥ rine environment, aquacultural economics, and current issues. Rigorous exploration of ex­ Assistant Professor James L. Anderson, Ph.D., offshore oil and gas management, and natural perimental and theoretical literature. Study 1983, University of California, Davis resource pricing policies. limited each semester to one of the following Assistant Professor Stephen R. Crutchfield, Admission requirements:GRE, six semester areas: developmental, clinical, motivation, Ph.D., 1980, Yale Unjversity hours of statistics and the following courses or perception, psychophysics, and scaling prob­ Professor Emeritus Niels Rorholm, Ph.D., their equiva!.ents: ECN 327, 328 and 375. lem solving and thinking. A maximum of 4 Programrequirements: The Ph.D. qualifying seminars may be taken. !Lee. 3) Pre: permission 1954, University of Minnesota Associate Professor Emeritus William H. Wal­ examination is required of students admitted of department. Staff lace, M.S., 1951, University of New without the master's degree. ECN 527, 576, 692, 693 Directed Readings and Research Hampshire - .628; REN 534, 602, 630, 634, 635 and 676. Problems (1 or JI, 3-6 eacb) Directed readings Additional courses may be elected from ap­ and advanced research work under the super­ propriate offerings in economics, resource eco­ vision of a member of the staff arranged to Specializations nomics, engineering, geography, oceanogra­ phy, mathematics, political science, statistics, suit the individual requirements of the stu­ Commercial fisheries management, interna­ computer science, and management science. dents. Pre: permissionof department. Staff tional fisheries development, fisheries business The dissertation will be written on a problem economics, coastal zone land use and manage­ 694 Special Problems in Clinical Psychol­ involving marine resources or an associated in­ ment, quality of the marine environment, ogy (1 or 11,3-12) Instruction and clinical prac­ dustry, such as minerals, petroleum, fisheries, ticum training in unique problem areas of clin­ aquaculture economics, offshore oil and gas management and natural resource pricing water, transportation, recreation, or waste ical psychology. Development -of specialized disposal. evaluation instruments and procedures. (Lee. 3! policies. May be repeatedup to four times. Pre: permission of department. Staff REN Courses Master of Science Resource Economics 695 Seminar: Teaching Psychology (11, 3) Admission requirements:GRE and a strong Primarily a seminar in the teaching of psy­ undergraduate record in economics or busi- 410 Economics of Natural Resource Use (I, 3) chology at the undergraduate level. Includes a ness is highly desirable. · 432 Economics of Land and Water consideration of general issues in college Programrequirements: thesis option: 24 hours Resources (JJ, 3) teaching, preparation of a course proposal, of coursework including REN 534, written 435 Aquacultural Economics (JJ, 4) and sample presentatlon. !Lee. 3) Pre: permis.­ comprehensive examination, and thesis. Non­ 440 Benefit-Cost Analysis !II, 3! sion of department. Velicer, Stevenson, and thesis option: 34 credits including REN 534, 460 Economics of Ocean Management (JJ, 3) Staff written comprehensive examination, and REN 491, 492 Special Projects (1 and II, 1-3_eacb) 696 Practicum: Teaching Psychology (1 or 591, with a substantial paper requiring signifi­ 514 Economics of Marine Resources (!, 3) II, 3! Practicum for students teaching a college cant independent research. Role of economics ~ development of marine level psychology course. Supervision of course resources. Particular attention to problems of preparation, presentation and evaluation. In­ multiple use of resources and to the conflicts dividual supervision to be arranged. !Lee.3) between private and public goals. (Lee. 3) Pre: Pre: 695 or permissionof department. Staff ECONOMICS-MARINE RESOURCES M.M.A. students or permissionof instructor. Rorholm · 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research (I and (Interdepartmental) J1) Number of credits is determined each se: Ph.D. 520 Production Economics !II, 2) Production mester in consultation with the major profes­ in natural resource economics. The formula­ sor or program committee. SIU credjt. This interdepartmental program offers study _ tion and estimation of production functions. in the economics of marine resources ·. It is ad­ Technological change in economic growth and ministered by the Department of Resource its measures. New directions in production Economics with advice by graduate advisory theory and applications. !Lee.2) Pre: ECN 528 Resource Economics faculty from several disciplines. or permissionof instructor. Lampe M.S. 522 Mathematical Programming for Natu­ Graduate Faculty ral Resource Management (JI, 2) Application of mathematical (linear) programming to typi­ Graduate Faculty ResourceEconomics: Associate Professor Weaver, chairperson.Professors Gates, cal natural resource management issues. Em­ Chairperson:Associate Professor Thomas F. Grigalunas, _Holmsen, Lampe, Spaulding; phasis is placed on problem formulation and Weaver, Ph.D., 1966, Cornell University Associate Professors Opaluch, Sutinen, Tyrrell; solution using existing computer software pro­ Professor John M. Gates, Ph.D., 1969, Univer­ Assistant Professors J. Anderson, Crutchfield; grams. (Lee. 2) Pre: 528 or p_ermissionof instruc­ sity of California Associate Professors Emeriti Rorholm,Wallace. tor. Gates Professor Thomas A. Grigalunas, Ph.D., 1972, Economics:Associate Professors Mead, 524 Dynamic Economic Models (1, 3) Fun­ University of Maryland Ramsay, Suzawa. damentals of dynamic economic theory and Professor Andreas Holmsen, Ph.D., 1960, Cornell Collegeof Business Administration: Professors nonlinear models. Dynamic and nonlinear op­ University Comerford, Della Bitta, Jarrett, Mojena, timization techniques applied to resource eco­ Professor Harlan C. Lampe, B.S., 1949, Rogers; Associate Professors Dash, N. nomics, decisions analysis, and trade models. University of Minnesota Dholakia, Lord; Assistant Professor Lessne. !Lee. 3) Pre: 528 or permissionof instructor. Professor Irving A. Spaulding, Ph.D., 1944, J. Anderson. Cornell University 527 Macroeconomic Theory See Economics 527. Resource Economics/Sociology 93

528 Microeconomic Theory resources. Application of welfare and institu­ Assistant Professor Richard V. Travisano, See Economics 528. tional economics to resource development; Ph.D., 1973, University of Minnesota 532 Land Resource Economics analysis of optimum allocation among users. (Lee. 3) Pre: 534. Sutinen Admissions to the M.A. program in soci­ See Community Planning 537. ology have been suspended, and no applica­ 3) 534 Economics of Natural Resources (I[, 3) 635 Marine Resources Policy ([, Analysis tions are being accepted. The frequency with Microeconomic theory applied to problems of of public policy problems -relating to the de­ which the following 500-level courses are . natural resource allocation. The rationale for velopment and management -of marine re­ offered depends on the needs of students in government intervention in the market's pro­ sources , including fisheries, minerals, petro­ other programs. For further information vision of natural resources and alternative leum, water, and recreation. (Lee. 3) Pre: 534. please contact the department directly. techniques for optimally allocated natural In alternate years beginning in 1986-87. resources are investigated. (Lee. 3) Pre: ECN Grigalunas SOC Courses 528 and permission of instructor. Anderson f,76 Advanced Econometrics Sociology See Economics 676. 540 Applied Resource Economics (I[, _3)Ex­ 401 History of Sociological Thought ([or II, 3) amines issues in agricultural and natural re­ 677 Econometric Applications in Resource 408 Individual Life and Social Order ([or II, 3) source policy through applications ofthe9reti­ Economics (I[, 3) Special topics in economet­ 413 Sexual Inequality (I or II, 3) cal and empirical tools. Applications include rics as applied to agriculture and natural 420 Family Violence (I or II, 3) pollution control , fisheries management, wa­ resources. Topics include time series models. 424 Health Care Delivery Systems ([ or II, 3) ter, and agricultural policy. (Lee. 3) Pre: REN Bayesian analysis and dichotomous dependent 426 Seminar in Law and Society (I[, 3) or ECN 528 and ECN 376 or permission of in­ variables. Pre: 676. Tyrrell 428 Institutional Racism (I, 3) s(TJ4ctor.Opaluch 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 437 (or HCF 437) Law and Families in the 543 Economic Structure of the Fishing In­ (I and II) Number of credits is determined United States([, 3) d ust:ry ([, 3) Analysis of fishing industries each semester in consultation with the major 438 Aging in Society (I[, 3! from standpoint of activity and efficiency. professor or program committee. SIU credit. 452 Class and Power (II, 3) Problems related to common property 470, 471 Independent Study (I and II, 3 resources, government policy, labor, and legal eacb) and institutional factors·. (Lee. 3) Pre: 514 or 501 Classical Sociological Theorists (I, 3) An permission of instructor. Holmsen Sociology in-depth ·study restricted to the works of Emile 576 Econometrics M.A. Durkheim, Karl Marx and Max Weber with an See Economics 576. emphasis on their contributions to contem­ porary sociological thought. Pre: 492 or permis­ 591, 592 Special Projects ([ and II, 1-3 eacb) Graduate Faculty sion of instructor. Gardner Advanced work under staff supervision. Ar­ ranged to suit the individual requirement of Chairperson: Professor Leo Carroll, Ph.D ., 502 Contemporary Sociological Theory (I or the student. Pre: permissionof department. Staff 1974, Brown University II, 3) Critical examination of the theories and Professor Ralph W. England, Jr. , Ph.D., 1954, systeµis of contemporary sociologists. (Lee. 3! 595 (or ECN 595, GMA 595, PSC 595 or Pre: 12 credits of sociologyor permission of inc SOC 595) Problems of Modernization in University of Pennsylvania Professor Robert V. Gardner, Ph.D., 1959, structor. Gardner Developing Nations (I[, 3) Selected regional problems in the environmental complex, agri­ University of Illinois 505 Public Program Evaluation cultural systems, population dynamics, distri­ Professor Richard J. Gelles, Ph.D., 1973, See Political Science 505. University of New Hampshire bution systems, political integration, urbaniza­ 507 Methods of Sociological Research !I, 3) tion-industrialization, popular participation , Professor Carl Gersuny, Ph.D., 1968, Western Reserve University The logic of sociological inquiry with par­ integrated theories of modernization. (Lee. 3) Professor James D. Loy, Ph.D., 1969, North­ ticular ~phasis on the interrelationship be­ Pre: permission of instructors. Krausse (Geogra­ tween theory and fact through an examination phy and Marine Affairs), Weaver (Resource western University Professor John J. Foggie, Jr., Ph.D ., 1968, of a variety of methodological procedures. Economics) , Foggie (Sociology and .1µ1thropol• (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate standing or permis$ionof ogy), Milburn (Political Science), and Suzawa University of Minnesota Professor Richard B. Pollnac, Ph.D ., 1972, instructor. Staff !Economics) University of Missouri 510 Seminar in Deviance (I or II, 3) Devia­ 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II! Num­ Professor William R. Rosengren, Ph.D., 1958, tion from social expectations analyzed as a so­ ber of credits is determined each semester in Syracuse University cial phenomenon. Emp_hasison deviation the­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ Professor Irving A. Spaulding, Ph.D., 1944, ories and research pertaining to individuals, gram committee. SIU credit. Cornell University subcultures, and social systems. Discussions, · oral and written reports. (Lee. 3) Pre: permis­ 602 Research Methodology ([, 3) Evaluation Professor William A. Turnbaugh, Ph.D., 1973, of alternative research methods and tech­ Harvard University sion of department. England niques, Development of specific research Associate Professor Calvin B. Peters, Ph.D., 518 Social Welfare: Planning and Policy (II; 3) 1977, University of Kentucky projects. (Lee. 3) In alternate years. Gates Theories shaping attitudes toward institutional Associate Professor Mary E. Reilly, Ph.D., and residual welfare. U.S. programs and agen­ 610 Advanced Studies ([ and II, 1-3! Ad­ 1973, University of Massachusetts vanced topics in resource economics . Mathe­ cies, their development, scope, and format. Assistant Professor Alexa Albert, Ph.D., 1978, Poverty and myths; welfare reform proposals matical models in resource management . /Lee. 3) Bryn Mawr College May be repeatedfor different topics. S~aff and the role of social scientists. (Lee. 3) Pre: Assistant Professor Marc A. Kelley, Ph.D., 492, 507 or permission of instructor. In alter_nate 630 Resource Analysis 1980, Case Western Reserve University years. Reilly See Economics 630. Assistant Professor Robert N . Lynch, Ph.D ., 1971, University of Minnesota 520 Seminar in Sociological Topics (I or 634 Economics of Resource Development II Assistant Professor Gail A. Shea, Ph.D., 1975, II, 3) Advanced study of selected topics in so­ (I, 3) Concepts of economic efficiency applied Brown University cioiogy. (Lee. 3) Pre: graduate or senior standing, to natural resources with emphasis on marine and permission of department. Staff 94 Graduate Programs

521 Behavior Systems in Crime a, 3) Crimi­ APGCourses SPA Courses nal behavior studied in categories useful for Anthropology Spanish sociological analysis. Linkages of criminal be­ havior systems to the larger society; behavior 400 Bones, Mummies and Disease III, 3) 401 Oral and Dramatic Presentation of systems in causal theorizing, -justice, preven­ 401 History of Anthropological Theory (I or . Hispanic Literature (I, 3) tion, and corrections. (Lee.3) Pre: 330 or II, 3J 409 History of the Spanish Language m,3) equivalent. In alternate years. Carroll arid 402 Methods of Anthropological Inquiry 410 Field Workshop (SS, 3-6) England (I or II, 3) 421 Business Spanish (I or II, 3) 405 Psychological Anthropology (I or II, 3) 430 Castilian Prose of the Sixteenth and 522 Issues in Corrections III, 3) Justifications 407 Economic Anthropology (I or II, 3) Seventeenth Centuries (I[, 3) for punishment and corrections; historical de­ 409 Anthropological Linguistics (I or II, 3) 431 Drama and Poetry of the Sixteenth velopment; intensive survey of current re­ 412 Primate Behavior and Organization ' and Seventeenth Centuries (II, 3) search on deterrence, effectiveness of treat­ (I or II, 3) 45~ The Spanish Novel of the Nin(,teenth 3) ment, prison, violence, and other issues. (Lee. 413 (or GMA 413) Peoples of the Sea (I, 3) Century (I, 3) Pre: 330, EST 408, SOC 507, or permissionof in­ 470 Problems in Anthropology (I and II, 3) 4 70 Topics in Hispanic Literature (I and II, 3) structor. In alternate years. Carroll and England 481 Don Quixote (I, 3) · 523 Institutional Racism (I, 3) Consideration 485 Modem Spanish Narrative III, 3) of varying models of race and ethnic relations; 486 Modem Spanish Poetry and Drama (II,3) examination of recent research on issues such Spanish 487 Modem Spanish-American Narrative as residential segregation, school desegrega­ (I, 3) tion, affirmative action, and racial disorders; M.A. 497, 498 Directed Study (I and II, 3 each) comparisons of U.S. with other societies. (Lee. 3) 503 Spanish Language Analysis and Pre: EST 408, SOC 507 or permissionof instruc­ Graduate Faculty Methods of Research (I, 3) Advanced gram­ tor. In alternate years. Carroll and Reilly Chairperson:Professor Otto Dornberg, Ph.D., mar and composition. Modes of literary inter­ 524 Issues in Medical Care Delivery III, 3) 1966, Ohio State University . pretation and use of bibliography. Normally Special problems and selected readings in Section bead: Associate Professor Michael required of beginning graduate students. health care issues. (Sem.JPre: senior standing or Na,vascues, Ph.D., 1971, Rutgers-The State (Sem.JPre: graduate status or permissionof in­ graduate student status and permissionof ,instruc­ University structor. Staff tor. Students may not receivecredit for botb SOC Director,graduate program:Associate Professor 510 Contemporary Spanish Workshop (SS, Rosengren 424 and 524. In alternate years. Robert Manteiga, Ph.D., 1977, University 3-6) New developments in all areas of His­ 530 Mortality and Morbidity (I, 3J Study of of Virginia panic studies including pedagogical matters demographic methods, trends, differentials Professor Lewis J. Hutton, Ph.D ., 1950; and classroom techniques. (Lee.3-6) Pre: and policy regarding health and illness; Princeton University graduate status or permissionof instructor. Hutton emphasis on the U.S. situation. (Lee. 3) Pre: Associate Professor Thomas D. Morin, Ph.D., and Staff 238 or permissionof instructor. In alternate years. 1975, Columbia University 561 Seminar in Medieval Poetry and Prose Staff Associate Professor Mario Trubiano-, Ph.D., (I, 3) Examination and analysis of the epic, 532 Industrial Sociology 1979, University of Massachusetts lyrical, and narrative medieval literature of See Labor Studies 532. Spain and its impact on subsequent literature. 552 Seminar in Teaching Undergraduate Specializations (Sem.JPre: graduate status or permissionof in­ structor. Trubiano or Navascues Sociology (I[, 3) Seminar on issues and prob­ The master of arts in Spanish is designed for lems in instructing undergraduate sociology. those who wish to perfect their undergraduate 571 Modem Spanish-American Authors Setting instructional goals, course planning, achievement in the general area of Hispanic (I, 3) Analysis of human and artistic values in alternative course organizations, and relevant studies, including language mastery and un­ the drama, poetry, and narrative of selected ancillary teaching materials. (Lee.3) Pre: per­ derstanding of literature in the total context of modern Spanish-American authors. (Lee. 3) mission of instructor.In alternate years. Gelles civilization and culture. The literary produc­ Pre:graduate status or permissionof instructor. . In alternate years, next offeredfall 1985. 571, 572 Directed Study or Research (I and tion of Spain, Spanish America, and the II, 3 each) Designed to cover areas of special Spanish-speaking peoples of the United States Navascues research interests of graduate students not co­ will be studied. Any one of these areas could 572 Evolution of Spanish-American Cul­ vered in other courses. (Lee. 3) Pre: permission provide a field for specialization. ture and Thought III, 3) Development of of department. Staff Spanish-American thought and cultural 595 Problems of Modernization in De­ Master of Arts trends, as portrayed in major works of artists veloping Nations and thinkers. (Lee.3) Pre:graduate status or Admission requirements:MAT or GRE, under­ See Resource Economics 595. permissionof instructor. In alternate years, next graduate major in Spanish or equivalent, in­ offeredspring 1986. Morin 598 Field Placement and Seminar (I and cluding 12 credits in Spanish or Hispanic­ II, 6) Supervised field experience with an em­ American literature. Qualified students may 580 Seminar in Nineteenth Century Span­ phasis upon the application of sociological re­ be admitted with less than 12 credits but must ish Literature (I or II, 3) Selected authors and search to needs assessments, program plan­ make them up without graduate credit. topics from the Spanish Romantic movement ning, and evaluation; biweekly seminars; Programrequirements: all work carried out in through realism and naturalism. (Sem.JPre: preparation of an original report based upon Spanish. For thesis option, SPA 501, the seven graduate status or permissionof instructor. the placement experience. Pre:EST 408, SOC core courses (21 credits), and thesis (6 credits). Navascues or Trubiano 507 and permissionof department. Staff For non-thesis option, SPA 501, the seven core 584 Interpretations of Modem Spain (I, 3) 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and IIJ Num­ courses, 2 elective courses from a wide variety Development of Spanish thought particularly ber of credits is determined each semester in of disciplines (6 credits), and one course with with respect to sociological and cultural prob­ consultation with ttte major professor or pro­ a major paper requiring significant indepen­ lems from the eighteenth century to the con­ gram committee. SIU credit. dent research. A comprehensive examination temporary period as seen through the writ- for the thesis option is in the process of approval. Spanish/Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology 95

ings of significant essayists. /Lee. 3) Pre: gradu­ not the sole determining criteria for admission 552 Advanced Measurement of Hearing III, 3) ate status or permissionof instructor. In alternate to the graduate programs, in speech/language Advanced audiometrics; speech audiometry; years, next offeredspring, 1986. Hutton pathology and audiology, those applicants immittance measures, cochlear mea~ures; 585 Seminar in Twentieth-Century Spanish with overall quality point averages of less than retrocochlear measures; pseudohypacusis 3.0 on a 4.0 scale, or whose highest GRE ver­ measures, and central auditory measures. /Lee.2, Literature II, 3) Topics of aesthetic, cultural, and linguistic concern in twentieth-century bal scores are not 500 or above, or whose Lab. 2) Pre: 551 or permissionof instructor. MAT scores are not at the 50th percentile or peninsular literature. /Sem.J Pre:graduate sta­ Hurley above, are advised that there is less chance for 553 Pediatric Audiology II, 3) Theoretical tus or permissionof instructor. Manteiga admission. and methodological approaches to the identifi­ 587 Seminar in Renaissance and Baroque Programrequirements: for M.A. in cation and management of children with audi­ Literature III, 3) Aesthetic analysis of works speech/language pathology (42 credit hours), tory disorders. Topics discussed include audi­ representative of the period and their inilu- . thesis, CMD 504, 26 credit hours in speech tory development, audiometric ev~luation, ence on subsequent literatures. /Sem.! Pre: pathology, 7 credit hours in audiology. For and hearing aids. /Lee. 3) Pre: 551 or permission graduate status or permissionof instructor. Hutton M.A. in audiology (42 credit hours), thesis, of instructor_.Hurley orTrubiano CMD 504, 26 credit hours in audiology, 7 554 Rehabilitative Audiology III, .3! Theo­ 590 The Hispanic Presence in the United credit hours in speech pathology. For M.S. in retical and methodological approaches to aural States /JI, 3) A study of the establishment of speech/language pathology (42 credit hours), rehabilitation of the hearing impaired adult. the Hispanic presence and its heritage in-the no thesis; written comprehensive examination; Topics discussed include use of amplification, art, folklore, and language of the United CMD 504, 32 credit hours in speech pathology speech reading, auditory training, and case • States, and an analysis of the literature of the and 7 credit hours in audiology. _For M.S. in audiology (42 credit hours), no thesis; written management. /Lee. 3) Pre: 551 or permissionof Spanish-speaking peoples. /Lee. 3) Pre:grad­ instructor. Hurley uate status or permissionof instructor. In alter­ comprehensive examination; CMD 504, 32 nate years, next offeredfall, 1986. Hutton credit hours in audiology and 7 credit hours in 555 Amplification for the Hearing Im­ speech pathology. For either the M:A. or M.S. paired II, 3! Electroacoustics and psychoa­ 599 Masters Thesis Research II and Jl) Num­ programs in speech/language pathology or au­ coustics of wearable hearing aids; selection ber Qf credits is determined each semester in diology, students must complete 25 hours of and fitting procedures, counseling; classroom consultation with the major professor or pro­ directed observations and a minimum of 300 amplification systems. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, gram committee. SIU credit. supervised clock hours of practicum in addi­ 374, 375, graudate standing, or permissionof in­ tion to the academic requirements. Because structor. Offeredin alternate years. Singer program requirements in both speech/lan­ guage pathology and audiology include clinical 556 Electrophysiological Measures in Audi­ Speech-Language Pathology responsibilities, the average length of time to ology III, 3) Basic electrophysiologic pro­ and Audiology complete any of the programs is two academic cedures, instrumentation, electrocochleog­ years. Completed applications for either the raphy, auditory brain stem responses, and M.A.,M.S. summer or fall semester must be received no middle, late, and long-latency auditory evoked later than March 1. No applicants are admit- potentials. /Lee. 2, Lab. 2) Pre: 551, 552 or per­ , ted foi; January. mission of instructor. Hurley Graduate Faculty 560 Disorders of Phonation 'III, 3) Etiology Chairperson:Associate Professor Jay Singer, CMD Courses and symptomatology of vocal pathology; in­ Ph.D., 1976, Case Western Reserve Communicative Disorders tervention strategies for organic and func­ University tional voice disorders; emphasis on rehabilita­ Prof(:Ssor Walter J. Beaupre, Ph.D., 1962, 475 Gestural Communication II, 2) tion team approach to voice-resonance prob­ Columbia University 491, 492 Special Problems II and II, 1-3 lems associated with cleft palate. (Lee. 3) Pre: Associate Professor Barbara Culatta, Ph.D., eacb! per71!issionof instructor or graduate standing, 1975, University of Pittsburgh 504 Speech and Hearing Research II, 3! 372, 373, 374, 375. Beaupre Associate Professor Stephen D. Grubman, Types of research in speech pathology, audiology, 561 Articulation Disorders II, 3) Assess­ Ph.D., 1972, State University of New York, and communication science; critiques of ment, design, and implementation of thera­ Buffalo representative models with special emphasis peutic management programs for various Associate Professor Raymond M. Hurley, on experimental research; individual pilot speech production disorders at the articulatory Ph.D., 1975, University of Michigan projects or master's thesis. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, and phonological levels. (Lee.3) Pre: 372, 373, Clinical Assistant Professor J. Barry Regan, D. 373, 374, 375; graduate standing or permissionof 374, 375, or equivalent, or permissionof instruc- Ed., 1967, Boston University instructor. Grubman tor. Grubman · Adjunct Professor Oliver Welsh, Ed.D., 19,64, Bostori University 506 Speech and Hearing Science III, 3) Criti­ 564 Disorders of Symbolization 'm, 3! Study Adjunct Assistant Professor Paul LaCroix, cal analysis of experimental data concerning of language a:s a system of symbols for com­ Ph.D., 1974, University of Connecticut the parameters of speech and the fundamental v:iunication; types and causes of language concepts in normal audition. Course will in­ symbolization disorders; rationale for case clude introduction to instrumentation. /Lee. 1, selection; differential diagnoses; therapies for Specializations Lab. 2) Pre: 504 or permissionof instructor. language-learning disorders. (Lee. 3) Pre: Audiology and speech/language pathology. Hurley graduate standing and/or permissionof instruc­ tor, 372, 373, 374, .'.375.Culatta 551 Measurement of Hearing (I and II, 3) Diagnostic protocols and practicum for rou­ 567 Clinical Practicum in Speech Pathology Master of Arts and Master of Science tine audiological assessment; etiology and II and II, 1-3) Supervised diagnostic and ther­ Admission requirements:MAT or GRE; 24 un­ symptomatology of hearing disorders; over­ apeutic procedures with persons -experiencing dergraduate credit hours in speech science (always view of aural.rehabilitation including hearing communicative disorders. Differential diagno­ including CMD 372, 373, 374, and 375 or aids. /Lee. 2, Lab. 1) Pre:graduate standing or sis, parent counseling, and cooperation with equivalents), general speech, child develop­ permissionof instructor, 372, 373, 374, 375. ment, linguistics, psychology, education. Al­ Singer though test scores and cumulative average are 96 Graduate Programs

allied personnel. Practicum held on campus 585 Aphasia and Allied Language Dis­ Specializ.ations and within institutional and school settings. orders II, 3) Types of adult aphasia; central E~p~rimenta~ design, sampling, ecological /Lab. 3-9) Pre:graduate standing. Staff and peripheral dysarthrias; role of speech cli­ nician on the rehabilitation team; other de­ s?1t1Sti_csand _biostatistics, statistical computa­ 568 Clinical Practicum in Audiology II and t10n, srmulauon, multivariate analysis, non­ generative disorders such as Parkinsonism and II, 1-3) Supervised clinical practicum con­ dystonia; current research and controversial parametric methods, classification and c~med with audiological assessment of hearing issues. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375; graduate discx:uninat~on, a?aly~is of variance, bootstrap d1Sorders and auditory rehabilitation with the standing or permissionof instructor. Grubman and Jackknife estimation, sequential methods. hearing impaired. Practicum held on campus and within institutional and school setting. 586 Alaryngeal Speech III, 3) Voice and /Lab. 3-9) Pre: 551; graduate standing. Staff _ speech rehabilitation for _individuals without a Master of Science functional larynx; ,social, emotional, and med­ 569 Diagnostic Procedures II, 3) Major Admission requirements:bachelor's degree in­ ical considerations; clinical procedures for procedures for assessment and evaluation in cluding the equivalent of MTH 141, 142 In­ Speech-Language Pathology. Implications of 1;:5op~ag~. pharyngeal, and buccal speech; troductory and Intermediate Calculus with rmplications for use of artifical larynx; current diagnostic data for referrals, prognosis, ther­ Analytic Geometry; MTH 243 Calculus and research. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375; apeutic programs, and consultations. /Lee. 3) Analytic Geometry of Several Variables; MTH graduate standing or permissionof instructor. Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375, or equivalent or permis­ 215 Introduction to Linear Algebra; CSC 201 Beaupre _ sion of instructor. Grubman Introduction to Computing; EST 409 Statis­ 591 Contemporary Issues in Speech and tical Methods in Research I. GRE, including 5 72 Medical Audiology III, 3) Diagnostic im­ Language Pathology III, 3) Critical review of advanced test in mathematics or under­ plications of audiometry for various organic selected current research and controversial is­ graduate field are required for admission. disorders; supp!)rtive audiological information sues in the profession. Topics will vary each Thesis option program requirements:a mini­ r~levant to medical and surgical interventions; offering. May be repeatedonce for graduate pro­ mum of 24 credits (exclusive of thesis) includ­ differential data, associated with otosclerosis, ing MTH 451, EST 412, either EST 501 or 502 Meniere's disease, VIIIth cranial nerve tumors, gram credit. /Sem. 3) Pre: minimum of 15 semes­ ter hours of graduate work in speech-language and at least 9 additional credits seiected from ' and malingering. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, pathology, including 504, or permissionof in­ EST 500, 501, 502, 520, 541, 542, 550 592 375; graduate standing or permissionof instruc­ structor. Beaupre, Grubman, Culatta 611. ' ' tor. Hurley Non-thesis option program requirements:33 592 Stuttering and Cluttering II, 3) Study of 573 Contemporary Problems in Audiology credit hours of coursework distributed as nature and causes of stuttering; analyse~ of II, 3) Critical review of current research and follows: controversial issues within the profession; stu­ current theories and research concerning stut­ 1l MTH 451, EST 412, and either EST 501 tering and cluttering; development of a ration­ dent selects one topic for independent study. or 502. ale for diagnosis, case selection, and interven­ /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375; graduate stand­ 2) At least 9 credit hours selected from: EST ing or permissionof instructor. Staff tion. /Lee. 3) Pre:graduate standing and/or per­ 500,501,502,520,541,550,592,611. mission of instructor. Grubman 3) At least 6 of the remaining credit hours ~7=4 Environmental Audiology III, 3) Hear­ mg problems in industry, in the military, and 599 Masters Thesis Research II and II) Num­ must be at 500 level or above (exclusive of other high noise level environments; medico­ ber of credits is determined each semester in EST 591l. legal aspects of hearing loss; hearing conserva­ consultation with the major professor or pro­ 4) The above coursework must include at gram committee. SIU credit. least one course th~t requires a substantial pa­ tion programs in public schools. /Lee. 3) Pre: per involving significant independent study. 3_72,37~. 374, 375; graduate standing or permis­ sion of instructor. Singer 5) Written comprehensive examination. 577 Speech and Language for Hearing Im­ Statistics p~ed _III,3) Assessment, development and/or Doctor of Philosophy . M.S. m~mtama~ce of voice, speech and language Please see the listing under Applied Mathe­ skills associated with congenital or adventi- . matical Sciences on p. 25. ~ous deafness; seminar approach t~ strategies Graduate Faculty m current practice with children and adults. (Sem. 3) Pr~:372, 373, 374, 375; graduate stand­ Chairperson:Associate Professor Edmund A. General Information ing or permissionof instructor. Beaupre Lamagna, Ph.D., 1975, Brown University Programs of study can be designed for peo­ Professor Edward Carney, Ph.D., 1967, 581 Cerebral Palsy II, 3) Identifi!ation of J. ple who are employed on a full-time basis. type of cerebral palsy by location of lesion, Iowa State University motor symptomatology and additional handi­ Professor James F. Heltshe, Ph.D., 1973, Kansas State University EST Courses caps; role of the speech clinician on the team; Experimental Statistics types of speech therapy with emphasis on the Associate Professor R. choudary Hanumara, Bobath approach; current research and con­ Ph.!='·• 1968, Florida State University 407 Introductory Biostatistics II or II, 3) Associate Professor William D. Lawing, Ph.D., troversial issues. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, • 408 or 409 Statistical Methods in Research 1965, Iowa State University 375; graduate standing or permissionof instruc­ I (I or II, 3) Assistant Professor Roger W. Peck, Ph.D., tor. Grubman 412 Statistical Methods in Research II /I or 1983, University of Texas, Dallas II, 3) . 584 Delayed Speech and Languag~ III, 3) Adjunct Associate Professor Daniel Vicchione, 413 Data Analysis II or II, 3) Problems in differential diagnosis for deafness Ph.D., 1971, University of Rhode Island 491 Directed Study in Experimental Statis­ aphasia, autism, and learning disorders; • Professor Emeritus William Hemmerle, J. tics II and II, 1-3) demonstrations and critiques of clinical inter­ Ph.D., 1963, Iowa State University ventions with children who have speech and 492 Special Topics in Experimental Statis- Professor Emeritus Peter F. Merenda, Ph.D., ' tics II or II, 3) language learning deficits including dyslexia 1957, University of Wisconsin and acalculia. /Lee. 3) Pre: 372, 373, 374, 375; Professor Emeritus Lewis T. Smith, Ph.D., graduate standing or permissionof instructor. 1962, Iowa State University Culatta Statistics/Textiles, Clothing and Related Art 97

500 Nonparametric Statistical Methods (Jor 591 Directed Study in Experimental Statis­ Master of Science II, 3) Rank and sign tests, permutation tests tics (J and II, 1-3) Ad'wtnced work in experi­ and randomization, run test, tests of goodness mental statistics conducted as supervised in­ Admission requirements:GRE and a bache- of fit, order statistics, estimation, and com­ dividual projects. Pre: permissionof department. , lor's degree with adequate preparation for the parison with parametric procedures. Examples SIU credit. Staff proposed area of study. . illustrating the applications of non-parametric Programrequirements: thesis or non-thesis op­ 592 Special Topics in Experimental Statis­ techniques. /Lee. 3) Pre:408 or 409. Staff tion, 30 credits. tics (Jor II, 3) Advanced topics of current in­ For historic textile and costume specializa­ 501 Analysis of Variance and Variance terest in experimental statistics. /Lee. 3) Pre: tion : thesis option: 24 credit hours of course­ Components II or II, 3) Analysis of variance permissionof department. Sta-ff work plus completion of a supervised intern­ and covariance, experimental design models, 599 Masters Thesis Research (Jand II) Num­ ship; TMD 510, 500 or 546, 520, 524, 530, factorial experiments, random and mixed 533, 599, EDC 529, plus 4-6 elective credit&, models, estimation of variance components, ber of credits is determined each semester in consultation with the major professor or pro ­ Non-thesis option: 30 credit hours including unbalanced data. /Lee. 3) Pre:412. Staff gram committee. SIU credit. TMD 510, 500 or 546, 520, 524, 530, 533, 550, 502 Applied Regression Analysis If or II, 3) 560, plus 4-6 elective credits as well as the 610 Factor Analysis Topics in regression analysis including subset completion of a supervised internship. A mini­ See Psychology 610. selection, biased estimation, ridge regression, mum of 9 credits is required to achieve a com­ and non-linear estimation. /Lee. 3) Pre: 412. 611 Linear Statistical Models II or II, 3) Re­ petency level in an allied field such as art his­ •Staff view of mathematical and statistical concepts. tory, history, sociology or anthropology. The Multivariate normal distribution. Distribution committee may elect to waive this requirement 517 Small N Designs of quadratic forms. Power of the F-test. Basic if the candidate has had adequate preparation See Psychology 517. linear models: general linear hypothesis, in the allied field as an undergraduate. 520 Fundamentals of Sampling and Appli­ regression models, experimental design ' For other specializations: for thesis option : cations II or II, 3) Simple random sampling; models, variance component models, mixed TMD 524, 533,.EDC 529 or 3 credits in re­ properties of estimates, confidence limits. models. /Lee. 3) Pre: 501 or 502. Staff search methods selected in consultation with Sample size. Stratified random sampling; opti­ major professor; other courses chosen in ac­ 635 Response Surfaces and Evolutionary mum allocation, effects of errors, and quota cordance with student's background, interest, Operations . sampling. Regression and ratio estimates; sys­ and needs; written comprehensive examina­ See Industrial and Manufacturing Engineering 3) tion; oral defense or thesis . For non-thesis op­ tematic and multi-stage sampling . /Lee. Pre: 635. 408 or 409. Staff tion: TMD 524, 533, 550, 560, EDC 529 or 3 credits of re.search methods selected in con­ 532 (or ASC 532 or PSY 532) Experimen­ sultation with major professor; other courses tal Design (J or II, 3) Application of statistica l chosen in accordance with student's back­ methods to biological and pyschological re­ Textiles, Clothing and ground, interest and needs; written compre­ search and experimentation. Experimental sit­ Related Art hen5ive examination. A maximum of 12 uations for which various ANOVA and AN­ credits may be elected in allied fields for either COVA designs are most suitable . /Lee. 3) Pre: M.S. thesis or non-thesis option. 408 or 409 or equivalent. Staff 541 Multivariate Statistical Methods (Jor II, 3) Graduate Faculty TMD Courses Review of matrix analysis. Multivariate normal Textiles, Fashion Merchandising Chairperson:Associate Professor Patricia A.· distribution. Tests of hypotheses on means, and Design Hotelling's P, discriminate functions. Multi­ Helms, Ph.D., 1971, Florida State Uni­ variate regression analysis . Canonical corre­ versity 403 Textile Performance III, 3) lations. Principal components. Factor analysis . Associate Professor Misako Higa, Ph.D., 1973, 405 Advanced Clothing III, 2J /Lee. 3) Pre: 412 or PSY 510. Staff University of Minnesota 416 Interior Design II (/, 3) Associate Professor Patricia J. Weeden, M.S. , 432 Fashion Merchandising Operations ' 542 Discrete Multivariate Methods II or II, 3) 1961, University of Rhode Island Analysis of multidimensional categorical data Control III, 3) Assistant Professor Susan L. Davis, Ph.D., 433 Textile Markets III, 3) by use of log-linear and logit models. Dis­ 1984, Virginia Polytechnic Institute cussion of methods to estimate and select 440 Historic Textiles (1, 3) Assistant Professor Ernest H. Risch, Ed .D ., 455 Clothing for Special Needs Ill, 3J models followed by examples from several 1979, Temple University areas . /Lee. 3) Pre: 412. Staff Assistant Professor Barbara J. Scruggs, Ph.D., 500 Ethnic Costume and Textiles (JI,3) Sur­ 550 Ecological Statistics II or II, 3) Applica­ 1976, Pennsylvania State University vey of regional styles of costume and textiles tion of statistical methodology to the following Assistant Professor Linda M. Welters, Ph.D., from all areas of the world, excluding fashion­ topics: population growth, interactions of 1981, University of Minnesota able dress. Influence of social, economic, tech­ populations, sampling and modeling of eco­ nological, and aesthetic factors . /Lee. 3) Pre: The department offers a wide variety of in­ 224 or equivalent, 340, 440 or permissionof in­ logical populations, spatial patterns, species dividualized programs in close association abundance relations, and ecological diversity structor. Offeredin alternate years, next offered with other departments such as history, art, spring 1986. Welters and measurement. /Lee. 3) Pre: 409 or permis­ chemistry, education, marketing, human de­ sion of.instructor. Staff velopment, counseling and family studies, and 502 Seminar in Textiles and Clothing III, 3) 5 76 Econometrics various social science fields. Original investigations in areas of clothing and See Resource Economics 576. textile production, marketing, and conserva­ tion. /Lee. 3) Pre: at least one upper level under­ 584 Pattern Recognition Specializations graduate or graduate coursein the area of inves­ See Electrical Engineering 584. Apparel science, historic textiles and cos­ tigation. May be repeatedonce with different tume, marketing textiles, gerontology and topic. Staff · other special P?PUlations. 98 Graduate frograms

503 Advanced Textiles (I, 3) Analysis of the 560 Special Problems in Textiles and limnology, mammalogy, neurobiology, orni­ physical and chemical structure of textile . Clothing (I and II, 3) Supervised independent thology, parasitology, physiological ecology, . fibers, chemical and polymeric finishes in­ study in specific areas of textiles and clothing. physiology (cellular, comparative, mam­ cluding dyes, 'and the research methods used Pre: permissionof department. Staff malian), radioecology, reproductive biology, taxonomy, tissue culture, and molecular to determine consumer market demands. !Lee.2, 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and JI) Num­ biology. Lab. 2) Pre: 403 and EST 408 or equivalent. In ber of credits is determined each semester in alternate years. Helms consultation with the major professor or pro­ 510 Historical Research Methods: Textiles gram committee. SIU credit. Master of Science and Furnishings (I, 3) Application of research methodology to the study of historic textiles, Admission requirements:GRE with advanced test (biology) and bachelor's degree with ma­ costume, furniture and furnishings. Approaches primary sources, data collection, and research Zoology jor in zoology, biology or allied field: Appli­ cants are normally admitted for September design. !Lee. 3) Pre: 340, 440 or a coursein M.S., Ph.D. (Biological Sciences) historicfurnishings, or permissionof instructor. only . Applications should be completed by Welters April 15. Programrequirements: thesis. 513 Detergency (IJ, 3) Study of chemical and Graduate Faculty mechanical interactions of textile fibers, Chairperson:Professor Charles E. Wilde, Jr., fabrics, laundering products, equipment, and Doctor of Philosophy . Ph.D .., 1949, Princeton University (Biological Sciences) soils. Laboratory experience in evaluation of Professor J. Stanley Cobb, Ph.D ., 1969, laundry products and fabric durability during University of Rhode Island Admission requirements:master's degree is laundering . !Lee.2, Lab. 2) Pre:graduate stand­ Professor Robert F. Costantino, Ph.D., 1967, not required. GRE with advanced test (biol­ ing. 303 or equivalent, and permissionof instruc­ Purdue University ogy) and bachelor's degree with major in zool­ tor. In alternate years, next offeredspring 1987. Professor Clarence C. Goertemiller, Jl:., Ph.D., ogy, biology or allied field. Applicants are nor­ Helms 1964, Brown University mally admitted for September only'. Applica- 520 Textile Conservation (IJ, 3) Introduction Professor Carl S. Hammen, Ph.D., 1958, Duke . tions should be completed by April 15. to storage and conservation of textiles and University Programrequirements: dissertation , two lan­ costume in the museum setting. Laboratory Professor Frank H. Heppner, Ph.D ., 1967, guages (one of which may be waived with experience in conservation practices. !Lee. 2, University of California, Davis faculty approval), qualifying examination re­ Lab. 2) Pre: 6 credits of textile science,permission Professor Robert B. Hill, Ph.D., 1957, Harvard quired for all candidates except holders of of the instructor. In alternate years, next offered University M.S. degree. spring, 1987. Welters Professor Kerwin E. Hyland, Jr., Ph.D., 1953, 524 Social and Psychological Aspects of Duke University ZOO Courses Professor Saul B. Saila, Ph.D., 1952, Cornell Textiles and Clothing (IJ, 3) Seminar in social Zoology and psychological aspects of textiles and cloth­ University 410 (or MIC 410) Introduction to ing. Theories and assumptions· concerning rel­ Professor C. Robert Shoop, Ph.D., 1963, Tulane evance of clothing to individuals and groups. University Protistology !II, 3) Professor Howard E. Winn, Ph.D., 1955, 416 Embryology of Marine Organisms !II, 3) !Lee.3) Pre: 224 or permissionof instructor. Scruggs University of Michigan 433 Environmental Physiology of Animals Associate Professor Harold D. Bibb, Ph.D., !I, 3) 530 Historic Textile Internship (I and II, 2-4) 1969, University of Iowa 442 Mammalian Physiology (IJ, 3) Supervised internship designeq to introduce Associate Professor Robert C. Bullock, Ph.D., 455 (or BOT 455) Marine Ecology (I, 3) student to management of textile and costume 1972, Harvard University · 457 (or BOT 457) Marine Ecology Labora- collections in m.useum or historical society set­ Associate Professor Marian R. Goldsmith, tory (I, 1) ting. Individually designed to suit student Ph.D., 1970, University of Pennsylvania 460 Advanced Population Biology !II, 3) needs-conservation; education, and research. Associate Professor Gabriele Kass-Simon, 463 Animal Ecology (IJ, 3) Restrictedto 'I'MD graduate students. Pre: 510, D.Phil., 1967, University of Zurich 465 Limnology !I, 4) 520, or permissionof department. Welters Associate Professor William H. Krueger , 466 Vertebrate Biology (II, 3! 533 Textile and Clothing Economics (I and Ph.D., 1967, Boston University 467 Animal Behavior (II, 3) II. 3) Economic development of production Associate Professor John P. Mottinger, Ph.D., 475 Causes of Evolution (IJ, 3) 1968, Indiana University and distribution of textiles and clothing. (Lee.3) 501 Systematic Zoology !I, 3) Species con­ ' Helms Assistant Professor Jennifer L. Specker, Ph.D. ,, cepts and theories of biological classification. 1980, Oregon State University Taxonomic decisions and publication, nu­ 540 Special Problems in Textiles and Adjunct Professor Dorothy E. Bliss, Ph.D., merical taxonomy, and review of the rules of Clothing (I and II, 3) Supervised independent 1952, Radcliffe College • zoological nomenclature. (Lee.3) Pre: ZOO study in specific areas of textiles and clothing. Adjunct Professor Robert H. Gibbs, Ph.D ., Pre: permissionof department. Staff · !BOT! 262 and BOT !ASCJ 352, 254 or 466 1955, Cornell University recommended.In alternate years, next offered Adjunct Professor Donald C. Miller, Ph.D., 546 Historic Furniture (I, 3) Chronological 1985-86. Bullock study of the development of furniture; factors 1965, Duke University which influence style and production; charac­ 505 Biological Photography (I, 2) Applica­ tion of scientific photography to biological teristics of style; and influence of historic fur­ Specializations niture on later periods. !Lee.'3) Pre: permission subjects, living and prepared. Photomacrog­ of instructorand previouscoursework in history of Acarology, animal behavior, cytology, devel­ raphy and photomicrograpl;iy. Principles of art, architecture,interior, or furniture. Higa· qpmental biology, ecology, electron micros­ photography as applied to the specialized copy, embryology, endocrinology, entomol­ needs of biological research and publication. 550 Seminar and Practicum (I and II, 3) ogy, fisheries biology, genetics (developmen­ (Lab. 6) Pre: permissionof instructor. Heppner Professional role of the textiles and clothing tal, ecological, population), herpetology, specialist. Pre: permissionof department. Staff histology, ichthyology, invertebrate zoology, Zoology 99

508 Seminar in Zoological Literature (II, 1J 548 Neurophysiology (II, 4! Fundamental 568 Ornithology (II, 2! Biology of birds, with Survey of zoological literature including tradi­ processes occurring in the nervous systems of emphasis on the role of birds in biological re­ tional methods of bibliographic control, con­ invertebrates and vertebrates. Structure and search. Areas covered include systematics, temporary information retrieval services and functions of nervous elements with emphasis evolution, physiology, ecology and behavior. the development of a personalized information on integration and coordination, (Lee.3, Lab. 3! Discussion of current topics in ornithology. system. (Lee. 1JPre: graduate standing in zool­ Pre: 345, MTH 141 or equivalent recommended (Lee. 2! Pre: 466 or permissionof instructor. ogy. Kelland and permissionof instructor. In alternate years, Heppner ' next offered1985-86. Kass-Simon 510 Cell and Developmental Biology of the 569 Vertebrate Field Study (II, 3-4! Verte­ Ciliated Protozoa · 549, 550, 551 Advanced Topics in Neuro­ brate responses to various habitats; species See Microbiology 510. biology (II, 3 each! Published papers in composition; behavioral and physiological 512 Fine Structure (II, 3! Interpretation and selected aspects of neurobiology will be dis­ interactions; methods of field research; ex­ integration of experimental evidence on the cussed. Representative topics include role of tended field trips. (Lee. 1, Lab 6 or 9! Pre: 466 functional morphology of metazoan cells and Ca++, c-AMP in the nervous system, gating and permissionof instructor. Shoop currents learning at the cellular level, cellular their subcellular components and of the inter­ 570 Field Biology of Fishes (II, 3! Selected rhythmicity. (Lec.-Disc.3! In alternate years, stitium. Wherever feasible, study is carried field problems in fish biology, including dis­ next offered1986-87. Kass-Simon down to the level of macromolecular or tribution and diversity, habitat segregation, molecular structure. It includes a consider­ 554 Current Topics in Molecular and Dev­ reproduction, and natural movements. Em­ ation of experimental methods. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) elopmental Biology of Eukaryotes (II, 2! . phasis on freshwater and diadromous popula­ Pre: 323 or its equivalent. Staff Analysis of current research in the molecular tions. (Lee. 1, Lab. 5) Pre: 563 or permissionof 518 Mechanisms of Development (I, 2) Cur­ aspects of developmental biology of eukary­ instructor.Limited to 10 students, with preference rent concepts of mechanisms responsible for otes. Molecular mechanisms of morphogenesis to graduate students and senior zoology majors. developmental changes. Morphological, chem­ and cellular differentiation. References and In alternate years, next offered1986-87. Krueger reports from original literature. Pre: 316 or" ical, and genetic aspects of development are 573 Developmental Genetics (I, 3) Genetic equivalent. Wilde treated in discussions of morphogenetic move­ control of gametogenesis and fertilization. ments, cell differentiation, and organogenesis. 561 Behavioral Ecology (I, 3) The interaction Survey of modem approaches to the problem (Lee. 2) Pre: 316 or 320 or equivalent;BOT 352 of animal behavior, ecology and evolution. of gene regulation during embrybgenesis with recommended.Bibb, Goertemiller, Hufnagel, Topics include predator-prey relationships, re­ animal systems. (Lee. 3) Pre: BOT 352 or ASC and Wilde source partitioning, competition, territoriality, 352 or equivalentand permissionof instructor. 521 Recent Advances in Cell Biology and reproductive behavior. Term project re­ Goldsmith quired. (Lee. 1, Rec. 2) Pre: a coursein animal See Microbiology 521. 576 Ecological Genetics (II, 4) Hereditary behaviorand a co·ursein ecology.In alternate structure of populations, population strategy 531 Advanced Parasitology Seminar (II, 2) years, next offered1985-86. Cobb Advanced topics in the host-parasite rela­ in heterogeneous environment, species area­ tionships of protozoan and metazoan para­ 562 Seminar in Behavioral Ecology (I, 1J diversity patterns, strategy of colonization, sites. Reading knowledge of one foreign lan­ Special topics in the relationships between ani­ stepping stones and biotic exchange. (Lee.3, guage assumed. Topics vary from year to year. mal behavior and ecology, such as social or­ Lab. 3) Pre: one semesterof genetics. Costantino (Lee. 2) Pre: 331 or equivalent. Hyland ganization of animals, evolution of behavior, 579 (or BOT 579) Advanced Genetics competition, and habitat selection. Discussion Seminar (I and II, 1) Current topics in 541, 542 Comparative Physiology (I, 3 each) and presentation of individual reports. (Lee. 1J genetics, including cytological, ecological, Comparison of physiological mechanisms by Cobb which animals maintain life, emphasis on ma­ molecular, physiological, population, quan­ rine invertebrates. 541: Responses to external 563 Ichthyology (I, 3) Fishes of the world. titative, and radiation genetics. (Lee. 1JPre: environment mediated by receptors, nervous Their structure, evolution, classification, ecol­ BOT 352 or ASC 352 and permissionof instruc­ systems, effectors. Living control systems for ogy and physiology. Emphasis on local marine tor. Costantino and Mottinger and freshwater fauna. Several field trips. (Lee. 2, muscular activity and circulation. 542: Pro­ 581 General Acarology (I, 3) Detailed study cesses related to maintenance of internal Lab. 3) Pre: 316 or 321 and 466. Krueger of mites and ticks, their structure, life histo­ environment, including osmotic balance, gase­ 564 Oceanic Ichthyology (II, 3) Fishes of the ries, and classification. Free-living forms as ous exchange and transport, nutrition, inter­ great ocean basins. Their systematics, adapta­ well as plant and animal feeders. (Lab. 6) Pre: mediary metabolism, nitrogen excretion, shell tions, vertical distribution, and zoogeography. 331 or 481 or 586, and permissionof instructor. formation. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 345 and 354. Emphasis on mesopelagic and bathypelagic In alternate years, next offered1985-86. Hyland 541 is not prerequisitefor 542. In alternate forms in the North Atlantic. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) 586 Medical and Veterinary Entomology years, next offered1986-87. Hammen and Hill Pre: 563 or permissionof instructor. In alternate (II, 3) Life histories, classifications, habits, and 543 Biology of Reproduction in Animals years; next offered1985-86. Krueger control of insects and other arthropods which (I, 3) Aspects of reproduction in animals of 566 Herpetology (II, 3! Biology of recent affect the health of man and animals. Duties different phyla. Hormonal interrelationships, orders of amphibians and reptiles; emphasis of the entomologist on public health team, in­ environmental control, and adaptive mech­ on adaptations and evolution, world fauna! cluding field practice in methods of insect sur­ anisms. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: 345 and 545. In al­ relationships past and present, current system­ veys, control measures and subsequent sur­ ternate years, not offered1985-86. Staff atic problems. Selected herpetological material veys to determine success of control measures. in laboratory, field trips. (Lee. 2, Lab. 3) Pre: (Lee. 1, Lab. 4) Pre: 331 or 381 or equivalent. In 545 Endocrinology (I, 3) Anatomy, histol­ ogy, embryology and physiology of endocrine 316 or 321 or permissionof instructor. Shoop alternate years, next offered1986-87. Hyland glands. Emphlisis will be placed upon recent 567 Natural Selection (IJ, 2) Ideas and con­ 599 Masters Thesis Research (I and II) Num­ biochemical/cell biological studies in mam­ troversies concerning the action of natural ber of credits is determined each semester in mals. Pre: 316, 323; and 345 or 341 or equiva­ selection. Maintenance of genetic variability, consultation with the major professor or pro­ lent. BCP 311 is recommended.In alternate years, neutral mutation, levels of selection, recom­ gram committee. SIU credit. next offeredin 1986-87. Specker bination and sexual reproduction, and rates of evolution. (Lee. 2) Pre: 262 and a genetics course, or permissionof instructor. Staff 100 Graduate Programs

641 to 645 Seminar in Physiology (I and II, AAFCourses 527 Health Care Policy and the Elderly 1-3 each) Reports and discussions on topics of African and Afro-American Studies 529 Practicum Seminar in Gerontology current research in physiology. Subject matter 555 Gerontologica_l Counseling 410 (or PSC 410) Issues in African Devel- adapted to meet interests of staff and stu­ Dental Hygiene opment (I and II, 3) dents. (Lee.1-3) Pre:345. Hill and Staff 462 Oral Care for the Aging and/or Chroni­ 646 Advanced Mammalian Physiology cally Ill ART Courses (I[, 2) Reports and discussions on topics of Art Adult and Extension Education current research in mammalian physiology, 575 Adult and Cooperative Extension Pro­ ·coordinated with 442. Assigned research proj­ 405, 406 Studio - Seminar (I and II, 3-6 each! gramming for Older Adults ects using advanced physiological techniques 461 Topics in Methods, Theory and Criti- and instrumentation. (Lee. 1, Lab. 3) Pre: con­ Education cism (I or II, 3) 410, 411 Seminar and Supervised Field Practi­ current enrollment in 442 or permissionof in­ 462 Contemporary Art Seminar: Art Since cum in Education of the Aging structor. Hill 1945 (II, 3) 664 Seminar in Ichthyology (II, 2) Reading, 469, 470 Art History- Senior Projects (I and Nursing library research, reports and class discussion . II, 3-6 each! 563 Advanced Clinical Study of Nursing Prac­ on problems of current research interest in the 480 Advanced Topics in European and tice in Gerontology biology of fishes. (Lee. 2) Pre: ii63 or permission American Art (I or II, 3) of department. In alternate years, next offered 484 Advanced Topics in Architectural His- Physical Education 1986-87. Krueger tory (I or II, 3! 563 Physical Fitness Programs for the Middle Aged and Elderly 666 Physiological Ecology (I, 3) Comparative 501, 502 Graduate Studio Seminar I and II 564 Physiology of Aging study of physiological adjustments which (I and II, 3 each! Intensive independent studio animals make in response to environmental work under guidance of instructors. Periodic Recreation factors, with emphasis on the physiological critiques and discussions related to work of all 416 Physical Aging and Leisure Skill basis of animal distribution and evolution. participants in the course. (Studio 6) Pre: 48 . Sociology · (Lee. 3) Pre: one year of physiologyand a course credits in studio for.501: 501 for 502. Staff 438 Aging in Society in ecology.Staff 675 Advanced Ecology Seminars (I and II, 2 DHYCourses -JOR Courses each) Specialized and advanced areas of eco­ Dental Hygiene Journalism logical research and theory, including zoo­ geography, Pleistocene ecology, population 462 Oral Care of the Aging and Chron- 400 Opinion and Interpretation in Journalism dynamics, energy flow in ecosystems , and ically Ill a,3! · (II, 3) radiation ecology. Pre: 463 and permissionof 464 Field Experience in Community Oral 434 Mass Media Issues (I and II, 3) (II, department. Shoop and Staff Health 3! 435 Theory of Communication (I, 3) 436 Fundamentals of Communication Re- 679 Animal Communication Genetics Courses See Oceanography 679. search (II, 3) 438 Mass Media Law (I and II, 3! 691, 692 Assigned Work (I and II, 1-3 each) Animal and Veterinary Science 441 International Communications (I, 3) Subject matter adapted to meet needs of stu­ 474 ~opulation Genetics in Animal Breeding 442 Independent Study and Projects in dent. May be arranged with any member of Botany Mass Communications (I and II, 1-3) the staff, with the permission of the head of 554 -Cytogenetics 452 Public Relations (I, 3) the department. (Lee.3 or Lab. 6) Staff 579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 461 Internship in News Writing and 693, 694 Zoological Problems (I and II, 1-3 Reporting (I and II, 3) Microbiology each) Special work to meet needs of individual 462 Internship in Editing (I and II, 3! 552 Microbial Genetics students who are prepared to undertake spe­ 463 Internship in Radio Journalism (I and cial problems. (Lee. 1-3 or Lab. 2-6) Pre: permis­ Plant Science II, 3! sion of department chairman. SIU creditfor 694. 472 Plant Improvement Staff Zoology Latin American Studies Courses 699 Doctoral Dissertation Research 475 Causes of Evolution Anthropology (I and II) Number of credits is determined 518 Mechanisms of Development 470 Problems in Anthropology each semester in consultation with the major 573 Developmental Genetics professor or program committee. SIU credit. . 576 Ecological Genetics History 579 Advanced Genetics Seminar 580 Colloquium in Latin American History Political Science Other Courses · Gerontology Courses 431 International Relations Portuguese Human Development, Counseling and Family The following are courses grouped by addi­ 497, 498 Directed Study Studies tional subject areas, or courses which may be 420 Human Development During Adulthood sp anish. taken for graduate credit, but are not part of a 421 Death, Dying and Bereavement 487 Modern Spanish-American Narrative graduate program. Descriptions of the 422 Aging: Case Coordination 497, 498 Directed Study 400-level courses are to be found in the Under­ 431 Family and the Elderly 571 Modern Spanish-American i\uthors graduate Bulletin. Where 9escriptions for 520 Developmental Issues in Later Life 572 Evolution of Spanish-American Culture 500-level co\]rses are not provided, they will and Thought be found earlier in this catalog. 590 The Hispanic Presence in the United States Other Courses 101

Speech Communication 473 Intercultural Communication

NES Courses New England Studies 400, 401, 402, 403 Special Topics in New England Studies (SS, 1-3 eacb) 500 Readings in New England Experience (SS, 3) Life in New England through the vary­ ing disciplines of the social sciences, the physi­ cal sciences, the humanities, and the arts. Each student will investigate a specific aspect . of New England. (Lee. 3) Staff

RTH Courses Respiratory Therapy

499 Special Problems (I and II, 1-3)

SPE Courses Speech Communication 400 Rhetoric a,3! 410 Semantics (IJ, 3! 415 The Ethics of Persuasion (IJ, 3) 417 Speech in the Elementary School (I and II, 3! 420 Seminar in American. Public Address and Criticism (JJ, 3) 430 Political Communication (I, 3) 435 Directing Group Performance of Non­ Dramatic Literature m,3) 471, 472 Internship in Speech Communica­ 533 Advanced Statistical Methods for R~­ Resource Economics tion (I and II, 3 eacb! search and Industry 576 Econometrics 491, 492 Special Problems (I and JI, 1-3 eacbi, . 634 Design and Analysis of Industrial Ex­ periments URB Courses Statistics Courses 635 Response Surfaces and Evolutionary l[rban Affairs Operations Economics Management Science 498,499 Urban Affairs Senior Seminar (I and 576 Econometrics 3 450 Forecasting: Computer Applications II, eacb! Experimental Statistics 470 Mangerial Decision Support Systems 407 Introductory Biostatistics 475 Bayesian Statistics in Business 408 or 409 Statistical Methods in Research I 530 Statistics for Management 412 Statistical Methods in Research II 601, 602 Advanced Management Statistics 413 Data Analysis · 630 Management Statistics with SAS and Per, 491 Directed Study in Experimental Statistics sonal Computer Software 492 Special Topics in Experimental Statistics 671 Methods of Business Research 500 Nonparametric Statistical Methods 683 Business Decision Theory 501 Analysis of Variance and Variance Com- ponents Mathematics 451 Introduction to Probability and Statistics 502 Applied Regression Analysis 452 Mathematical Statistics 517 Small N Designs 520 Fundamentals of Sampling and Appli- 456 Probability 550 Advanced Probability cations 551 Mathematical Statistics 532 Experimental Design 541 Multivariate Statistical Methods Mechanical Engineering and Applied 542 Discrete Multivariate Methods Mechanics 550 Ecological Statistics 521 Reliability Analysis and Prediction 591 Directed Study in Experimental Statistics 592 Special Topics in Experimental Statistics Psychology 510 Intermediate Quantitative Methods in Industrial Engineering Psychology · 411 Engineering Statistics I ' '517 Small N Designs 412 Engineering Statistics II 610 Factor Analysis 513 Statistical Quality Control 102 Personnel

Personnel

The Graduate School Academic Administrators Henry J. Nardone Mildred T. Nichols William C. O'Neill !Senator) Michel, Aloys A., Dean Eddy, Edward D., Ph.D., President Prentice N. Witherspoon Rose, Vincent C., AssociateDean Ferrante, William R., Ph.D., VicePresident for Turcotte, Robert B., Assistant to the Dean AcademicAffairs Eleanor M. McMahon, Commissionerof Higher Onosko, Joan M., ExecutiveAssistant Knauss, John A., Ph.D., VicePresident for Marine Education Programsand Dean of the Graduate Schoolof Oceanography Luzzi, Louis A., Ph.D., Provostfor Health The Graduate Council ScienceAffairs and Dean of the Collegeof Graduate Faculty Pharmacy Michel, Aloys A., Chairman, Ex Officio Gelles, Richard J., Ph.D., Dean of the Collegeof First date after title indicates appointment to Abell, Paul I., Arts and Sciences!1986) Arts and Sciences present position; the second date, when the Castro, Concepcion, Nursing !1988! Clagett, Robert P. M.S., Dean of the Collegeof first fails to do so, indicates first appointm~nt Croasdale, William, Human Scienceand Services BusinessAdministration in the University. (1986) Viets, Hermann, Ph.D., Dean of the Collegeof Donnelly, Dorothy F., Arts and Sciences(1986) Engineering . Abell, Paul I., Professor of Chemistry, 1964, Duncanson, Robert, GraduateStudent Association Brittingham, Barbara, Ph.D., Acting Dean of 1951. (1986) the Collegeof Human Scienceand Services Abushanab, Elie, Professor of Medicinal Gaines, Abner, Library (1986) Kim, Hesook Susie, Ph.D., Dean of the College Chemistry and Chemistry, 1979, 1970. Goos, Roger D., Arts and Sciences!1986) of Nursing • Ageloff, Roy, Associate Professor of Management Kohlsaat, Ernst, President,Graduate Student Donovan, Gerald A., Ph.D., Dean of the College Science, 1977, 1972. Association (1986! · of ResourceDevelopment Albert, Alexa, Assistant Professor of Sociol­ Mitra, Shashanka, Engineering!1986) Strommer, Diane W., Dean of the University ogy/Anthropology, 1982. Napora, Theodore A., Oceanography!1988) College Albert, Luke S., Professor of Botany, 1970, Nixon, Dennis W., Arts and Sciences!1987) Crocker, Walter A., Jr., Ed.D. Dean of the 1960. O'Donnell, Leo, Human Scienceand Services Collegeof Continuing Education Alexander, Lewis M., Professor of Geography, (1986) Young, Arthur P., Ph.D., Dean, University 1960. Paruta, Anthony N., Pharmacy (1986! Libraries Alton, Aaron J., Professor of Marketing, 1961. Rheault, Ann, Graduate Student Association Anderson, James L., Assistant Professor of Re­ !1986) source Economics, 1983. Saad, Dale, Graduate Student (1986! Anderson, Judith L., Professor of Speech Schmidt, Charles T., Business Administration Board of Governors Communication, 1982, 1970. (1988) for Higher Education Arakelian, Paul G., Associate Professor of Towers, Tom H., Arts and Sciences!1988) English, 1981, 1976. Traxler, Richard W., ResourceDevelopment _ Albert E. Carlotti, Chairman Armstrong, Charles P., Professor of Management (1987) Robert V. Bianchini !Representative) Science, 1981, 1971. Tryon, Jonathan S., ~ibrary $cience !1986) Stephen M. Burns Aronian, Sona, Associate Professor of Russian, Augustine Capotosto, Jr. 1979, 1970. George Graboys Arthur, Michael A., Associate Professor of Louise T. Kazanjian Oceanography, 1983. Blanche R. Murray Barker, Walter L., Associate Professor of English, 1973, 1966. Graduate Faculty 103

Barnett, Harold, Associate Professor of Eco­ Brown, Phyllis R., Professor of Chemistry , Cheer, Clair J., Professor of Chemistry, 1983, nomics, 1979, 1970. 1980, 1973. 1968. Barnett, Stanley M., Professor of Chemical En­ Brown, Phyllis T., Associate Professor of Food Chichester, Clinton 0., Professor of Food gineering, Food Science and Technology, Science and Technology, Nutrition and Science and Technology, Nutrition and and Pharmaceutics, 1980, 1969. Dietetics, 1976, 1950. Dietetics, 1970. Barron, Robert A., Assistant Professor of Brown, Richard, Associate Professor of Mate­ Chichester, Clinton 0., III, Assistant Professor Mathematics , 1956. rials and Chemical Engineering, 1985, 1981. of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1981. Bass, Leonard J., Professor of Computer Brownell, Winifred E., Associate Professor of Christner, Anne M. , Assistant Professor of Science, 1985, 1970. Speech Communication, 1976, 1971. Consumer Studies, Human Development, Beaupre, Walter J., Professor of Communica­ Budnick, Frank S., Professor of Management Counseling and Family Studies, 1977, 1974. tive Disorders, 1968. Science, 1982, 1971. Clagett, Robert P., Dean of the College of Beauregard, Raymond A., Professor of Math- Bullock, Robert C., Associate Professor of Business Administration, 1985. ematics, 1982, 1968. • Zoology, 1978, 1974. Clark, Dean, Assistant Professor of Mathe­ Beckman, Carl H., Professor of Plant Pathol­ Bumpus, Marguerite, Professor of Education, matics, 1984. ogy-Entomology and Botany, 1969, 1963. 1981, 1969. Clark, Phillip G., Assistant Professor of Hu­ Bender, Michael L., Professor of Ocean­ Burke, Sally F., Assistant Professor of English, man Development, Counseling and Family ography, 1982, 1972. 1972, 1967. Studies, 1981. Beretta, David, Chairman of the Board, Uni­ Burkett, John P., Assistant Professor of Eco­ Coates,.Norman, Professor of Management, royal Inc. (Retired), Executive in Residence, nomics, 1981. 1971. 1982. Burroughs, Richard, Assistant Professor of Cobb, J. Stanley, Professor of Zoology, 1981, Bergen, Daniel P., Professor of Library Science, Geography and Marine Affairs, 1983. 1970. 1975, 1970. Cabelli, Victor J. , Professor of Microbiology, Cohen, Femand S., Assistant Professor of Berman, Allan, Professor 'of Psychology, 1976, 1979. Electrical Engineering, 1983. 1968. Cain, J. Allan, Professor of Geology, 1971, Cohen, Greta L., Associate Professor of Physi­ Bibb, Harold D., Associate Professor of Zool­ 1966. cal Education, 1975, 1966. ogy, 1978, 1972. Cairns, Scott N ., Assistant Professor of Ac­ Cohen, Jerry, Associ~te Professor of Psy~ Biller, Henry B., Professor of Psychology, counting, 1978. chology, 1980. 1975, 1970. Caldwell, Roderick, P.C., Associate Professor Cohen, Joel A., Professor of History, 1979, Birmingham, Bruce K., Assistant Professor of of Mathematics, Emeritus, 1984, 1962. 1965. Pharmacy, 1981, 1977. Caldwell, Marjorie J., Associate Professor of Cohen, Paul S., Professor of Microbiology, Blackman, Nancy, Associate Professor of Hu­ Food Science and Technology, Nutrition 1975, 1966. man Development, Counseling and Family and Dietetics, 1980, 1972. Cohen, Stewart, Professor of Human Devel­ Studies, 1983, 1977. Campbell, Josie P., Professor of English in the opment, Counseling and Family Studies, Bloomquist, Lorraine C., Professor of Physical College of Continuing Education, 1985, 1978, 1972. Education, 1985, 1967. 1972. Collyer, Charles E .. Associate Professor of Bohnert, Lea M., Assistant Professor of Li­ .Campbell, Norman A., Professor of Pharmacy Psychology, 1981, 1976. brary Science, 1970. Administration, 1976, 1970. Comerford, Robert A., Professor of Manage­ Bond, Howard W., Professor of Medicinal Cane, Walter, Associate Professor of English ment, 1985, 1975. Chemistry, Emeritus, 1976, 1966. in the College of Continuing Education, Constan tinides, Spiros M., Professor of Food Bonner, Jill C., Professor of Physics, 1981, 1974, 1967. . Science and Technology, Nutrition and 1976. Carlson, Severin C., Assistant Professor of Fi­ Dietetics, and· Biochemistry, 1974, 1968. Boothroyd, Geoffrey, Professor of Industrial nance and Insurance, 1981. Comillon, Peter C., Associate Research Pro­ and Manufacturing Engineering, 1985 Carney, Edward J. , Professqr of Computer fessor of Oceanography and Ocean Engi­ Boothroyd, Jon C., Associate Professor of Ge­ Science and Statistics, 1974, 1967. neering, 1981. ology, 1980, 1975. Carpenter, Philip L., Professor of Microbiol­ Cosgrove, Clifford, Professor of Food Science Bose, Arijit, Assistant Professor of Chemical ogy, Emeritus, 1975, 1942. and Technology, Nutrition and Dietetics, Engineering, 1982. Carrano, Frank M., Associate Professor of 1974, 1953. Boudreaux-Bartels, Gloria F., Assistant Profes­ Computer Science, 1975, 1969. Costantino, Robert F., Professor of Zoology, sor of Electrical Engineering, 1983. Carroll, Leo, Professor of Sociology, 1982, 1978, 1972. Boulmetis, John, Assistant Professor of Edu- 1972. Costigliola, Frank, Professor of History, 1985, cation, 1982, 1977. · Casagrande, Richard A., Associate Professor 1972. Bradley, Terence M., Assistant Professor of of Plant Pathology-Entomology, 1982, 1976. Croasdale, William, ·Professor of Education, Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology, 1983. Castro, Concepcion Y., R.N., Associate Pro­ 1982, 1965. . Brady, Susan A., Assistant Professor of Psy­ fessor of Nursing, 1977, 1969. Crooker, Jeannette E., Associate Professor of chology, 1982. Ceo, Joseph S., Professor of Music, 1980, Physical Education, 1967; 1955. Briden, George, Assistant Professor of Finance 1976. . Crutchfield, Stephen, Assistant Professor of and Insurance, 1982. Chang, Cheng-Jung, Assistant Professor of Resource Economics, 1980. Briggs, Josiah M., Professor of History, 1975, Civil Engineering, 1981. . Cuddy, Lois, Associate Professor of English, 1969. Chang, Pei Wen, Professor of Animal and 19,83, 1978. Brittingham, Barbara, Acting Dean, College of Veterinary Science, and Fisheries, Aquacul­ Culatta, Barbara, Associate Professor of Human Science and Services and Associate _ture and Pathology, 1982, 1955. · Speech-Language Pathology, 1983. Professor of Education, 1983, 1973. Chang , Rosita P., Assistant Professor of Fi­ Cuomo, Frank W., Professor of Physics, 1983, Brown, Christopher W., Professor of Chem­ nance and Insurance, 1982. 1959. istry, 1976, 1968. Chartier, Armand B., Associate Professor of Dain, Joel A., Professor of Biochemistry, 1973, Brown, George A., Professor of Mechanical French, 1979, 1971. 1962. Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1966. Chase, Thomas R., Assistant Professor of Daly, James C., Professor of Electrical En­ Brown, James H., Jr., Professor of Natural Mechanical Engineering and Applied gineering, 1983, 1969. · Resources Science, 1980, 1958. Mechanics, 1983. Daniel, Charles E., Jr., Assistant Professor of History, 1968, 1967. 104 Personnel

Dash, Gordon H., Jr., Associate Professor of Durbin , Ann G., Associate Research Professor Fortin, Jacqueline D., R.N ., Associate Profes­ Finance , 1979, 1974. of Oceanography , 1982, 1980. sor of Nursing, 1985, 1975. Datseris, Philip, Associate Professor of Durbin, Edward G., Associate Research Pro­ Foster, Howard H ., Jr. , Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Applied fessor of Oceanography; 1982, 1980. Community Planning, 1973, 1963. Mechanics, 1981, 1977. Durfee, Wayne K., Professor of Fishe)ies, Fox, Paul J., Research Professor of Oceanogra­ Datta, Dilig.K., Professor of Mathematics, Aquaculture and Pathology , 1978, 1951. phy, 1984, 1981. 1981, 1957. Dvorak, Wilfred P., Associate Professor of Fraleigh, John B., Professor of Mathematics, Davis, Susan L., Assistant Professor of Tex­ English in the College of Continuing Edu­ 1978, 1962. tiles, Clothing and Related Art , 1985. cation, 1981. 1968. Freeman, David L. Associate Professor of DeFanti, David R., Professor of Pharmacology Dymsza, Henry A., Professor of Food Science Chemistry , 1980, 1976. and Director of Crime Laboratory , 1973, and Technology , Nutrition and Dietetks, Frohlich, Reinhard K., Associate Professor of 1961. 1970, 1966. Geology, 1979, 1973. Defeo, John J., Professor of Pharmacology, Ebrahimpour , Maling, Assistant Professor of Fuchs, Henry C., Professor of Music , 1985, 1965, 1957. Management Science, 1985. 1968. Della Bitta , Albert J., Director of Research Eddy, Edward D., President and Un iversity Gaines, Abner J., Associate Professor, Library , Center in Business and Economics and Pro­ Professor , 1983. 1971,.1963. fessor of Marketing, 1981, 1971. England, Ralph W., Jr., Professor of Sociol­ Gardner, Mark J. , Assistant Professor of Phar­ deLodzia, George, Professor of Management, ogy, 1964, 1960. maceutics, 1983. 1975, 1970. Englander, Larry, Associate Professor of Plant Gardner, Robert V., Professor of Sociology, DelSanto, Fra:nk, Associate Professor of Pathology-Entomology, 198f 1972. 1976, 1949. Health and Physical Education, 1976, 1965. English, Catherine , Assistant Professor of Garey, Marion, Assistant Professor of Nurs­ DeLuise, Frank, Professor of Mechanical En­ Food Science and Technology , Nutrition ing, 1985. gineering and Applied Mechanics, 1979, and Dietetics , 1985. Gates, John M. , Professor of Resource Eco­ 1950. Eshleman, Ruth E., Associate Professor of nomics, 1982, 1969. Dempsey, John D ., Professor of Music, 1982, Food Science and Technology, Nutrition Gelles, Richard J., Professor of Sociology, 1973. and Dietetics, 1976. 1982, 1973. Desjardins, J. Scott , Professor of Physics, Estrin, Joseph , Professor of Chemical Engi­ Gerber , Leonard E., Assistant Professor of 1976, 1960. neering, 1980. Food Science and Technology , Nutrition Detrick, Robert S., Jr., Associate Professor of Euler , William B., Assistant Professor of and Dietetics, 1981. Oceanography , 1983, 1979. Chemistry, 1982. Gersuny, Carl, Professor of Sociology, 1977, Dewhurst, Peter , Professor of Industrial and Evans, David, Associate Professor of Ocean­ 1968. Manufacturing Engineering, 1985. ography, 1984, 1978. Ghonem, Hamouda, Associate Professor of Dholakia, Nikhilesh , Professor of Marketing, Faghri, Mohammad, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering, 1981. 1984, 1981. Mechanical Engineering and Applied Gibbs, Geoffrey D ., Professor of Music, 1983, Dholakia, Ruby Roy, Professor of Marketing , Mechanics, 1983. 1965. 1984, 1981. Fanchon , Philip F., Assistant Professor of Eco­ Goertemiller, C. Christian , Jr., Professor of Dirlam, Joel B., Professor of Economics and nomics, 1983. , Zoology, 1977.- Resource Economics , Emeritus, 1981, 1964. Faruque, M. Omar , Assistant Professor of Goff, Robert H., Associate Dean of the Col­ Donnelly, Dorothy F., Professor of English, Civil Engineering, 1983. lege of Engineering and Professor of 1985, 1965 . . Fasching, James L., Professor of Chemistry, Mechanical Engineering and Applied Donovan, Gerald A., Dean of the College of 1979, 1969. Mechanics, 1977, 1958. Resource Development, Director of the Felbeck, George T., Jr. , Professor of Natural Gold, Arthur J., Assistant Professor of Re­ Agricultural Experiment Station, Director of Resources Science, 1970, 1964. . source Chemistry, 1983. the Cooperative Extension Service, and Feld , Marcia, Associate Professor of Com­ Goldman, Mark I., Professor of English, 1970, Professor of Animal Science, i973 . munity Planning , 1975. 1958. Dornberg, Otto, Professor of German, 1983, Ferrante, William R., Vice President for Aca­ Goldsmith, Marian R., Associate Professor of 1963. demic Affairs and Professor of Mechanical Zoology, 1983, 1980. Dougherty, John J., Assistant Professor of Bio­ Engineering and Applied Mechanics , 1972, Golet, Francis C., Associate Professor of Natu ­ chemjstry, 1984. 1956. ral Resources Science, 1978, 1972. Dowdell, Rodger B., Professor of Mechanical Fimbell; Denise, Clinical Assistant Professor of Goodman, Leon, Professor of Chemistry, Engineering and Applied Mechanics , 1971, Nursing, 1985. 1970. 1966. Findlay, James F., Jr., Professor of History , Goos , Roger D .. Professor of Botany, 1972, Driels, Morris R., Associate Professor of 1971.· 1970. Mechanical Engineering and Applied Finizio , Norman J., Associate Professor of Gough, Robert E., Associate Professor of Plant Mechanics, 1982. Mathematics , 1975, 1963. Science, 1981, 1976. Driver , Rodney D ., Professor of Mathematics, Fischer , Godi , Assistant Professor of Electrical Gould, Walter P., Associate Professor of Natu- · 1974, 1969. . Engineering, 1985. ral Resources Science, 1962, 1954. Duce , Robert A., Professor of Oceanography, Fisher, Harold W .. Professor of Biophysics, Bi­ Gray , Donald J., Assistant Professor of Chem­ and Director , Center for Atmospheric ochemistry , and Microbiology, 1968, 1963. ical Engineering, 1980. Chemistry Studies, 1981, 1970. Fisher , John, J. , Professor of Geology , 1979, Gray, H. Glenn, Associate Professor of Animal Dudley, Michael N ., Assistant Professor of 1964. and Veterinary Science, 1982, 1969. Pharmacy, 1983. Fitzelle, George T., Professor of Human De­ Grebstein , Lawrence C., Professor of Psy­ Duff, Dale T., Associate Professor of Plant velopment, Counseling and Family Studies , chology , 1975, 1964. Science, 1975, 1967. 1969, 1959. Greene, Helen Finch , Associate Professor of Dunn, John, Assistant Professor of Manage­ Florin , Paul Richard , Assistant Professor of Human Development , Counseling and Fa­ ment, 1983. Psychology, 1981. mily Studies, Emerita , 1985, 1971. Durand , Richard R., Jr. , Assistant Professor of Force , R. Ken, Associate Professor of Chem- Gregory, Otto J., Assistant Professor of Chem­ Chemistry, 1983. istry , 1983, 1975. . ical Engineering, 1982. Graduate Faculty 105

Grigalunas, Thomas A., Professor of Resource Hill, Conrad R., Professor of Marketing, 1980, Karamanlidis, Dimitrios, Assistant Professor of Economics, 1984, 1971. 1965. Civil and Environmental Engineering, 1983. Gross, Ira, Professor of Psychology, 1983, Hill, Robert B., Professor of Zoology, 1975, Kaskosz, Barbara, Assistant Professor of 1967. 1968. Mathematics, 1984. Grove, Edward A., Associate Professor of Hills, Mathilda M., Associate Professor of Kass-Sjmon, Gabriele, Associate Professor of Mathematics, 1976, 1968. English, 1977, 1970. Zoology, 1978, 1973. Grubman, Stephen D., Associate Professor of Hirsch, Janet I., R.N., Professor of Nursing, Kaufman, Charles, Professor of Physics, 1983, Communicative Disorders, 1977, 1972. 1983, 1971. 1964. Gullason, Thomas A., Professo, of English, Holmes, Wendy B., Associate Professor of Art, Kay, Steven M., Associate Professor of Elec­ i964, 1954. 1982, 1974. trical Engineering, 1984, 1980. Gunning, Thomas J., Associate Professor of Holmsen, Andreas, Professor of Resource Eco­ Kelley, Marc A., Assistant Professor of Soci­ Human Development, Counseling and Fa­ ~omics, 1970, 1963. ology and Anthropology, 1981. mily Studies, 1973, 1961. Honhart, Michael W., Assistant Professor of Kellogg, Theodore M., Associate Professor of Gutchen, Robert M., Professor of History, History, 1972, 1971. Education, 1976, 1970. 1976, 1964. Hu, James, Assistant Professor of Ocean En­ Kelly, Patricia M., Pro(essor of Home Eco­ Haas, Robert S., Professor of Electrical and gineering, 1984. nomics Education, 1975, 1969. Ocean Engineering, 1974, 1948. Hufnagel, Linda A., Associate Professor of Kelly, William, Professor of Education, 1982, Hagist, Warren M., Professor of Mechanical Microbiology and Biophysics, 1979, 1973. 1966. Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1977, Hull, Richard J., Professor of Plant Science, Kennett, James P., Professor of Oceanogra­ 1951. 1979, 1969. phy, 1974, 1970. Hamilton, Charles T., Assist;mt Professor of Humphrey, Alan B., Associate Professor of · Kent, George E., Professor of Music, 1980, Accounting, 1981. Management Science, 1978. 1969. Hammen, Carl S., Professor of Zoology, 1971, Humphreys, David S., Assistant Professor of Kester, Dana R., Professor of Oceanography, 1963. Accounting, 1984. 1976, 1969. . Hanke, John W., Professor of Philosophy, Hunt, Judith, Assistant Professor of Manage­ Killilea, Alfred G ., Professor of Political 1983, 1966. ment, 1983. Science, 1980, 1969. Hanumara, R. Choudary, Associate Professor Hurley, Raymond M., Associate Professor of Killingbeck, Keith T., Associate Professor of of Statistics, 1975, 1968. Communicative Disorders, 1982, 1976. Botany, 1984, 1979. Hargraves, Paul E., Associate Professor of Husband, Thomas P., Associate Professor of Kim, Byupg-Dong, Assistant Professor of Plant Oceanography and Botany, 1976, 1968. Natural Resources Science, 1983,•1977. Science, 1983. Hardy, Margaret, Professor of Nursing, 1985. Hutton, Lewis J., Professor of Hispanic Kim, Chai, Professor of Management Science, Harlin, Marilyn, Professor of Botany, 1983, Studies, 1973, 1966. 1981. 1971. Hyland, Jean S., Associate Professor of Kim, Chong Sun, Professor of History, 1979, Harlow, Lisa L., Assistant Professor of Psy­ French, 1968, 1964. 1965. chology, 1985. Hyland, Kerwin E., Jr., Professor of Zoology, Kim, Hesook Susie (Kang), R.N ., Dean of the Hartman, Karl A., Jr., Professor of Biophysics, 1966, 1953. College of Nursing and Professor of Nurs­ 1976, 1967. Jackson, Leland B., Professor of Electrical En­ ing, 1985, 1973. Hartt, Kenneth L., Professor of Physics, 1983, gineering, 1979, 1974. Kim, Thomas Joan-Mock, Professor of 1966. Jackson, Noel, Professor of Plant Pathology­ Mechanical Engineering and Applied Hauke, Richard L., Professor of Botany, 1969, Entomology, 1975, 1965. Mechanics, 1979, 1968. . 1959. Jacobs, Dorothy, Associate Professor of Eng­ Kim, Yong Choon, Professor of Philosophy, Heisler, Walter C., Professor of Education, lish, 1984, 1968. 1979, 1971. 1978, 1964. Jagschitz, John A., Associate Professor of King, John ; Assistant Research Professor of Hellman, Richard, Professor of Economics, Plant Science, 1975, 1956. Oceanography, 1984. 1971, 1970. Jarrett, Jeffrey E., Professor of Management Kirschenbaum, Louis J., Professor of Chemis­ Helms, Patricia A., Associate Professor of Tex­ Science, 1974, 1971. try, 1983, 1970. tiles, Fashion Merchandising and Design, Jeffries, Harry P., Professor of Oceanography, Kirwan, Donald F., Director of Office of 1976, 1971. . 1973, 1959. Energy Education and Professor of Physics, Heltshe, James F., Professor of Statistics, Jensen, Patricia, Assistant Professor of Library 1982, 1967. 1985, 1973. Science, 1978. Klein, Maurice N., Professor of History, 1973, Hemmerle, William J., Professor of Computer Johnson, Eugene M., Professor of Marketing 1964. Science and Statistics, Emeritus, 1982, 1965. Management, 1975, 1971. Knauss, John A., Vice President for Marine Henderson, Jack B., Associate Professor of Johnson, Galen A., Associate Professor of Phi­ Programs, Dean of the Graduate School of Mechanical Engineering and Applied losophy, 1980, 1976. Oceanography and Professor of Oceanogra­ Mechanics, 1983, 1980. Johnson, William C., II, Assistant Professor of phy, 1982, 1962. Hermessey, Timothy M., Professor of Political Chemistry, 1984. Knickle, Harold N., Professor of Chemical En­ Science, 1978, 1976. Joseph, Dayle Hunt, R.N ., Assistant Dean of gineering, 1982, 1969. Heppner, Frank H., Professor of Zoology, the College of Nursing and Professor of Knight, Winston A., Professor of Industrial 1979, 1969. Nursing, 1976, 1973. and Manufacturing Engineering, 1985. Hermes, 0. Don, Professor of Geology, 1978, Juda, Lawrence, Professor of Geography and Koske, Richard E., Associate Professor of 1968. Marine Affairs, 1984, 1977. Botany, 1983, 1978. Hetzner, C.N., Assistant Professor of Manage­ Kahn, Leonard N., Associate Professor of Kovacs, William D .. Professor of Civil En­ ment, 1983. Physics, 1984, 1980. gineering, 1984. Hickox, Charles, Assistant Professor of Busi­ Kalymun, Mary, Assistant Professor of Human Kowals,ki, James G. , Associate Professor of ness Law, 1985. Development, Counseling and Family Philosophy, 1978, 1971. Higa, Misako, Associate Professor of Textiles, Studies, 1974. Kowalski, Tadeusz, Professor of Ocean En­ Fashion Merchandising and Design, 1984, Kampen, Natalie B., Professor of Art, 1980, gineering, 1976, 1969. 1977. 1969. Koza, Russell C., Professor of Management Science, 1979, 1977. · 106 Personnel

Krausse, Gerald H., Assistant Professor of Ge­ Lessmann, Richard C., Professor of Mechani­ Mathews, Francis X., Professor of English, ography, 1975, 1973, cal Engineering, 1983, 1969. 1977, 1967. Krueger, William H., Associate Professor of Lessne, Greg J., Assistant Professor of Market­ Matoney, Joseph P., Jr., Associate Professor of Zoology, 1973, 1964. ing, 1983. Accounting, 1983, 1973. · Krul, William R., Associate Professor of Plant Letcher, Stephen V., Professor of Physics, . Mattea, Edward J., Associate Professor of Science, 1977. 1975, 1963. Pharmacy; 1980, 1974. Kulberg, Janet, Associate Professor of Psy- Lewis, James T., Professor of Mathematics, Maynard, Peter E., Professor of Human De­ chology, 1974. · 1981, 1969. velopment, Counseling and Family Studies, Kuhn, Ira A., Associate Professor of French, Lindgren, Allen G., Professor of Electrical En­ 1981, 1971. 1977, 1967. gineering, 1970, 1964. McCabe, Thomas H., Associate Professor of Kumaresan, Ramdas, Assistant Professor of Liu, Pan-Tai, Professor of Mathematics, 1979, English. 1974, 1965. Electrical Engineering, 1983. 1968. McCreight, Donald E., Professor of Resource Kunz, Don R.,-Professor of English, 1982, Logan, Patrick A., Assistant Professor of Plant Development Education, 1980, 1970. 1968. Pathology-Entomology, 1980, 1977. McEwen, Everett E., Professor of Civil En­ Kupa, John J.·, Associate Professor of Commu­ Long, John V., Jr., Professor of Education, gineering, 1984, 1967. nity Planning and Area Development, 1969, 1979, 1971. · McFarland, Marilyn E., Assistant Professor of 1963. Looney, Daniel J .. Jr., Assistant Professor of Pharmacy, 1983. Ladas, Gerasimos, Professor of Mathematics, Accounting, 1965, 1961. McGuire, John J., Professor of Plant Science, 1975, 1969. . Lord, Blair M., Associate Professor of Finance 1977, 1962. Laine, Edward P., Associate Research Pro­ and Insurance, 1981, 1976. McKiel, Charles G., Associate Professor of fessor of Oceanography, 1983, 1980. Lott, Albert J., Professor of Psychology, 1969. Natural Resources, 1974, 1960. Lamagna, Edmund A., Associate Professor of Lott, Bernice, Professor of Psychology and McKinney, Wm. Lynn, Assistant Dean of the Computer Science, 1982, 1976. Women's Studies, 1975, 1970. College of Human Science and Services and Lampe, Harlan C., Professor of Resource Eco­ Loy, James D., Professor of Anthropology, Associate Professor of Education, 1984, nomics, 1969, 1968. 1984, 1974. 1972. Langdon, Mary L., Associate Professor of Mu­ Luzzi, Louis A., Provost for Health Science McLeavey, Dennis W., Associate Dean of the sic, 1984, 1981. Affairs, Dean of the College of Pharmacy, College of Business Administration and Lardaro, Leonard P., Assistant Professor of · and Professor of Pharmacy, 1981. Professor of Management Science, 1984, Economics, 1981. Lynch, Robert N., Assistant Professor of An­ 1976. Larsori, Roger L., Professor of Oceanography, thropology, 1971. 1970. McMaster. Robert L, Professor of Oceanog­ 1980, Lysonski, Steven, J .. Associate Professor of raphy, 1969, 1953. Latos, Charles, Assistant Professor of Eco­ Marketing, 1985, 1980. McNab, Gregory R., Jr., Associate Professor nomics, College of Continuing Educatio _n, MacIntyre, Ferren, Research Professor of of Portuguese, 1978, 1971. 1977, 19159. Oceanography, 1980, 1977. Mead, Arthur C., Associate Professor of Eco­ Lausier, Joan M., Associate Professor of Phar­ MacLaine, Allan H., Professor of English, nomics, 1984, 1976. macy, 19Z7, 1971. 1962. Meade, Thomas L .• Professor of Fisheries, Laux, David C., Professor of Microbiology, MacMillan, Robert W., Professor of Educa­ Aquaculture and Pathology, 1975, 1968. 1984, 1973. tion, 1979, 1966. Mense!, William L., Jr., Assistant Professor of Laviano, Andrew, Associate Professor of Busi­ Mairs, Kenneth H., Met. E., Professor of" English, 1973, 1969. ness Law, 1982, 1978. Metallurgy, Emeritus, 1977, 1946. Merenda, Peter F., Professor of Psychology Lawing, William D., Jr. , Associate Professor of Malik, Surendra, Professor of Physics, 1974, and Statistics, Emeritus, 1985, 1960. Industrial Engineering and Experimental 1962. Metz, William D., Professor of History, Emeri­ Statistics, 1969. Malina, Marilyn J., Associate Professor of Eng­ tus, 1983, 1945. LeBlanc, Lester R., Professor of Ocean En­ lish, 1977, 1967. Michel, Aloys A., Dean of the Graduate gineering, 1980, 1971. Manfredi, Thomas G., Associate Professor of School and Professor of Geography and LeBrun, Roger A., .Assistant Professor of Plant Physical Education, 1982. Regional Planning, 1973, 1966. Pathology-Entomology, 1983, 1977. Mangiameli, Paul M., Associate Professor of · Middleton, Foster H., Professor of Ocean En­ Leduc, Edgar C., Professor of Political Science, Management Science, 1984, 1977. gineering, 1961, 1959. 1976, 1969, Manteiga, Robert, Associate Professor of Milburn, Josephine F., Professor of Political Lee, Chong-Min, Associate Professor of Food Hispanic Studies, 1981, 1976. Science, 1977, 1970. Science and Technology, Nutrition and Di­ Marcus, Alan S., Associate Professor of Civil Millar, Richard I.. Associate Professor of Ani­ etetics, 1982, 1980. and Environmental Engineering, 1977, mal and Veterinary Science; 1974, 1967. Lee, Kang W., Assistant Professor of Civil En­ 1969. Miller, Jordan Y., Professor of English, Emeri­ gineering, 1985. Mardix, Shmuel. Professor of Electrical Engi­ tus, 1985, 1969. Lee, Tung-Ching, Professor of Food Science neering, 1978, 1970. Mitra, Shashanka S., Professor of Electrical and Technology, Nutrition and Dietetics, Marshall, James M. Professor of English, 1984, Engineering, 1965. 1979, 1972. 1965. Mojena, Richard, Professor of Management Leete, William W., Professor of Art, 1974, Marshall, Nelson, Professor of Oceanography Science, 1981, 1971. 1957. and Marine Affairs, Emeritus, 1984, 1959. Montgomery, John T., Professor of Leinen, Margaret S., Associate Research Marti, Bruce, Assistant Professor of Geography Mathematics, 1984, 1973. Professor of Oceanography, 1985, 1982. and Marine Affairs, 1983, 1980. Morello, Joseph G., Associate Professor of Leistilcow, Dean, Assistant Professor of Fi­ Martin, Celest A., Associate Professor of Eng­ French, 1979, 1968. . nance and Insurance, 1983. lish, 1984, 1979. Morgan, Barbara, R.N., Associate Professor of Lengyel. Gabriel, Professor of Electrical En- Martin, Spencer J .• Professor of Accounting, Nursing, 1984. gineering, 1971, 1966. · 1980, 1970. Morin, Thomas D., Associate Professor of Leo, John R., Associate Professor of English in Maslyn, David C., University Archivist, Spe­ Hispanic Studies, 1980, 1975. the College of Continuing Education, 1983, cial Collections Librarian and Professor, Li­ Mottinger, John P., Associate Professor of 1973. brary, 1983, 1974. Botany and Zoology, 1974, 1968. Graduate Faculty 107

Motycka, Arthur, Professor of Music, 1975, Owens, Norma J., Assistant Professor of Phar­ Quinn, James G., Professor of Oceanography, 1972. macy, 1982. 1978, 1968. Mueller, Walter C., Professor of Plant Pathol­ Paquett, Lawrence, Assistant Professor of Ac­ Rae, Gwenneth, Professor of Human Develop­ ogy-Entomology, 1974, 1961. counting, 1985. ment , Counseling and Family Studies, 1982, Muller, Gerhard, Assistant Professor of Pakula, Lewis I., Associate Professor of Math­ :i973. Physics, 1984. ematics, 1978, 1973. Rahn, Kenneth A., Research Professor of Murphy, Clare M., Associate Professor of En­ Palm, William J. , Associate Professor of Oceanography, 1983, 1980. glish, 1973, 1964. Mechanical Engineering and Applied Ramsay, Glenworth A., Associate Professor of Murphy, Karen E., Assistant Professor of Po­ Mechanics, 1976, 1970. Economics, 1978, 1973. litical Science, 1977. Panzica, Raymond P,, Associate Professor of Ramstad, Yngve, Assistant Professor of Eco­ Murphy, Teresa, Assistant Professor of His­ Medicinal Chemistry and Chemistry, 1980, nomics, 1982. tory, 1983. 1976. Rand, Arthur G., Jr., Professor of Food Sci­ Murray, Daniel P., Assistant Professor of Ge­ Paruta, Anthony N., Professor of Pharmacy, ence and Technology, 1975, 1963. ology, 1983. 1971, 1966. Rankin, W. Donald, Professor of Music, 1979, Nacci, Vito A., Professor of Civil and Ocean Pascale, Alfred C., Associate Professor of Hu­ 1963. Engineering, Emeritus, 1985, 1949. man Development, Counseling and Family Rapport, Mark D., Associa,te Professor of Psy- Napora, Theodore A., Assistant Dean of the Studies, Emeritus, 1985, 1965. chology, 1985, 1981. • Graduate School of Oceanography and As­ Patric, Earl F., Associate Dean of the College Rayack, Elton, Professor of Economics, 1966, sociate Professor of Oceanography , 1972, of Resource Development, . Associate Direc­ · 1958. 1958. tor of Agricultural Experiment Station, Reaves, R.B., Jr., Associate Professor of En­ Nash, Charles D., Jr., Professor of Mechanical and Professor of Natural Resources Science, glish, 1975, 1968. Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1964. 1974, 1969. Rebele, James, Assistant Professor of Ac­ Narasimhan, Seetharama, Professor of Pearlman, Daniel D., Professor of English, counting, 1982. Management Science, 1984, 1979. 1980. . Recksiek, Conrad W., Associate Professor of Nason, Robert W., Professor of Marketing, Peck, Roger W. Assistant Professor of Statis­ Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology, 1980. 1980, 1973. tics, 1984. Reilly, Mary E., Associate Professor of Soci­ Navascues, Michael, Associate Professor of Pels, Albert E. III, Assistant Professor of Physi­ ology, 1978, 1973. Hispanic Studies, 1975, 1968. cal Education, 1985. Rhee, S. Ghon, Associate Professor of Finance Nedwidek, Raymond A., Professor of Physical Penhallow, William S., Associate Professor of and Insurance, 1983. Education, 1976, 1965. Physics, 1973, 1959. Rhoads, Dennis E., Assistant Professor of Bio­ Nelson, David R., Assistant Professor of Mi- Peters, Calvin B., Associate Professor of Soci­ chemistry, 1985. crobiology, 1982. . ology, 1983, 1978. Rhodes, Christopher T., Professor of Phar­ Nelson, Richard G., Associate Professor of Peterson, John F., Jr., Professor of Philosophy, macy, 1975. Education, 1978, 1972. 1979, 1964. Rhodes, Richard C., III, Assistant Professor of Nelson, Wilfred H., Professor of Chemistry, Petrie, Paul J., Professor of English, 1969, Animal and Veterinary Science, 1982. 1977, 1964. 1959, Risch, Ernest H., Assistant Professor of Tex­ Neuse, Richard T. , Professor of English, 1970, Pezzullo, Thomas It, Professor of Education, tiles, Clothing and Related Art, 1981. 1956. 1982, 1970. Rockett, Thomas J,, Professor of Materials and Nichols, Edward, Professor of Industrial En­ Pickart, Stanley J., Professor of Physics, 1974. Chemical Engineering, 1982, 1971. gineering, 1960, 1959. Pilson, Michael E. Q., Professor of Oceanog­ Rodgers, Robert L., Assistant Professor of Nippo, Mum M., Associate Professor of Ani­ raphy, 1978, 1966. Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1981. •mal and Veterinary Science, and Food Poggie, John J., Jr., Professor of Anthropol- • Rogers, Kenneth H., Professor of French and Science and Technology, Nutrition and ogy, 1975, 1969. Linguistics, 1984, 1968. Dietetics, 1982, 1972. Polidoro, J. Richard, Associate Professor of Rogers, Warren F., Professor of Management Nixon, Dennis W., Assistant Professor of Ma­ Physical Education, Health, and Recreation, Science, 1975. rine Affairs and Coordinator, Marine Affairs 1975, 1969. Rorholm, Niels, Professor of Resource Eco­ Program, 1978, 1976. Polk: Charles, Professor of Electrical En­ nomics, Emeritus, 1985, 1954. Nixon, Scott W., Professor of Oceanography gineering, 1959. Rose, Vincent C., Associate Dean of the and Coordinator, Sea Grant Program, 1980, Pollart, Gene J., Professor of Music, 1983, Graduate School and ·Professor of Nuclear 1970. 1976. and Ocean Engineering, 1983, 1963. Northby, Jan A., Professor of Physics, 1979, Pollnac, Richard B., Professor of Anthropol­ Rosen, William M., Professor of Chemistry, 1970. ogy, 1982, 1973. 1982, 1970. , Nunes, Anthony C., Professor of Physics, Poon, Calvin Po-Chuen, Professor of En­ Rosengren, William R., Professor of Sociology, 1982, 1976. vironmental Engineering, 1975, 1965. 1968, 1967, O'Donnell, Leo E., Associate Professor of Porter, Lambert C., Professor of French and Rosie, Douglas M., Assistant Vice President Physical Education, 1976, 1972. Linguistics, Emeritus, 1981, 1961. for Academic Affairs and Professor of Ohley, William J., Associate Professor of Elec­ Potter, Nancy A., Professor of English, 1963, Chemistry, 1972, 1958. trical Engineering, 1982, 1976. 1947. Rossby, Hans T., Professor of Oceanography, O'Leary, John Louis, Associate Professor of Pratt, David M.; Professor of Oceanography, 1975. Physical Education , 1976, 1957. Emeritus, 1979, 1949. Rothschild, H. Dorothy, Professor of French, Opaluch, James J., Associate Professor of Re­ Pratt, Larry, Assistant Research Professor of 1974, 1962. source Economics, 1985, 1979. Oceanography, 1984. Rothstein, Lawrence, Associate Professor of Osborne, George E., Professor of Pharmacy, Prochaska, James 0., Professor of Psychology, Political Science, 1979, 1976. 1957. 1977, 1969. Roughton, Richard A., Associate Professor of Overton, Craig E., Professor of Management, Purnell, Richard F., Professor of Education, History, 1982, 1968. 1981, 1969. 1977, 1970. Roworth, Wendy W., Associate Professor of Oviatt, Candace A., Research Professor of Quina, Kathryn, Associate Professor of Psy­ Art, 1982, 1976. Oceanography, 1982, 1970. chology, 1982, 1978. Roxin, Emilio 0., Professor of Mathematics, 1967. 108 Personnel

Russo, Francis X., Professor of Education, Sheath, Robert G., Associate Professor of · Spaulding, Irving A., Professor of Resource 1973"1966. Botany, 1982, 1978. _ Economics and Rural Sociology, 1960, 1949. Sadasiv, Angaraih G., Professor of Electrical Sheets, Herman E., Professor of Ocean Engi­ Spaulding, Malcolm L., Professor of Ocean Engineering, 1976, 1969. neering, Emeritus, 1979, 1966. Engineering, 1983, 1973. Sadd, Martin H., Professor of Mechanical En­ Shen, Randolph F., Professor of Management Specker, Jennifer L., Assistant Professor of gineering and Applied Mechanics, 1984, Science, 1977, 1966. Zoology, 1984. 1979. Sherman, Arthur L., Associate Professor of Spence, Donald L., Director, Program in Saila, Saul B., Professor of Oceanography and Physical Education, 1976, 1959. Gerontology and Professor of Human De­ Zoology, 1967, 1956. Shilling, George D., Professor of Chemical En­ velopment, Counseling and Family Studies, Salvatore, Lucy V., Acting Director, Graduate gineering, 1964, 1952. 1982, 19.73. School of Library and Information Studies, Shimizu, Yuzun.i, Professor of Pharmacognosy Spence, John E., Profe;ssor of Electriqtl En- and Associate Professor of Library Science, and Chemistry, 1977, 1969. - gineering, 1974, 1962. · 1983, 1964. Shisha, Oved, Professor of Mathematics, 1976, Sperry, Jay F., Associate Professor of Mi­ Sastry, Akella N., Professor of Oceanography, 1974. crobiology, 1983, 1977. 1977, 1966. Shoop, C. Robert, Professor of Zoology, 1974, Starkey, James L. , Associate Professor of Eco­ Schaffran, Jerome A., Associate Professor of 1969. nomics, 1975, 1967. Human Development, Counseling and Fa­ Shukla, Arun, Associate Professor of Mechan­ Stauffer, Kenneth R., Assistant Professor of mily Studies, 1977, 1971. ical Engineering and Applied.Mechanics, Food Science and Technology, Nutrition Schilling, Jean-Guy, Professor of Oceanog­ 1984, 1981. and Dietetics, 1979. raphy, 1974, 1966. Sieburth, John McN., Professor of Oceanogra­ Steeves, Edna L., Professor of English, Emerita, Schmidt, Charles T., Jr., Director of Labor Re­ phy and Microbiology, 1966, 1960. 1980, 1967. lations Center and Professor of Industrial Siegel. Alvin, Assistant Prefesssor of Food Stein, Arthur, Professor of Political Science, Relations, 1973, 1968. Science, 1985. 1974, 1965. Schneider, Stewart P., Associate Professor of Sigurdsson, Haraldur, Professor of Oceanog­ Stein, Karen F., Associate Professor of Eng­ Library Science, 1974, 1964. raphy, 1980, 1974. lish, 1984, 1968. Scholl, Richard W., Associate Professor of ·silva, Armand J., Professor of Ocean and Civil Stepanishen, Peter R., Professor of Ocean En­ Management, 1984, 1979. Engineering, 1976. gineering, 1982, 1974. Schoonover, Eric T., Associate Professor of Silverstein, Albert, Professor of Psychol~gy . Stern, Melvin E., Professor of Oceanography, English, 1980, 1962. 1974, 1963. 1964. Schroeder, Karen A., Assistant Professor of Silvestri, Gino, Assistant Professor of History, Stevenson, John F., Associate Professor of Human Development, Counseling and Fa­ 1969, 1965. English, 1980, 1973.. mily Studies, 1972, 1968. Simpson, Kenneth L., Professor of Food Sci­ Stineback, David C., Professor of English, Schultz, Beatrice, Associate Professor of ence and Technology, Nutrition and 1982, 1977. Speech Communication, 1984, 1981. · Dietetics, 1972, 1964. Strom, Sharon H., Professor of History, 1982, Schurman, Bernard, Professor of ·Economics, Sine, Robert C., Professor of Mathematics, 1969. Emeritus, 1982, 1948. 1977, 1971. Strommer, Diane W., Dean of University Col­ Schwartz-Barcott, Donna, R.N., Associate Singer, Jay, Associate Professor of Com­ lege and Special Academic Programs, and Professor of Nursing, 1979, 1975. municative Disorders, 1983, 1977, Adjunct Professor of English, 1980. Schwartzman, Sol, Professor of Mathematics, Sink, Clay V., Professor of Management, 1982, Sullivan, Richard E., Assistant Professor of 1983, 1969. 1969. Education, 1971. Schwarz, Stephen D. , Professor of Philosophy, Skogley, Conrad !9chard, Professor of Plant Sullivan, William Michael, Assistant Professor 1979, 1963. Science, 1970, 1960. of Plant Science, 1981. Schwarzbach, Henry R., Associate Professor of Smart, Mollie S., Professor of Child Devel­ · Sunak, Harish, R.B., Associate Professor of . Accounting, 1980, 1976. opment and Family Relations, Emerita, Electrical Engineering, 1985. Schwegler, Robert A., Associate Professor of 1976, 1954. Sun, Ying, Assistant Professor of Electrical En­ English, 1983, 1978. Smart, Russell, C., Professor of Child Devel­ gineering, 1985. Scruggs, Barbara J., Assistant Professor of opment and Family Relations, Emeritus, Surprenant, Thomas T., Associate Professor of Textiles, Fashion Merchandising and De­ 1976, 1953. Library Science, 1984, 1978. sign, 1980. Smayda, Theodore J., Professor of Oceanog­ Suryanarayan, E. Ramnath, Professor of Seigel, Jules P., Professor of English, 1976, raphy and Botany, 1970, 1959. Mathematics, 1973, 1960. 1965. Smith, Charles I., Professor of Medicinal Sutinen, Jon G., Associate Professor of Re­ Seleen, Diane Rae, Associate Professor of Chemistry, 1974, 1960. source Economics, 1981, 1973. Physical Education, 1982, 1971. Smith, Kathleen F., Associate Professor of Suzawa, Gilbert S., Associate Professor of Eco­ Severns, Roger, Assistant Professor of Finance Management, 1962, 1955. nomics, 1981, 1971. and Insurance, 1983. Smith, Lewis T., Station Statistician and Pro­ Swan, M. Beverly, Assistant Vice President for Seymour, Daniel Thomas, Associate Professor fessor of Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathol­ . Academic Affairs, Director of the College of Marketing, 1985, 1982. . ogy, Emertius, 1985, 1964. Writing Program and Associate Professor of Shaikh, Zahir A., Associate Professor of Phar­ Smith, Nelson F., Professor of Psychology, English, 1981, 1974. macology and Toxicology, 1982. 1975, 1965. Swaszek, Peter F., Assistant Professor of Elec- Shao, David M., Associate Professor of Indus­ Smith, Warren D ., Professor of English, trical Engineering, 1984. • trial Engineering, 1976, 1969. Emeritus, 1981, 1942. Swift, Elijah V., Professor of Oceanography Sharif, Mohammed, Assistant Professor of Soh, Jin W., Associate Professor of Computer and Botany, 1980, 1969. Economics, 1984. Science, 1981. Swonger, Alvin K., Professor of Pharmacology Shaw, Richard J., Associate Professor of Plant Sonstroem, Robert J., Professor of Physical and Toxicology, 1985, 1971. and Soil Science, 1976, 1970. . Education, Health and Recreation, 1980, Taubman, Albert H ., Associate Professor of Shea, Gail A., Assistant Professor of Sociology 1969. Pharmacy Administration, 1982. and Anthropology and Women's Studies, Sorlien, Robert P., Professor of English, 1968, · Test, Frederick L., Professor of Mechanical 1975. 1946. Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 1962, 1949. Adjunct Faculty 109

Thiem, Leon T. , Assistant Professor of Civil Weber, Stanley S., Associate Professor of Phar- Young, William, Professor of Philosophy, and Environmental Engineering, 1983. macy, 1982, 1978. · 1973, 1960. Thurston, Gary, Professor of History, 1984, Weeden, Patricia J., Associate Professor of Youngken, Heber W., Jr., Professor of 1966. Textiles, Fashion Merchandising and De­ Pharmacognosy, Emeritus, 1980, 1957. Toloudis, Constantin, Associate Professor of ·sign, 1978, 1961. Zeyl, Donald J., Profossor of Philosophy, French, 1977, 1966. Weeks, Richard R., Professor of Marketing, 1984, 1971. Towers, Tom H., Professor of English in the 1970. . Zucker, Norman L., Professor of Political College of Continuing Education, 1979, Weiderman, Nelson H., Associate Professor of Science, 1969, 1966. 1971. Computer Science, 1977, 1971. Zweig, Franklin, Professor of Human Devel-' Travisano, Richard V., Assistant Professor of Weisberg, Robert F., Assistant Professor of opment, Counseling and Family Studies, Sociology, 1973, 1969. Environmental Health Sciences, 1981, 1979. 1980. Traxler, Richard W., Professor of Plant Weisbord, Robert G., Professor of History, Pathology-Entomology and Micro.biology, 1973, 1966. 1971. Welters, Linda M., Assistant Professor of Tex­ Tremblay, George C., Professor of Biochem­ tiles, Fashion Merchandising and Design, Adjurict Faculty istry, 1975, 1966. 1981. Trubiano, Mario F., Associate Professor of Wenisch, Fritz, Professor of Philosophy, 1980, Apostal, Michael C., Adjunct Associate Pro­ Spanish, 1984, 1979. 1971. fessor of Civil and Environmental Engi- · Tryon, Jonathan S., Associate Professor of Li­ West, Niels, Associate Professor of Geography neering, 1978, brary Science, 1977, 1969. and Marine Affairs, 1976. Arnold, Charles, Adjunct Associate Professor Tufts, Donald W., Professor of Electrical En­ Westin, Stuart A., Assistant Professor of of Computer Science, 1981. gineering, 1967. Management Science, 1983. Badorek, Diane L., Adjunct Assistant Profes- Turcotte, Joseph G., Professor of Medicinal White, Frank M., Professor of Mechanical and . sor of Civil and Environmental Engineering, ~hemistry, 1977, 1967. Ocean Engineering, 1967, 1964. 1985. Turnbaugh, William A., Professor of f\nthro­ White, Sidney H., Professor of English, 1973, Banerjee, Pranab K., Adjunct Associate Profes­ pology, 1983, 1974. 1966. sor of Electrical Engineering, 1980. Tutt, Ralph M., Associate Professor of Eng­ Wilde, Charles E., Jr., Professor of Zoology, Beardsley, Robert C., Adjunct Professor of lish, 1971, 1964. 1975. ' Oceanography, 1982. Tyce, Robert C., Associate Research Professor Willis, George H., Professor of Education, Blazek, Julia Elizabeth, Adjunct Assistant of Ocean Engineering and Oceanography, 1981, 1971. Professor of Microbiology, 1985. 1983. Willoughby, Alan, Professor of Psychology, Bliss, Dorothy E., Adjunct Professor of Zool­ Tyler, Gerry R., Associate Professor of Politi­ 1974, 1968. ogy, 1980. cal Science, 1984, 1966. Wilson, Mason P., Jr., Professor of Mechanical Bordelon, Derrill, Adjunct Professor of Math­ Tyrrell, Timothy J., Associate Professor of Re­ Engineering and Applied Mechanics, and · ematics, 1978. source Economics, 1984, 1978. , Director of University Center for Energy Davis, Stephen S., Adjunct Assistant Professor Vaccaro, Richard J., Assistant Professor of Studies, 1976, 1968. of Natural Resources Science, 1985. Electrical Engineering, 1983. Wimbush, Mark, Associate Professor of Dellaporta, Stephen, Adjunct Assistant Profes­ Valentino, Dominic, Associate Professor of Oceanography, 1977. sor of Plant Science, 1982. Psychology, 1978, 1973. Winn, Howard E., Professor of. Oceanography DiMeglio, A. Francis, Adjunct Associate Pro­ Vangermeersch, Richard, Professor of Ac­ and Zoology, 1965. fessor of Nuclear Engineering, 1965. counting, 1979, 1971. Wishner, Karen, Assistant Professor of Ocean­ DiNapoli, Frederick R., Adjunct Associate Velicer, Wayne F., Professor of Psychology, ography, 1980. Professor of Mathematics, 1979, 1970. 1982, 1973. Wolke, Richard E., Professor of Fisheries, Dunlap, Richard M., Adjunct Research Profes­ Verma, Ghasi Ram, Professor of Mathematics, Aquaculture and Pathology, 1981, 1970. sor of Mechanical Engineering and Applied 1980, 1964. Wood, David, Associate Professor of Mechanics, 1979. Viets, Hermann, Dean of the College of Engi­ Mathematics, 1983. Edwards, Robert L., Adjunct Professor of neering and Professor of Mechanical Engi­ Wood, Norris P., Professor of Microbiology, Oceanography, 1981. neering and Applied Mechanics, 1983. 1972, 1963. Ennis, Herbert Leo, Adjunct Professor of Viglionese, Paschal, Associate Professor of Ital- . Wood, Stephen B., Professor of Political Microbiology, 1980. ian, 1976, 1964. Science, 1970, 1967. Fielding, Stuart, Adjunct Associate Professor Vittimberga, Bruno M., Professor of Chemis­ Woods, Lemuel B., Associate Professor of Li- · of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1980. try, 1971, 1961. brary Science, 1980,1977. Ford, Donald L., Adjunct Professor of Health Vosburgh, William T., Professor of Psychol­ Worthen, Leonard R., Director of Environ­ Sciences, 1979. . ogy, 1973, 1965. mental Health Science and Professor of Gentile, John H., Adjunct Associate Professor Votta, Ferdinand, Jr., Professor of Chemical , Pharmacognosy, 1970, 1957. of Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology, Engineering, Emeritus, 1981, 1946. Wright; Raymond M., Assistant Professor of 1982. Wakefield, Robert C., Professor of Plant Civil Engineering, 1981. Giambalvo, Cecilia T., Adjunct Assistant Science, 1965, 1954. Wright, William R., Associate Professor of Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology, Wallace, William H., Associate Professor'of Re­ Natural Resources Science, 1978, 1972. 1979. source Economics, Emeritus, 1983, 1953: Wurst, Patricia A., Assistant Professor of Music, Gibbs, Robert H., Adjunct Professor of Zoolo­ Warren, David D., Professor of Political 1985. ogy, 1971. Science, 1967, 1953. Yang, Sze Cheng, Associate Professor of Gonzales, Richard D., Adjunct Professor of Waters, Harold A. , Professor of French, 1969, Chemistry, 1985, 1980. Chemistry and Chemical Engineering, 1985. 1962. Yates, Vance J., Professor of Animal and Grant, John, Adjunct Instructor of Pharmacy Watts, D. Randolph, Associate Professor of Vete~ry Science and Fisheries, Aqua­ Administration, 1983. Oceanography, 1980, 1974. culture and Pathology, Emeritus, 1984, Hachadorian, Charles, Jr., Adjunct Assistant Weaver, Thomas F., Associate Professor of Re­ 1949. Professor of Pharmacy Administration, 1981. source Economics, 1977, 1971. Young, Arthur P., Dean of University Libraries and Pro.fessor, Library, . 1981. 110 Personnel

Hall, James A., Adjunct Professor of Electrical Peckol, Paulette, Adjunct Assistant Professor Clinical Appointments Eo.gineering, 1973. of Botany, 1983. Haspel, Katherine C., Adjunct Assistant Pell, Claiborne D., Adjunct Professor of Geog­ Carasiti, Mary Ellen, Clinical Assistant Profes­ Professor of Psychology, 1985. raphy and Marine Affairs, 1982. sor of Pharmacy Practice, 1984. Heimendinger, Jerianne, Adjunct Assistant Petrocelli, Americo W., Vice President for Marr, Frank N., Jr., Clinical Assistant Pro­ Professor of Food Science and Technology, Business and Finance and Adjunct Professor fessor of Pharmacy, 1982. Nutrition and Dietetics, 1983. of Chemistry, 1977. Regan, J. Barry, Clinical Assistant Professor of Howe, Jeffrey L., Adjunct Assistant Professor Phelps, Donald K., Adjunct Assistant Profes­ Communicative Disorders, 1972. · of Food Science and Technology, Nutrition sor of Oceanography, 1969. Yashar, John J., Clinical Lecturer in Pharma­ and Dietetics, 1979. Plummer, Kevin, Adjunct Assistant Professor cology, 1963. Jackim, Eugene, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Psychology, 1985. of Pharmacology and Toxicology, 1980. Prager, Jan C., Adjunct Associate Professor of Johnson, Douglas, Adjunct Assistant Professor Microbiology, 1967. of Community Planning, 1980. Reynolds, Charles C., Adjunct Professor 9f In­ Kaplan, Arthur, Adjunct Prnfessor of Plant dustrial Engineering, 1982. Pathology-Entomology, 1969. Rippey, Scott R., Adjunct Assistant Professor Kavarnos, George J., Adjunct Professor of of Microbiology, 1984. Chemistry, 1978. Robb, Margaret, Associate Dean of the Col­ Kaplan, Edith, Adjunct Professor of Psychol­ lege of Arts and Sciences and Adjunct ogy, 1982. Professor of Physical Education, 1976. Klyberg, Albert T., Adjunct Associate Pro­ Schenck, Hilbert Van N., Jr., Adjunct Profes­ fessor of History, 1977, 1976. sor of Mechanical Engineering and Applied Knott, J. Eugene, Adjunct Associate Professor Mechanics, 1982. of Psychology and of Human Development, Seifert, Gerald, Adjunct Professor of Geogra­ Counseling and Family Studies, 1981, 1975. phy and Marine Affairs, 1982. Kumekawa, Glenn, Director, Intergovern­ Shamoon, Samuel, Adjunct Assistant Professor mental Policy Analysis Program and Ad­ of Community Planning and Area Develop­ junct Associate Professor of Commun~ty ment, 1982. Planning and Area Development, 1969. Shaw, Robert B., Adjunct Associate Professor Lal, Harbans, Adjunct Professor of Pharma­ of Civil and Environmental Engineering, cology and Toxicology, and Psychology, 1985. 1981. Sherman, Kenneth, Adjunct Professor of Leco, Armand P .., Adjunct Professor of Phar­ Oceanography, 1977. macy, 1978. Siino, Frederick A., Adjunct Professor of En­ Lee, Sang B., Adjunct Assistant Professor of vironmental Health Science, 1981. Food Science and Technology, Nutrition Silverman, Gerald, Adjunct Professor of Food and Dietetics, 1983. Science and Technology, Nutrition and Lloyd, Richard, Adjunct Instructor of Psychol­ Dietetics, 1969. ogy, 1985. Sindermann, Carl J., Adjunct Professor of Lundgren, Raymond G., Jr., Adjunct Associate Oceanography, 1981. . Professor of Pharmacology and T<>xicology, Sissenwine, Michael P., Adjunct Professor of 1975. Oceanography, 1981. Malcolm, Alexander R., Jr., Adjunct Assistant Sorensen, Jens C., Adjunct Associate Professor Professor of Pharmacology and Toxicology, of Geography and Marine Affairs, 1985. 1979. Steele, Richard L., Adjunct Professor of Bot­ Maugle, Paul D., Adjunct Assistant Professor any, 1984. of Food Science and Technology, Nutrition Stottmeier, Kurt D., Adjunct Professor of and Dietetics, 1984. Microbiology, 1985. Mayer, Larry A., Adjunct Professor of Ocean Streit, Roy L., Adjunct Assistant Professor of Engineering, 1981. Mathematics, 1980. McCullough, William V., Adjunct Assistant Sylvia, J. Gerin, Adjunct Special Lecturer in Professor of Electrical Engineering, 1977. Industrial Engineering, 1980. Menard, Robert F., Adjunctlnstructor of Tabor, Amy, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Pharmacy Administration, 1983. Labor Studies and Labor Relations, 1984. Messier, Richard H., Adjunct Associate Pro­ Thomas, Carol J., Adjunct Professor of Com­ fessor of Mechanical Engineering and Ap­ munity Planning and Area Development, plied Mechanics, 1982, 1977. 1971. Miller, Donald C., Adjunct Professor of Zool­ Vicchione, Daniel M., Adjunct Associate ogy, 1979, 1975. Professor of Computer Science, 1981. Nakanishi, Koji, Adjunct Professor of Pharma­ Weinberg, Henry, Adjunct Associate Professor cognosy, 1974. cif Mathematics, 1983. Olson, David G., Adjunct Associate Professor Weisblatt, Richard, Adjunct Assistant Profes­ of Industrial Engineering, 1980. sor of Psychology, 1985. . Osgood, Charles F., Adjunct Professor of Welsh, Oliver, Adjunct Assistant Professor of Mathematics, 1980. Audiology, 1979. Patton, Alexander J., Adjunct Associate Pro­ Wright, Thomas E., Adjunct Professor of Civil fessor of Mechanical Engineering and Ap­ and Environmental Engineering, 1983. plied Mechanics, 1977. Index 111

Index

Academic Administrators, 102 Campuses,. 4 Deadline for Admission, 15 Academic and Social Codes, 11 Candidates, Degree, 15 Degree Candidates, 15 Academic Computer Center, 6 Center for Atmospheric Chemistry Studies, 7 Degree Programs, 5 Accounting, 23 Center for Energy Studies, 7 · Degree Requirements, 12 Accreditation, 9 Center for Ocean Management Studies, 7 Dental Hygiene, 100 Adding Courses, see Drop and Add, 16 Certificate in Commerical Fisheries, 4, 64' Department Chairpersons, see Graduate Programs Additional Fees, 19 Certificate in International Development: 4 Dining Services, 11 Address, Change of, 16 Certificate Programs, 4 Diploma in Ad,vanced Librarianship, 62 Adjunct Faculty, 109 Change of Address, 16 Dissertations, 14 Admission, 15 Chemical Engineering, 32 Division of Marine Resources, 7 Adult and Extension Education, 44 Chemistry, 33 Doctor of Pharmacy, 82 Adult Education, 42 Chester H. Kirk Applied Engineering Laboratory, 8 Doctor of Philosophy Degree Requirements, 13 Advanced Librarianship, Diploma in, 62 Child Development Center, 7 Doctor of Philosophy Programs, 5 Advanced Standing, 16 Civil and Environmental Engineering, 35 Drop and Add, 16 Affirmative Action, 10 Class Programs, 16 African and Afro-American Studies, 100 Clinical Appointments, 110 Agricultural Experiment Station, 7 Coastal Resources Center, 7 Economics, 40 Animal and Veterinary Science, 24 Codes, Course, 23 Economics-Marine Resources, 92 Animal Pathology, see Fisheries, Aquaculture and Codes.of Behavior, 11 Education, 41 Pathology, 50 College of Continuing Education, 4 Educational Research, 42 Anthropology, 94 College Work-Study Program, 21 Electrical Engineering, 44 Application Fee, 19 Colleges of the University, 4 Elementary Education, 42 Application Forms, 113 Combined Enrollment, 19 , Energy Studies, Center tor, 7 Applied Engineering Laboratory, 8 Commercial Fisheries, Certificate Program in, 4, 64 English, 47 Applied Mathematical Sciences, 25 Communicative Disorders, 95 Enrollment, 4 Applied Music Fees, 19 Community Planning and Area Development, 37 Environmental Health Science, 49 Aquacultural Science and Pathology, 50 Comparative Literature Studies, 39 Examinations, Doctoral Candidates, 14 Army ROTC, 11 Comprehensive Examination, 14 Exchange, Rhode Island Institutional. 18 Art, 100 Computer Center, Academic, 6 Experimental Statistics, see Statistics. 96 Assistantships, 20 Computer Science, 39 Astronomy, 86 Confidentiality of Student Records, 11 Atmospheric Chemistry Studies, Center for, 7 Consumer Studies, .56 Faculty, Alphabetical Listing, 102 Audiology, see Speech-Language Pathology, 95 Continuing Education, College of, 4 Faculty by Departments, see Graduate Programs Audit, 17 • Continuous Registration, 16 Federal Aid, 21 Cooperative Program in History and M.L.I.S., 54, 62 Fees, 18 Cooperative Program in Public Administration and Fees, Payment ot, 16 Biochemistry, 25 M.L.I.S ., 62, 87 Fellowships, 19 . Biological Sciences, 25, 26, 50, 69, 72, 86, 98 Core Facility, 7 Final Oral Examination, 14 Biophysics, 25 Counseling, 56 Finance, 29 Biotechnology Center, 8 Course Codes, 22 Financial Aid, 19 Board of Governors for Higher Education, 102 Course Numbering System, 12, 21 Fisheries and Marine Technology, 65 Botany, 26 Course Selections, 16 Fisheries, Aquaculture and Pathology, 50 Business Administration, 28 Courses of Instruction, see under appropriate Food Science and Nutrition, 50 Business and Economics, Research Center in, 9 programs Food Science and Technology, Nutrition and Business Education, 44 Credit by Examination or Equivalent, 17 Dietetics, 51 Business Law, 29 Credits Earned off Campus, 17 French, 52 Criminal Investigation, Laboratories for, 9 Full-Time and Part-Time Students, 17 112 Index

Genetics, 100 Management, 30 Reading Education, 42 Geography, ,2 Management Science, 30 Reassessment of Fees, 19 Geography and Marine Affairs, 64 Marine Advisory Service, 7 Recreation, 84 Geology, 52 Marine Affairs, 64 Refunds, 19 . German, 61 Marine Research Programs , 7 Regional Student Program, 18 Gerontology, 54, 100 Marine Resource Development, International Center Registering for Course Selections, 16 Grades, see Scholastic Standing, 12 for, 8 Registration, 16 Graduate Assistantsh,ips and Graduate Research Marine Resource Economics, 92 Remission of Fees, 19 Assistantships, 20 Marine Resources, Division of, 7 Remote Sensing Center, Landsat, 9 Graduate Council, 102 Marketing , 31 Requirements, Degree, 12 Graduate Degree Programs, 5 Marriage and Family Therapy, 56 Research, 6 Graduate Faculty, 102 Marriage and Family Therapy Clinic, 8 Research Assistantships, 20 Graduate Life, 10 Master of Arts Programs, 5 Research Center in Business and Economics, 9 Graduate School of Oceanography, 4 Master of Business Administration, 28 Research Resources, 6 Graduate Student Association, 10 Master of Library and Information Studies, 62 Research Tool, 14 Graduate Study, 4 Master of Public Administration, 87 Research Units, 7 Greek, 61 Master of Science Programs, 5 Resource Development Education, 44 Guaranteed Student Loan Program, 21 Master's Degree Requirements, 13 Resource Economics, 92 Mathematics, 65 Respiratory Therapy, 101 Mechanical Engineering and Applied Mechanics, 67 Rhode Island Inter-Institutional Exchange, 18 Handicapped, Services for, see Affirmative Action, 10 Medicinal Chemistry, 69 Rhode Island Water Resources Center, 9 Health, 84 Microbiology, 69 Robotics Research Center. 9 Health Services, 10 Minorities, 10 ROTC,11 Health Science, Environmental, 49 Music, 71 Russian, 61 Historic Costume and Textile Collection, 8 History, 54 Home Economics Education, 55 Narragansett Bay Campus , 4 Satisfactory Academic Progress, Policy on, 21 Housing, 10 National Direct Student Loans, 21 Schedule of Fees, 18 Human Development, Counseling and Family National Sea Grant Depository, 8 Scholarships, 20 Studies, 56 Natural Resources, 72 Scholastic Standing, 12 Human Development and Family Studies, 56 New England Regional Student Program, 18 Science Education, 42 Human Performance Laboratory, 8 New England Studies, 101 Scientific Criminal Investigation, Laboratories for, 9 Human Science and Services, 58 Non-Degree Status, 16 Sea Grant Depository, National, 8 Non-Discrimination, 10 Secondary Education, 42 Non-Matriculating Status, 16 Senior Citizens, Tuition Waiver for, 18 Industrial Engineering, 58 Non-Thesis Option, 13 Services, .10 Institute of Human Science and Services, 7 Notice of Change, 11 Social Codes, 11 Insurance, 30 Nuclear Engineering, 33 Sociology, 93 · Intellectual Opportunity Plan, 1i Nursing, 73 Spanish, 94 Inter-Institution.al Exchange, 18 Speech Communication, 101 International Center for Marine Resource Develop­ Speech-Language Pathology and Audiology, 95 ment, 8 Ocean Engineering, 74 Statistics, 96, 101 International Development Studies, Certificate Pro- Ocean Management Studies. Center for, 7 Student Association, Graduate, 10 gram in, 4 Oceanography , 4, 76 Student Employment, 21 International Applicants, 15 Off-Campus Activity, 17 Summer Session, 16 International Studies, 59 Ombudsman, 11 Italian, 61 Oral Examination , 14 Textile Performance Testing, Laboratories for, 9 Textiles, Clothing and Related Art, 97 Jones Campus, 4 Part-Time Students, 17 Textiles, Fashion Merchandising and Design, 97 Journalism, 100 Pass/Fail, see Intellectual Opportunity Plan, 17 Theses and Dissertations, 14 Payment of Fees, 16 Thesis Option, 13 Pell Library, 6 Time Limit and Continuous Registration, 16 Kirk, Chester H., .Applied Engineering Laboratoiy, 8 Personnel, 102 Transfer Credit, 15 Pharmaceutical Sciences, 69, 79, 80 Tuition, 19 Pharmacognosy,80 Tuition Scholarships, 20 Labor Research Center, 8 Pharmacology and Toxicology, 80 Tuition Waiver for Senior Citizens at Public Institu­ Labor Studies and Labor Relations, 60 Pharmaceutics, 79 tions of Higher Education, 18 Laboratories for Scientific Criminal Investigation, 9 Pharmacy Administration, 81 Laboratories for Textile Performance Testing, 9 Pharmacy Practice, 81 Landsat Remote Sensing Center, 9 Philosophy, 82 University Aid, 21 Language Requirements, 13 Physical Education, 83 University Libraries, 6 Languages, 61 Physics, 84 University Loans, 21 Late Fees, 19 Plant !'athology-Entomology, 86 University Ombudsman, 11 Latin, 61 _ Plant Science, 86 Urban Affairs, 101 Latin American Studies, 100 Plus Loans for Higher Education, 21 Libraries, 6 Policy on Satisfactory Academic Progress, 21 Library and Information Studies, 62 Political Science with International Relations Vessels, 7 Linguistics, 61 Specialiution, 87 Veterans' Benefits, 21 Loans, 21 Professional Degree Requirements, 13 Professional Degrees, 5 Program of Studies, 12 Water Resources Center, 9 Programs, 22 Work Study Program, 21 Psychology, 88 Writing, 49 Public Administration, see Political Science, 87

· Zoology, 98 Qualifying Examination , 14 113 The University of Rhode Island Graduate School Residency Affidavit for New England Applicants

Please read the regulation s. on the reverse side defining resident and non-resident students for tuition purposes at the University of Rhode Islan d. For an applicant to be considered a Rhode Island Resident for Tuition Purposes he/she must have established a bon a fide resi­ dence in the State for on e full year prior to the first class day of the first term of his/her registration. Failure to return this form with your application will result in your classification as an out-of-state student.

Concealment of facts or untruthful statements may cause you to be subject to denial of admission and/or dismissal from the insti­ tution. In addition, Chapter 43, Volume 1, Section 11-18-1 of the General Laws of the State of Rhode Island provides severe penal­ ties for giving a false document to a public official.

Applicant's Name (as it appears on admission application): ______

Social Security Number: ______

Applicant's Perman ent Address ------

Since (month/day/year): ______

Are you a U.S. Citizen? D Yes -D No If not, Alien Registration No. ______

Is Visa D Temporary, or D Permanent

This section to be completed by all New England applicants and must be notarized

I ______bein g first duly sworn , on my oath say that I have read the Rules an d Regulations governing Residency of Students.for Tuition Purposes at the University of Rhode Island, an d declare that I am a resident of the

State/Commonwealth of ______since ______

Studen t Signature------Date ______

Notary:

Then personally appeared before me the above named . who, being first duly sworn, deposes an d says that the statements made by him/her in the Residency Affidavit section of this application to the University of Rhode Island are an d each of them is true and correct.

Subscribed an d sworn to before me this ___ day of ______19 __

Notary Public ______(Seal)

State of: ______

County of: ______

Commission Expires: ______114 Regulations Defining Resident and Non-Resident Students at The University of Rhode Island

(Adopted by the Board of Regents for Education December 2, 1971, and revised May 22, 1980.)

1. For the purposes of determining a student's classification, the word "residence" shall mean a student's domicile-the student's true, fixed, and permanent home and place of habitation.

2. A student who is a resident of the State of Rhode Island shall be classified as a "Resident Student" and shall pay all general and other fees prescribed by the Board of Regents for Resident Students in public higher education.

3. A student who is not a resident of the State of Rhode Island shall be classified as a "Non-Resident Student" and shall pay all general and other fees prescribed by the Board of Regents for Non-Resident Students in public higher education.

4. The term "Emancipated Student" shall mean a student who has attained the age of 18 years, and whose parents have entirely surren­ dered the right to the care, custody, and earnings of such student and have not claimed the student as a dependent for tax purposes for two years. If any of the aforesaid tests are not met or if a student receives regular financial assistance from his or her parents or guardians or if the parents' or guardians' income was taken into account by any private or governmental agency furnishing financial education as­ sistance to the student, including scholarships, loans, or otherwise, the student shall be presumed to be unemancipated.

5. Any emancipated student who is a resident of the state at the time of emancipation, or having become emancipated establishes a bona fide residence in the state for one year immediately preceding the first class day of the first term of his or her registration in a public col­ lege or university and who does not hold residence in another state, shall, while he or she continues as a resident of ~hode Island, be en­ titled to the classification Resident Student.

6. Any unemancipated student whose parents have been residents of the state for one year immediately preceding the first class day of the first term of his or her registration in a public college or university shall, while he or she continues to be a resident of the state, be enti­ tled to the classification of Resident Student. The residence of an unemancipated student, including those whose parents are divorced or legally separated, shall follow that of the parent who has legal custody and/or the parent who is responsible for the financial support of the student, whichever favors the student's request for Resident Student status. An unemancipated student under guardianship shall be re­ quired to present satisfactory documentary evidence of the appointment of the guardian, in addition to a certification of the residence of the guardian, which shall be considered the residence of the student unless there are circumstances indicating that such guardianship was created primarily for the purpose of conferring the status of a resident student on such unemancipated student.

7. A student from another state who is enrolled for a full program or substantially a full program at a public college or university shall be presumed to be in Rhode Island primarily for educational purposes and will be considered not to have established residence in Rhode Is­ land. Continued presence in Rhode Island during vacation periods or occasional interruptions to the course of study will not, of itself, over­ come the presumption.

8. A Non-Resident Student who reaches 18 years of age while a student does not by virtue of that fact alone become a Resident Student.

9. The ownership of real or personal property in the State of Rhode Island and/or the payment of municipal and/or state taxes in Rhode ls­ land shall be supportive evidence of, but shall not alone establish, bona fide residence.

10. An officer of each institution designated by the president shall classify each person qualified for admission to a public college or university as a Resident or Non-Resident Student upon the basis of all relevant information to the Residency Officer, including but not limited to information submitted by or on behalf of the student. The Residency Officer may, as a condition of registration, require such writ­ ten documents and other relevant evidence as is deemed necessary or helpful to determine the bona fide residence of the applicant.

11. An unemancipated student whose parent is a member of the Armed Forces and stationed in this state pursuant to military orders shall be entitled to classification as a Resident Student during any term the first class day of which is encompassed by the orders. A member of the Armed Forces or his or her spouse stationed in this state on military orders shall be entitled to classification as a Resident Student.

12. Any student who has been classified as a Non-Resident Student and who claims that his or her status has changed during attendance at the institution may request the Residency Officer for classification as a Resident Student, submitting relevant evidence in support of this claim. If the Residency Officer determines that the claimant has become a resident, the student shall be classified as a Resident Student effective with the beginning of the term next following the determination. Decisions will be communicated to the student in written form. A student may not request a change of classification more than once in any semester.

13. Any student who is classified as a Non-Resident Student by the Residency Officer may, by filing a written request with the Residency Officer within thirty days of receipt of .notification of the classification, appeal the Residency Officer's decision to the Board of Residency Review, which shall consist of a student affairs officer, an academic affairs officer, and a person designated by the President of the col­ lege or university. The Residency Officer shall thereupon transmit the record, including a statement of the reasons for the decision to said Board, and the Board shall decide the appeal upon the record as made together with such additional written information as the student may furnish or the Board may require. The Board of Review shall hold a hearing. The decision of said Board of Review shall be final and there shall be no further administrative hearings.

14. Nothi~g in these regulations shall be construed to revoke, amend, or otherwise affect any agreement relating to student tuition and fees now m effect or entered into in the future pursuant to the provisions of the New England Board of Higher Education Compact.

15. Misrepr~sentation of fa_ctsin order to 9uality for Resi~~nt Student classification shall be considered cause for suspension or perma­ nent exclusion fror:n a public college or unrversrty. In addrtron, Chapter 43, volume 1, section 11-18-1 of the General Laws of the State of Rhode Island provides severe penalties for giving a false document to a public official. 115 The University of Rhode Island Graduate School Application Information

Thank you for your interest in The University of Rhode Island Graduate School. The information provided below is designed to ensure that your application receives the earliest possible consideration. The application for financial assistance is on the reverse side of this sheet. If you wish to be considered for financial aid, please be sure to enclose this sheet with your application for admission .

To apply for admission to graduate study, please send application materials to: Graduate Admissions Office The University of Rhode Island Green Hall Kingston, RI 02881-0807 Telephone : (401) 792-2872 PLEASE DO NOT send application materials to academic departments or to faculty members. Before your application can be considered, all materials must be received by the Graduate Admissions Office.

Application Materials Required for Consideration: (1) Two completed, signed, and dated copies of this application; (2) two official transcripts from the Registrar's Office of each undergraduate and graduate institution attended; (3) two official copies of the Graduate Record Examination scores from the Educational Testing Service (see item 10 on the admission application and the Graduate Bulletin for substitute tests); (4) three letters of recommendation as outlined in item 12 on the admission application ; (5) a $15 .00 non-refundable ap­ plication fee-check or money order-payable to The University of Rhode Island (please do not send cash).

Application Deadlines: The general deadlines for receipt of applications and supporting documents are: April 15 for September and Summer Session admission November 15 for January admission PLEASE NOTE : Certain graduate programs have earlier deadlines which are published by program in the Graduate Bulletin . Some pro­ grams do not have entry for the January term and are so identified in the Bulletin. To determine the exact deadline for the program of your interest, please consult the Graduate Bulletin or contact the Graduate Admissions Office .

Letters of Reference: Three letters of reference are required of all applicants to degree programs . Some certification programs require two letters of recommendation. Please consult the Graduate Bulletin for information regarding teacher certification programs or contact the Graduate Admissions Office. The Letter of Reference Forms attached to the admission application MUST be submitted along with the letters of recommendation. In order to record the receipt of letters of recommendation prior to receipt of your application for admission, we ask that you record your SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER on the reference form. Please send the reference form to your referee requesting that it be returned with the recommendation.

Program Offerings: The reverse side of the admission application form lists the graduate programs currently offered by the University. New programs authorized after the printing of this application are attached. The program name and program code number must be entered in item 5 and in item 8, if applicable. The program list does not contain all specialty areas within programs offered. To determine the specialty areas for each program please consult the Graduate Bulletin or contact the Graduate Admissions Office. For more specific information regarding specialty areas please feel free to contact academic departments.

Admission: The Dean of the Graduate School is the only person authorized to admit applicants to graduate study, waive any requirements, or notify applicants of the disposition of their applications. Communication from others must be considered unofficial and informal. The Graduate School cannot guarantee that applications completed after the deadline for receipt of applications and supporting documents will be considered. If applications received after the deadlines are considered, we cannot guarantee processing of the application for the desired starting date. Admission is offered for a specific starting date, and your application must be reconsidered if you subsequently request a postponement of your starting date. All application materials .become the property of The University of Rhode Island and cannot be returned to you or forwarded to other institutions. Incomplete application material and material received from accepted applicants who do not register will be held for a maximum of two years and then destroyed. Admission to the Graduate School is based upon academic qualifications and potential without regard to age, sex, race, religion, or national or.gin.

Residency: All New England applicants must complete the Residency Affidavit on the preceding page and submit it with the application. Applicants who do not submit a Residency Affidavit will be considered out-of-state students for tuition purposes, if admitted.

GRADUATE SCHOOL BULLETINS and/or additional forms are available. If you have any questions, please contact the Graduate Admissions Office. We will do our best to assist you In every possible way. 116 The University of Rhode Island Graduate School Financial Award Application

This form should be used only by applicants FOR OFFICIAL USE ONLY: seeking admission to the Graduate School who also wish to be considered for an award. To be eligible for any form of assistance you must first be admitted to the Graduate School. Please submit this form with your application for admission.

Awards for scholarships and fellowships are made by the Committee on Fellowships and Scholarships from ranked lists of nominees sub­ mitted by department chairmen. Graduate Assistantship appointments are initiated by department chairpersons, and Research Assistant­ ships are initiated by the Principal Investigator of the grant involved. Financial need is a criterion for scholarships and assistantships and the only criterion for loan awards, but is not a consideration for fellowships.

Indicate type(s) of award for which you wish consideration: Tuition Scholarships-Awarded to qualified students demonstrating financial need. D Yes 0 No Fellowships-Awarded to Ph.D. candidates in recognition of achievement and promise as scholars. D Yes 0 No Graduate Assistantships-Awarded to provide teaching and research training sponsored by URI. D Yes 0 No Graduate Research Assistantships-Awarded to provide research training sponsored by a grant. D Yes 0 No Loans-National Direct Student Loans, Work-Study. If you check this item, the URI-Financial Aid Office D Yes 0 No will send you information on how to apply. Foreign students are NOT eligible.

Social Security No. l U U I Program for which you are applying (see admission application): Name:______State of Residency (Country if not U.S. citizen): ______

Only applicants interested in scholarships and assistantships should complete the questionnaire below. Your estimated budget for the next 12 months (employment income should be after taxes): Income Applicant Spouse Applicant and Spouse $__ Employment (summer and/or part-time) $ __ _ $__ Support from family or parents Other (savings, etc.) TOTAL INCOME $ __ $__ $ __

Expenses (include spouse if spouse will also be a student) Name of school spouse will attend $__ Tuition and fees $__ $__ Books Equipment and supplies Rent or mortgage including heat and utilities Food and household supplies Clothing, laundry, and cleaning Auto insurance premiums Other transportation expenses Medical and dental expenses Child care Annual debt repayment (include educational loans only if repayment has begun) TOTAL EXPENSES $__ _ $__ $__

Financial Need (Difference between total income and total expenses) $__ _ $__ $_ · _

Loans outstanding to date (include installment loans on cars, personal property, and loans for educational purposes):

Source Amount Date Balance Amount paid by month/quarter $ ____ _ $ ____ _ $ __ , __ $ ____ _ $ ____ _ $ __ , __ $ ____ _ $ ____ _ $ __ , __

Specify all dependency obligations:

Scholarships or grants previously awarded: Source.______Date,____ _ Amoun~---­ Source ______Date.____ _ Amoun~----

Applicant's signature ______Date ______The University of Rhode Island 117 Graduate School Application

Applicant: To ensure that your application receives the earliest possible consideration, send all materials to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. Please do not send application materials to academic departments. Please print all responses.

1. Social Security Number I...... ___.___.U ____ u __ ,___.__,__, Starting date desired: D January 19__ D June 19__ D September 19__

2.Name ~-:---I ~I _.__.__._I _._I ...... 1 _1...._...... ,,...._...._...._1...._1...._...._...._1...._1...._L...... JL...... J~1~1~IL...... JIL...... JIL...... JIL...... JIL...... JIL...... JIL...... JIL...... JIL...... JL...... JL...... J~l~I Last First Ml Previousor Maiden Name

3. Permanent Phone ______Address I I Street Address/ApartmentNumber Area Code Number I I I I I I LL.I City or Town State Zip Code

State of legal residence ______

4. Current Mailing Phone ______Address I I I I Street Address/ApartmentNumber Area Code Number

I I I I I I I I LL.I ...... ,___._,.....__....___. City or Town State Zip Code

5. Academic program desired (see reverse side) ______Program Code ._I _.__.__.

6. Objective: 0 PhD O MS O MA O MBA O MCP O MUS O MMA O MPA O MOM O PMD O TCP O GCP O DAL O Non-Degree

7. Expected registration: D Full time D Part time D at Kingston Campus D at College of Continuing Education 8. Have you made prior application to the Graduate School? D Yes D No Program (see reverse side) ______Code (see reverse side) I I I I Date ______Disposition of prior application ______

9. Colleges and Universities Attended. Please begin with your most recent enrollment and include all work completed at The University of Rhode ls­ land including Continuing Education, work taken in non-degree status, and specify if you are currently enrolled. OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPTS must be sent directly to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE from the issuing institution. Estimated Name Office Use Only Dates Attended Major Degree/Credits Year Degree G.P.A. Awarded on 4.0 Scale I I I I I I I I I I

10. The Graduate Record Examination is required of all applicants unless a specific substitute is listed in the Graduate Bulletin under the Admissions Requirements for the program for which you are applying. Please indicate below the date on which you took the specified test and your scores, if known, and ARRANGE TO HAVE COPIES OF THE OFFICIAL TEST REPORT SENT DIRECTLY TO THE GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. If you have not yet taken the test, indicate below the name of the test and the date on which you plan to take the test (THIS INFORMATION IS ES­ SENTIAL): Test ______Date ______GAE ______,___ _ MAT ___ _ GMAT ___ _ Verbal Quantitative Analytical Advanced Score Percent Verbal Quantitative Total

11. Citizenship (check one): D U.S. citizen D Immigrant D Non-immigrant Visa status number ______

The information here is requested but NOT required. Information related to racial ethnic origin is gathered only to report accurate totals to the Depart­ ment of Health, Education, and Welfare in compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.

Date of Birth: I I I Sex: D Female D Male Married: D Yes D No Number of Dependents ____ _ mo. day yr. D Black (not of Hispanic origin) D Hispanic D Asian or Pacific Islander D American Indian or Alaskan Native D Caucasian (not of Hispanic origin)

Are any members of your immediate family alumni of The University of Rhode Island? D Yes □ No 118 12. List the names and addresses of three persons who know you, your work, and your talent for and interest in advanced study, whom you have requested to write in support of your application. Select your advisor and/or other faculty members (at least one academic reference), employers, or supervisors. DO NOT request letters from relatives, friends, co-workers, or others who have not supervised you in some professional capacity. Please read the instructions for letters of reference enclosed with this application, put your SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER on the reference form, and have your referee return the form and letter to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. Be sure your PROGRAM CODE number is printed on the reference form.

13. Indicate any original work or investigations, if published, and give complete references. (Attach reprint if availble.)

14. State the more important academic, professional, or business positions you have held since receiving the baccalaureate degree (if applicable). Indicate the name of the institution or firm and the dates and type of employment.

Present employer ------,,---..------­ First prior

Second prior

15. Attach to this application TWO COPIES of a statement of purpose of approximately 300 words indicating your objectives in undertaking graduate study. In reviewing applications, considerable importance is placed on the applicant's interest in and commitment to advanced study and profession­ al improvement.

Signature of Applicant------Date ______

(Please be sure that two official copies of your transcripts, statement of purpose, test scores, the $15 application fee, three letters of recommendation, as well as two copies of your application are sent to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE.)

Academic Programs and Program Codes: Please copy exactly the program name and program code which corresponds to the program to which you are applying. Enter the name and code on line 5. If you have previously applied to the Graduate School, enter the name and program code on line 8 indicating the starting date you desired, and the action, if any, taken on your previous application. Applications for non-degree status in Psy­ chology programs cannot be accepted. Permission to enroll must be granted by the department chairman on a term-by-term basis. Specific en­ trance requirements for Teacher Certification, Graduate Certificate, and other certificate programs may be found in the Graduate Bulletin, or you may contact the Graduate Admissions Office.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY CODE MASTER OF ARTS CODE MASTER OF SCIENCE (cont.) CODE PROFESSIONAL DEGREES CODE Applied Math Sciences 027 Audiology 063 Geology 024 Business Administration (MBA) 370 Biochemistry-Biophysics 008 Comparative Literature 042 Home Economics Education 530 Executive MBA (370) Botany 009 Economics 057 Human Development, Counseling Community Planning (MCP) 270 Chemical Engineering 410 Education and Family Studies Library and Information Chemistry 021 Education Research 516 Human Development and Studies (MUS) 940 Civil and Environmental Elementary 517 Family Studies 510 Librarianship (DAL) 941 Engineering 420 Reading 518 Marriage and Family Therapy 511 Marine Affairs (MMA) 013 Economics-Marine Resource 061 Secondary English 519 Counseling 515 Master of Music (MOM) 070 Electrical Engineering 430 Secondary History 520 Industrial Engineering 440 Public Administration (MPA) 046 English 060 Secondary Languages 521 Labor Studies-Relations 946 Doctor of Pharmacy (PMD) 708 Fisheries, Aquaculture Secondary Math and Science 522 Mathematics 031 and Pathology 233 Adult 524 Mechanical Engineering and Food Science and Nutrition 232 English 060 Applied Mechanics 450 TEACHER CERTIFICATE CODE Mathematics 031 French 071 Medicinal Chemistry 710 (Be sure to check TCP on Mechanical Engineering and Geography 062 Microbiology 007 front of application) Applied Mechanics 450 History 065 Natural Resources 254 Elementary or Secondary 513 Medicinal Chemistry 710 Marine Affairs 012 Nursing 605 Business Education 320 Microbiology 007 Philosophy 079 Nursing-Nurse Practitioner 615 Nursery or Kindergarten 510 Natural Resources 254 Political Science 080 Ocean Engineering 460 Nursing 605 Spanish 078 Oceanography-Biological 960 Ocean Engineering 460 Speech-Language Pathology 053 Oceanography-Chemical 961 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE CODE Oceanography-Biological 960 Oceanography-Geological 962 (Be sure to check GCP on Oceanography-Chemical 961 Oceanography-Physical 963 front of application) MASTER OF SCIENCE CODE Oceanography-Geological 962 Pharmaceutics 705 Commercial Fisheries 972 Oceanography-Physical 963 Accounting 310 Pharmacognosy 720 International Development 971 Pharmaceutics 705 Animal and Veterinary Science 210 Pharmacology and Toxicology 730 Pharmacognosy 720 Audiology 064 Pharmacy Administration 750 Pharmacology and Toxicology 730 Biochemistry-Biophysics 008 Physical Education-General 580 NON-DEGREE Physics 047 Physical Education-Health 581 Botany 009 If you plan to apply for degree Plant Science 236 Physical E:ducation-Recreation Chemical Engineering 410 582 status at a later date and wish Plant Pathology-Entomology 237 Physics 047 Chemistry 021 guidance from a department, use Psychology-Clinical 016 Plant Science 236 Civil and Environmental the degree codes above but check Psychology-General Experimental 017 Plant Pathology-Entomology Engineering 420 237 non-degree on the front of the Psychology-School 018 Computer Science Psychology-School 018 022 application. If you do not want a Zoology 111 Resource Ecomomics 235 Electrical Engineering 430 department affiliation, use the Speech-Language Pathology Environmental Health Sciences 006 054 code below: Fisheries, Aquaculture Statistics 023 and Pathology 233 Textiles, Clothing and Related Art 540 Continuing Non-Degree 991 Food Science and Nutrition 232 Zoology 111 The University of Rhode Island 119 Graduate School Application

Applicant: To ensure that your application receives the earliest possible consideration, send all materials to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. Please do not send application materials to academic departments. Please print all responses.

1. S&cial Security Number l.._..._...... _...U_...... __.U-._.___._____.__. Starting date desired: 0 January 19__ D June 19__ 0 September 19__

2.Name ~-1-..l.-...... l ...... 1...... __.__...... ,.._.._.._t-..._.._..__._...... _~l__.l__.__.__..__.__.__t_t__._1_._( ...... I...... I__.I__.I__.I__.__..__.__Ll-'-(....1...... 1 Last First MI Previousor MaidenName

Permanent 3. Phone ______Address Street Address/ApartmentNumber Area Code Number LLJ City or Town State Zip Code

State of legal residence ______

4. Current Mailing Phone ______Address I I Street Address/ApartmeniNumber Area Code Number I I LLJ City or Town State Zip Code

5. Academic program desired (see reverse side) ______Program Code ._l __.___.__.

6. Objective: □ PhD □ MS □ MA □ MBA □ MCP □ MLIS □ MMA □ MPA □ MOM □ PMD □ TCP □ GCP □ DAL □ Non-Degree

7. Expected registration: 0 Full time D Part time D at Kingston Campus O at College of Continuing Education 8. Have you made prior application to the Graduate School? 0 Yes D No Program (see reverse side) ______Code (see reverse side) l I I I Date ______Disposition of prior application ______

9. Colleges and Universities Attended . Please begin with your most recent enrollment and include all work completed at The University of Rhode ls­ land including Continuing Education, work taken in non-degree status, and specify if you are currently enrolled. OFFICIAL TRANSCRIPTS must be sent directly to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE from the issuing institution. . Estimated Name Office Use. Only DatesAttended Major Degree/Credits Year Degree G.P.A. Awarded on 4.0 Scale I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I I

1 o. The Graduate Record Examination is required of all applicants unless a specific substitute is listed in the Graduate Bulletin under the Admissions Requirements for the program for which you are applying. Please indicate below the date on which you took the specified test and your scores, if known, and ARRANGE TO HAVE COPIES OF THE OFFICIAL TEST REPORT SENT DIRECTLY TO THE GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE . If you have not yet taken the test, indicate below the name of the test and the date on which you plan to take the test (THIS INFORMATION IS ES­ SENTIAL): Date ______Test ______~------GRE ___ _ MAT ___ _ GMAT ______,___ _ Verbal Quantitative Analytical Advanced Score Percent Verbal Quantitative Total

11. Citizenship (check one): 0 U.S. citizen D Immigrant O Non-immigrant Visa status number ______

The information here is requested but NOT required. Information related to racial ethn_ic origin is gathered only to report accurate totals to the Depart­ ment of Health, Education, and Welfare In compliance with Title VI of the Civil Rights Act of 1964.

Date of Birth : I I Sex: D Female O Male Married: 0 Yes D No Number of Dependents ____ _ mo. day yr. 0 Black (not of Hispanic origin) 0 Hispanic D Asian or Pacific Islander 0 American Indian or Alaskan Native D Caucasian (not of Hispanic origin)

Are any members of your immediate family alumni of The University of Rhode Island? D Yes 0 No 120 12. List the names and addresses of three persons who know you, your work, and your talent for and interest in advanced study, whom you have requested to write in support of your application. Select your advisor and/or other faculty members (at least one academic reference), employers, or supervisors. DO NOT request letters from relatives, friends, co-workers, or others who have not supervised you in some professional capacity. Please read the instructions for letters of reference enclosed with this application, put your SOCIAL SECURITY NUMBER on the reference form, and have your referee return the form and letter to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE. Be sure your PROGRAM CODE number is printed on the reference form.

13. Indicate any original work or investigations, if published, and give complete references. (Attach reprint if availble .)

14. State the more important academic, professional, or business positions you have held since receiving the baccalaureate degree (if applicable). Indicate the name of the institution or firm and the dates and type of employment.

Present employer ------First prior

Second prior

15. Attach to this application TWO COPIES of a statement of purpose of approximately 300 words indicating your objectives in undertaking graduate study. In reviewing applications, considerable importance is placed on the applicant's interest in and commitment to advanced study and profession­ al improvement.

Signature of Applicant ______Date ______

{Please be sure that two official copies of your transcripts, statement of purpose, tesf scores, the $15 application fee, three letters of recommendation, as well as two copies of your application are sent to the GRADUATE ADMISSIONS OFFICE.)

Academic Programs and Program Codes: Please copy exactly the program name and program code which corresponds to the program to which you are applying. Enter the name and code on line 5. If you have previously applied to the Graduate School, enter the name and program code on line 8 indicating the starting date you desired, and the action, if any, taken on your previous application. Applications for non-degree status in Psy­ chology programs cannot be accepted. Permission to enroll must be granted by the department chairman on a term-by-term basis. Specific en­ trance requirements for Teacher Certification, Graduate Certificate, and other certificate programs may be found in the Graduate Bulletin, or you may contact the Graduate Admissions Office.

DOCTOR OF PHILOSOPHY CODE MASTER OF ARTS CODE MASTER OF SCIENCE (cont.) CODE PROFESSIONAL DEGREES CODE Applied Math Sciences 027 Audiology 063 Geology 024 Business Administration (MBA) 370 Biochemistry-Biophysics 008 Comparative Literature 042 Home Economics Education 530 Executive MBA (370) Botany 009 Economics 057 Human Development, Counseling Community Planning (MCP) 270 Chemical Engineering 410 Education and Family Studies Library and Information Chemistry 021 Education Research 516 Human Development and Studies (MUS) 940 Civil and Environmental Elementary 517 Family Studies 510 Librarianship (DAL) 941 Engineering 420 Reading 518 Marriage and Family Therapy 511 Marine Affairs (MMA) 013 Economics-Marine Resource 061 Secondary English 519 Counseling 515 Master of Music (MOM) 070 Electrical Engineering 430 Secondary History 520 Industrial Engineering 440 Public Administration (MPA) 046 English 060 Secondary Languages 521 Labor Studies-Relations 946 Doctor of Pharmacy (PMD) 708 Fisheries, Aquaculture Secondary Math and Science 522 Mathematics 031 and Pathology 233 Adult 524 Mechanical Engineering and Food Science and Nutrition 232 English 060 Applied Mechanics 450 TEACHER CERTIFICATE CODE Mathematics 031 French 071 Medicinal Chemistry 710 (Be sure to check TCP on Mechanical Engineering and Geography 062 Microbiology 007 front ol application) Applied Mechanics 450 History 065 Natural Resources 254 Elementary or Secondary 513 Medicinal Chemistry 710 Marine Affairs 012 Nursing 605 Business Education 320 Microbiology 007 Philosophy 079 Nursing-Nurse Practitioner 615 Nursery or Kindergarten 510 Natural Resources 254 Political Science 080 Ocean Engineering 460 Nursing 605 Spanish 078 Oceanography-Biological 960 Ocean Engineering 460 Speech-Language Pathology 053 Oceanography-Chemical 961 GRADUATE CERTIFICATE CODE Oceanography-Biological 960 Oceanography-Geological 962 (Be sure to check GCP on Oceanography-Chemical 961 Oceanography-Physical 963 front of application) MASTER OF SCIENCE CODE Oceanography-Geological 962 Pharmaceutics 705 Commercial Fisheries 972 Oceanography-Physical 963 Accounting 310 Pharmacognosy 720 International Development 971 Pharmaceutics 705 Animal and Veterinary Science 210 Pharmacology and Toxicology 730 Pharmacognosy 720 Audiology 064 Pharmacy Administration 750 Pharmacology and Toxicology 730 Biochemistry-Biophysics 008 Physical Education-'General 580 NON-DEGREE Physics 047 Botany 009 Physical Education-Health 581 Plant Science 236 If you plan to apply for degree Chemical Engineering 410 Physical Education-Recreation 582 status at a later date and wish Plant Pathology-Entomology 237 Physics Chemistry 021 047 guidance from a department, use Psychology-Clinical 016 Civil and Environmental Plant Science 236 Psychology-General Experimental 017 the degree codes above but check Engineering 420 Plant Pathology-Entomology 237 non-degree on the front of the Psychology-School 018 Psychology-School Computer Science 022 018 application . If you do not want a Zoology 111 Resource Ecomomics Electrical Engineering 430 235 department affiliation, use the Environmental Health Sciences 006 Speech-Language Pathology 054 code below : Fisheries, Aquaculture Statistics 023 and Pathology 233 Textiles, Clothing and Related Art 540 Continuing Non-Degree 991 Food Science and Nutrition 232 Zoology 111 121

The University of Rhode Island Graduate School PLEASE PRINT Request for Letter of Reference Applicant: Please send this form to your referee. Starting date desired: D January 19__ D June 19__ D September 19__ Social Security Number I L.J L.J To (Referee's Name): ______

(Applicant's Name)------has applied for admission to graduate study to pursue a ______degree in ______at The University of Rhode Island. Would you kindly assist us by indicating in an attached letter , how well and in what capacities you know the applicant; your estimate of abilities, creativeness, integrity, motivation, and potential for teaching, research, administration, and/or other professional endeavors? Please describe briefly any unusual attributes which would be of help in making a fair judgment about the application. Please attach this form to the letter and mail them directly to the Graduate Admissions Office, The University of Rhode Island, Green Hall, Kingston, Rhode Island 02881-0807. You are encouraged to discuss the contents of the letter with the applicant. While third party confidentiality is guaranteed under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, the applicant has the right to view the letter and procure a copy after he/she is accepted and enrolled, unless that right is waived below. Return of this form with your letter will speed the consideration of the applicant's application. Thank you for your cooperation.

OPTIONAL WAIVER Applicant: You are encouraged to discuss your letter of reference with your referee. As provided under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act you may waive your right to view letters of reference. If you wish to do so, please sign below.

I hereby waive my right to view the letter of reference from (Referee's Name) ______requested above.

Applicant's Signature_~,------~----- Date ______

• --- _1 ------

The University of Rhode Island Graduate School PLEASE PRINT Request for Letter of Reference Applicant: Please send this form to your referee.

Starting date desired: D January 19__ D June 19__ D September 19__ Social Security Number LI .....1...... JL..-.aL,J__ .___.L,J__ L.._._..L....J To (Referee's Name): ______

(Applicant's Name)------has applied for admission to graduate study to pursue a ______degree in ______at The University of Rhode Island. Would you kindly assist us by indicating in an attached letter, how well and in what capacities you know the applicant; your estimate of abilities, creativeness, integrity, motivation, and potential for teaching, research, administration, and/or other professional endeavors? Please describe briefly any unusual attributes which would be of help in making a fair judgment about the application. Please attach this form to the letter and mail them directly to the Graduate Admissions Office, The University of Rhode Island, Green Hall, Kingston, Rhode Island 02881-0807. You are encouraged to discuss the contents of the letter with the applicant. While third party confidentiality is guaranteed under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, the applicant has the right to view the letter and procure a copy after he/she is accepted and enrolled, unless that right is waived below. Return of this form with your letter will speed the consideration of the applicant's application. Thank you for your cooperation.

OPTIONAL WAIVER Applicant: You are encouraged to discuss your letter of reference with your referee. As provided under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act you may waive your right to view letters of reference. If you wish to do so, please sign below.

I hereby waive my right to view the letter of reference from (Referee's Name) ______requested above.

Applicant's Signature ______Date ______

The University of Rhode Island Graduate School PLEASE PRINT Request for Letter of Reference Applicant: Please send this form to your referee. Starting date desired: D January 19__ D June 19__ D September 19__ Social Security Number l.___._...... _u_.....J.__ ..w__ .___.._ ...... To (Referee's Name): ______

(Applicant's Name) ______has applied for admission to graduate study

to pursue a ______degree in ______at The University of Rhode Island. Would you kindly assist us by indicating in an attached letter, how well and in what capacities you know the applicant; your estimate of abilities, creativeness, integrity, motivation, and potential for teaching, research, administration, and/or other professional endeavors? Please describe briefly any unusual attributes which would be of help in making a fair judgment about the application. Please attach this form to the letter and mail them directly to the Graduate Admissions Office, The University of Rhode Island, Green Hall, Kingston, Rhode Island 02881-0807. You are encouraged to discuss the contents of the letter with the applicant. While third party confidentiality is guaranteed under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act, the applicant has the right to view the letter and proqure a copy after he/she is accepted and enrolled, unless that right is waived below. Return of this form with your letter will speed the consideration of the applicant's application. Thank you for your cooperation.

OPTIONAL WAIVER Applicant: You are encouraged to discuss your letter of reference with your referee. As provided under the Family Education Rights and Privacy Act you may waive your right to view letters of reference. If you wish to do so, please sign below.

I hereby waive my right to view the letter of reference from (Referee's Name) ______requested above. Date ______Applicant's Signature_~------